te vik uy ey £7 ae wtpellbnalleanlin center eet fe E rt Bl aa eRe aed Si recline hh AE eed Sha eae Meieeaan eels aphesete se aetot cet tee eee ea Heats eH at eth tar SSG biti? 1a Sit Meh ty ttt f Hi inte mane: Hi Nae tf Blip rel 4st it it le es i a a aR SESTS Ha i it i : Pies a et utes ittirseut eee * ss Z = _=*2 Rete as r *. Sitsey st cissuss Spies +t sree Pilsice Sesieees aes tah papiesptsietats THe r $29 tet task Hl ii it iitosser seer See => esate shy mit Sites Ste + it man iterate stele tanner ts tra et Aral " fi: f a ata mai eles tite mH Gait at EE » Hi rf ! ena H tf ahi . mba Se es rite cy ai teh thaSersh i f Z ets fis i i A. : * aoe fhetiee edbsaittzts ee afetie itt 4; * ty Siteuattiy) pe + ie vA st 4 ne Sh Presented Chemistryyaccordinglolhecondilions of the Universi dated March nit IGE. FD gee to : ‘ ms AS SOE pee ne ae eters Pace se on Cae Digitized by the Inter , _ in 2007 with funding Microsoft Corpor ‘ live.o biog weal THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD FouNDED IN‘1905 BY THE LATE Srr NORMAN LOCKYER, K.c.B., F.R.S.: President: The Rt. Hon. Lorp MontacGu OF BEAULIEU, K.C.1.E., C.S.1., oS. Tb ae Past Presidents: The Rt. Hon. Viscount HALDANE, K.T., O.M., P.C., F.R.S., 1905-1913. The Rt. Hon. Str Witt1AM MATHER, P.C., LI..D., 1913-1917. The Rt. Hon. Lorp SYDENHAM, G.C.S.1.,G.C.M.G.,G.C.1.E.,G.B.E., F.R.S., 1917-20. Trustees : The Rt. Hon . Lorn AvEBURY. Srr CHARLES MACARA, BART. The Rt. Hon. Lorp BiyTsa. Mr. RoBert Monp. Vice-Chairmen of Committees: Sm Hucs BEt1, BART., C.B. The Hon. Str JoHN CocKBURN, K.C.M.G. S1r RicHAarD GREGORY. Hon. Treasurer: The Rt. Hon. Lorp AvEBURY. Hon. Assistant Treasurer: LADY LOCKYER. Hon. Legal Advisers : Messrs. ASHURST, Morris, Crisp & Co. Hon. Secretary: Lt.Col.W.A.J.O’Meara,c.m.c., lateR. E. . (Vice-President) . Secretary: Miss A. D. L. Lacey. Executive Committec. THE PRESIDENT. THE VicE-CHAIRMEN OF COMMITTEES. Tue Hon. TREASURER. THE Hon. ASSISTANT TREASURER. THe Hon. SECRETARY. THE Rr. Hon. Lorp BLeEDISLoE, K.B.E. (Vice-President). Str Witu1AM H. BRAGG, K.B.E.,F.R.S. Str RoBert WaAuEy ConHEN, K.B.E. Sir RosBertT HADFIELD, BART., F.R.S. Srr LyNDEN MACASSEY, K.B.E., K.C. Siz Partie MAGNUS, BART., M.P. Mr. Rospert Monp. Sim Artour W.Mayo-Rosson,k.B.E. C.B., C.vV.0O., D.SC. ProFessor C.S. MYERS, F.R.S. Str ARTHUR NEWSHOLME, K.C.B. Tue Rt. Hon. Sm GrBert PARKER, BART., P.C. (Vice-President). Mr. J.J. Rosrnson (Managing Editor of the Journal of the Guild). Cot. Srr Ronatp Ross, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Lapy SHAW. Dr. D. SOMMERVILLE. Mr. CarMICHAEL THOMAS. Dr. Eruet N. THomas. Dr.R.M.WatMsSLEY. Mrs. CARRINGTON WILDE. Co.. Str JoHN S. YOUNG, C.v.O. K .C.Boy Offices : 6, JOHN ST., ADELPHI, LONDON, W.C.2. TELEPHONE: REGENT 5089. Aims and Objects of the Guild. HE BritisH Scrence GutLp is not a scientific society, an institute of industry, or an educational association, but a national organisation in which the interests of science, industry and education are represented. and their activities co-ordinated for the common good. No technical qualifications are required for membership; and the rate of subscription cannot prevent anyone from joining the Guild, and thus giving practical support to its work. Though the Guild has been in existence since 1905, the objects for which it was founded have only recently been recog- nis ‘d as essential points of a national programme. As stated in 1905, they are as follows: 7 (1) To bring together as members of the Guild all those throughout the Empire interested in science and scientific method, in order, by joint action, to convince the people, by means of publications and meetings, of the necessity of applying the methods of science to all branches of human endeavour, and thus to further the progress and increase the welfare of the Empire. (2) To bring before the Government the scientific aspects of all matters affecting the national welfare. (3) To promote and extend the application of scientific principles to industrial and general purposes. (4) To promote scientific education by encouraging the support of universities and other institutions where the bounds of science are extended, or where new applications of science are devised. The attention lately given to science and industry in relation to the State shows that these objects are at last being accepted , and that widespread sympathy exists with the aims of the Guild. In order to take advantage of this new attitude, in the interests of national welfare, the Guild should be represented in all parts of the Empire by members who will bring its aims before the public by individual efforts, or through local com- mittees combining the activities of science, industry and education. Outline of Activities. The Guild, soon after its formation, constituted Committees to enquire into various matters which were at that date (1905) held to be of importance; it has since then, from time to time, constituted additional Committees to deal with new subjects and questions as these have come into prominence. These Committees, on which many distinguished representa- tives of industry as well as of science and education have served, have investigated, inter alia, the following matters :— Awards for Medical Discovery. Agricultural Research in the United Kingdom. The British Chemical Industries. The British Dye Industry. The Conservation of Natural Sources of Energy. The Co-ordination of Charitable Effort. The Design and Manufacture of Microscopes. Explosives. Fisheries Development. The Introduction of the Metric System. Medical Research, and many other Medical Questions. The Patent Law (Proposed Amendments). The Prevention of the Pollution of Rivers. The Provision of Glass and other Laboratory Ware. Technical Optics, and the Manufacture of Optical Instru- ‘ments. The Synchronisation of Clocks. Veterinary Research. The Utilisation of Science in Public Departments. Many very valuable reports have been prepared by these Committees and placed in the hands of Ministers in charge of the Government Departments particularly concerned with the matters and questions dealt with in them. Recommendations contained in the Reports of the Commit- tees of the Guild have also been widely acted upon outside Government Departments, and there is evidence that the value of the work which the Guild has done, and is doing, is becoming more widely appreciated as time proceeds. However, in order that the Guild shall carry, in connection with the work it has taken up, full weight in responsible quarters ,and that its activities may be rendered more effective, an increase in its membership is essential. In 1918 and 1919 the Guild organised highly successful Exhibitions of British Scientific Products, which were of much assistance in promoting the interests of British science and industry at a critical period. Applications for Membership should be made to the Secre- tary , British Science Guild, 6, John St.,Adelphi,London, W.C.2. The rates of subscription are: Ele POMOWSAID Syncs cces's's sae 1010 0 Diite MCMVEISOW oo iig sc ccvieweeus amet An) ee Annual Fellowship .............. Lik -§ Annual Membership ............ 010 0 Annual Membership for Firms.... 5 5 0 * Daw unirs vy oo ae => Se ae es ee ees tee oe : * = +e 40e = i i ae ha on : Sa nie bee: : BES See Eh i am A CATALOGUE OF BRITISH _ SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL BOOKS v - sa 4 Fi Pa A CATALOGUE OF BRITISH SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL BOOKS Covering every Branch of Science and Technology carefully Classified and Indexed PREPARED BY A COMMITTEE OF THE BrirtisH SCIENCE GUILD. as 34 BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD 6, JOHN STREET, ADELPHI, LoNpoN, W.C. 2. 1921. \' @» {/ f { { “THE COMMITTEE responsible for the preparation of the Catalogue of British Scientific and Technical Books consists of the following members of the British Science Guild :— Sik RicHarD GREGORY (Chairman). Sirk Epwarp Brasrook, C.B. Mr. C. L. Bryant. Dr. J. W. Evans, F.R.S. Mr. L. W. FuLcHer. Mr. J. S. HIGHFIELD. Mr. EK. WynpuaAm Hu.LME. Lapy LOCKYER. Dr. H. Forster Mortey. Mr. P. PASSENGER. Mr. J. J. RoBInson. Mr. ALAN A. CAMPBELL SwINToN, F.R.S. Mr. CARMICHAEL THOMAS. Mrs. WItson. CoL. Sir Joun S. Younc, C.V.O. Lr.-CoL. W. A. J. O’Mrara, C.M.G. (Hon. Secretary of the British Science Guild). PREFACE. HEN the first British Scientafic Products Exhibi- tion was organised by the British Science Guild, in the year 1918, one of the stalls was devoted to a display of scientific and technical books. So much interest was taken in this exhibit that it was repeated in the following year, and a selected list of such books was published in the Catalogue of this Exhibition. Similar lists have been issued by the Science Masters’ Association and the Association of Science Teachers, but the Guild’s list was intended to be of service to industry rather than to education. It provided a handy guide to the chief existing British books on science and technology and proved of decided value to manufacturers seeking suit- able works upon the particular subjects with which they were concerned. The list was reprinted and widely circulated by the well-known scientific and technical booksellers, Messrs. A. and F. Denny, and the many inguiries for it, or for a more complete Catalogue of British books on science and technology, led the British Science Guild to undertake the preparation and publication of such a Catalogue. The work was entrusted to a special committee which had at the outset to decide whether an attempt should be made to establish a standard of merit by which to determine inclusion or exclusion of books in the Catalogue, or whether all titles within the scope of the Catalogue should. be admitted. The conclusion reached was that it would be more satisfactory to make the Catalogue a complete record of scientific and technical books other than those intended for primary schools, and elementary volumes of like nature, in the current lists of publishers in the United Kingdom, and obtainable through booksellers in the usual way. | The Committee was fortunate in having among its members Mr. P. Passenger, who not only possesses wide Vii. Preface. knowledge and long experience in the handling of books on science and technology, but is also keenly interested in the cataloguing of them. Mr. Passenger undertook the task of making on a uniform plan a card catalogue of the full details of such books in the lists of British publishers ; and the Committee is much indebted to him for the care and attention he devoted to this work. In order to secure uniformity in the bibliographic particulars, it was necessary to invite the assistance of publishers, and the Committee is glad to acknowledge that this aid was readily given. It has thus been possible to state, for each volume in the Catalogue, the author’s name, title of book, size of page, number of pages, date of last edition, name of publisher, and price at the time (April, 1921) when the Catalogue was sent to the printers. The volume contains more than six thousand titles, and their satisfactory classification required careful con- sideration. About fifty main groups were eventually decided upon and these were divided into nearly five hundred sub-classes. Even when a scheme of classification had been formed it was frequently difficult to determine under which head to place a book, but the Committee was fortunately able to secure additional assistance in accomplishing this task and desires to express grateful thanks for it. Prof. J. H. Ashworth, F.R.S., classified the titles of biological books, Miss M. S. Aslin those on agriculture, Prof. H. Wildon Carr dealt with books on philosophy and Miss M. Punnett and Prof. T. P. Nunn with those on mathematics. Other titles were classified by members of the Committee. The classification adopted is such that, so far as prac- ticable, related subjects are placed near one another ; and under each head or sub-head the titles are arranged alphabetically according to author’s names. It is thus possible to see at a glance the volumes available in any branch of science and technology. Following this natural order, there is an aphabetical list of authors’ names, and a subject index, which should be of service in viii. Preface. furnishing an easy guide to a book or group of books upon a particular subject. For the preparation of this subject index, the Committee gladly expresses its obligations to Mr. G. S. Sweeting. As to what are the best books available is often a matter of individual preference, and the Committee has made no attempt to exercise selective functions in this matter. With the present complete Catalogue, however, to show at a glance the actual works now obtainable, it is _ much easier to ask an authority upon a specific subject to indicate what he considers the most suitable books for particular needs or purposes—whether educational or industrial—than it would be in the absence of this list, and the Guild would no doubt furnish such information to any of its members who may desire guidance of this kind. The British Science Guild believes that in producing this Catalogue it is promoting the use of knowledge and thereby furthering the development of education, science and industry. The books themselves represent worthy British scientific products and the Catalogue should be a means of extending their use not only at home but also in parts of the Empire overseas and in countries not yet familiar with what we have to offer in scientific and tech- nical literature. If support to this enterprise is sufficiently encouraging, the Guild hopes to issue a revised edition of the Catalogue annually and thus keep up-to-date a publication which should prove of value to workers in many fields. R. A. GREGORY. CLASSIFIED LIST OF CONTENTS. SCIENCE IN GENERAL. i. General and Popular Science . ii. Biographies of Men of Science, etc.. iii. History of Science, Fdu- cation, Learning, Com- merce Pa eae PHILOSOPHY. i. Generaland Historical .. ii. Metaphysics iii. Ethics iv. Aesthetics.. v. Logic.. PSYCHOLOGY. . Generaland Historical .. ii. Experimental and Physi- ological Psychology iii. Menta! Development and Child Study . iv. The Animal Mind ; v. The Abnormal and Psycho- 4 Analysis - vi. Social Psychology .. MATHEMATICS. i. Collected Papers ii. History .. iii. Philosophy and Pedagogy _ of Mathematics ; iv. Examination Papers v. Popular , vi. General Pure Mathematics vii. Functions ; viii. Vectors and Quaternions ix. Applied Mathematics— Dynamics, Physics, ete. x. Practical Applied Mathe- matics(Elementary) .. xi. Algebra: a. Elementary -— b. Higher Algebra, Theory of Equations and Quantics .. .. c. Determinants, The- ory of Graphs, etc... xii. Calculus: a. Elementary 27 b. Differential and In- tegral ‘ 28 Cs Differential Equa- tions, etc.. 29 xiii. Higher Geometry ‘ “Pure ; and Analytical, and Differential Geometry 29 xiv. Pure Geometry: a. Ele- mentary ats 30 b. ConicSections .. 31 c. SolidGeometry .. 382 d. Projective Geometry 32 xv. AnalyticalGeometry .. 32 xvi. Practical Geometry and Graphics Ph, eis lve eee xvii. Mensuration .. ..... 338 xviii. Euclid =6 34 xix. Non-Euclidean Geometry 34 xx. Trigonometry: a.Elemen- tary oe 34 b. Plane and “Spherical 35 xxi. Arithmetic i 36 xxii. Logarithms and Slide Rule 37 xxiii. Mathematical and eae calTables .. . re Sf SEI CCM es is ce we Oe MECHANICS. i. General .. a ee ii. Statics and Dynamics -- 40 iii. Hydrostatics and ao ‘dynamics we 42 iv. Applied Mechanics . -. 42 v. Mechanism ‘ 43 vi. Strength and Elasticity of Materials 43 vii. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity .. 44 viii. Theory and Design of Structures .. . Ad ix. Gyrostatics .. 45 x. Measurements, Weights and Calculations... .. 45 MACHINE DRAWING, DESIGN, DRAUGHTSMANSBHIP. i, General .. 47 ii. Geometrical Drawing and Designing, Hand-Let- tering ss) nt SS ee 48 Contents. CIVIL ENGINEERING. i. General .. 49 ii. Estimates, Formule, ete: 50 iii. “Surveying: Land and Mine .. 50 iiia. Tables and Calculations . 52 iv. Roadmaking .. .. 52 v. Railways and Tramways: Permanent Way and Working ‘Gina se SS vi. Hydraulics. Hydraulic Engineering. Harbours. River and Canal En- gineering «.. .. «.. 58 vii. Irrigation ; ah ae. viii. Shore Protection. "Land Reclamation sehr bse, Ce ix. Hydraulic Motors -. 56 x. Pumps... Fete ea xi. Water Supply . os ent ae xii. Water Purification gar Toe xiii. Municipal Engineering: Sanitary Science and Plumbing .. ; 57 xiv. Illumination .. 59 xv. Heating and Ventilating Buildings .. .. 60 xvi. Refuse Disposal .. .. 60 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. i. General .. «2 os _enqeg ll ii. Estimates, Quantities, Supervision, Repairs .. 62 iii. Building Law. Arbitra- tion ‘ 63 iv. Building Materials . o's. om v. Carpentry, Woodwork and Allied Trades... 64 vi. Coband Pisé Work . E 65 vii. Bricks and Tiles, Artifi- cial and Masonry Stone 65 viii. Cement. Concrete eee ix. Re-inforced Concrete .. 66 x. Iron and Steel Construc- tion Pe ep NS eres | ¢ xi. Miscellaneous .. .. .. 68 xii. Town Planning 68 xiii. House Decoration, Paints etc. ee ee tae 6) Oe NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIPBUILDING. a General ... «witss” we W@ ii. Miscellaneous ... .. .«.. Tl MECHANICAL ENGINEERING . i. ii. iii. General x sie | Transmi ission, ’Gear- ing Compressed. Air Power Transmission eo wx iv. Lubrication v. Lifting and Conveying vi. Foundry Work. vii. Machine Tools . sve viii. Wood Working Machinery ix. Welding,ete....° | \éorimes x. Sheet MetalWork .. .. xi. Metals: a. Forging b. Coating ; c. Gold and Silversmith’ 5 Work wa a xii. Horology . . . xiii. Motor Car Engineering . os xiv. Motor Cycles ; xv. Heat Engines and Steam Kngines: Design, Con- struction, Testing, etc. xvi Refrigeration ye xvii. Stationary and Portable Steam Engines xviii. Locomotive Engineering xix. Valves and Valve Gearing xx. Steam Boilers: Construc- tion and Management. . xxi. MarineEngines.. xxii. Internal Combustion En- gines .. xxiii. Turbines: Steam and Gas xxiv. Engineering Reference Books & Miscellaneous AERONAUTICS. i. Historicaland General .. ii. Theory and Practice of Flight .. .. iii. Design and Construction iv. Airscrews and Aerofoils .. v.. AeroEngines ... .. «- vi. Aerial Navigation .. .. vii. Reference Books for Avi- ators . ee viii. Balloons, Dirigibles, ete PHYSICS. i. Collected ne and His- torical .. ws «es es ii. General Works.. .. .. xii. a. Heat ale oe b. Thermodynamics | oe c. High Temperatures .. 72 =] ~~ cease SSSSS 4 Ls apt gree i — anes " _ we Contents. Ne ta eas e. Light .. mene kee f. Physiological Optics and Optical eo 101 g. Colour: Spectra . 102 h. Sound . aot 02 Be Properties of Matter .. 103 j. Molecular Physics. 1038 iii. Relativity ; 104 iv. CurrentinGases... 104 v. X-Rays and Radio-Ac- tivity 104 vi. ee and Electric- ity . bao) epee oh ne CO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. i. General Treatises . 109 ii. Electric Generation: Power Plant 111 iii. Switchboards and Acces- sories 111 iv. Electric Generators and Motors: General . 2a 3 O | vy. Continuous Current. and Machinery .. 112 vi. Alternating Current, and Machinery 112 vii. Transformers... 118 viii. Transmission 114 ix. Testing 114 x. Electrical Measurements and Instruments . 115 xi. Induction Coils and. Bat- teries .. 115 xii. Electric Wiring and Fit- ting 116 xiii. Electric Light and Illum- OTE on: eee eo eG xiv. Electric Bells .. gs Hy / xv. Electric Traction as Hy | xvi. Electrical Application to the Motor Car Wer ak SLO xvii. Electro-Plating .. .. 118 xviii. ElectricWelding .. 119 xix. Telephony and Telegraphy 119 xx. Wireless oe site sed and Telephony -. 120 CHEMISTRY. Be PAMMOOLY eis cies af ou 12B nm. 6General 62." Ck - 122 Organic and Inorganic, for Medical Students 124 iv. Calculations and Refer- ence Books .. 125 v. Theoretical and Physical: a. Theoretical] .. .. 126 b. Physical See 127 ce. Colloids .. 128 d. Catalysis... -.- 128 e. Ferments ,< Lae f. Electrolysis -- 128 vi. Inorganic Chemistry . 129 vii. Laboratory Work and Arts 130 viii. Organic Chemistry .. .. 130 ix. Analytical Chemistry: a. General 132 b. Qualitative Analysis 133 c. Quantitative Analy- ee 133 d. Volumetric Analysis 134 x. Biological and Bhyeiolog: ical Chemistry xi. Plant Constituents .. .- 134 . 135 APPLIED AND INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY. i. General, including Chem- ical Engineering .. . 136 ii. Water BE etee ow vee POS iii. Fermentation. Brewing. Alcohol . 187 iv. Sugar and its Manufacture 138 v. Cocoa and Chocolate - 139 vi. Foods. Flour, and Bread making, etc. . 139 vii. Glues, Agglutinants, Case- in, ete... . 139 Vill Drugs and Disinfectants. 139 ix. Oils, Fats, Waxes, Soap Manufacture. Margarine 139 x. Pigments, Paints, Varn- ishes , Resins, etc. .. 141 xi. Rubber, Gutta Percha, etc. Tee aes ere xii. Fuels. Smoke Prevention, etc. 142 xiii. Liquid Fuels “and ‘their Use DE Rags xiv. Producer Gas. "Acetylene 143 xv. Petroleum and Mineral Oils Bayt PO eae FT| xvi. Coal. Briquetting, etc. 144 xvii. Gas Manufacture: Coal Tar and its Products 145 xviii. Chemistry and aw dic of Gas .- 146 Pa. Distribution of Gas . 146 xx. Peat ; dea Pere. cane xxi. Dyestuffs and Dyeing -. 146 xxii. Ink Manufacture -» 148 xxiii. Paper Making ve. cee eee xxiv. Leather Manufacture and Tanning din aie 7 ea cee xiii. Contents. xxv. Glass, Pottery and Cera- MINING. mics ave 149 iG | 171 xxvi. Explosives and their Man- J SERED. <5?) 26 ee ati dbaiin as 150 ji. CoalMining .. oo Ve xxvii. Acids, Alkalies, Salt, ete. 150 oer errr, : Ventilation, XxViii. Utilisation of Waste 'Pro- ; and Compressed Air, «+ 272 ducts; Wood Products 151 iv. Electricity orEirs to xxix. Miscellaneous Chemical oe a + 178 at cnehichiiees 151 v. ining for Gold, Diamonds, etc. Js «ie 173 METALLURGY. vi. Ore Dressing oe ee .. 174 i. Generaland Miscellaneous 13 QGEOGRAPHY. ii. Iron and Steel . 153 : : iii. Non-Ferrous Metals and i. Teaching of Geography .. 175 — Alloys .. . $ 154 ji. Historical reads oa | -- 175 iv. Electro-Metallurgy 155 iii. Physiography .. .. .. 175 v. Analysis and Assaying .. 156 iv. Physical Geography - 176 vi. Metallography . 156 v. Map Work -* 176 vii, Heat Treatment of Metals 155 vi. Commercial and Econo- viii. Foundry Work 6 187 * mic -. 176 vii. General: The World .. 177 MILITARY SCIENCE AND va 22 British Sane ee ENGINEERING. 158 ix. Descriptive Regional .. 178 x. Miscellaneous .. .. .. 179 ASTRONOMY. . NAVIGATION AND SEAMAN- i. Historical and Biograph- SHIP ical 159 : ii. General and Comprehen- i. Navigation and Nautical sive Treatises -- 159 Astronomy .. - 180 iii. The Moon. : 160 ii. Examination Guides to iv. Solarand Stellar 160 Navigation and Seaman- v. Astronomical Atlases 161 ship wa oe) | ote Se iii. Compass Work o« ” Cu METEOROLOGY 162 iv. Nautical Tables and Terma... ss ss See MINERALOGY. v. Seamanship .. .. .. 182 i. General 164 vi. Marine Signalling .. .. 182 ii. Crystallography 164 vii. Charts, Tides, Oceano- iii. Economic Mineralogy 164 graphy .. .. «. «. 182 GEOLOGY. BIOLOGY. i. General 166 . General .. ><: ii. History .. 167 ii, Nature Study . os ne iii. Seismology and Endo- iii. Natural History Hie 185 genetic Structures 167 iv. Zoology and Morphology — 185 iv. Land Forms and Exogene- v. Insects, Spiders, Ticks .. 187 tic Structures -» 167 vi. Other Invertebrates .. 190 v. Petrology .. 168 vii. Vertebrates: vi. Stratigraphy .. 168 a. General .. «: ) os ROE vii. GeologicalMaps .. .. 168 b. Fishes. .. 4. - 191 viii. Topographical SeONGy + 169 c. ne and 1 Rep- ix. Economic Geology . 169 tiles .. geet - 192 d. Birds .4.ss ‘se iam PALZ ONTOLOGY. e. Mammals an i. General 170 ~—srviili. Geographical Distribu- ii. Paleobotany 170 tion os -. 193 ne ae ae Contents. ix. Evolution, Variation, Heredity, Genetics . Sex, Origin of Life -- 193 *. Cytology .. *...°:. 196 xi. Microscopy .. .. .. 196 xii. Anthropology .. .. .. 197 BOTANY. i. General .. 198 ii. ges ia 2 Physiology, etc. 201 iii. Geographic Distribution 203 iv. Alge ee ela ara v. Fungi ‘i se cae 204 vi. Ferns and Mosses 204, vii. Flora as 205 FORESTRY 208 AGRICULTURE. i. General 211 ii. Botany, including Poison- ous ‘Plants, Plant Dis- eases and Pests .. .. 212 lili. Chemistry... .. .. .. 218 iv. Geology ta ie eee Mi MAPORORY <6 aes: ae fee ee vi. Bacteriology .. .. «.. 214 vii. Economics So Ji es. ‘eet eee viii. Engineering .. .. .. 215 ix. History «- 215 x. Animal Husbandry: a. Dairying ool ee LO b. Livestock . 216 ce. Nutrition 217 xi. Field Crops és 218 xii. Soils and Fertilisers 220 ANATOMY. i. General: Practical, our cal. ‘ ve ya . 221 ii. Embryology Ec ts ae iii. Histology } . 223 iv. Osteology ; Neurology 5 : Glands .. .. 223 v. Surface Anatomy .. .. 224 vi. Artistic Anatomy .. .. 224 vii. Comparative Anatomy .. 224 PHYSIOLOGY. i. General and Practical 225 ii. Chemical Physiology .. 227 iii. Nerves; Brain; “ann Senses .. . 227 iv. Secretions; Muscles ; Elec- . tro Physiology. 227 v. Sexual Physiology, etc. 228 BACTERIOLOGY .. .. .. 229 MEDICINE. A. Historical, prcernontes! etc. .... ‘ 231 B. Hygiene, Public Health, Medical Jurisprudence, Toxicology. i. ~ Hygiene... 6S ese: ee ii. Public Health . oe a Boe iii. Water Analysis A 234. iv. Food Analysis and In- spection 235 v. Epidemics, Medical Geo- graphy, and Climato- logy ag ‘ 236 vi. Tropical Hygiene 4 6, meee vii. Sanitary Law .. .. .. 287 viii. Medical Jurisprudence .. 237 ix. Toxicology au. Xe, aa. c. Pathology. i. Pathological Anatomy, Histology, Laboratory Methods re 239: ii. Examination of the Urine 239: iii. Post Mortem Examina- tion . a te: BE iv. General Pathology .. 289 v. Special Pathology -- 240 vi. Hematology .. .. .. 241 D. Practice ot Medicine. i. General Treatises .. .. 24] ii. Clinical Medicine and Diagnosis a0 wa. se ee iii. Infectious Diseases: a. General Fevers -« 244 b. General Infectious Diseases .. .. .. 245 . Beri-beri de ae SAE i Cerebro- POM: Fevers... 3. -. 245. nar Cholera bb de ipso ee f. Diphtheria .. 245 g. Dysentery, Malarial Diseases .. 2. «- 245 = Plague “s3 s6. ic 4B. . Small-Pox om we S46 i. Tetanus .. ». 246. k. Typhoid Fever -. 246. 1. Venereal Diseases; Syphilis;Gonorrhea 246 m. Yellow Fever -. 248 iv. Diseases due to Parasites 248 v. Constitutional Diseases: a. Cancer © é...c6/ .. 248 b. Rheumatism;Gout 249 ~. a]. ie 74] ee Contents. vi. Tuberculosis .. 249 e. Sento Om vii. Diseases of the Nervous gans . 266 System: xii. Surgical Diseases : a. General, including a. Hernia. 6.0.6 “ee Alcoholism... 251 b. Tumours 26 267 b. Diseases of the Brain and SpinalCord .. 252 ec. Neurasthenia and other Special Dis- orders of the Nervous SRMRED. oa ale |-- vid | BOM d. Nervous Disorders caused by war.. .. 252 e. Mental Disorders, Insanity, Psychiatry 2538 viii. Diseases of the Blood, Lymphaties, and Glands 254 ix. Diseases of the Heart and Circulatory System .. 254 x. Diseases of the Respira- tory System we 255 xi. Diseases of the Digestive System and of the Stomach 63 256 xii. Diseases of the Liver and Gall Bladder a - 256 xiii. Diseases of the Intestines 257 xiv. Diseases of the Rectum and Peritoneum .. 257 xv. Diseases of the Genito- Urinary System .. .. 257 xvi. Diseases of the Kidneys .. 257 i. Diseases of the Bladder .. 258 Diseases of the Abdomen 258 xix. Tropical Medicine .. .. 258 xx. Occupational Diseases .. 259 SURGERY. i. General Treatises .. .. 260 ii. Operative Surgery .. .. 261 iii. Diagnosis (including 3 Ray Diagnosis) . 262 iv. Surgical Therapeutics and Pathology .. . -- 262 v. Anaesthetics .. .. .. . 262 vi. Asepsis and Antisepsis .. 263 TH, Nursing s6)) << “saves aces Fractures .. - 263 ix. Minor Surgery; Bandag- ing; Emergencies .. 263 x. War Surgery: Gunshot Wounds oe oe) oe 2646 xi, Regional Surgery: a. Neadand Neck .. 265 b. Lungs and Heart .. 265 c. Abdomen oo 6ee 265 d. Amputations.. .. 266 c. Diseases of the Loco- motive System -- 267 xiii. Orthopedic Surgery .. 267 xiv. Deformities and _ their Surgical Treatment .. 268 OPHTHALMOLOGY. i. General Treatises and Operative Ophthal- mology . 269 ii. Examination of the Eye: Ophthalmoscopy -- 270 iii. Diseases of the —— tiva - 270 iv. Diseases of the "Lens: Cataract od 270 v. Diseases of the "Optic Nerve .. -- 270 vi. Paralysis of the Eye -. 271 vii. Wounds and Injuries .. 271 viii. Glaucoma ows, 2 Jae ix. Colour Blindness .. .; 271 x. Refraction and Optical Defects . sn 271 xi. Tnerapeutics, Spectacles, Cte. «< -- 271 OTOLOGY, RHINOLOGY, LARYNGOLOGY. i. General Treatises .. .. 278 ii. Diseases of the Ear.. .. 278 iii. Diseases of the Nose .. 274 iv. Diseases of the Throat .. 274 GYNZCOLOGY, OBSTETRICS, etc. i. Diseases of Women.. .. 275 ii. Gynecology: a. Pathology b. General .. ce. Diagnosis, Opera- ** 275 «- 275 tions, Therapeutics.. 276 d. Disorders, Diseases 276 e. Cancer of the Breast 276 iii, Obstetrics: a. General: Labour .. 276 b. Midwifery se eb c. Popular .. .. .. 278 ee ag a he he ne ~ re When, Wl Bees FM SON a aoe sers, Contents. DISEASES AND HYGIENE OF CHILDREN. i. Gencral: Nutrition, etc. 279 ii. Diagnosis; Diseases ; Treatment ... .. .. 280 DENTISTRY. i. General . 282 ii. Anatomy and Physiology 282 iii. Medicine and Diseases .. 282 iv. Operative Dentistry .. 282 v. Mechanical and Metallurgy 283 vi. Materia Medica and The- rapeutics 283 DERMATOLOGY aaa DISEASES). is ae . 284 THERAPEUTICS. i. General Treatises .. . 285 ii. Prescribing .. 286 iii. Dietetics .. . 286 iv. Mineral Waters 287 v. Massage and Movement Cures 287 vi. Serum Therapy and Im- munisation .. . 287 vii. Vaccination: Salvarsan . 288 viii. Tuberculin era ny Oe ix. Climatotherapy, etc. .. 289 x. X-Rays, Radium, Ther- motherapy .. 289 xi. Electro-Therapy . 289 xii. Psycho-Therapeutics: Hypnotism .. i) vate BOO PHARMACY AND MATERIA MEDICA. PROOROTaL “Sar, sa oe ee S01 ii. Pharmacop:rias Rr. ii1. Materia Medica . 292 iv. Pharmacology .. . 292 NURSING. General and Medical .. 294 VETERINARY. i. Physiology and Anatomy 295 ii. Medicine and Surgery .. 295 iii. Therapeutics, stipe ig ed A etc. ae Bt toate . 296 aie Sreneml: 6. ee. cs.) e $296 TEXTILES. i. Historical and Economie 297 ii. Raw Materials ; 297 iii. Spinning and Doubling: a. Cotton ni e 297 b. Woollen and Worsted .. -. 298 c. Jute, Flax, Silk - 298 iv. Weaving and Sizing . 298 v. Dyeing and Printing .. 299 vi. Bleaching and Finishing 299 vii. Designing, Testing, Re- search 300 viii. General Manufacture . 800 ix. Textile Machinery . . 301 x. Calculations, Reference Books, etc. .. 301 xi. Lace, Embroidery, ete.. 302 xii. Boot and Shoe Manufac- ture cis ea Ne Ria, 8 xiii. Leather Work . - 802 GRAPHIC ARTS. i. Printing and its Allied Branches... 304 ii. The Book and Bookbind- ing -- 305 iii. Paper and "Stationery . 305 iv. Miscellaneous .. . 805 PHOTOGRAPHY. Les SPOOR os aw ce BOT ii. Photo-Micrography . 808 iii. Cinematography - 809 SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT, etc. i. Scientific and Works Management . 310 ii. Industrial Organisation.. 310 iii. Estimating and Costing.. 311 DICTIONARIES OF TECH- NICAL TERMS IN ENGLISH AND OTHER LANGUAGES 312 LIST OF PUBLISHERS .. - 815 INDEX OF AUTHORS, COL- LABORATORS, AND TRANS- LATORS - 4." . es, 0 5. O19 INDEX OF SUBJECTS .. . 365 xvli. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DETAILS. Books that are out of print are not given, but where a new edition is in course of preparation, it is so mentioned. Where no edition is mentioned, the title refers to the first, as the only edition. A further edition generally means that the text of the book has been revised and brought up to the date given. An ‘‘impression’’ is a reprint of the original, or last edition, without alteration. Difficulty arises in some instances as to the date given. Certain publishers give the date of the reprint of a book and not that of the original publication ; but all the dates given in this Catalogue are those of books obtainable when the Catalogue went to Press. Where two dates are given, that in parenthesis is the date of the last edition, the following date being the year the same edition was reprinted. Some important books appear to be old, but in various cases essentials do not alter. The sizes of books are designated in the usual way, and a list is given below of the equivalent measurement in inches. With very few exceptions, all books are bound in cloth covers. The number of pages given to each book generally includes the prefatory matter. SIZES OF BOOKS. The following are the approximate sizes in inches :— Pott.8vo. .. 6} x4 Pott.4to. .. 72 x 6} Feap.8vo. .. 62 x 44 Feap.4to. .. 84 x 6% GI Svein oe. OF a Ce BVO. 6 MES Cr. 4to. 3, «. 40s POBCEVGs ss ee ORES Post 4to... .. 10x 8 Demy 8vo. .. 82% X 54 Demy 4to. .. 114 x 8% (also known as ‘*8vo.’’) Med.8vo. .. 94 X6 Med. 4to. .. xe Roy.8vo. .. 10 x 6} Roy.4to. ..124 x 10 Super. Roy. 8vo.104 x7 Super Roy. 4to. 183 x 10} fp. v0. "ota Imp.4to. .. 16 xa XViii. ut 4 o . : A AAD! OR) ROUES Fe ee ™ ie ed tn — vam Sp ig BES ary Se: ADE TITRE ee DAE EN OTN PR pe DI AER SCIENCE IN GENERAL. i. GENERAL AND POPULAR SCIENCE. Aliotta, A. The Idealistic Reaction Against Science. Translated by A. McCaskill. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1914. Macmillan. 15s. Allbutt, Sir T.C. Science and Medie- val Thought. Harveian Oration. 1900. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1901. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d. Amos,S. Scienceof Law. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 437. 1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Armstrong, H.E. The Teaching of Scientific Method and other Papers on Education. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.531. 1910. Macmillan. 6s.6d Briggs, W. (edited by). General Elementary Science. 3rd edn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1920. 5s. Key, 2s. 3d. University Tu- torial Press. Clough, W. T. and Dunstan, A. E. Elementary Science for Pupil Teach- ers. Physics and Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1907. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Elementary Experimental Sci- ence. Physics and Chemistry. 18th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.266. 1919. Methuen. 4s. ‘Co-ordination of Scientific Pub- lication , The. Faraday Society Re- port. 1918. Demy 8vo. Pp. 30. 1918. Faraday Society. 3s. Darwin, Sir G.H. Scientific Papers. 5 vols. Roy. 8vo. Cambridge University Press. Vol. 1.—Oceanic Tides and Lunar Disturbance of Gravity. Pp.477. 1907. 20s. Vol. 2.—Tidal Fric- tion and Cosmogony. Pp. 582. 1908. 20s. Vol. 3.—Figures of Equilibrium of Rotating Liquid and Geophysical Investigations. Pp. 542. 1910. 20s. Vol. 4.— Periodic Orbits and Miscellan- eous Papers. Pp. 609. 1911. 20s. Vol. 5.—Memoirs by Sir F. Darwin and E. W. Brown, Lec- tures on Mill’s Lunar Theory, etc. Pp.1387. 1916. 10s. Dearle, N. B. Industrial Training: with special reference to the Con- ditions prevailing in London. Demy 8vo. Pp. 609. 1914. King. 10s. 6d. Donnan, F. G. (Translated by). International Language and Science. Considerations on the Introduction of an International Language into Science. Demy 8vo. Pp. 95. 1910. Constable. 2s. Dunn, J. T., and Mundella, V. A. General Elementary Science. An Introductory Course for Students in Schools and Technical Colleges. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 333. 1905. Methuen. 5s. Fairweather, W. C. Foreign and Colonial Patent Laws. Demy 8vo. Pp.291. 1910. Constable. 10s. 6d. Gibson, C. R. Scientific Ideas of To-Day. Cr.8vo. Pp. 342. 1920. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Glazebrook, Sir R.T. Science and Industry. Rede Lecture 1917. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 51. 1917. Cam- bridge University Press. 1s. 6d. Gregory, Sir R.A. Discovery; or, The Spirit and Service of Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1918. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. Griffiths; E.D. MHousecraft Science. Cr.8vo. Pp.192. 1917. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Hodson, F. (edited by). Broad Lines in Science Teaching. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 267. Teal. Christophers. 6s. Science in General Huxley, T. H. Science and Educa- tion. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 451. Mac- millan. 6s. ——Science and Hebrew Tradition. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 372. Macmillan. 6s. Science and Christian Tradition. Gl. 8vo. Pp.419. Macmillan. 6s. Method and Results. Gl. Pp. 430. Macmillan. 6s. Illingworth, S. R. The Co-opera- tion of Science and Industry. Pocketsize. Pp.91. 1914. Griffin. 1s. 6d. Joly, N. Man before Metals. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1904. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Lodge, SirO.J. Life and Matter. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1912. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Mivart, St. G. The Groundwork of Science. A Study of Epistemol- ogy. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 331. 1898. Murray. 7s. 6d. Moulton, Lord. Science and War. 8vo. Rede Lecture 1919. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Peddie, R. A. Engineering and Metallurgical Books 1907—1911. British and American. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1912. Grafton. 7s. 6d. Poincaré, H. Science and Method. Translated by F. Maitland. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. N.D. Nelson. 6s. Rignano, E. Synthesis. Greenstreet. Demy 8vo. 1918. Allen and Unwin. 8s. 6d. Seward, A. C. (edited by). Science and the Nation. Essays by Cam- bridge Graduates. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 850. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Soddy, F. Science and Life. deen Addresses. Demy 8vo. 241. 1920. Murray. 10s. 6d. Strong, T. B. (edited b¥). Lec- tures on the Method of Science, delivered in Oxford, 1905, at the request of the Delegates for the Extension of University Teaching. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Essays in Scientific Translated by W. J. Pp. 254. Aber- Pp. Swan, K. R. The Law and Com- mercial Usage of Patents, Designs. and Trade Marks. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.402. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Thomson, J. A. The Introduction to Science. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1911. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. —w—The System of Animate Nature. The Gifford Lectures 1915-1916. 2vols. Demy 8vo. Pp.699. 1920. Williams and Norgate. 30s. Turnbull, A. (edited by). The Life of Matter: An Inquiry and Adven- ture. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324. 1919. Williams & Norgate. 7s. 6d. Westaway, F. W. Science and Theology. Their Common Aims and Methods. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 359. 1920. Blackie. 15s. ——Scientific Method: its Philosophy and its Practice. New edn. ‘Super Cr.8vo. Pp.426. 1919. Blackie. 10s. 6d. Whitehead, A. N. The Organisa- tion of Thought, Educational and Scientific. New imp. in prepara- tion. Williams & Norgate. Year Book of the Scientific and Learned Societies of Great Brit- ain and Jreland. A Record of the Work done in Science, Literature and Art during the Session 1919— 1920, by numerous Societies and Government Institutions, compiled from Official Sources. 87th AnnuaP Issue. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. Jan., 1921. Griffin, 15s. ii. BIOGRAPHIES OF MEN OF SCIENCE, etc. Bower, F.O. Joseph Dalton Hooker (Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1919. S.P.C.K. 2s; Bridges, J. H. The Life and Work of Roger Bacon. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 174. 1914. Williams & Norgate. 3s. Bryant,W.W. Galileo. (Pioneers. of Progress). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1918. S.P.C.K. 2s. Crowther, J. A. Michael Faraday. (Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1918. S.P.C.K. 28. § | $ 1 7 = Science in General Darwin, Sir F. (edited by). Charles Darwin: His Life told in an Auto- biographical Chapter, and in a selected Series of his Published Letters. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 848. 1908. Murray. 7s. 6d. Davis, A. Thomas H. Huxley. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 3s. 6d. Duncan, D. The Life and Letters of Herbert Spencer. Demy 8vo. Pp. 621. 1911. Williams & Nor- gate. 6s. Forbes, G. Memories of Sir David Gill, Man and Astronomer. Demy 8vo. Pp. 418. 1916. Murray. 12s. Fox, R.H. William Hunter: Anat- omist, Physician, Obstetrician (1718—1783). 8vo. Pp.83. 1901. Lewis. 4s. 6d. Godlee, SirR.J. A Review of the Life and Work of John Hunter. Demy 8vo. Pp.48. 1913. Bale & Danielsson. 2s. 6d. Gray, A. Lord Kelvin. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp.317. Dent. 3s. 6d. Heath, Sir T. L. Archimedes. (Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1920. S.P.C.K. 2s. Hogben, L. T. Alfred Russel Wallace. The Story of a Great Discoverer. (Pioneers of Progress). Cr.8vo. Pp.64. 1918. S.P.C.K. 23. Hooker, Sir J.D. A Sketch of the Life and Labour of Sir William Hooker. Roy.8vo. Pp.90. 19038. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Paper Cover. 3s. 6d. Huxley, L. The Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Hooker. 2vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 546., 569. 1918. Murray. 36s. — Life and Letters of T. H. Huxley. 3 vols. Gl. 8vo. Macmillan. 18s. Jackson, B. D. George Bentham. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. Dent. 3s. 6d. Koenigsberger, L. Hermann von Helmholtz. Translated by F. A. Welby. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 16s. Dent. | Leupp, F.E. George Westinghouse: His Life and Achievements. Demy 8vo. Pp. 315. 1919. Murray. 15s. Little, A. G. (edited by). Roger Bacon. Essays on the occasion of the commemoration of the Seventh Centenary of his birth. 8vo. Pp. 434. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 16s. Lodge, Sir O.J. Pioneers of Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1898. Mac- millan. 6s. Lyddeker, R. Sir William H. Flower. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 189. Dent. 3s. 6d. Macpherson, H. Herschel. (Pion- eers of Progress). Cr.8vo. Pp.80. 1910. SPC... 2s. Miall,L.C. The Early Naturalists: Their Lives and Work (1530—1789). 8vo. Pp. 408. 1912. Macmillan. 10s. Millington, J. P. John Dalton. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. Dent. 3s. 6d. Mottelay, P.F. The Life and Work of Sir Hiram S. Maxim. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 258. 1920. 7s. 6d. Peacock, D. H. Joseph Priestley. (Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1919. S.P.C.K. 2s. Pearson, K. The Life, Letters, and Labours of Francis Galton. Vol.I. 1822—1858. Cr. 4to. Pp. 258. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 30s. Ramsay, Sir W. Life and Letters of Joseph Black, M.D. Demy 8vo. Pp. 160. 1918. Constable. 6s. 6d. Schuster, Sir A., and Shipley, Sir A.E. Britain’s Heritage of Science. 2ndedn. Pp.349. 1920. Constable. 14s. Smiles, S. Lives of the Engineers ; from the Earliest Period to the Death of the Stephensons. 5 vols. Cr. 8vo. 1904. Brindley , Vermuyden, Myddleton, Perry—Early Engineers. Pp. 880. Lane. Science wn General Smeaton and Rennie—Harbours, Lighthouses, and Bridges. Pp. 459. Metcalfe and Telford—History of Roads. Pp. 412. Boulton and Watt—The Steam Engine. Pp. 481. George and Robert Stephenson— The Locomotive. Pp. 466. Murray. 5s. each. Men of Invention and Industry. 7thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.370. 1901. Murray. 5s. Industrial Biography: Iron- workers and Tool-makers. Cr. 8vo. Pp.353. 1901. Murray. 5s. Tatiow, J. Fifty Years of Railway Life. Demy 8vo. Pp. 223. 1920. Transport, Ltd. 10s. Thompson, J. S. and H. G. Silvanus Phillips Thompson. His Life and Letters. Demy 8vo. Pp. 372. 1920. Fisher Unwin. 21s. Thomson, J. A. Herbert Spencer. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. Dent. 3s. 6d. Thorpe, Sir T.E. Joseph Priestley. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. Dent. 3s. 6d. Turner, A. L. Sir William Turner. Professor of Anatomy, and Princi- pal and Vice-Chancellor of the University of Edinburgh. A Chap- ter in Medical History. Demy 8vo. Pp. 531. 1919. Blackwood. 18s. Tyndall, J. Faraday as a Discoverer. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 208. 1894, Longmans. 4s. Vallery-Radot, R. The Life of Pasteur. Demy 8vo. Pp. 505. 1919. Constable. 10s. 6d. fii. HISTORY OF SCIENCE— EDUCATION—LEARNING, COMMERCE, etc. Adamson, J. W. A Short History of Education. Demy 8vo. Pp. 370. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Pioneers of Modern Education in the Seventeenth Century. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 307. 1905. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Albee, E. A History of English Utilitarianism. Med.8vo. Pp.427. 1902. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Avebury, Lord. A Short History of Coins and Currency. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 138. 1903. Murray. 2s. 6d. Barnard, F. P. The — Counter and the Counting- : A Chapter in the History of Nese matics and Early Arithmetic. Demy 4to. Pp. 358. 1917. Ox- ford: Clarendon Press. 63s. Benn,A.W. The History of English Rationalism in the Nineteenth Cen- tury. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 478., 546. 1906. Longmans. 22s. 6d. Compayré, G. The History of Pedagogy. ‘Translated, with Intro- duction, Notes, and Index by W.H. Payne. 9thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 598. 1918. Allen and Unwin. 7s. 6d. Cressy, E. Discoveries and Inven- tions of the Twentieth Century. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1915. Routledge. 10s. 6d. Critchell, J. T., and Raymond, J. History of the Frozen Meat Trade. Demy 8vo. Pp. 460. 1912. Con- stable. 12s. 6d. De Montmorency, J.E.G. State Intervention in English Education. A Short History from the Earliest Times to 1833. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1902. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Draper, J. W. History of the Con- flict between Religion and Science. 25thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.395. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. A History of the Intellectual Development of Europe. 2 Vols. Small Post 8vo, Pp. 438. 1914, Bell. 12s. Fletcher, Sir B. F. A History of Architecture on the Comparative Method. 5thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 788. 1920. Batsford. 25s. Gardner, P. A History of Ancient Coinage. 700—300B.C. 8vo. Pp. 480. 1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 18s. hae, eA TAs... CR ell We NEGA BA OTR, SRS. a TN ~ om eS ates (> ‘bani La alia cient det tn ana os blind Ae ie My a ALAC a ea fate fave OF AMIS ORS 9A OOS MLLER BF AAUP AY TRAD TA ed ARE AE GY EY SLD BAND AON SiR MAD Ry) RS SREP ERR: peat Science in General Kerr, J. Scottish Education, School and University, from Early Times to 1908. With an Addendum, 1908—1913. Demy 8vo. Pp. 458. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. Kirkup, T. A History of Socialism. 5th edn, revised and edited by E.R. Pease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1913. Black. 7s. 6d. Laurie, S.S. Studies in the History of Educational Opinion from the Renaissance. New Imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.267. 1905. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 7s. 6d. Leach, A. F. Educational Charters and Documents, 598 to 1099. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 582. 1909. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Leonard, E.M. The Early History of English Poor Relief. Demy 8vo. Pp. 418. 1900. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 10s. Lewes, G. H. A _ Biographical History of Philosophy from Thales to Comte. S8vo. Pp. 656. 1911. Routledge. 6s. Libby, W. An Introduction to the History of Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1918. Harrap. 6s. Mark, H. T. An Outline of the History of Educational Theories in England. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 139. 1906. Allen and Unwin. 3s. Merz, J.T. A History of European Thought in the Nineteenth Century. 4 Vols. Post 8vo. Vol. 1. 8rd imp. Pp. 472. 1907. 10s. 6d. Vol. 2. 2ndimp. Pp. 820. 1912. 15s. Vol.3. Pp.639. 1912. 15s. Vol. 4.- Pp. 847. 1914. 20s. Blackwood. Page, W. (edited by). Commerce and Industry. 2 Vols. Imp. 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. A Historical Review of the Economic Conditions of the British Empire from the Peace of Paris in.1815 to the Declaration of War in 1914, based on Parliamen- tary Debates. Pp. 508. 32s. Vol. 2. Tables of Statistics for the British Empire from 1815. Pp. 259. 24s. Constable. Simpson, F.M. A History of Archi- tectural Development. 3 Vols. 8vo. Vol.1. Newimp. in prepara- tion. 16s. Vol.2 Pp.420.19138. 12s. 6d. Vol. 3. Pp. 376. 1918. 12s. 6d. Longmans. Thomson, J.A. Progress of Science in the Century. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 536. 1908. Chambers. 5s. Webb, S. and B. The History of Trade Unionism. Revised Edition, extended to 1920. 8vo. Pp. 802. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Wood, Sir H. T. A History of the - Royal Society of Arts. Med. 8vo. Pp. 558. 1913. Murray. 15s. Woodward, W.H. Studies in Edu- eation during the Age of the Renaissance. 1400-1600. Cr. 8vo. Pp.356. 1906. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 6s. PHILOSOPHY. i. GENERAL AND HISTORICAL. Adam, J. The Vitality of Platonism and other Essays. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 9s. Adam, Mrs. J. Plato:-Moral and Political Ideals. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 164. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Adamson, R. The Development of Greek Philosophy, edited by W. R. Sorley and R. P. Hardie. Demy 8vo. Pp. 337. 1911. Blackwood. 10s. 6d. Arnold, E. V. Roman Stoicism. Demy 8vo. Pp.480. 1911. Cam- bridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Beare, J. I. Greek Theories of Elementary Cognition from Ale- maeon to Aristotle. 8vo. Pp. 862. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. 6d. Benn, A.W. The Greek Philosophers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 619. 1914. Murray. 21s. History of Ancient Philosophy. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. Watts. 3s.6d. History of Modern Philosophy. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. Watts. 3s. 6d. Bevan, J. O. Handbook of the History and Development of Phil- osophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 241. 1916. Chapman and Hall. 5s. Bonar, J. Philosophy and Political Economy in some of Their Historical Relations. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp.410. 1909. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Boutroux, E. Historical Studies in Philosophy. Translated by F. Rothwell. 8vo. Pp. 346. 1912. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Burnet, J. Greek Philosophy. Part 1. Thales to Plato. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1920. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. —— Early Greek Philosophy. 38rd edn. Square Demy 8vo. Pp. 384. 1920. Black. 30s. Burns, C. D. The Growth of Modern Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270. N.D. Sampson, Low. 6s. Crozier, J. B. History of Intellec- tual Development on the lines of Modern Evolution. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.564. 1912. 14s. Vol.3. Pp. 360. 1901. 10s. 6d. Longmans. Dewey, J. Reconstruction in Phil- osophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1921. University of London Press. 7s. 6d. De Wulf, M. History of Medieval Philosophy. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1909. Longmans. Ils. Douglas, A.H. The Philosophy and Psychology of Pietro Pomponazzi. Demy 8vo. Pp. 328. 1910. Cam- bridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Douglas, C. The Ethics of John Stuart Mill. Post 8vo. Pp. 360. 1897. Blackwood. 6s. ——John Stuart Mill: A Study of His Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. - 289. 1895. Blackwood. 4s. 6d. Erdmann, J. E. The History of Philosophy. Translated and Edited by W.S. Hough. 3 Vols. Med. 8vo. Vol.1. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. 4th edn. Pp. 719. 1915. Vol.2. Modern Philosophy. 6th edn. Pp. 719. 1915. Vol. 3. Modern Philosophy since Hegel. 5th edn. Pp. 356. 1913. Allen and Unwin. 15s. each Vol. Figgis, J. N. Studies of Political Thought from Gerson to Grotius. 1414-1625. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 266. 1916. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 6s. Flint, R. Philosophy as Scientia Scientiarum. A History of Classi- fications of the Sciences. Pp. 350. 1904. Blackwood. 10s. 6d. ——Historical Philosophy in France and French Belgium and Switzer- land. 8vo. . 34. 1898. Blackwood. 21s. re oe SOV G FATES IM I LS NORE aoe MAI AC Ls |e Fg AV ARS TSE ART Ete ie ie HA Philosophy -&. > Jes ag srg RR rertee rs arrest th er eon Fraser, A. C. Biographia Philoso- phica. Demy 8vo. Pp. 349. 1904. Blackwood. 6s. Gomperz, T. Greek Thinkers: a History of Ancient Philosophy. Demy 8vo. 4 Vols. Vol. 1. The Beginnings. From Metaphysics to Positive Science. The Age of En- lightenment. Translated by L. Magnus. Pp.610. 1906. Vol. 2. Socrates and the Socratics. Plato. Translated by G. G. Berry. Vol. 8. Plato. Translated by G. G. Berry. Vol.4. Aristotle and His Successors. Translated by G. G. Berry. Murray. 18s. each. Hobhouse, L. T. Development and Purpose. An Essay towards A Philosophy of Evolution. 8vo. Pp.405. 1918. Macmillan. 12s.6d. Hoffding, H. A History of Modern Philosophy. A Sketch of the History of Philosophy from the close of the Renaissance to our own day. Translated by B. E. Meyer. 2Vols. 8vo. Pp.550.,610. 1915. Macmillan. 18s. each. A Brief History of Modern Phil- osophy. ‘Translated by C. F. Sanders. Cr.8vo. Pp.336. 1919. Macmillan. 12s. The Problems of Philosophy. Translated by G. M. Fisher and a Preface by W. James. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1918. Macmillan. 7s. The Philosophy of Religion. Translated by B. E. Meyer. 8vo. Pp. 408. 1914. Macmillan. 15s. —-—Modern Philosophers: Lectures; and Lectures on Bergson. ‘Trans- lated by A. C. Mason. Cr. 8vo. Pp.332. 1915. Macmillan. 6s.6d. Janet, P. and Séaililes, G. A History of the Problems of Philoso- phy. Translated by A. Monahan. Edited by H. Jones. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1902. Vol.1.Psycho- logy. Pp.420. Vol.2. Physics, Metaphysics, Theodicy. Pp.390. Macmillan. 10s. each Vol. Keary,C.F. The Pursuit of Reason. Demy 8vo. Pp. 464. 1910. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 7 Kelvin, Lord. and Tait, P. G. Elements of Natural Philosophy. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 299. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 12s. A Treatise on Natural Philoso- phy. Demy 8vo. Part 1. Pp. 515. 1912. 20s. Part2. Pp.552. 1905. 20s. Cambridge University Press. Kilpe, O. The Philosophy of the Present in Germany. Translated by M. Lyalland G. T. W. Patrick. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1918. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Introduction to Philosophy: A Handbook for Students of Psycho- logy, Logic, Ethics, Aesthetics, and General Philosophy. Trans- lated by W.B. Pillsbury and E. B. Titchener. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 256. 1915. Allen and Unwin. 6s. Lindsay, J. A Philosophical System of Theistic Idealism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 548. 1917. Blackwood. 15s. ——Studies in European Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 391. 1909. Blackwood. 10s. 6d. Lloyd, A. H. The Will to Doubt: An Essay in Philosophy for the General Thinker. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 285. 1907. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Mayor, J. B. A Sketch of Ancient Philosophy from Thales to Cicero. 5th imp. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 269. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. Mercier, Cardinal. Manual of Modern’ Scholastic Philosophy. Translated by T. L. and S. A. Parker. 2nd edn. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 600., 567. 1919. Kegan Paul. 12s. 6d per Vol. Merz, J. T. A Fragment on the Human Mind. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324. 1919. Blackwood. 12s. 6d. Pringle-Pattison, A. S. Scottish Philosophy. A Comparison of the Scottish and German Answers to Hume. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 238. 1907. Blackwood. 5s. Radhakrishnan, S. The Reign of Religion in Contemporary Philo- sophy. Demy 8vo. Pp.475. 1920. Macmillan. 12s. Philosophy Rappoport, S. Primer of Philosophy. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 118. 1916. Murray. Is. 6d. Ritchie, D. G. Natural Rights: A Criticism of Some Political and Ethical Conceptions. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 304. 1916. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Studies .in Political and Social Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 238. 1908. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Robertson, J. M. A Short History of Freethought. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp.1,043. Watts. 15s. A Short History of Morals. Demy 8vo. Pp.460. 1920. Watts. 18s. Ruggiero, G. De. Modern Philoso- phy. Translated from the Italian by A. H. Hannay and R. G. Collingwood. Demy 8vo. Pp. 402. 1921. Allen and Unwin. 16s. Salter,W.M. First Steps in Philoso- phy—Physical and Ethical. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 143. Allen and Unwin 3s. 6d. Seth, J. English Philosophers and School of Philosophy. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.372. Dent. 7s. 6d. Sidgwick,H. Philosophy: Its Scope and Relations. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1902. Macmillan. 8s. Sorley, W.R. A History of English Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 396. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 20s. Stace, W.T. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1920. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Stephen, D. J. Studies in Early Indian Thought. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 183. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Stephen, Sir L. A History of Eng- lish Thought in the Eighteenth Century. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 466., 469. 1902. Murray. 28s. Stewart, H.L. Questions of the Day in Philosophy and Psychology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 296. 1912. Arnold. 10s. 6d. Stock!, A. Handbook of the History of Philosophy. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1911. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Thomson, J. A. K. The Greek Tradition: Essays in the Recon- struction of Ancient Thought. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1915. Allen and Unwin. 6s. Walker, L. J. Theories of Know- ledge, Absolutism, tism, Realism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 746. 1919. Longmans. lls. Webb, C. C.J. History of Philoso- phy. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Weber, A. History of Philosophy. Translated by F. Thilly. 8vo. Pp. 642. 1919. Longmans. 16s. Whitehead, A. N. An Enquiry Concerning the Principles of Natural Knowledge. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 14s. ——The Concept of Nature: Tarner Lectures delivered in Trinity Col- lege, November, 1919. Demy 8vo. Pp.212. 1920. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 14s. Whittaker, T. The Neo-Platonists. 2nd edn., with Supplement on the Commentaries of Proclus. Demy 8vo. Pp. 334. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Zeller, E. Outlines of the History of Greek Philosophy. Translated by S.F. Alleyne and E. Abbott. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 380. 1914. Longmans. 12s. ii. METAPHYSICS. Alexander, S. Space, Time and Deity (Gifford Lectures , 1916-1918). 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 362., 450. 1920, Macmillan. 36s. Arnold, R. B. Scientific Fact and Metaphysical Reality. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1904. Macmillan. 10s. Aveling, F. On the Consciousness of the Universal and the Individual. A Contribution to the Phenomen- ology of the Thought Processes. Cr.8vo. Pp.265.1912. Macmillan. 58. a LT tea EAS TER A Ck) DUR ot RL Pee Le IE hs Be whe SD ee aa MAS af TF ——— Philosophy _— 2 Baldwin, J. M. Thought and Things: A Study of the Develop- ment and Meaning of Thought, or Genetic Logic. 3 Vols. Med. 8vo. Vol.1. Functional Logic, or Genet- ic Theory of Knowledge. Pp. 273. 1906. Vol.2. Experimental Logic, or Genetic Theory of Thought. Pp. 436. 1908. Vol.3. Interest and Art, being Real Logic. Pp. 284. 1911. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. each. Balsillie, D. An Examination of Professor Bergson’s Philosophy. Cr.8vo. Pp.228. 1912. Williams and Norgate. 5s. Bergson, H. Matter and Memory. Translated by N. M. Paul and W. S. Palmer. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 339. 1919. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Conscious- ness. Translated by F.L. Pogson. 8rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1918. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. ——Creative Evolution. Translated by A. Mitchell. 6th imp. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1920. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Mind Energy: Lectures and ._ Essays. Translated by H. W. Carr. Demy 8vo. Pp. 222. 1920. Macmillan. 10s. Bosanquet, B. The Philosophical Theory of the State. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 382. 1920. Macmillan. 15s. The Value and Destiny of the Individual (Gifford Lectures for 1912). 8vo. Pp. 368. 1913. Mac- millan. 12s. 6d. Implication and Linear Inference. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1920. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. Bradley, F.H. Essays on Truth and Reality. S8vo. Pp. 496. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. 6d. ——Appearance and Reality: A Meta- physical Essay. 6th imp. Med. 8vo. Pp. 628. 1916. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Broad, C. D. Perception, Physics, and Reality. An enquiry into the information that Physical Science can supply about the Real. 9 Demy 8vo. Pp. 400. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Bury, J. B. The Idea of Progress. An Inquiry into its Origin and Growth. 8vo. Pp. 393. 1920. Macmillan. 14s. Caldwell,W. Pragmatism and Ideal- ism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1913. Black. 7s. 6d. Carr, H. W. The Philosophy of Change. A Study of the Funda. mental Principle of the Philosophy of Bergson. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1914.. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. The Philosophy of Benedetto Croce: The Problem of Art and History. 8vo. Pp. 225. 1917. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Croce, B. What Is Living and What is Dead of the Philosophy of Hegel. Translated by D. Ainslie. 8vo. Pp. 235. 1915. Macmillan. 10s. Deussen, P. Elements of Meta- physics. A Guide for Lectures and Private Use. Translated by C. M. Duff. 2ndimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.362. 1909. Maemillan. 7s. Driesch,H. The Problem of Individ- uality. 8vo. Pp. 94. 1914. Macmillan. 4s. 6d. The History and Theory of Vitalism. Translated by C. K. Ogden. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 247. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. The Seience and Philosophy of the Organism. The Gifford Lec- tures, 1907-1908. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp.329., 381. 1908. Black. 10s. 6d. each. Fuller, B. A. G. The Problem of Evil in Plotinus. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Gibson, J. lEocke’s Theory of Knowledge and Its Historical Re- lations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d. Gibson, W.R.B. Rudolf EKucken’s Philosophy of Life. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1915. Black. 4s. 6d. Philosophy Gibson, W.R.B. Rudolf Eucken’s The Meaning and Value of Life. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 155. 1916. Black. 4s. 6d. Gunn, J. A. Bergson and His Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1920. Methuen. 6s. Haldane, E.S.,and Ross,G.R.T. The Philosophical Works of Des- cartes. Rendered into English. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 462. 1911. 12s.6d. Vol. 2. Pp. 888. 1912. I4s. Cambridge University Press. Hartmann, E. Philosophy of the Unconscious. Translated by W.C. Coupland, 2ndedn. 3 Vols. Post 8vo. Pp. 404., 374., 368. 1903. Kegan Paul. 37s. 6d. Hegel,G.W.F. The Phenomonology of Mind. Translated, with an Introduction and Notes, by J. B. Baillie. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 823. 1907. Allen and Unwin. 25s. Hobhouse, L. T. Mind in Evolu- tion. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1915. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. — The Theory of Knowledge. A Contribution to some problems of Logic and Metaphysics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 647. 1896. Methuen. 15s. Morals in Evolution: A Study in Comparative Ethics. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 664. 1915. Chapman and Hall. 10s. 6d. Holt, E. B. The Concept of Con- sciousness. Demy 8vo. Pp. 348. 1914. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Huxley, T.H. Hume, with Helps to the Study of Berkeley. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 320. Macmillan. 6s. Jevons, F. B. Philosophy: what is it? 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 4s. Kitchin, D.B. Bergson for Beginners : A Summary of His -Philosophy. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 809. 1914. Allen and Unwin. 6s. Lossky, N. O. The Intuitive Basis of Knowledge. An Epistemological Enquiry. Translated by N. A. Duddington. 8vo. Pp.450. 1919. Macmillan. 16s. Mackenzie, J. S. Outlines of Metaphysics. 2nd edn. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1916. Mac- millan. 5s. Elements of Constructive Philoso- phy. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. pe 1919. Allen and Unwin. 8. McTaggart, J. McT. E. The Nature of Existence. Vol. 1. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 331. 1921. Cam- bridge University Press. 22s. 6d. A Commentary on Hegel’s Logie. Demy 8vo. Pp. 828. 1910. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Studies in Hegelian Cosmology. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 812. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 8s. ——Studies in the Hegelian Dialectic. Demy 8vo. Pp. 275. 1896. Cambridge University Press. 8s. Pearson, N. Some Problems of Existence. Demy 8vo. Pp. 176. 1907. Arnold. 7s. 6d. Richardson, C.A. Spiritual Plural — ism and Recent Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 358. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Rickaby, J. First Principles of Knowledge. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1919. Longmans. 8s. General Metaphysics. New edn. Cr. 8vo. 1921. Longmans. 8s. Ruhe, A., and Paul, N. M. Henri Bergson: An Account of his life and philosophy. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 253. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Russell, B. A Critical Exposition of the Philosophy of Leibniz. Demy 8vo. Pp. 827. 1900. Cambridge University Press. 9s. ——Introduction to Mathematical Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 208. 1919. Allen and Unwin. 10s. 6d. Slessor, H. H. 8vo. Allen and Unwin. 10s. 6d. 10 re ee ei Sa oo a rahe a“ ea eer ere Vey ey Pr OLE BPA. Oe i ae ne a nd ; sores sige 2 teas cig ee teen ain a ae 3 Stayt ee ee ee Philosophy Spencer, H. The Principles of Biology. 2 Vols. g8vo. Williams and Norgate. 18s. each Vol. First Principles (A System of Synthetic Philosophy). 8vo. Williams and Norgate. 5s. Stebbing, L. S. Pragmatism and French Voluntarism. Cr. 8vo. Pp.180. 1914. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 2s. 6d. Stewart, J. M’K. A Critical Ex- position of Bergson’s Philosophy. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 3805. 1913. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Taylor, A. E. Elements of Meta- physics. 5th edn. Demy §&vo. Pp.4386. 1920. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Varisco, B. The Great Problems. Translated by R. C. Lodge. Med. 8vo. Pp. 870. 1914. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Ward, J. The Realm of Ends, or Pluralism and Theism. Gifford Lectures, 1907-10. 2nd edn., with some replies to criticisms. Demy 8vo. Pp. 506. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 21s. Westermarck, E. The Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas. 2nd edn. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp.740., 884. 1912. Macmillan. 14s. each Vol. Widgery, A. G. Rudolf Eucken’s Life’s Basis and Life’s Ideals. The Fundamentals of a New Philosophy of Life. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 337. 1918. Black. 10s. 6d. Williams, M.V. Six Essays on the Platonic Theory. of Knowledge. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1908. Cam- bridge University Press. 3s. Wodehouse, H. The Presentation of Reality. Cr.8vo. Pp.174. 1910. Cambridge University Press. 38s. iii. ETHICS, Benett, W. Justice and Happiness. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1911. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 38s. 6d. Bosanquet, B. Some Suggestions in Ethics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. A 11 Croce, B. Philosophy of the Practi- cal. Economic and Ethic. Trans- lated by D. Ainslie. 8vo. Pp. 628. 1918. Macmillan. 14s. D’Arcy, C. F. A Short Study of Kthics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1912. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Duprat, L. Morals: The Psycho- Sociological Bases of Ethics. Trans- lated from the French by W. J. Greenstreet. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Johnston, G. A. An Introduction to Ethics for Training Colleges. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1915. Mac- millan. 3s. 6d. Jones, E.E.C. A Primer of Ethics. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 101. 1909. Murray. Is. 6d. Mackenzie, J. S. Lectures on Humanism, with Special reference to its Bearings on Sociology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 243, 1907. Allen and Unwin. 5s. A Manual of Ethics. 5th edn. llth imp. Cr. 8yo. Pp. 512. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Outlines of Social Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1918. ~Allen and Unwin. 10s. 6d. Moore, G. E. Ethics. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1912. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Muirhead, J. H. Chapters from Aristotle’s Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 319. 1900. Murray. Qs. ——The Elements of Ethics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 296. 1919. Murray. As. 6d. ——German Philosophy in Relation to the War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1917. Murray. 4s. 6d. Rickaby, J. Moral Philosophy, Ethics and Natural Law. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1921. Long- mans. 8s. Rogers, R. A. P. A Short History of Ethics—Greek and Modern. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 825. 19138. Macmillan. 4s. 6d. Philosophy Ryland, F. Ethics: An Introductory Manual for the Use of University Students. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1914. Bell. 3s. 6d. Schopenhauer, A. The Basis of Morality. Translated by A. B. Bullock. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1915. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Seth, J. A Study of Ethical Princi- ples. 14th edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 491. 1918. Blackwood. 8s. 6d. Sidgwick, H. Outlines of the History of Ethics for English Readers. Sth edn. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1915. Mac- millan. 4s. The Methods of Ethics. 7th edn. 8vo. Pp. 556. 1913. Macmillan. 10s. 6d Practical Ethics: A Collection of Addresses and Essays. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1909. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Sorley, W. R. Recent Tendencies in Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1904. Blackwood. 2s. 6d. The Ethics of Naturalism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1904. Blackwood. 6s. ——The Moral Life and Moral Worth. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 147. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. ——Moral Values and the Idea of God. Gifford Lectures, 1914-15. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 554. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 22s. 6d. Spencer, H. The Principles of Ethies. Vol. 1. Pt. 1. The Data of Ethics; Pt. 2. The Inductions of Ethics; Pt. 3. The Ethics of Individual Life. S8vo. 158. Vol. 2. Pt.4. Justice; Pt.5. Negative Beneficence; Pt.6. Positive Bene- ficence. S8vo. 12s.6d. Williams and Norgate. Taylor, A. E. The Problem of Conduct. A Study in the Pheno- menology of Ethics. 8vo. Pp. 509. 1901. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Urwick, E. J. A Philosophy of Social Progress. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 254. 1920. Methuen. 7s. 6d. 12 Walston, Sir C. Truth. An Essay in Moral Reconstruction. Cr. 8vo. Pp.248. 1919. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 5s. Ward, S. The Ways of Life: A Study in Ethies. Cr. 8vo. 126. 1920. Press. 6s. 6d. Whittaker, T. Oxford University The Theory of Abstract Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1916. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 4s. 6d. Wundt, W. M. Ethics. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Introduction: The Facts of the Moral Life. Translated by J. H. Gulliver and E.B.Titchener. 3rdedn. Pp. 339. 1908. Vol. 2. Ethical Systems: The Development of Moral Theories of the Universe. Translated by M. F. Washburn. 3rdedn. Pp. 196. 1917. Vol. 3. Principles of Morality. Translated by M. F,. Washburn. Pp.308. 1914. Allen and Unwin. 7s. 6d. each. iv. AESTHETICS. Bosanquet, B. Three Lectures on Aesthetic. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1915. Macmillan. 4s. 6d. The History of Aesthetic. 4th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 502. 1917. 12s. 6d. Clay, F. The Origin of the Sense of Beauty. Large Post 8vo. Pp. 302. 1908. Murray. 7s. 6d. Cook, Sir T. A. The Curves of Life. An Account of Spiral Forma- tions and their Application to Growth in Nature, to Science, and toArt. Roy.8vo. Pp.502. 1914. Constable. 12s. 6d. Croce, B. Aesthetic as Science of Expression and General Linguistic. Translated from the Italian by D. Ainslie. 8vo. Pp. 436. 1909. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Knight, W. The Philosophy of the Beautiful. 2 Parts. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 288. 1916. Vol. 2. Pp. 281. 1914. Murray. 4s. 6d. each. Allen and Unwin. ‘nha d 2 PSS ger mia Le Apennines — uF - “a urs Philosophy Lee, V. The Beautiful. Roy.16mo. Pp. 166. 1918. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Rand, B._ Shaftesbury’s Second Characters, or the Language of Forms. Demy 8vo. Pp. 210. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 9s. Sweet, H, The History of Language. 5th edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 148. 1920. Dent. 1s. 9d. Tucker, T. G. Introduction to the Natural History of Language. Demy 8vo. Pp. 465. 1908. Blackie. 10s. 6d. Tiirck, H. The Man of Genuis. Translated by G. J. Tamson. Demy 8vo. Pp. 483. 1914. Black. 12s. 6d. Whitney, W.D. Life and Growth of Language. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1902. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. v. LOGIC. Adamson, R. A Short History of Logic. Edited by W. R. Sorley. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1911. Black- wood. 7s. 6d. Bain, A. Logic. 2 Pts. 3rd edn. Part 1. Deduction. Pp. 300. 1910. 5s. 6d. Part 2. Induction. Pp. 466. 1912. 7s. 6d. Longmans. Bartlett, F. C. Exercises in Logic. Cr.8vo. Pp.156. 1918. 4s. Key. Pp. 142. 1914. 3s. University Tutorial Press. Bosanquet, B. Essentials of Logic. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 177.1920. Macmillan. 4s. Clarke, R. F. Logic. Cr. 8vo. New edn. 1921. Longmans. 8s. Coffey, P. The Science of Logic: an Inquiry into the Principles of Accurate Thought and Scientific Method. 2 Vols. 2nd imp. 8vo. 1918. Vol. 1. Conception, Judg- ment, and Inference. Pp. 466. 10s. Vol.2. Method, Science, and Certitude. Pp. 368. 10s. Long- mans. 13 Croce, B. Logic as the Science of the Pure Concept. Translated by D. Ainslie. 8vo. Pp. 640. 1917. Macmillan. 14s. Gibson, W. R. B., and Klein, A. The Problem of Logic. Demy 8vo. Pp. 500. 1914. Black. 15s. Holman, H., and Irvine, M.C.W. Questions on Logic with Illustra- tive Examples. 6thimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130. 1916. 4s. Key. 4th imp. Pp. 121. 1914. 3s. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. Jevons, W.S. Elementary Lessons in Logic, Deductive and Induc- tive. New imp. Pott.8vo. Pp. 352. 1920. Macmillan. 4s. ——Pure Logic: and other Minor Works. Edited by R. Adam- son and H. A. Jevons. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1890. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. The Principles of Science: Treatise on Logic and _ Scientific Method. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 830 1920. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Studies in Deductive Logic. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 832. 1908. Macmillan. 7s. Jones, E. E. C. A New Law of Thought and its Logical Bearings. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1911. Cam- ~bridge University Press. 3s. 6d. A Primer of Logic. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1918. Murray. 2s. Keynes, J. N. Studies and Exercises in Formal Logic, including a gener- alization of Logical processes in their application to complex infer- ences. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 572. 1906. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Mellone, S. H. An Introductory Text-book of Logic. 11th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. 1919. Black- wood. 7s. 6d. Mill, J.S. A System of Logic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 688. 1919. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Minto, W. Logic, Inductive and Deductive. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 378. 1915. Murray. 5s. Read, C. Logic. Deductive and Inductive. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo- Pp. 433. 1920. Simpkin, Mar. shall. 7s. 6d. Philosophy Russell, B. Mysticism and Logic, and other Essays. 3rd imp. S8vo. Pp. 342. 1919. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Russell, L. J. An Introduction to Logic: from the Standpoint of Education. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1921. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Schiller, F.C.S. Formal Logic: A Scientific and Social Problem. 8vo. Pp. 441. 1912. Macmillan. 10s. Sidgwick, A. The Application of Logic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1910. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Fallacies: a View of Logic from the Practical Side. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 391. 1901. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Elementary Logic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1914. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 4s. Sturt, H. The Principles of Under- standing. An Introduction to Logic from the standpoint of Personal Idealism. Cr.8vo. Pp.313. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 7s. Venn, J. The Principles of Empirical or Inductive Logic. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 624. 1907. Macmillan. 18s. ——Symbolic Logic. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 578. 1894. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. 14 Venn, J. edn. Macmillan. Welton, J. A Manual of ic. 2vols. Cr.8vo. Vol. 1. - ductive Logic. 2nd edn. 5th imp. Pp. 457. 1912. 10s. 6d. Vol. 2. Fallacies , Deductive and Inductive. 6thimp. Pp.330. 1916. 8s. 6d. University Tutorial Press. ——Groundwork of Logic. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 5s. and Monahan, A. J. Inter- The Logic of Chance. 8rd. Cr.8vo. Pp. 540. 1888. 12s. 6d. mediate Logic. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 530. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 10s. 6d. Windelband, W., and Ruge, A. (edited by). Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences. Vol. 1. Logic. By various Authors. Trans- lated by B. E. Meyer. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1913. Macmillan. 10s. Wolf, A. Exercises in Logie and Scientific Method. Feap 8vo. Pp. 78. 1919. Allen and Unwin. 3s. The Existential Import of Categorical Prediction. Studies in Logic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1905. Cambridge University Press. 4s. Ce A hen heed | 4b teem. ee See dial Gaara mikes inde) bh lakS%)| 408%, ! & “al A eet ie a +» Aula ¢ etc 4 fone ua oe TE RO - « ee a ee =. eS ee PSYCHOLOGY. i. GENERAL AND HISTORICAL. Bain, A. Mind and Body: the The- ories of their Relation. 11th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. -The Senses and the Intellect. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 736. 1894. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Mental and Moral _ Science: A Compendium of Psychology and Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 788. 1884. Longmans. - 12s. The Emotions and the Will. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 638. 1899. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Baldwin, J. M. History of Psychol- ogy. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 323. 1013. Watts. 7s. Ballard, P. B. Obliviscence and Reminiscence. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 40. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 4s. Bernstein. The Five Senses of Man. 8thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.321. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Binet, A. The Mind and the Brain. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1907. Kegan Paul. ‘7s. 6d. Bligh, S. M. Applications of Psychology to Everyday Life. 38 vols. Pott. 8vo. The Desire for Qualities. Pp.344. 1911. 3s. 6d. The Direction of Desire. 4th imp. Pp. 872. 1919. 3s.6d. The Abil- ity to Converse. Pp. 340. 1912. 5s. Oxford University Press. Brackenbury, L. A _ Primer of Psychology. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 1389. 1919. Murray. 2s. Brett,G.S. A History of Psychol- ogy: Ancient and Patristic. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388. 1912. Allen and Unwin. 12s. 6d. Bridger, A. E. Minds in Distress: A Psychological Study of the Mas- culine and Feminine Mind in Health. and Disorder. 2nd.edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 193. 1913. Methuen. 5s. Brunt, D. The Combination of Observations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1917. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 10s. Drever, J. Instinct in Man: a Con- tribution to the Psychology of Education. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.303 1921.Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d. Fuller, Sir B. The Science of Our- selves. Demy 8vo. Pp.388. 1921. Frowde and Hodder. 16s. Glover, W. Know Your Own Mind. A little book of Practical Psychol- ogy. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 211. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 3s. Granger, F.S. Psychology: A Short Account of the Human Mind. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 243. 1909. Methuen. 5s. Hayward, F.H. The Psychology of Educational Administration and Criticism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 608. Herbert Russell. 7s. 6d. Hoffding, H. Outlines of Psychol- ogy. Translated by M. E. Lowndes.. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1912. Macmillan. 7s. Jones, A. J. Character in the Mak- ing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 19138. Murray. 2s. 6d. Loveday, T., and Green, J. A. An Introduction to Psychology, for- the use of Students of Education. 8rd imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.272. 1915. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. McDougall, W. Psychology: the. Study of Behaviour. Feap. 8vo.. Pp. 250. 1920. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Psychology McDougall,W. Body and Mind: A_ Pillsbury, W. B. Attention. Med. History and a Defence of Animism. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.404.1911. Methuen. 12s. 6d. MacNamara, N. C._ Instinct and Intelligence. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1915. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. 6d. Maher, M. Psychology, Empirical and Rational. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 632. 1919. Longmans. lls. McQueen, E. N. The Distribution of Attention. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Marett, R.R. Psychology and Folk Lore. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Marshall, H.R.Consciousness. 8vo. Pp. 700. 1909. Macmillan. 17s. Maudsley, H. Organic to Human: Psychological and Sociological. 8vo. Pp. 394. 1916. Macmillan. 12s. Mellone, S. H. Elements of Psych- ology. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 503. 1919. Blackwood. 7s. 6d. Merrington, E.M. The Problem of Personality. A Critical and Con- structive Study in the Light of Recent Thought. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 239. 1916. Macmillan. 6s. Mitchell, W. Structure and Growth ofthe Mind. 8vo. Pp.548. 1907. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Morgan, C. Lloyd. Psychology for Teachers. 2ndedn. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 307. 1906. Arnold. 5s. An Introduction to Comparative Psychology. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Instinct and Experience. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1912. Methuen. 6s. Parsons, J.H. Mind and the Nation: A Précis of Applied Psychology. Demy 8vo. Pp.154. 1918. Paper Covers. Bale and Danielsson. 7s. 6d. Pearson, N. The Soul and Its Story. Demy 8vo. Pp. 336. 1918. Arnold. 10s. 6d. 16 8vo. Pp. 346. Unwin. 12s. 6d. Ribot, T. The Psychology of the Emotions. Cr. 8vo. Seott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Ryland, F. Psychology: An Intro- ductory Manual for the use of Stu- 1908. Allen and dents. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 286. 1908. Bell. 4s. 6d. Questions on Psychology, Metaphysics and Ethies. Cr. 8vo. A feo 1887. Allen & Unwin. 3s. 2 Shand, A. F. The Foundations of Character: being A Study of the Tendencies of the Emotions and Sentiments. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 614. 1920. Macmillan. 20s. Spencer, H. The Principles of Psychology. 2vols. 8vo. Williams & Norgate. 36s. Stout, G. F. The Groundwork of Psychology. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256.1919. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. A Manual of Psychology. 3rd edn. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo, ° 788. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 12s. 6d. Strong, C. A. The Origin of Con- sciousness : an Attempt to Conceive the Mind as a Product of Evolution. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 338. (1918). 1920. Macmillan. 12s. Sully, J. Outlines of Psychology. Newedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.510. 1912. Longmans. 10s. 6d. The Teacher’s Handbook of Psychology. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 626. 1919. Longmans. 7s. 6d. —— The Human Mind: A Text- book of Psychology. 2 vols. 8vo. Pp. 520., 406. 1892. Longmans. 21s. My Life and Friends. A Psychologist’s Memories. Demy 8vo. Pp. 844. 1918. Fisher Unwin. 12s. 6d. Varisco, B. Know Thyself. Trans- lated by G.Salvadori. Med. 8vo. Pp. 327. 1915. Allen & Unwin, 12s. 6d. —_— ee in . Se ems RS rem OT pa mers Psychology Villa,G. Contemporary Psychology. Translated by H. Manacorda. Med. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1908. Allen & Unwin. 12s. 6d. Walker, C. E. Hereditary Charac- ters and their Modes of ‘Transmis- sion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 252. 1910. E. Arnold. 10s. Ward, J. Psychological Principles. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 26s. Watt, H. J. The Psychology of Sound. Roy.8vo. Pp.250. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d The Economy and _ Training of Memory. 4th imp. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1386. 1915. Arnold. 2s. Webb,E. Character and Intelligence. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 109. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 6s. 6d Wingfield-Stratford, E. The Re- construction of Mind. An Open Way of Mind Training. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 246. 1921. Books, Ltd. 6s. Wohlgemuth, A. On the After Effect of Seen Movement. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Pleasure—Un-Pleasure: an ex- perimental investigation on _ the feeling-elements. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Wundt, W.M. Lectures on Human and Animal Psychology. Trans- lated by J. E. Creighton and E. B. Titchener. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 459. 1912. Allen & Unwin. 10s. 6d. An Introduction to Psychology. Translated “by R. Pintner. Cr. * 8vo. Pp. 198. 1912. Allen & Unwin. 4s. 6d. ii. EXPERIMENTAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. Baines, A.E. The Origin and Prob- lem of Life. A Psycho-Physio- logicalStudy. Cr.8vo. Pp.110. 1921. Routledge. 3s. 6d. Ballard, P. B. Mental Tests. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1920. Hodder & Stoughton. 6s. 17 Brown, W. Psychology and Psycho- therapy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.208. 1921. Arnold. 8s. 6d. and Thomson, G. H. The Essentials of Mental Measurement. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 226. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 21s. Gowers, Sir W.R. Subjective Sen- sations of Sight and Sound Abio- trophy. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1904. Churchill. 6s. Kilpe, O. Outlines of Psychology: Based upon the Results of Experi- mental Investigation. 8rd edn, Demy 8vo. Pp. 460. 1909. Allen & Unwin. 12s. 6d. McDougall, W. Physiological Psy- chology. 5th edn. Pott. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1918. Dent. Is. 9d. Macnaughten-Jones, H. Ambi- dexterity and Mental Culture. Feap. 8vo. Pp.102. 1914. Heinemann, 2s. 6d. Mercier, C. Criminal Responsibil- ity: from the point of view of Psychology. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. Muscio, B. Lectures on Industrial .Psychology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.300. 1920. Routledge. 6s. 6d. Myers, C. S. An Introduction to Experimental Psychology. Roy. 16mo. Pp.168. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. A Text-book of Experimental Psychology. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. 2Parts. 1911. Part 1. Text-book. Pp. 358. 9s. Part 2. Labora- tory Exercises. Pp. 114. 6s. Cambridge University Press. The Two Paits, 13s. 6d. Schulze, F. Experimental Psychol- ogy and Pedagogy, for Teachers, Normal Colleges, and Universities. Translated by R. Pintner. Demy 8vo. Pp. 364. 1907. Allen & Unwin. 15s. Scripture, E.W. The New Psychol- ogy. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. G Psychology Storring, G. Mental Pathology in its Relation to Normal Psychology. Translated by T. Loveday. Demy 8vo. Pp. 298. 1907. Allen & Unwin. 10s. 6d. Stout, G. F. Analytic Psychology. 2 vols. 4th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 289., 314. 1918. Allen & Unwin. 21s. Stratton, G. M. Theophrastus and the Greek Physiological Psychology before Aristotle. Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1917. Allen & Unwin. 8s. 6d. Tansley,A.G. The New Psychology and its Relation to Life. Demy 8vo. Pp. 283. 1920. Allen & Unwin. 10s. 6d. Traube, M. R., and Stockbridge, F.P. Measure Your Mind. The Mentimeter and How to Use It. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 353. 1920. Harrap. 10s. 6d. Valentine, C. W. An Introduction to Experimental Psychology, in Relation to Education. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1916. Uni- versity, Tutorial Press. 3s. 6d. Weininger, O. Sex and Character. Translated from the German. New imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356. 1919. Heinemann. 12s. 6d. Wundt,W.M. Principles of Physio- logical Psychology. Translated by E. B. Titchener. Vol. 1. The Bodily Substrate of the Mental Life. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 347. 1910. Allen & Unwin. 12s. Ziehen, T. Introduction to Physio- logical Psychology. Translated by C.C. Van Liew and O. W., Beyer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1918. Allen & Unwin. 68. iii. MENTAL DEVELOPMENT AND CHILD STUDY. Bradby,\M. K. The Logic of the Unconscious Mind. Demy §8vo. Pp.330. 1920. Frowde & Hodder. 16s. Clapartde, E. Experimental Peda- pony and the Psychology of the hild. Translated by M. Louch and H. Holman. 4thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 840. 1911. Arnold. 5s. 18 Dell, J. A. The Gateways of Know- ledge. An Introduction to the Study of the Senses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 183. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d. Dexter, S. G. F., and Garlick, A, H. Psychology in the Schoolroom. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 425. 1918. Long- mans. 5s. 6d. Drummond, M. The Dawn of Mind. An Introduction to Child Psychology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1918. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Drummond, W. B. The Child: its Nature and Nurture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. Dent. 4s. An Introduction to Child Study. 3rd imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.348. 1907. Arnold. 6s. Dumville, B. Fundamentals of Psychology. A brief account of the Nature and Development of Mental Processes for Teachers. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 392. 1917. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Child Mind: An Introduction to Psychology for Teachers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 4s. Keatinge, M. W. Suggestion in Education. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 205. 1911. Black. 6s. Kimmins,C.W. Children’s Dreams. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1920. Long- mans. 58. Macdonald, G. The Child’s Inherit- ance. Its Scientific and Imaginative Meaning: or an Enquiry into the Science of the Imagination. Demy 8vo. Pp. 339. 1910. Murray. 15s. Meredith, C. M. The Bearings of Modern Psychology on Educational Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1916. Constable. 3s. 6d. Mott, F. W. Nature and Nurture in Mental Development. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 151. 1914. Murray. 6s. Mumford, E. E. R. The Dawn of Character in the Child. 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920. Long- mans. 5s. 6d. — "= 7 _ ae a —— A ee Py ie _~ ate eat Rae icin DRE a — — ” ee ee eee Sea A 6 he US OS Sy Se —— = “ ~ ea Dg De Bae 8 ‘ ee ee ee 4 $ > 4 2029. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Palmer, J.H. Practical Logarithms and Trigonometry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1917. Macmillan. 5s. Piggot, H. E. Elementary Plane Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1919. Constable. 7s. 6d. Reed, H. L. Plane Trigonometry. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3820. 1918. Bell. 5s. Smith, J. H. Elementary Trigo- nometry. Newimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1918. 6s. Key. 8s. Long- mans. Swanwick, F.T. Elementary Trig- onometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 5s. 6d. Todhunter, I. Plane Trigonometry. Revised by R. W. Hogg. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. 1919. 6s. Key to ditto. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1911. 12s. 6d. Macmillan. b. Plane and Spherical. Carslaw,H.S. Plane Trigonometry. An Elementary Text-book for High- er Classes of Secondary Schools and for Colleges. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 822. (1914.) 1920. 5s. Key. Pp. 180. 1915. 8s. Macmillan. Davison, C. The Elements of Plane Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1920. Cambridge University Press. ‘10s. Hobson, E. W. Trigonometry . A Treatise on Plane 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 398. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Johnson, W.E. A Treatise on Trig- onometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 522. 1889. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. M’Clelland,W.J.,and Preston, T. A Treatise on Spherical Trigonom- etry. Cr.8vo. Part1. Tothe End of Solution of Triangles. Pp. 158. 1912. 5s. Part 2. Pp. 202. 1909. 6s. Macmillan. Mathematics Todhunter, I. Spherical Trigonom- etry for the Use of Colleges and Schools. Revised by J.G.Leathem. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Mac- millan. 8s. 6d. xxi. ARITHMETIC. Abbott, P. Exercises in Arithmetic and Mensuration. Cr. 8vo. 1919. With Answers. Pp. 620. 8s. 6d. Without Answers. Pp.534.6s. 6d. Longmans. Baker, W. M., and Bourne, A.A. Public School Arithmetic. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 450. 1920. Bell. 5s. 6d. Borchardt, W. G. Practical Arith- metic for Schools. With Answers. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.529. 1919. 5s. Key to the above. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 649. 1911. 10s. 6d. Riving- ton. Brooksmith, J. Arithmetic in The- ory and Practice. New imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 482. 1910. 5s. Key, for Teachers only. Cr. 8vo. 12s. 6d. * Macmillan. Castle, F. Workshop Arithmetic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1919. Mac- millan. 1s. 9d. Clapham, C. B. Arithmetic for Engineers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 477. 1920. Chapman & Hall. 7s. 6d. Comrie, P., and Woodburn, W. New Commercial Arithmetic with Answers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. Chambers. 2s. 6d. Godfrey, C., and Price, E. A- Arithmetic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 479: 1919. With answers 6s. Without answers 5s. 6d. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. Grant, F.L.,and Hill,A.M. Com- mercial Arithmetic, with Answers. Cr. Svo. Pp. 480. 1920. Long- mans. 68. Hall, H.S.,and Stevens, F.H. A School Arithmetic. New imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 552. 1920. With Answers 5s. 6d. Without Answers 4s. 6d. Key. Pp. 347. 1917. 12s. 6d. Macmillan. Hall, H. S., and Stevens, F. H. Examples in Arithmetic. Taken from ‘‘A School Arithmetic,’’ with or without Answers. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1919. 3s. 6d. Key. 12s.6d. Macmillan. Jones, H. S. A Modern Arithmetie with Graphic and Practical Exer- cises. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 676. 1918. With or without Answers. Macmillan. 5s. Lock, J.B. Arithmetic for Schools. 5thedn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1918. With or without Answers. 5s. Key. 12s.6d. Macmillan. Lodge, SirO.J. Easy Mathematics, Chiefly Arithmetic. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1917. Macmillan. 5s. Loney,S.L. Arithmetic for Schools. 2ndedn. New imp. GI. 8vo. Pp. 530. 1919. With or without Answers. Macmillan. 5s. O’Dea, J. J. The New Explicit Arithmetic in Theory and Practice. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 582. 1912. 8s. 6d. Also in two Parts. Part 1. 8s.6d. Part2. 5s.6d. Longmans. Pendlebury, C., and Robinson, F. E. New School Arithmetic, with or without Answers. 16th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1918. Bell. 5s. 6d. Punnett, M. Groundwork of Arith- metic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 246. 1921. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Smith, B. Arithmetic for Schools. New edn. Revised by W. H. H. Hudson. Cr.8vo. Pp. 468. 1905. 5s. Key, for Teachers only. 10s. Macmillan. Smith, J. H. A Treatise on Arith- metic, with Answers. 5s. 6d. Without Answers. 28rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1918. 5s. Key. 10s. Longmans. Workman, W. P. The Tutorial Arithmetic, with Answers. 3rd edn. 14thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 587. 1920. 6s. 6d. Key. 68. 6d. University Tutorial Press. Mathematics Workman, W.P. The School Arith- metic (adapted from the Tutorial Arithmetic), with Answers. 2nd edn. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 555. 1919. 5s.6d. Key. 6s.6d. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. and Chope, R. H. Worked Problems in Higher Arithmetic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1904. Univer- sity Tutorial Press. 3s. xxii. LOGARITHMS AND SLIDE RULE. Blaine, R.G. The Slide Rule as an aid in Calculating. 5th edn. Feap. 8vo. “Pp. 152. 1919. Spon. 3s. 6d. Dunlop, H. C., and Jackson, C.S. Slide-Rule Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1386. 1913. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Hoare, C. The Slide Rule and How to Use It. 8thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 4s. Matthews, G. F. Manual of Log- arithms. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1890. Macmillan. 5s. O’Dea. J. J. An Elementary Treatise on Logarithms. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 70. 1903. Longmans. 2s. Pickworth, C. N. Logarithms for Beginners. ‘7th edn. Cr. Pp. 54. 1919. Emmott. Ils. 6d. The Slide Rule. A _ Practical Manual. 16thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 183. 1919. Emmott. 3s. 6d. Wolstenholme, J. Examples for Practice in the Use of Seven-Figure Logarithms. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1888. Macmillan. 5s. xxiii. MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL TABLES. Abbott, P. Mathematical Tables and Formule. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 62. 1918. Longmans. 2s. 6d. Babbage,C. Tables of Seven-Figure Logarithms of the Natural Numbers from 1 to 108,000. 8vo. Pp. 224. Spon. 6s. Barlow’s Tables of Squares and Cubes, Square Roots, Cube Roots and Reciprocalis of all Integer Numbers up to 10,000 Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. Spon. 6s. 8vo._ 37 Bottomley, J. T. Four Figure Mathematical Tables, comprising Logarithmic and Trigonometrical Tables, and Tables of Squares, Square Roots, and Reciprocals. 8vo. Pp.60. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. Buchanan, E.E. Tables of Squares, Containing the Square of every foot, inch, and sixteenth of an inch be- tween one-sixteenth of an inch and fifty feet. 1lthedn. 16mo. ;Pp. 102. Spon. 5s. Castle, F. Five-Figure Logarithmic and other Tables. Feap.4to. Pp. 60. 1920. Macmillan. 1s. 3d. Logarithmic and other Tables for Schools. 8vo. Pp. 36. 1920. Macmillan. Paper, 6d. Cloth, 8d. Chappell. Five Figure Mathematical Tables. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340. Chambers. 7s. 6d. Clark, J. B. Mathematical and Physical Tables. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 36. Oliver & Boyd, 9d. Cracknell, A. G. (edited by) Mathematical Tables. 5th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 56. 1919. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. 2s. 3d. Dale, J. B. Five Figure Tables of Mathematical Functions. 8th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 106. Arnold. 4s. 6d. Doberick, W. Hygrometric Tables for Use with Dry and Wet Thermo- meters. Cr. 4to. Pp. 17. 1917. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Dommett, W. E., and Hird, H.C. Mathematical Tables. Cr.8vo. Pp. 88. 1919. Pitman. 4s. 6d. Freeman, N. H. Beaumé and Speci- fic Gravity Tables for Liquids lighter than water. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 27. 1914. Spon. 2s. 6d. Godfrey, C., and Siddons, A.W. Four-Figure Tables. Demy 8vo. Pp. 40. Cambridge University Press. Is. 6d. Hall, W. Tables and Constants to Four Figures. For use in Technical, Physical and Nautical Computa- tion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 68. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Mathematics McAulay, A. _ Five-Figure arithmic and other Tables. Macmillan, 3s. _Pryde, J. (edited by). Chambers’ Mathematical Tables. Seven-Fig- ure. Cr.8vo. Pp.496. Chambers. 6s. Unwin, W. C. Log- 16mo. Short Logarithmic and other Tables. 6th edn. Cr. 4to. Pp. 43. 1917. Spon. 2s. Woodward, C. J. A.B.C. Five- Figure Logarithms, for General Use. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. Spon. 4s. —— A.B.C. Five-Figure Logarithms with Tables, for Chemists. Cr. 8vo. Spon. 3s. 6d. Workman, W.P. Memoranda Math- ematica: a synposis of facts, formu- le, and methods in Elementary Mathematics. With Five-Figure Logarithmic Trigonometrical Tables arranged by W. E. Paterson. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 278. 1912. , Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. Wrapson, J.P.,and Gee,W.W.H. Mathematical Tables for the use of Students in Technical Schools and Colleges. Demy 8vo. 1919. Macmillan. 1s. 9d. xxiv. STATISTICS. Bowley, A. L. Elements of Statis- tics. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 471. 1920. King. 24s. —— An Elementary Manual of Stat- istics. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920. Macdonald & Evans. 7s. 6d. Elderton,W.P.,andE.M. Primer of Statistics. 38rd. edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 102. (1912). 1920. Black. 2s. Higgs, H.,and Yule, G.U. (Edited by). Statistics: by the late Sir Robert Giffen, written about the years 1898—1900. Demy 8vo. Pv. 500. 1918. Macmillan. 12s. Jones, D. C. A First Course in Statistics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 296. 1921. Bell. 15s. Mulhall, M.G. A Dictionary of Statistics. 4thedn. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 860. 1899. Routledge. 25s. Webb, A.D. The Néw Dictionary of Statistics. A Complement to. the 4th edn. of Mulhall’s Diction- ary of Statistics. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 700. 1911. Routledge. 25s. Yule, G. U. An Introduction to the Theory of Statistics. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 413. 1919. Griffin. 12s. Gd. MECHANICS. i. GENERAL. Ball, SirR.S. Experimental Mech- anics. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.376. 1906. Macmillan. 7s. Bowling, G.S. Laboratory Aids in Practical Mechanics for Elementary Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1921. Griffin. 4s. Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H. Matriculation Mechanics. 8rd edn. 13th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 371. 1919. 5s. Key. 4s. University Tutorial Press. Capito, C. A. A. A Text-Book of Mathematics and Mechanics: specially arranged for the Use of Students Qualifying for Science and Technical Examinations. 2 Pts. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pt. 1. Mathe- matics. Pp.181. Pt.2. Mechan- ics. Pp. 240. Griffin. 7s. 6d. each Vol. Cox,J. Mechanics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 346. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Dobbs, W. J. Examples in Elemen- tary Mechanics, Practical, Graphi- cal and Theoretical. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1908. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Duncan, J. Mechanics and Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1920. Mac- millan. 5s. Glazebrook, Sir R. T. Mechanics and Hydrostatics. An Elementary Text Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1918. 9s. also in Parts. 1. Dy- Mamics. 4s. 6d. 2. Statics. 4s. 3. Hydrostatics. 3s. Cambridge University Press. Goodwill, S. G. Elementary ' Mechanics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 2380. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s. Gregory, Sir R. A., and Hadley, H.E. A Manual of Mechanics and Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1918. Macmillan. 4s. Hertz, H. Principles of Mechanies Presented in a New Form. Trans- lated by D. E. Jones and J. T. Walley. S8vo. Pp. 304. 1899. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Hopkinson, Bertram. The Scien- tific Papers of. Collected and Arranged by Sir J. A. Ewing and Sir J. Larmor. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 508. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 63s. Lamb,H. Higher Mechanics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 282. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 25s. Lodge, Sir O. J. Elementary Mechanics, including Hydrostatics and Pneumatics. New edn., re- vised by A. Lodge and C.S. Lodge. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 824. N.p. Cham- bers. 4s. 6d. Loney, S.L. Mechanics and Hydro- statics for Beginners. 16th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 313. 1920. Cam- bridge University Press. 5s. Love, A. E.H. Theoretical Mechan- ics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 383. 1906. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Magnus, Sir P. Lessons in Elemen- tary Mechanics: Introductory to the Study of Physical Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 393. 1920. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Morley, A. Mechanics for En- gineers: a Text-book of Inter- mediate Standard. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 302. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Parker,G.W. Elements of Mechan- ics. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp.280. 1921. Longmans. 6s. 6d. 39 Mechanics Parkinson,S. An Elementary Treat- ise on Mechanics. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1881. Macmillan. 9s. 6d. Porter, A. W. An Intermediate Course of Mechanics. Cr.8vo. Pp. 422. 1905. Murray. 7s. 6d. Prescott, J. Mechanics of Particles and Rigid Bodies. 8vo. Pp. 544. 1913. Longmans. 14s. Routh, E. J. A Treatise on the Stab- ility of a Given State of Motion; particularly Steady Motion. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1877. Macmillan. 10s. Stelfox,S.H. The Laws of Mechan- ics. A Supplementary Text Book. Cr.8vo. Pp.212. 1920. Methuen. 6s. Taylor, J. E. Theoretical Mechan- ics, including Hydrostatics and Pneumatics. 11th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.274. 1919. Longmans. 4s. Thornton, A. Theoretical Mechan- ics—Solids, Including Kinematics, Statics and Kinetics. 5th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1909. Long- mans. 6s. Wells, S. H. Practical Mechanics. An Elementary Manual for the Use of Students in Science and Technical Schools. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1918. Methuen. 5s. ii. STATICS AND DYNAMICS. Andrews, E.S. Elements of Graph- ic Dynamics. An Elementary Text Book for Students of Mechan- ics and Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 1919. Chapman & Hall. 10s. 6d. Baker, W.M. Elementary Dynam- ics. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1917. 6s. Key. Pp. 262. 1907. 10s. 6d. Bell. Ball, Sir R. S. A Treatise on the Theory of Screws. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 561. 1900. Cambridge University Press. 23s. Barnard, R. J. A. Elementary Dynamics of the Particle and Rigid Body. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1916. Macmillan. 6s. 40 Barton, E.H. Analytical Mechanics; comprising the Kinctics and Statics of Solids and Fluids. 8vo. Pp. 556. 1911. Longmans. 12s.6d. Besant, W. H., and Ramsey, A. S.A _ Treatise on Dynamics. New edn. Svo. Pp. 443. 1914. Bell. 12s. Borchardt, W. G. Elementary Statics. with or without Answers. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 427. 1915. “Ss. Key. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 10s. 6d. Rivington. ‘ —— School Mechanics. Vol. 1. School Statics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 294. 1919. 6s. Vol.2. School Dynam- ics. Cr.8vo. Pp.312. 1920. 6s. Rivington. Brigés, W.,and Bryan,G.H. The Tutorial Statics. 38rd edn. 10th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 376. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 4s. The Tutorial Dynamics. 2nd edn. llth imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 424. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 5s. Crawford, W. J. Elementary Gra- phic Statics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 139. 1911. Griffin. 3s. Cremona, L. Graphical Statics, being two Treatises on the Graph- ical Calculus and Reciprocal Fig- ures. Translated by T. H. Beare. 8vo. Pp. 178. 18938. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 8s. 6d. Dobbs, W.J. A Treatise on Elemen- tary Statics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1915. Black. 7s. 6d. —— Elementary Geometrical Statics. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1897. Mac- millan. 8s. 6d. Fawdry, R. C. Statics. 8rd edn, Cr.8vo. Pp.330. 1920. Bell. 6s. Dynamics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1919. Bell. 6s. Statics and Dynamics—First Parts. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1919. Bell. 6s. Gray, A., and J. G. A Treatise on Dynamics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 646. 1911. Macmillan. 15s. Hardy, E. The Elementary Princi- ples of Graphic Statics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 206. 1909. Bats- ford. 4s. Mechanics Heath, R. S. Elementary Statics, and its Applications. Cr.8vo. Pp. 296. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s. al Hicks, W. M. Elementary Dynam- ics of Particles and Solids. Cr. 8vo. Pp.432. 1917. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Jackson, C. S., and Milne, R. M. A First Statics. Cr.8vo. Pp. 372. Dent. 5s. 6d. and Roberts, W. M. A First Dynamics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1918. Dent. 6s. 6d. Lamb, H. Dynamics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356. 1914. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 15s. Statics, including Hydrostatics and the Elements of the Theory of Elasticity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Landon, J.W. Elementary Dynam- ics. A Text-Book for Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1920. Cam- bridge University Press. 10s. 6d. Lock, J. B. Elementary Dynamics and Statics. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 574. 1914. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Loney,S.L. The Elements of Statics and Dynamics. 15th edn. Feap. S8vo. Pp. 606. 1919. 10s. Also separately. Statics. 5s. 6d. Dy- namics. 5s.6d. Solutions. 9s. Cambridge University Press. Treatise on Elementary Dynam- ics. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 297. 1917. 8s. Solutions. 8s. 6d. Cambridge University Press. An Elementary Treatise on Stat- ics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 401. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 14s. An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and of Rigid Bodies. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 382. 1919. Cam- bridge University Press. 14s. Macgregor. J. G. Elementary Treatise on Kinematics and Dynam- ics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 652. 1909. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. 41 Michaelis,D.M.L. The Dynamics of Surfaces. An Introduction to the Study of Biological Surface Phen- omena. ‘Translated by W. H. Perkins. Demy 8vo. Pp. 118. 1914. Spon. 4s. 6d. Minchin, G.M. A Treatise on Stat- ics with Applications to Physics. 2vols. 8vo. Vol.1. Equilibrium of Coplanar Forces. 7th edn. Pp. 476. 1915. Vol.2. Non-Coplanar Forces. 5th edn. revised by H.T. Gerrans. Pp.378. 1915. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. each. Norwell, A. Elementary Applied Mechanics (Statics). Cr.8vo. Pp. 256. 1908. Longmans. 4s. Pinkerton, R. H. Dynamics and Hvdrostatics. llth edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.310. n.p. Blackie. 3s 6d. Pirie, G. Lessons on Rigid Dynam- ics. .Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1875. Macmillan. 6s. Robinson, J. L. Elements of Dy- namics (Kinetics and Statics). 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1911. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Routh, E. J. A Treatise on the Dynamics of a System of Rigid Bodies, with numerous Examples. Vol. 1. The Elementary Part. 7th edn. S8vo. Pp. 460. 1913. Mac- millan. 17s. A Treatise on Analytical Staties. 2 vols. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Vol. i. #p..408. 1909. Vol. 2. Pp. 390. 1909. Cambridge University Press. 15s. each. Sprague, E. H. The Elements of Graphic Statics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Tait, P. G., and Steele, W. J. A Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1900. Macmillan. 14s. Tuckey, C. O., and Nayler, W.A. Statics: A First Course. Cr. 8vo. Pp.300. 1916. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Whittaker, E. T. A Treatise on the Analytical Dynamics of Particles and Rigid Bodies. 2nd edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 444. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 17s.6d. Mechanics Wight, J. T. Elementary Graphic Statics. Cr.8vo. 1913. Pitman. 5s. Williamson, B., and Tarleton, F. A. An Elementary Treatise on Dynamics: containing Applications to Thermodynamics. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 576. 1900. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Worthington, A. M. Dynamics of Rotation; an Elementary Intro- duction to Rigid Dynamics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d. iii. HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRODYNAMICS. Barton, E. H. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Fluids. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1915. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Besant, W. H., and Ramsey, A. S. A Treatise on Hydromechanics. Demy 8vo. Part1. MHydrostaties. 8th edn. Pp. 2382. 1919. 12s. Part 2. Hydrodynamics. 15s. Bell. Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H. Matriculation Hydrostatics. 2nd edn. llthimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 216. 1919. 4s. Key. 2s. 3d. Univer- sity Tutorial Press. ——Intermediate Hydrostatics. edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 5s. De Villamil, R. A B C of Hydro- dynamics. 8vo. Pp. 185. 1912. Spon. 8s. 6d. Greaves, J. A Treatise on Elemen- tary Hydrostatics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1919. 7s. Solutions. 6s. Cambridge University Press. Greenhill, Sir A. G. Treatise on 6th Hydrostaties. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 544. 1894. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Lamb, H. Hydrodynamics. 4th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 714. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 27s. 6d. Loney, S. L. The Elements of Hydrostatics. 5th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1918. 5s. 6d. Solutions. 6s. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 42 Minchin, G. M. A Treatise on Hydrostatics. 2 Vols. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. 1912. Vol. 1. Elemen- tary Part. Pp. 204. 5s. Vol. 2. Advanced Part. Pp. 184. 6s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Parker,G.W. Elements of Hydro- statics. Cr.8vo. Pp.158. 1912. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Pinkerton, R. H. Hydrostatics and Pneumatics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 844. N.D. Blackie. 4s. 6d. Sanderson, F.W. Hydrostaties for Beginners. New Imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1912. Macmillan. 3s. iv. APPLIED MECHANICS. Alexander, T., and Thomson, A. W. Elementary Applied Mechanics. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 532. 1916. Macmillan. 15s. Andrews, E.S. An Introduction to Applied Mechanics. 2nd _ imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Aughtie, H. Applied Mechanics. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Book l. Pp. 184. 1919. Book 2. Pp. 227. 1918. Routledge. 3s. 6d. each. Bates, E. L., and Charlesworth, F. Mechanics for Builders. 2 Parts. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1913. Long- mans. 4s. each, Cotterill, J. H. Applied Mechanics: An Elementary General Introduc- tion to the Theory of Structures and Machines. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 672. 1906. Macmillan. 21s. and Slade, J. H. Lessons in Applied Mechanics. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 534. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Cryer, T., and Jordan, H. G. Text-Book of Applied Mechanies. 9th edn. Pp. 320. 1920. Hey- wood. 5s. Duncan, J. Applied Mechanics for Engineers. 8vo. Pp. 732. 1913. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Applied Mechanics for Beginners. New imp. G1. 8vo. Pp. 345. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. - ———— Mechanics Goodman, J. Mechanics Applied to Engineering. 9th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 864. 1919. Longmans. 14s. 6d. Graham, J. Applied Mechanics. Including Hydraulics and_ the Theory of the Steam Engine. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3812. 1917. Arnold. 5s. 6d. Jamieson, A. Elementary Manual of Applied Mechanics. 15th edn. Revised by E.S. Andrews. Cr. 8vo. Pp.413. 1921. Griffin. 6s. and Andrews, E. S. A Text-book of Applied Mechanics and Mechanical Engineering. Large Cr. 8vo. Vol. I., Applied Mechan- ics. llth edn. Pp. 371. 1919. 6s.; Vol. I1., Strength of Materials. 9th edn. Pp. 3382. 1918. 6s.; Vol. IlI., Theory of Structures. 10th edn. Pp. 278. 1920. 5s. Vol. IV., Hydraulics. 9th edn. Pp. 340. 1921. 5s.; Vol. V.. Theory of Machines. 9th edn. in preparation. Griffin. Low, D. A. Applied Mechanics: embracing Strength and Elasticity of Materials, Theory and Design of Structures, Theory of Machines and Hydraulics. A Text-book for En- gineering Students. 6thimp. 8vo. Pp. _ 559. 1921. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Mackenzie, T. Practical Mechanics: applied to the Requirements of the Sailor. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 187. 1920. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Morley, A., and Inchley, W. Ele- mentary Applied Mechanics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1919. Longmans. 6s. Pullen, W. W. F. Mechanics: Theoretical, Applied, and Experi- mental. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1917. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of Applied Mechanics. Revised by W.J. Millar. 20th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 694. 1919. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Spon’s Mechanics’ Own Book: a Manual for MHandicraftsmen and Amateurs. 7th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 714. 1921. Spon. 10s. 6d. 43 v. MECHANISM. Cassell’s Cyclopedia of Mechanics. Edited by PaulN. Hasluck. 5 vols. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 384 each vol. 1914. Cassell. 9s. each vol. Dunkerley, S. Mechanism, for Use in University and Technical Col- leges. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1919. Longmans. 14s. 6d. Goodeve, T. M. The Elements of Mechanism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 366. 1912. Longmans. 7s. 6d. McKay, R. F. The Theory of Machines. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448. 1920. Arnold. 20s. vi. STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF MATERIALS. Anderson, Sir J. The Strength of Materials and Structures. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3822. 1914. Longmans. 5s. Andrews, E. S. The Strength of Materials. A Text-book for En- gineers and Architects. Demy 8vo.. Pp. 604. 1916. Chapman and Hall. 13s. 6d. Elementary Strength of Materials. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1916. Chapman and Hall. 7s. The Stresses in Hooks and other Curved Beams. Demy 8vo. 1920. Pitman. 6s. and Pearson, K. Ona Theory of the Stresses in Crane and Coup- ling Hooks with Experimental Comparison with Existing Theory. Pp. 28. 1904. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 3s. Box, T. A Practical Treatise on the Strength of Materials, their Elas- ticity, and Resistance to Impact. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 536. 1902. Spon. 12s. 6d. Clapham, C. B. Engineer’s Hand- book of Strengths. Demy 8vo. In preparation. Chapman and Hall. Ewing, Sir J. A. The Strength of Materials. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 246. 1914. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 12s. 6d. 2 Mechanics Humber, W. Handy book for the Calculation of Strains in Girders, and Similar Structures, and their Strength. 6thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 81. 1903. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Morley, A. Strength of Materials. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 566. 1919. Longmans. 14s. Popplewell, W. C. Strength of Materials. A Manual for Engineer- ing Students. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1907. Gurney and Jackson. 5s. Testing and Strength of Materials of Construction. New edition in preparation. Scientific Pub. Co. Searle, G. F. C. Experimental Elasticity. A Manual for the Laboratory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 204. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 8s. Smith, C. A. Testing. Vol.1. edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 298. Constable. 14s. Sprague, E. H. The Strength of Structural Elements. Cr. 8vo. Pp.200. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Moving Loads by Influence Lines A Handbook of Materials. 2nd 1920. and other Methods. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Unwin, W.C. The Testing of Mater- ials of Construction. A Text-book for the Engineering Laboratory and a Collection of the Results of Experiment. 3rd.edn. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1910. Longmans. 2is. Woods, R. J. The Strength and Elasticity of Structural Members. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. Arnold. 14s. vii. MATHEMATICAL THEORY OF ELASTICITY. Andrews, E.S. Elastic Stresses in Structures. Translated from Casti- glano’s ‘‘Thedrem de 1’Equibre des Systemes Elastiques et ses Applica- tions.’’ Roy.8vo. Pp. 376.1919. Scott, Greenwood. 25s. 44 Love, A. E. H. A Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. 8rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 642. - 1920. Cambridge University Press. 37s. 6d. Todhunter, I. A History of the Theory of Elasticity. Edited by K. Pearson. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Galilei to Saint Venant. Pp. 939. 1886. 29s. Vol. 2. Saint-Venant to Lord Kelvin. (2 Parts). Pp. 777., 568. 1893. 37s. 6d. Cam- bridge University Press. Young, A. W., Elderton, E. M., and Pearson, K. On the Torsion resulting from Flexure in Prisms with Cross-Sections of Uni-Axial Symmetry only. Pp. 75. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. THEORY AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES. Andrews, E. S. The Theory and Design of Structures. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.618. 1920. Chap- man & Hall. 18s. 6d. viii. and Design of Structures. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 236. & Hall. 10s. Atherton, W. H. An Introduction to the Design of Beams, Girders, and Columns in Machines and Structures, with Examples in Gra- phic Statics. Large 8vo. Pp. 250. 1905. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Bamford, H. Moving Loads on Railway Underbridges. Feap. 4to. Pp. 78. 1907. Pitman. Bell, G. J. A Practical Treatise on Segmental and Elliptical Oblique or Skew Arches. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 125. 1906. Spon. 21s. Chalmers, J. B. Graphical Deter- mination of Forces in Engineering Structures. 8vo. Pp. 442. 1881. Macmillan. 24s. Morley, A. Theory of Structures. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 596. 1920. Longmans. 14s. Further Problems in the Theory Chapman Mechanics Pearson, K., Reynolds, W. D., and Stanton, W.F. On a Practical Theory of Elliptic and Pseudo- elliptic Arches, with special refer- ence to the Ideal Masonry Arch. Pp. 24. 1909. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 4s. Pullen, W. W. F. Application of Graphic Methods to the Design of Structures. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 340. 1905. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. Woods, R. J. The Theory of Struc- tures. Demy 8vo. Pp.288. 1914. Arnold. 12s. 6d. GYROSTATICS. Chalmers, T. W. The Gyroscopic Compass. A Non-Mathematical Treatment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 177. 1920. Constable. Ils. Chatley, H. Practical Gyrostatic Balancing. Cr.8vo. Pp.72. 1912. Technical Pub. Co. 2s. 9d. Crabtree, H. An Elementary Treat- ment of the Theory of Spinning Tops and Gyroscopic Motion. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.210. 1914. Long- mans. 9s. Gray, A. A Treatise on Gyrostatics and Rotational Motion. Theory and Applications. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 550. 1918. Macmillan. 42s. Johnson, V. E. The Gyroscope: An Experimental Study from Spinning Top to Mono Rail. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 52. 1911. Spon. 2s. 6d. Perry, J. Spinning Tops and the Use of Gyrostats and the Gyro-Compass. Post 8vo. rp; . 168. 1919. S.P.C.K. 2s. 6d. ix. MEASUREMENTS— WEIGHTS AND CALCULATIONS. Adiassewich, A. English Prices with Russian Equivalents. Calcu- lated at Fourteen Rates of Exchange in Roubles per Pood, giving rate per Ib., and equivalents perton. Feap. 16mo. Pp.182. Spon. Is. 6d. xX. 45 Alexander, J. Lead. Weights and Measurements of Sheet Lead. 32mo. Spon. Is. 6d. Brook, J. French Measure and Eng- lish Equivalents. For the Use of Engineers, Manufacturers of Iron,. Draughtsmen,ete. 2ndedn. Feap. 16mo. Pp.80. Spon. 2s. Clapham, C. B. Metric System for. Engineers. Demy 8vo. in prepara- tion. Chapman & Hall. Clark, L. A Dictionary of Metric and other Useful Measures. Cr. 8vo. Pp.1138. Spon. 6s. 6d. Delbos, L. The Metric System, A Practical Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1900. Methuen. 3s. Dommett, W. E. (edited by). Metric Conversion Tables. Cr. 8vo.. Pp. 50. 1918. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Eliott, A.W.M. Rectangular Areas. A Useful Reference Work for Tin- plate Manufacturers, Tinplate Mer-. chants, Tin Box Makers, Wood Case Makers, and those engaged in, Tinplate Industries. Cr.8vo. Pp. 104. Scott, Greenwood. 7s 6d. Golding, H. A. Bonus Tables: For. Calculating Wages on the Bonus or. Premium Systems. For Engineer- ing, Technical and Allied Trades. Super Roy. 8vo. 1903. Griffin. 9s. Koczorowski, Lt. English Prices. with German Equivalents. Calcu- lated at Seven Rates of Exchange in Marks per Kilogramme. Giving- rate per lb., and equivalents per ton. Feap. 16mo. Pp. 95. Spon. 1s. 6d. Lambert, S. English Prices with Spanish Equivalents. Calculated’ at Seven Rates of Exchange in Pesetas per Kilogramme, giving: rate per Ib., and equivalents per- ton. Feap. 16mo. Pp.95. Spon. 1s. 6d. Logan, F. W. A. English Weights, with their Equivalents in Kilo- grammes calculated from one pound: to one ton by pounds, and from one ton to 100 tons by tons. Feap.. 16mo. Pp. 96. Spon. Is. 6d. Mechanics McCartney, H. P. Metric Weights with English Equivalents. Feap. 16mo. Pp. 84. Spon. Is. 6d. —— English Prices with French Equivalents. Calculated at Seven Rates of Exchange in Francs. Gold per 100 Kilos., giving rate per lb., and equivalents per ton. Feap. 1l6mo. Pp. 97. Spon. Is. 6d. Molesworth, Sir G. L. Metric Tables. 5th edn. Feap. 16mo. Pp. 116. 1918. Spon. 2s. 6d. —— Decimal Tables, for Engineer- ing and Commercial Calculations. Feap. 16mo. Pp.126. 1919. Spon. 2s. 6d. ‘O’Toole, I. Tables of Seamless Copper Tubes. Oblong 16mo. Pp. 69. 1908. Spon. 3s. 6d. Peddie, A. The Practical Measurer. A Series of Tables for the Use of Wood Merchants, Builders, Carpen- ters, Joiners, Sawyers, Plasterers, Painters, Masons, Bricklayers, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 448. N.D. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Perkin, F. M. The Metric and British Systems of Weights, Meas- ures, and Coinage. 8vo. Pp. 84. 1907. Pitman. 3s. 6d. Robertson, J. A Dictionary for International Commercial Quota- tions. To translate units of value from one currency, weight, and measure direct into another, includ- ing exchange. Cr.4to. Vol. 1. British and European Standards. Pp. 224. 1914. 688. Vol. 2. British and North and South American Standards. Pp. 228. 1919. Press. Rossetti, G. A. Metric-English and English-Metric Lengths. Feap. 16 mo. Pp. 92. Spon. Is. 6d. Rownson. and Memoranda, Weights and Meas- ures. Oblong 32mo. Pp.86. Spon. 58. Slack, J. E., and Dorey, A. ‘‘Ata Glance.’’ Twelve Conversion Tables for International Values of British, Metric and Russian Weights and Measures , Temperatures, and Dates. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1918. Technical Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Smith, R. H. Measurement Con- versions (English and French): 43 Graphic Tables or Diagrams. 4to. 1895. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Stobbs, T. Wire and Sheet Gauge Tables. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 115. 1920. Spon. 5s. Taylor, T. Gauges at a Glance. Containing all the Principal Gauges of the different Metals, Tinplate Substances, etc., collated and com- pared. 4thedn. Oblong 8vo. Pp. 82. 1918. Spon. 6s. 84s. Oxford University Iron Merchants’ Tables MACHINE DRAWING, DESIGN, DRAUGHTSMANSHIP. i. GENERAL. Barker, A. H. Graphic Methods of Engine Design. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1899. Technical Pub. Co. 4s. 9d. Bowers, R.S. Drawing and Design for Craftsmen. Demy 8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. 6d. ‘Castle, F. Machine Construction and Drawing. Gl.4to. Pp.306. 1920. Maemillan. 5s. A Manual of Machine Design. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 361. 1919. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. Cryer, T., and Jordan, H. G. Machine Construction and Mechan- ical Drawing. 138thedn. Cr. 4to. oblong. Pp.137. 1920. Heywood. 53. Dales, J. H. A Manual of Mechan- ical Drawing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 194. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d._ A Course in Machine Drawing and Sketching. Demy 8vo. Pp. 192. 1919. Chambers. 3s. 6d. Dunkley, W. G. The Design of Machine Elements. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo. 1917. Vol. 1. Forces and Stresses; Shaftings and Bearings; Couplings; Springs. Pp.210. Vol. 2. Screws and Bolts; Clutches; Belts and Pulleys; Gearing. Pp. 220. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. each. Ellis,G. Modern Technical Drawing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 19138. Bats- ford. 7s. 6d. Handy, C. E. Preliminary Machine Drawing Course. Oblong Demy 8vo. Pp. 42. 1920. Longmans. 2s. ‘Hasluck, P.N.(edited by). Practical Draughtsmen’s Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1918. Cassell. 38s. Holt -Butterfill,H. First Principles of Mechanical and Engineering Drawing. Demy 8vo. 1900. Chap- man & Hall. 8s. 6d. Innes, C.H. Problems in Machine Design. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 258. 1908. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. Jagger, J. E. An Elementary Text- book on Mechanical Drawing. 3rd edn: (Cri. éto.. Pp. 261. 192). Griffin. 15s. Jones, B. E. (edited by). ical Drawing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1920. Cassell. 6s. Jones, T.and T.G. Machine Draw- ing. 4 Books. Med.4to. 1920. Book 1. 69 Plates. 6s. Book 2. Machine Tools. 38rd edn. 48 Plates. 48. Book 3. Engine and Pump Details. 44 Plates. is. Book 4. Machine Drawing for Electrical Engineering Students. 16 Plates. 1s.4d. Heywood. Low, D. A. An Introduction to Mechan- Machine Drawing and Design. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Longmans. 4s. and Bevis, A. W. A Manual _of Machine Drawing and Design. 15th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 414. 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Minchin, G. M., and Dale, J. B. Mathematical Drawing. Including the Graphic Solution of Equations. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 151. 1920. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Robson, J. H. Machine Drawing and Sketching for Beginners. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 202. 1918. Tech- nical Pub. Co. 5s. Rowarth, E. The _ Engineering Draughtsman. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1919. Methuen. 10s. 6d. —— The Elements of Engineering Drawing. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1919. Methuen. 4s. 6d. AT Machine Drawing, Design, Draughtsmanship. Smith, W. H. Guide to Draughts- manship for Architects, Civil and Mechanical Engineers and Survey- ors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1917. Spon. 4s. 6d. Spooner, H. J. Engineering Work- shop Drawing. Oblong 4to. Pp. 186. 1919. Longmans. is. Industrial Drawing and Geome- try: an Introduction to Technical Drawing. Oblong 4to. Pp. 184. 1918. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Machine Drawing and Design for Beginners. Cr. 4to. Pp. 282. 1919. Longmans. 6s. Machine Design, Construction, and Drawing. 5thimp. 8vo. Pp. 770. 1919. Longmans. 21s. Unwin, W.C.,and Mellanby,A.L. The Elements of Machine Design. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. General Principles, etc. Pp. 546. 1919. Vol. 2. Chiefly Engine Details. Pp. 450. 1918. Longmans. 15s. each vol. Wells,S.H. A Text-Book of Engin- eering Drawing and Design. 2 vols. Cr.8vo. Vol.1. Practical Geometry, Plain and Solid. 8th edn. Pp. 203. 1920. 4s. 6d. Vol2. Machine and Engine Draw- ing and Design. 6thedn. Pp.182. 1916. 4s. 6d. Griffin. ii. GEOMETRICAL DRAWING AND DESIGNING. HAND -LETTERING. Adams, H. Theory and Practice of Designing. Demy. 8vo. Pp. 257. 1911. Constable. 7s. 6d. Dennis, H. J. Advanced Perspective, Third Grade. Angular and Ob- lique Perspective, Shadows and Reflections. 7th edn. Part 1. Angular and Oblique Perspective, with 31 Plates. 7s. 6d. Part 2. Shadows and Reflections, with 39 Plates. 7s. 6d. or in one volume 15s. Bailliére. Hallett, G. W. T. Hints on Archi- tectural Draughtsmanship. 5th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp.86. 1917. Spon. 2s. 6d. Harper, C. G. A Practical Hand- book of Drawing, for Modern Methods of Reproduction. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. 1916. Chapman & Hall. 8s. 6d. Jackson, F. G. Decorative Design . An Elementary Text-book of Prin- ciples and Practice. 38rd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. 1902. Chapman & Hall. 9s. 6d. --— The Theory and Practice of Design. An Advanced Text-book on Decorative Art. Large Cr. 8vo. 1903. Chapman & Hall. Ils. Lindsay, C. T. Geometrical Draw- ing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 122. 1903. Chapman & Hall. 7s. Lineham, W. J. A Treatise on Hand-Lettering for Engineers , Arch- itects, Surveyors, and Students of Mechanical Drawing. Oblong 4to. Pp. 282 and 119 Plates. 1915. Chapman & Hall. 9s. 6d. Morris, 1. H. Geometrical Drawing for Art Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1919. Longmans. 3s. Spanton, J. H. Geometrical Draw- ing and Design. Gl.8vo. Pp.272. 1919. Macmillan. 8s. Science and Art Drawing. 8vo. Part 1. Geometrical. Pp. 596. 1895. 12s. 6d. Part 2. Perspec- tive. Pp. 300. 1900. 6s. Mac- millan. Spooner, H. J. The Elements of Geometrical Drawing. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 340. 1914. Long- mans. 4s. 6d. Watson, J. Oblique and Isometric Projection. Feap. 4to. Pp. 50. 1905. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Wright, C. O., and Rudd, W. A. Model Drawing, Geometrical and Perspective, with Architectural Ex- amples. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 263. 1916. Cambridge University Press ~ 6s. CIVIL ENGINEERING. i, GENERAL. Adams, H. Strains in Ironwork. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 65. 1904. Spon. 6s. Alexander, W. Columns and Struts. Theory and Design, with Practical Examples Worked Out. 8vo. Pp. 277. 1912. Spon. 12s. 6d. Anglin, S. The Design of Struc- tures. A Practical Treatise on the Building of Bridges, Roofs, etc. 6thedn. Large8vo. Pp.5385.1919. Griffin. 16s. Atcherley, L. W., and Pearson, K. On the Graphics of Metal Arches with special reference to the Rela- tive Strength of Two-pivoted, Three-pivoted and Built-in-Metal Arches. Pp. 64. 1905. bridge University Press. 5s. Barber, T. W. Civil Engineering Types and Devices. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1915. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Bird, H. The Practical Design of Plate Girder Bridges. Demy 8vo. Pp. 188. 1920. Griffin. 15s. Bligh, W.G. Notes on Instruments best suited for Engineering Field Work in India and the Colonies. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1914. Spon. 5s. 6d. Brightmore, A. W. Structural En- gineering. New edn. with addi- tional matter relating to Concrete. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310. 19138. Cassell. 10s. 6d. Burnside, W. Bridge Foundations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Chatley, H. Stresses in Masonry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 154. 1909. Griffin. Corbin, T. W. Engineering of To- Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 367. 1919. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Cam-— Fidler, T. C. Civil Engineering. Cr.8vo. Pp.195. 1905. Methuen. 5s. A Practical Treatise on Bridge Construction: A Text Book on the Construction of Bridges in Iron and Steel; for the use of Students, Draughtsmen, and Engineers. 4th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1909. Griffin. 30s. Gibson, A. H., and Ritchie, E.G. A Study of the Circular-Are Bow- Girder. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1914. Constable. 10s. 6d. Hunter, A. Bridge and Structural Engineers’ Handbook of General Specifications, Formule, and Data for the Design of Cranes, Bridges, Foundations, and Workshop Build- ings, embodying the practice of Sir William Arrol and Company, Ltd. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1920. Spon. 21s. Husband, J.,and Harby,W. Struc- tural Engineering. 8vo. Pp. 408. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Lilly, W. E. The Design of Plate Girders. Demy 8vo. Pp. 182. 1904. Chapman & Hall. 8s. 6d. Middleton. G. A. T. Stresses and Thrusts. A Text-book on their Determination in Constructional Work, with Examples of the Design of Girders and Roofs. 4th edn. 1911. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 217. Bats- ford. 5s. 6d. Nielsen, T. Calculation of Columns. A Practical Application of the Theory. 8vo. Pp.36. 1911. Spon. 6s. Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of Civil Engineering. 24th edn. Re- vised by W. J. Millar. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.838. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Sprague, E. H. The Stability of Arches. Cr. 8vo. Pp.150. 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. 49 J Civil Engineering. Sprague, E.H. Stability of Masonry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.180. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Taylor, F. N. A Manual of Civil Engineering Practice, Specially arranged for the use of Municipal and County Engineers. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 821. 1920. Griffin. 34s. Masonry Applied to Civil En- gineering. A Practical Treatise on the Design and Construction of Engineering Works in Stone and Heavy Concrete. Demy 8vo. Pp. 241. 1915. Constable. 7s. 6d. Thorpe, W. H. The Anatomy of Bridgework. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1914. Spon. 7s. 6d. Usborne, P. O. G. The Design of Simple Steel Bridges. Demy 8vo. Pp. 414. 1912. Constable. 12s. 6d. Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Civil En- gineering as Applied to Construc- tion. Revised by H. Fidler. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 642. 1919. Longmans. 25s. Warren. W.H. Engineering Con- struction. 3rdedn. Roy. 8vo. 1921. Part 1. InSteeland Tim- ber. Pp. 502. 80s. Part 2. Masonry and Concrete. Pp. 510. 36s. Longmans. Young, E. W. Simple Practical Methods of Calculating Strains on Girders, Arches,and Trusses. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1873. Macmillan, 7s. 6d. ii. ESTIMATES, FORMULA, etc. Ball, W.V. The Law Affecting En- gineers, with an Outline of the Law relating to Engineering Contracts, and an Appendix of Forms of Con- tract. Demy 8vo. Pp. 332. 1909. Constable. 10s. 6d. Coleman, T.E. The Civil Engineers’ Cost Book, compiled for the use of Civil and Municipal Engineers, Public Works Contractors, etc. 3rdedn. 16mo. Pp. 441. 1920. Spon. 10s. 6d. Hoskold, H. D. Engineers’ Valuing Assistant: being a Practical Treat- ise on the Valuation of Collieries and Other Mines, etc. 2nd edn. Svyo. Pp. 214. 1905. Longmans. Qs. Hurst, J. T. Spon’s Engineers’ Tables for Civil and Mechanical Engineers, Builders, Contractors, Plumbers, etc. 12th edn. 64mo. Pp.278. 1920. Spon. 2s. Hutton. W.S. The Works Manag- ers’ Handbook of Modern Rules, Tables and Data. 8th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1917. Crosby Lockwood. 18s. Molesworth, G. L. Pocket Book of Useful Formule and Memoranda for Civil, Mechanical and Elec- trical Engineers. 28th edn. Ob- long 32mo. Pp.760. 1919. Spon. 10s. Suggate, A. Elements of Engineer- ing Estimating. Cr.8vo. Pp. 135. 1912. Technical Pub. Co. 4s. 9d. iii. SURVEYING: LAND AND MINE. Adams, H. Practical Surveying and Elementary Geodesy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1913. Macmillan. 5s. Andrews, E.S. Alignment Charts: Their Principle and Application to Engineering Formule. Pp. 32. Chapman & Hall. Is. 6d. Baker, T.,and Dixon, F.E. Rudi- mentary Treatise on Land and En- gineering Surveying. 28rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. 6d. Briggs, H. The Effects of Errors in Surveying. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1912. Griffin. 6s. Brough, B. H. A Treatise on Mine. Surveying, For the use of Managers of Mines and Collieries, Students, ete. 15thedn. revised by H. Dean, Cr. 8vo. 1920. Griffin. 9s. Bryson, T., and Chambers, G. M. An Introduction to Mine Surveying. 2nd imp. Pp. 296. 1919. E. Arnold. 6s. 50 Be — e Cipet, ee Aeiny ile 7 MILO rite a tty LO geet PN Abad SD. ag = te ROB ODS AT Ey Re AS We SEL f RPO, VAasehe BE aie BD , ao NP eapegge, Pryge ce te) a im bal Civil Engineering. Davies, D. Problems in Land and Mine Surveying. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 367. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Eliot, M. E. Y. Tacheometer Sur- veying, with Special Notes on Plotting, Care and Adjustment of Instruments, Field Work, and Cal- culations. Cr.8vo. Pp.158. 1916. Spon. 6s. Ferguson, T. Automatic Surveying Instruments, and their Practical Uses on Land and Water. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1904. Bale & Danielsson. As. Gribble, T. G. Preliminary Survey and Estimates, including Elemen- tary Astronomy, Route Surveying, Tacheometry, Curve’ Ranging, Graphic Mensuration, Estimates, Hydrography, and _ Instruments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 494. 1913. Long- mans. 8s. 6d. Hearn, G. R. Railway Engineers’ Field Book. 12mo. Pp.230.1914. Spon. 21s. Higgins, A. L. The Field Manual. A Practical Treatise of Surveying Methods and Operations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 948. 1920. Pitman. 21s. Kennedy, N. A Practical Manual of Surveying with the Tacheometer. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. ‘Pp. 112. 1912. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Leston, G.L. Surveying: Land and Mining. 4th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 386. 1921. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Middleton,G.A.T. Surveying and Surveying Instruments. 8rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.174. 1912. Pitman. 6s. Middleton, R. E., and Chadwick, QO. A Treatise on Surveying. 4th edn. Revised by M.T.M.Ormsby. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 406., 365. 1920. Spon. 15s. each vol. O’Donahue, T.A. Field and Colliery Surveying. A Primer designed for the use of Students of Surveying and Colliery Manager Aspirants. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1918. Macmillan. 5s. 1921. Ormsby, M. T. M. Elementary Principles of Surveying. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1914. Scott, Greenwood, 5s. Park, J. A Text-book of Theodolite Surveying and Levelling: for the Use of Students in Land and Mine Surveying. 5th edn. in Preparation, Griffin. Pilkington, W. Co-ordinate Geo- metry applied to Land Surveying. 12mo. Pp. 44. 1909. Spon. 2s. Popplewell, W.C. The Elements of Surveying and Geodesy. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1915. Longmans. 9s. Salmon, V.G. Practical Surveying and Field Work. Cr.8vo. Pp.212. 1918. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Simms, F.W. Treatise on the Prin- ciples and Practice of Levelling. Its application to purposes of Rail- way Engineering and the Construc- tion of Roads. 9thedn. 8vo. Pp. 223. 1907. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Stewart, B. Handbook on Railway Surveying for Students and Junior Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1914. Spon. 3s. 6d. Thomas, W. N. Surveying. Med. 8vo. Pp. 540. 1920. E. Arnold. 31s. 6d. Threlfall, H. A Text Book on Sur- veying and Levelling. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.680. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Usill, G. W. Practical Surveying. 12thedn. Revised by G.L. Leston. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 358. 1916. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Welis, G.C., and Clay, A.S. The Field Engineer’s Handbook. 2nd edn. 18mo. Pp. 280. 1920. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Whitelaw, J. A Text-Book of Sur- veying as Practised by Civil Engin- eers and Surveyors. 6thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 516. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Williamson, J. Surveying and Field Work. Demy 8vo. Pp. 385.1915. Constable. 9s. Xydis, C. Handbook on Tacheo- metrical Surveying. 8vo. Pp. 63. 1909. Spon. 7s. 6d. 51 Civil Engineering. Butler, E. Modern Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Coleman, T.E. Retaining Walls in Theory and Practice. A Text-book for Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1914. Spon. 4s. Cunningham, B. The Principles and Practice of Dock Engineering. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 616. 1910. Griffin. 36s. The Dock and Harbour Engineer’s Reference Book: a compilation of Notes connected with Maritime Engineering and Ports and Har- bours. Pocket size. Pp. 826. 1914. Griffin. 10s. 6d. The Principles and Practice of Harbour Engineering. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 393. 1918. Griffin. 25s.. Dunkerley,S.H. Hydraulics. 2 Vols. 8vo. Vol.I., Hydraulic Machinery, (out of print). Vol. II., The Resistance and Propulsion of Ships. Pp. 260. 1908. Longmans. 12s. Ekin, T.C. Water Pipe and Sewage Discharge Diagrams. Folio. Pp. 21. 1908. Constable. 6s. Fergusson, F.F. The Fundamental Principles of Water Power Engineer- ing. Pott 8vo. Pp. 126. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Fidler,.. TG. Calculations in Hydraulic Engineering. 2 Parts. 8vo. Part 1. Fluid Pressure and the Calculation of its Effects in Engineering Structures. 2nd imp. Pp. 168. .1007. 88. Part 2. Calculations in Hydro-Kinetics. New edn. Pp. 218. 1914. 9s. Longmans. Garrett, A. ff. Hydraulic Tables and Diagrams for Practical En- gineers. Oblong 4to. Pp. 56. 1909. Longmans. 16s. 6d. Gibson, A. H. Hydraulics and its Applications. A Text-book for Engineers and Students. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 828. (1912) 1920. Constable. 24s. Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. 1920. Constable. 8s. 54 Hennell, T. Hydraulic and other Tables for purposes of Sewerage and Water Supply. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 70. 1920. Spon. 3s. Lea, F. C. Hydraulics. For En- gineers and Engineering Students. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 580. 1919. Arnold. 18s. Matthews, E. R. Studies in the Construction of Dams: Earthen and’ Masonry. Large 8vo. 1919. Griffin. 4s. 6d. Meares, J. W. UHydro-Electric Development. The Determination of Water-Power Possibilities, Methods of Utilization, Design and’ Construction of Works. 18mo. Pp. 100. 1920. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Minikin, R. C. R. Practical River and Canal Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp. 130. 1920. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Moore, E. C. S. New Hydraulic Tables for the Complete Solution of Ganguillet and Kutter’s Formula for the Flow of Liquid in Open Channels, Pipes, Sewers, and Con- duits. Specially compiled Tables. Med. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1901. Bats- ford. 18s. Park, J. A Text-Book of Practical Hydraulics for the use of Mining Schools, Technical Colleges, En- gineers, etc. 2nd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 820. 1921. Griffin. 21s. Parker, P. A. M. The Control of Water as applied to Irrigation, Power and Town Water Supply Purposes. Large 8vo. Pp. 1,061. 1913. Routledge. 25s. Pearson, K., Pollard, A. F. C., Wheen, C.W., and Richardson, L.F. An Experimental Study of the Stresses in Masonry Dams. Pp. 44. 1907. Cambridge University Press. 78. Shield, W. Principles and Practice. of Harbour Construction. Med. S8vo. Pp. 314. 1910. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Silk, A. E. Tables for Calculating — the Discharge of Water in Pipes for Water and Power Supplies. Cr. 8vo. Pp.68. 1914. Spon. 4s.6d. . ae Pl L ee eee 8 os MARR CEE ES MEE TEN CASE CON eR NIB \Bheb TT WCE. ATe -— =~ sie eae, ; d ‘3 BP BA A SO a, Ciwil Engineering. Sprague, E. H. Hydraulics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 190. 1914. Scott; Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Unwin, W. C. A_ Treatise on Hydraulics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 339. 1912. Black. 12s. 6d. Vernen-Harcourt, L. F. Rivers and Canals. 2 Vols. 8vo. 1896. Vol. 1. Rivers: their Flow, Con- trol, and Improvement. Pp. 362. Vol. 2. Canals: their Design, Construction, and Development. Pp.716. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 31s. 6d. Wallace, W. M. Hydraulics in Theory and Practice. Cr.. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1914. Technical Pub. Co. 5s. 6d. vii. IRRIGATION. Bellasis, E. S. Irrigation Works. The Principles on which their Design and Working should be based, with special Details relating to Indian Canals, and some proposed improvements. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1913. Spon. 10s. 6d. ——Punjab Rivers and Works. A description of the Shifting Rivers of the Punjab Plains and of Works on them—Inundation Canals, Flood Embankments, and River Training Works, etc. 2nd edn. Folio. Pp. 64 and 47 Plates. 1912. Spon. 10s. 6d. Brown, Sir H. _ Irrigation: Its Principles and Practice as a Branch of Engineering. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. 1912. Constable. 16s. Brownlie, T.A. Further Notes on Tube Wells: Boring, Sinking and Working for Irrigation Purposes in India. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. 1914. Thacker. 7s. 6d. Buckley, R. B. Irrigation Pocket Book. Facts, Figures, and Formule for Irrigation Engineers, being a Series of Notes on Miscellaneous subjects connected with Irrigation. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 630. 1920. Spon. 30s. The Irrigation Works of India. 2nd edn. 4to. Pp. 336. 1905. Spon. 50s. 55 Buckley, R. B. (compiled by). The Design of Channels for Irrigation for Drainage ; being a Statement of the various Formule in use and a Guide to the Practical Application of them. Cr. 8vo.. Pp.-55. 1911. Spon. 2s. Doyle, K. D. Agriculture and Irrigation in Continental and Tropi- cal Climates. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1921. Constable. 19s. Mackenzie, N.T. Notes on Irriga- tion Works. Demy 8vo. Pp. 119. 1910. Constable. 7s. 6d. Mawson, E.O. Pioneer Irrigation. A Manual of information for Farmers in the Colonies: with Chapters on Light Railways by E.R. Calthrop. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1904. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Strange, W. L. Notes on Irriga- tion, Roads, and Buildings, and on the Water Supply of Towns. Demy 8vo. Pp. 872. 1920. Routledge. 45s. Indian Storage Reservoirs with Earthen Dams. A Practical Treat- ise on their Design and Location. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 466. 1918. Spon. 25s. “Willcocks, Sir W. Egyptian Irriga- tion. 2 Vols. 28rd edn. Supe. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 924. 1913. Sponr 63s. ——The Irrigation of Mesopotamia. 2 Vols. 2nd edn. Text, super Roy. 8vo., plates, folio. Pp. 186. 46 Plates. 1917. Spon. 380s. viii. SHORE PROTECTION. LAND RECLAMATION. Beazeley, A. Reclamation of Land from Tidal Waters. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1900. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Carey, A. E., and Oliver, F. W. Tidal Lands. A Study of Shore Problems. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1918. Blackie. 15s. Latham, E. The Maintenance o Foreshores. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. 6d. Matthews, E.R. Coast Erosion and * Protection. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 211. 1918. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Ciwil Engineering. Modern Pumping and ‘Butler, E. 2nd edn. in Hydraulic Machinery. preparation. Griffin. Coleman, T.E. Retaining Walls in Theory and Practice. A Text-book for Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1914. Spon. 4s. Cunningham, B. The Principles and Practice of Dock Engineering. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 616. 1910. Griffin. 36s. The Dock and Harbour Engineer’s Reference Book: a compilation of Notes connected with Maritime Engineering and Ports and Har- bours. Pocket size. Pp. 326. 1914. Griffin. 10s. 6d. The Principles and Practice of Harbour Engineering. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 393. 1918. Griffin. 25s.. Dunkerley,S.H. Hydraulics.2 Vols. 8vo. Vol.I., Hydraulic Machinery, (out of print). Vol. II., The Resistance and Propulsion of Ships. Pp. 260. 1908. Longmans. 12s. Ekin, T.C. Water Pipe and Sewage Discharge Diagrams. Folio. Pp. 21. 1908. Constable. 6s. Fergusson, F.F. The Fundamental Principles of Water Power Engineer- ing. Pott 8vo. Pp. 126. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Fidler, T. C. Caleulations in Hydraulic Engineering. 2 Parts. 8vo. Part 1. Fluid Pressure and the Calculation of its Effects in Engineering Structures. 2nd imp. Pp. 168. -1907 2. Ssy 2 arts; Calculations in Hydro-Kinetics. New edn. Pp. 218. 1914. 9s. Longmans. Garrett, A. ff. Hydraulic Tables and Diagrams for Practical En- gineers. Oblong 4to. Pp. 56. 1909. Longmans. 1l6s. 6d. Gibson, A. H. Hydraulics and its Applications. A Text-book for Engineers and Students. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 828. (1912) 1920. Constable. 24s. Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. 1920. Constable. 8s. 54 Hennell, T. Hydraulic and other Tables for purposes of Sewerage and Water Supply. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 70. 1920. Spon. 8s. Lea, F. C. Hydraulics. For En- gineers and Engineering Students. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 580. 1919. Arnold. 18s. Matthews, E. R. Studies in the Construction of Dams: Earthen and Masonry. Large 8vo. 1919. Griffin. 4s. 6d. Meares, J. W. Hydro-Electrie Development. The Determination: of Water-Power Possibilities , Methods of Utilization, Design and’ Construction of Works. 18mo. Pp. 100. 1920. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Minikin, R.C.R. Practical River and Canal Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp. 130. 1920. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Moore, E. C. S. New Hydraulic Tables for the Complete Solution of Ganguillet and Kutter’s Formula for the Flow of Liquid in Open Channels, Pipes, Sewers, and Con- duits. Specially compiled Tables. Med. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1901. Bats- ford. 18s. Park, J. A Text-Book of Practical Hydraulics for the use of Mining Schools, Technical Colleges, En-. gineers, etc. 2nd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 820. 1921. Griffin. 21s. Parker, P. A. M. The Control of Water as applied to Irrigation, Power and Town Water Supply Purposes. Large 8vo. Pp. 1,061. 1913. Routledge. 25s. Pearson, K., Pollard, A. F. C., Wheen, C.W., and Richardson, L.F. An Experimental Study of the Stresses in Masonry Dams. Pp. 44. 1907. Cambridge University Press. ‘7a. Shield, W. Principles and Practice: of Harbour Construction. Med. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1910. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Silk, A. E. Tables for Calculating — the Discharge of Water in Pipes for: Water and Power Supplies. Cr. 8vo. Pp.63. 1914. Spon. 4s.6d.. pu ml ART CEE PEE ITTY tb MY TSE ch VE rat . ? Re ey er TT Ae INS RE KNIT LON ET pe ' pon fame PAULA bel SE a | eed ta abt BI Be bo AB ee oe i ok Ag ee 0 ee et ee a a) - — —— casa parte dah — - —- > at) can c de gi vomag Fo a a Civil Engineering. Sprague, E. H. Hydraulics. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 190. 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Unwin, W. C. A _ Treatise on Hydraulics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.339. 1912. Black. 12s. 6d. Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Rivers and Canals. 2 Vols. 8vo. 1896. Vol. 1. Rivers: their Flow, Con- trol, and Improvement. Pp. 362. Vol. 2. Canals: their Design, Construction, and Development. Pp.716. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 31s. 6d. Wallace, W. M. Hydraulics in Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1914. Technical Pub. Co. 5s. 6d. vii. IRRIGATION. Bellasis, E. S. Irrigation Works. The Principles on which their Design and Working should be based, with special Details relating to Indian Canals, and some proposed improvements. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1913. Spon. 10s. 6d. Punjab Rivers and Works. A description of the Shifting Rivers of the Punjab Plains and of Works on them—Inundation Canals, Flood Embankments, and River Training Works, etc. 2nd edn. Folio. Pp. 64 and 47 Plates. 1912. Spon. 10s. 6d. Brown, Sir H. _ Irrigation: Its Principles and Practice as a Branch of Engineering. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. 1912. Constable. 16s. Brownlie, T. A. Further Notes on Tube Wells: Boring, Sinking and Working for Irrigation Purposes in India. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. 1914. Thacker. 7s. 6d. Buckley, R. B. Irrigation Pocket Book. Facts, Figures, and Formule for Irrigation Engineers, being a Series of Notes on Miscellaneous subjects connected with Irrigation. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 630. 1920. Spon. 30s. The Irrigation Works of India. 2nd edn. 4to. Pp. 336. 1905. Spon. 50s. 55 Buckley, R. B. (compiled by). The Design of Channels for Irrigation for Drainage ; being a Statement of the various Formule in use and a Guide to the Practical Application of them. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 55. 1911. Spon. 2s. Doyle, K. D. Agriculture and Irrigation in Continental and Tropi- cal Climates. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1921. Constable. 19s. Mackenzie, N.T. Notes on Irriga- tion Works. Demy 8vo. Pp. 119. 1910. Constable. 7s. 6d. Mawson, E.O. Pioneer Irrigation. A Manual of information for Farmers in the Colonies: with Chapters on Light Railways by E.R. Calthrop. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1904. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Strange, W. L. Notes on Irriga- tion, Roads, and Buildings, and on the Water Supply of Towns. Demy 8vo. Pp. 872. 1920. Routledge. 45s. Indian Storage Reservoirs with Earthen Dams. A Practical Treat- ise on their Design and Location. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 466. 19138. Spon. 25s. Willcocks, Sir W. Egyptian Irriga- tion. 2 Vols. 8rd edn. Supe. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 924. 1913. Sponr 63s. ——The Irrigation of Mesopotamia. 2 Vols. 2nd edn. Text, super Roy. 8vo., plates, folio. Pp. 136. 46 Plates. 1917. Spon. 380s. viii. SHORE PROTECTION. LAND RECLAMATION. Beazeley, A. Reclamation of Land from Tidal Waters. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1900. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Carey, A. E., and Oliver, F. W. Tidal Lands. A Study of Shore Problems. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1918. Blackie. 15s. Latham, E. The Maintenance o Foreshores. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 90. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. 6d. Matthews, E.R. Coast Erosion and * Protection. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 211. 1918. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Civil Engineering. ix. HYDRAULIC MOTORS. Ball, Sir R.S. Natural: Sources of Power. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Bjérling, P.R. Water or Hydraulic Motors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1903. Spon. 9s. Blaine,R.G. Hydraulic Machinery, with an Introduction to Hydraulics. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 470. 19138. Spon. 15s. Bodmer, G. R. Hydraulic Motors and Turbines. A Handbook for Engineers, Manufacturers and Stu- dents. 3rd edn. Pp. 564. 1902. Pitman. 15s. Chatley, H. How to Use Water Power. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1907. Technical Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Clarke, J. W. Hydraulic Rams. Their Principles and Construction ; with Results of Experiments. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1382. 1907. Batsford. 3s. 6d. Gibson, A. H. Natural Sources of Energy. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 140. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Marks, Sir G.C. Hydraulic Power Engineering. A Practical Manual on the Concentration and Trans- mission of Power by Hydraulic Machinery. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 404. 1905. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Robinson, H. Hydraulic Power and Hydraulic Machinery. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.243. 1920. Griffin. 30s. x. PUMPS. Bale, M. P. Pumps and Pumping. A Handbook for Pump Users. 6th edn. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 121. 198. Crosby Lockwood. 4s. Bjérling,P.R: Practical Handbook on Pump Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94. 1912. Spon. 6s. Bowden-Smith, E. C, The Effici- ency of Pumps and Ejectors. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1920. Constable. 14s. 6d. 2nd edn..- 56 Bradley, F.A. Pumping and Water- Power. A Guide to the Hydraulic Laws and Conditions influencing Pumping Operations, ete. 8vo. Pp.125. 1912. Spon. 6s. Clarke, J. W. Pumps. Their Prin- ciples and Construction. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.174. 1919. Batsford. 4s. 6d. Colyer, F. Pumps and Pumping Machinery. 2ndedn. 8vo. Partl. Pp. 212. 1892. Part2. Pp. 169. 1900. Spon. 12s. 6d. each. Davey, H. The Principles and Con- struction of Pumping Machinery; Steam and Water Pressure. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 350. 1905. Griffin. 25s. Innes, C. H. Centrifugal Pumps, Turbines and Water Motors. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 342. 1909. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. Michell,S. Mine Drainage; A Treat- ise on Direct-Acting Underground Steam Pumping Machinery. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1899. Crosby Lockwood. 25s. Sargeant, E.W. Centrifugal Pump- ing Machinery and Suction Dredg- ers. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp.188. 1918. Griffin. 15s. Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G. The Mechanics of Pumping Machinery. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1897. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. xi. WATER SUPPLY. Binnie, Sir A. R. Rainfall, Reser- voirs and Water Supply. Demy Svo. Pp. 168. 1913. Constable. 9s. Burton, W. K., and Greenwell, A. Water Supply of Towns and the Construction of Waterworks. 3rd edn. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 334. 1907. Crosby Lockwood. 28s. Greenwell, A., and Curry, W. T. Rural Water Supply. A Practical Handbook on the supply of Water and Construction of Waterworks for Country Districts. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Civil Engineering. Harrison, A. B. Practical Well Sinking. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 66. 1918. Technical Pub. Co. 2s. Hellins, H. H. The Lay-Out of Small Water Mains. Notes and Tables dealing with various Prob- lems in Simple, Compound, Double and Ring Mains. 8vo. Pp. 45. 1921. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Houston, Sir A. C. Rural Water Supplies and Their Purification. Demy S8vo. Pp. 152. 1918. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d. ~——- Rivers as Sources of Water Supply. Cr. 4to. Pp.102. 1917. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. —-—- Studies in Water Supply. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1913. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Isler, C. Well Boring for Water, Brine, and Oil: A Manual of Current Practice. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1920. Spon. 16s. McPherson, J.A. Waterworks Dis- tribution. A Practical Guide to the Laying Out of Systems of Distribut- ing Mains for the Supply of Water to Cities and Towns. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 175. 1907. Batsford. 7s. Gd. Middleton, R. E. Water Supply: A Practical Treatise on the Selection of Sources and the Distribution of Water. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Rideal, S., and E. K. Water Sup- plies: Their Purification, Filtra- tion, and Sterilisation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Sharp, J. Some Considerations Re- garding Cast Iron and Steel Pipes. Roy. 8vo. Pp.150. 1914. Long- mans. 8s. 6d. Taylor, F. N. Small Water Sup- plies. A Practical Treatise on the Methods of Collecting, Storing, and Conveying Water for Domestic use in Country Mansions, Estates, and Small Villages and Farms. Cr. 8vo. Pp.180. 1912. Batsford. 7s. 6d. Tudsbery, J. H. T., and Bright- more, A. W. The Principles of Waterworks Engineering. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 447. 1905. Spon. 24s. 57 xii. WATER PURIFICATION. Booth, W.H. Water Softening and Treatment : Condensing Plant, Feed Pumps and Heaters for Steam Users and Manufacturers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324. 1920. Constable. 9s. 6d. : Collet,H. Water Softening and Puri- fication. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1908. Spon. 6s. 6d. Don, J., and Chisholm, J. Modern Methods of Water Purification. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 416. 1918. Arnold. 16s. xiii. MUNICIPAL ENGINEER- ING. SANITARY SCIENCE AND PLUMBING. Adams, H.C. The Sewerage of Sea Coast Towns. Demy 8vo. Pp.1382. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Allan, F. J., and Farrar, R. A. Aids to Sanitary Science. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 282. 19038. Bailliére. 4s. 6d. Allsop, R. O. Engineering Work in Public Buildings. Power, Lighting, ~ Heating, Ventilation, Water Sup- ply. 4to. Pp.168. 1912. Spon. 12s. 6d. Barwise, S. Purification of Sewage. The Scientific Principles of Sewage Purification and their Practical Application. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1904. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Bennett, S.B. A Manual! of Techni- cal Plumbing and Sanitary Science. 8rdedn. Roy.8vo. Pp.300.1919. Batsford. 6s. Blake, E. H. Drainage and Sanita- tion. A Practical Exposition of the Conditions. vital to Healthy Build- ings, their Surroundings and Con- struction, their Ventilation, Heat- ing, Lighting, Water and Waste Services. For the use of Architects, Surveyors, Engineers ,ete. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 531. 1920. Batsford. 15s. Ciwil Engineering. Boulnois, H. P. Municipal En- gineering: surveying the scope of Municipal Engineering and _ the Statutory position, the appoint- ment, training and duties of a Municipal Engineer. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Clarke, J. W. Modern Plumbing Practice. Vol. 1. Practical Lead Working and Plumbers’ Materials, with Chapters on Siphons and their Action, etc. Edited by W. Scott. Large 8vo. Pp. 300. 1914. Bats- ford. 12s. Practical Seience for Plumbers and Engineering Students—Treat- ing of Physics, Metals, Hydraulics, Heat, Temperature, etc. 8vo. Pp. 226. 1903. Batsford. 6s. Clemesha, W. W. Sewage Disposal in the Tropics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 241. 1910. Thacker. 15s. Coleman, T. E. Stable Sanitation and Construction. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 226. 1897. Spon. 3s. 6d. Crimp, W.S., and Bruges, C. E. Sewers and Water Mains. Tables and Diagrams for use in Designing Sewers and Water Mains. Oblong 4to. Pp. 107. 1897. Batsford. 10s. Davies, P. J. Standard Practical Plumbing, being a complete En- eyclopedia for Practical Plumbers, Architects, Builders, Gas-Fitters, Hot-water Fitters, etc. 3 Vols. Vol. 1. 4thedn. Pp. 355. 1905. %s.6d. Vol.2. 2ndedn. Pp. 805. 1905. 10s. 6d. Vol. 3. Pp. 204. 1905. 5s. Spon. The3 Vols. 21s. Davis, G. B., and Dye, F. A Com- ‘plete and Practical Treatise on Plumbing and Sanitation. 4to. Pp. 818. 1899. Spon. 42s. Dunbar. A Manual of The Principles of Sewage Treatment. English edition by H. T. Calvert. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Easdale, W. C. Sewage Disposal Works, their Design and Con- struction. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1910. Spon. 10s. 6d. 58 The Empire Municipal Directory of Local Authorities and Officials and Year Book of ‘‘Municipal Engineering and the Sanitary Record’’ for 1920-21. 38th vear of publication. 4to. Pp. 268 and Diary. 1921. Sanitary Publishing Co. 7s. 6d. Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P. Architectural Hygiene: or Sanitary Science as Applied to Buildings. — 4thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.284. 1911. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Hart, J.W. Sanitary Plumbing and Drainage. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1904. Seott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. External Plumbing Work. A Treatise on Lead Work for Roofs. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 272. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. ——Hints to Plumbers on Joint Wiping, Pipe Bending and Lead Burning. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.313. 1901. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Hasluck, P.N.(edited by). Practi- cal Plumbers’ Work. Cr.8vo. Pp. 168. 1919. Cassell. 3s. Heliyer,S.S. Plumbing. 7th edn. Small post 8vo. Pp. 294. 1905... Bell, "Ss. Herring-Shaw, A. Elementary Science Applied to Sanitation and Plumbers’ Work. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1910. Gurney and Jackson. 6s. Domestic Sanitation and Plumb- ing. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1: Materials: Soil. Waste and Vent Pipes; Sanitary Fittings; House Drainage; Cesspools; Disposal of House Sewage. Pp. 336. 1909. 6s. 6d. Vol. 2. Water Supply; Domestic Hot Water ; Warming and Ventilation. Pp. 874. 1911. 7s. 6d. Gurney and Jackson. and Newsome,H.F.V. Modern Sanitary Engineering and Plumbers” Work; Progressive Scale Drawings of Current Practice. 2 Vols.. Large Fcap. Folio. 1913. Vol. 1. Examples of the Jointing and Fixing of Pipes, etc. Pp. 40.. 3s. Vol. 2. Examples of the Drainage of Buildings. ete. Pp. 48. 3s. 6d. Longmans. _ i ~- ilies stale, a ANNs Fei le ON MAL eR AR) MA PRT UML ps eI ALR ent AM, e aT — 4h, he ie al ite SE PS ADA, D ET Sy ka ME MST = Qe ‘¢ _ eh OR Fe “eee ee ee Ua aE ae ee ae a ami | dsuicia nities aan ee RR IEE S RS he Sates : Ciwil Engineering. Kershaw, G. B. Sewage Purifica- tion and Disposal. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Modern Methods of Sewage Puri- fication. A Guide for the Designing and Maintenance of Sewage Purifica- tion Works. Med. 8vo. Pp. 369. 1911. Griffin. 25s. Maguire, W.R. Domestic Sanitary Drainage and Plumbing. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 506. 1903. Kegan Paul. 12s. Maxwell, W. H. (edited by). The Encyclopedia of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering. 4to. Pp. 561. 1910. Constable. 42s. ——British Progress in Municipal Engineering. Super Roy. 8vo. -Pp. 182. 1904. Constable. 6s. Middleton, G. A. T. The Drainage of Town and Country Houses. A Practical Account of Modern Sani- tary Arrangements and Fittings. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1908. Batsford. 5s. 6d. Raikes, H. P. Sewage Disposal Works: Design, Construction, and Maintenance. A Practical Guide to Modern Methods of Sewage Purifica- tion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 429. 1913. Constable. - 16s. Raynes, F. W. Domestic Sanitary Engineering and Plumbing. Deai- ing with Domestic Water Supplies, Pump and Hydraulic Ram Work, Hydraulics, Sanitary Work, Heat- ing by Low Pressure, Hot Water, and External Plumbing Work. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 488. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Reid, G. Practical Sanitation: a Handbook for Sanitary Inspectors and others interested in Sanitation. 19thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.379. 1919. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Shone,I. Sewage Drainage Systems: The Shone System and the Gravita- tion Sewage-Drainage Systems of the Nineteenth Century, ete. 8vo. Pp. 460. 1914. Spon. 25s. Drainage and Drainage Ventila- tion Methods at the Houses of Parliament, etc. 8vo. Pp. 36 and 7 Plates. 1918. Spon. 6s. 59 Taylor, F. N. The Main Drainage- of Towns. Med. 8vo. Pp. 824. 1912. Griffin. 15s. G. Modern Sanitary Thomson, - Engineering. Demy S8vo. Part 1. House Drainage. 2nd edn. Pp. 280, 1920. 16s. Part 2. Sewerage. Pp. 221. 1921. 18s. Constable. Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Sani- tary Engineering with respect to Water Supply and Sewage Disposal .. Med. 8vo. Pp. 442. 1907. Long- mans. 17s. 6d. Watson, H. S. Sewerage Systems, Their Design and _ Construction.. Roy. 8vo. Pp.329. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Wood, F. Sanitary Engineering: A Practical Manual of Town Drainage and Sewage and Refuse Disposal... 38rdedn, Cr.8vo. Pp.321. 1914. Griffin. 10s. 6d. xiv. ILLUMINATION. Bloch, L. The Science of Iilumina-. tion. An Outline of the Principles of Artificial Lighting. Translated by W. C. Clinton. Demy 8vo. Pp. 180. 1912. Murray. 6s. Blok, A. Elementary Principles of Illumination and Artificial Light- ing. Cr. Svo. Pp. 240. 1914. Seott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d.. Dye, F. Lighting by Acetylene. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1902. Spon. 6s. Eck, J. Practical Illumination. 8vo.. Pp. 85. 1914. Rentell. Is. The Application of Arc Lamps to Practical Purposes. 8vo. Pp.101. 1910. Rentell. 2s. 6d. Gaster, L., and Dow, J. S. Modern Illuminants and Illuminating Engi-. neering. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 501. 1919. Pitman. 25s. O’Connor, H. Petrol Air Gas. The Installation and Working of Air Gas. Lighting Systems for Country Houses. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1912. Crosby Lockwood.. 2s. 6d. Civil Engineering. Ogley, D. H. Works Lighting. Cr. Svo. Pp. 134. 1918. Iliffe. 7s. 6d. ‘Trotter, A. P. Illumination: Its Distribution and Measurement. 8vo. Pp.310. 1911. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. xv. HEATING AND VENTILAT- ING BUILDINGS. Birks, F. The Mathematics of Ventilation, Pumping, and Haul- age. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1918. Pitman. 5s. Dye, F. W. Warming Buildings by Hot Water. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 322. 1917. Spon. 12s. -——-Hot Water Supply. A Practical Treatise upon the Fitting of Hot Water Apparatus for domestic and general purposes. 6th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 2387. -1919. Spon. 8s. 6d. -——A Practical Treatise upon Steam Heating. 8vo. Pp. 251. 1901. Spon. 12s. “Grierson, R. Some Modern Methods of Ventilation, with Special Refer- ence to Public Buildings : Standards of Ventilation, Design of Ducts, Selection of Fans, Washers and Heaters, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 202. 1916. Constable. 8s. 6d. Hart, J. W. The Principles of Hot Water Suppl,. Demy 8vo. Pp. 177. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Innes, C. H. Centrifugaland Axial Fans. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.302. 1916. Technical Pub.Co. 10s. 6d. Raynes, F. W. Heating Systems: Design of Hot Water, and Steam Heating Apparatus. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 344. 1921. Longmans. 2ls. White, W. L., and G. M. Heating Engineers’ Quantities. Small folio. Pp. 33 and Plates. 1910. Spon. 10s. 6d. ; xvi. REFUSE DISPOSAL. Goodrich, W.F. Modern Destructor Practice. Med. 8vo. Pp. 294. 1912. Griffin. 18s. Refuse Disposal and Power Pro- duction. Demy 8vo. Pp. 398. 1904. Constable. 16s. ——Small Dust Destructors for Institutional and Trade Refuse. Demy 8vo. Pp. 127. 1904. Con- stable. As. Matthews, E. R. Refuse Disposal. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. dhe Db bs 7 Pe BD I ATE OAR TET OA Nts ONSET SRT TE Wn aa VALS te ft a ae Seale A oe Oe 8. ¥ eis re 4 ~ y ’ 1 i ailinas sey BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. i. GENERAL. Adams, H. The Mechanics of Building Construction. Svo. Pp. 252. 1912. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Advanced Building Construction. By the Author of ‘Rivington’s Notes.” Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1915. Longmans. 6s. Allen, J. P. A Practical Handbook of Building Construction. 5th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 596. 1909. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. 6d. Burns, G. J. Glossary of Technical Terms used in Architecture and the Building Trades. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1386. Spon. 4s. Burrell, E. J. Building Construc- tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1919. Longmans. 4s. Clarke, J.W. Pocket-book of Tables and Memoranda for Plumbers, Builders, Sanitary and Electrical Engineers, etc. 5th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 300. 1909. Batsford. 2s. 6d. Cunningham, B. Building Con- struction: First Stage. 2nd edn. 5thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.386. 1915. University Tutorial Press. 38s. 6d. Dean, A. Building Construction. 2 Pts. 8vo. FP: 328. 180: 1913-14. Routledge. 5s. 6d. Eaton, R.B. Building Construction Drawing. A Class Book for the Elementary Student and Artisan. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 468,1157 Plates. 1921. 16s. Part 1. Pp. 59,+-26 Plates. 1914. 2s. Part 2. Pp. 64,+26 Plates. 1914. 2s. Part 3. Pp. 80,+25 Plates. 1917. 3s. 6d. Part 4. Pp. 88,-+24 Plates. 1919. 5s. Part 5. Pp. 96,126 Plates. 1919. 5s. Spon. F owler’s Architects’ 61 and Builders” Handbook, 1920. Pocket size. Pp. 500. January. Scientific Pub. Co. 2s. 6d. Fullerton, W. Architectural Ex- amples in Brick, Stone, Wood and Tron. 8rd edn. 4to. Pp. 254, 245 Plates. 1914. Spon. 21s. Harrison, P. T. Bungalow Resi- dences. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 94 and 24 Plates. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Hurst, J.T. Handbook of Formule, Tables, and Memoranda, for Archi- tectural Surveyors, and others en- gaged in Building. 15th edn. Oblong 32mo. Pp. 512. 1920. Spon. 7s. 6d. Innocent,C.F. The Development of English Building Construction. Roy.8vo. Pp.310. 1916. Cam- bridge University Press. 12s. Jasgsard, W.R. Architectural and Building Construction Plates. Part 1. 380 Drawings (Elementary). 30 Plates in Portfolio. 19138. 10s. 6d. Part 2. 380 Drawings (Advanced). 30 Plates in Portfolio. 1914. 10s. 6d. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. ——and Drury, F. E. Architec- tural Building Construction. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 828. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Manson,G.L. Experimenta! Build- ing Science. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.218. 1917. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 7s. Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Build- ing Construction and Drawing. A Text-book on the Principles and Details of Modern Construction. 9thedn. Cr.8vo. Part1. Pp. 470. 1919. 6s.6d. Part 2. Ad- vanced Course. Pp. 985. 1919. 10s. 6d. Batsford. Building Construction. Molesworth, H. B. Obstruction to Light. A graphic method for the easy determination of questions affecting Ancient Lights. 4to. 1902. Spon. 6s. Passmore, A. C. Handbook of Technical Terms used in Archi- tecture and Building, and their Allied Trades and Subjects. Demy 8vo. Pp. 3880. 1904. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Pearson, J. H. Suburban Houses. A Series of Practical Plans, with Notes on Design and Principles of Construction. 4to. Pp.12, and 46 Plates. 1905. Spon. 7s. 6d. Pite, B., and others. Building Construction. 2 Vols. Med. 8vo. 1920. Vol. 1. Pp. 460. Vol. 2. Pp.370. Longmans. 16s.each vol. Reid, J. A. Building Construction and Architectural Drawing. 18 Plates with text. 1911. Blackie. 4s. 6d. Riley, J.W. Building Construction for Beginners. NewImp. Gl. S8vo. Pp. 314. 1920. Macmillan. 5s. Rivington’s Notes on Building Construction. A Book of Refer- ence for Architects and Builders and a Text-Book for Students. New edn. of First Two Parts edited by W.N. Twelvetrees. Demy 8vo. Part 1. Pp.316. 1915. 9s. Part 2. Pp. 342. 1915. 9s. Part 3. Materials. 7th edn. Pp. 546. (1910) 1919. 22s. 6d. Part 4. Calculations for Building Struc- tures. 8thedn. Pp.398. (1912) 1920. 15s. Longmans. Sage, A. R., and Fretwell, W. E. A Text-book of Elementary Build- ing Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 302. 1914. Methuen. 5s. Samson,C.G. Every Man His Own Builder. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Houses, Villas, Cottages and Bungalows. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. How to Plan a House. For those about to Build. 2nd’edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.150. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. Stock, C. H., and Farrow, F. R. Treatise on Shoring and Under- pinning. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 84. 1902. Batsford. 5s. 6d. ii. ESTIMATES: QUANTITIES: SUPERVISION: REPAIRS. Bales, T. The Builders’ Clerk, a Guide to the Management of a Builder’s Business. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. 1904. Spon. 2s. Ballard, W. E. Builders’ Quanti- ties. Cr.. 8vo.. Pp. 181.2 39 Longmans. 3s. 6d. Blagrove, G. H. Dangerous Struc- tures and How to Deal With Them. A Handbook for Practical Men, 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.168. 1906. Batsford. 5s. 6d. Blake, E. G. Building Repairs. A Practical Guide to their Execu- tion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1921. Batsford. 8s. 6d. Chatterton, F. (edited by). Specifi- cation, with which is incorporated the Municipal Engineer’s Specifica- tion. No. 28. 1921. Folio. Pp. 552. Feb., 1921. ‘*Technical Journal.’’ 10s. 6d. Coleman, T. E. Approximate Esti- mates, a Pocket book for Estimat- ing, compiled for the use of Archi- tects, Engineers, Estate Agents, Contractors, etc. 5th edn. 16mo. Pp.451. 1920. Spon. 10s. 6d. New Standard Building Prices. For the use of Architects, Civil Engineers, Builders, Contractors, etc. (Cr. 8vo. Pp. 44.” 1099, Spon. 4s. Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P. Dilapidations, containing all recent Legal Decisions and a chapter on Fixtures. 7thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 200. 1914. Batsford. 7s.6d. Quantities. A Text-book in Tabulated Form for the use of Architects , Surveyors ,and Builders. Revised by H. P. Fletcher. 8th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 460. 1910. Batsford. 10s. Grey, G. W. Building Supervision. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1913. Spon. 3s. 6d. 62 aor Ce era neameyn Vs eo | EFI PY Oe ea SE o~ i 4 \ Z Building Construction. Grubb, H.C. Builders’ Quantities. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 244. 1913. Methuen. 6s. 6d. Hoskins, G. G., and H. P. The Clerk of Works. A Vade Mecum for all engaged in the superintendence of Building Operations. 8th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1914. Spon. 2s. 6d. . Hurst, J. T. A Handbook of Formule, Tables and Memoranda for Architectural Surveyors and Draughtsmen. 16th edn. Oblong 32mo. Pp. 712. 1921. Spon. 10s. Laxton’s Builders’ Price Book for 1921. Containing about 73,000 Prices, originally compiled by W. Laxton. 104thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 645. Feb., 1921. Kelly. 7s. 6d. Leaning, J. Quantity Surveying, for the use of Surveyors, Architects, Engineers and Builders. 5th edn. Svo. Pp. 936. 1912. Spon. 25s. Lewis, H. M. Builders’ Quantities. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 54. 1911. Spon. 2s. 6d. Lockwood’s Builders’, Architects’, Contractors’, and Engineers’ Price Book for 1921. Edited by R.S. Ayling. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 860. Jan., 1921. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. ‘The Master Builders’ Handbook and Diary, 1921. The Official Year Book of the London Master Builders’ and Allied Industries Association. Cr.8vo. Pp.127 and Diary. 1921. **‘The Builder,’’ Ltd. 2s. 6d. Metson, G. The Clerk of Works. A Handbook on the Supervision of Building Operations. Cr. 8vo. Pp.190. 1913. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. QOultram, J. F. The Builders’ Foreman. A Practical Guide to his Training. Cr.8vo. Pp.208. 1916. Batsford. 7s. 6d. Purchase,W.R. Elementary Man- ual of Building Inspection. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1910. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. Rea, J.T. Howto Estimate. Being a Complete and thoroughly up-to- date Analysis of Builders’ Prices. ‘4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 530. 1919. Batsford. 10s. 6d. Stephenson, G. Estimating. A Method of Pricing Builders’ Quanti- ties for Competitive Work, without the use of a Price Book. 6th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.178. 1913. Batsford. 5s. 6d. The Quantity Students’ Assistant. A Handbook of Practical Notes and Memoranda for those learning to take-off Quantities. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1907. Batsford. 4s. Pricing of Quantities. Ex. Cr. 8vo. 58. Repairs. How to Measure and Value Them. A Handbook for the use of Builders, Decorators, etc. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.108. 1913. Batsford. 4s. Young, C.(edited by). Spon’s Prac- tical Builders’ Pocket-book. A Reference book of Memoranda, Tables and Official Rules and Regulations for Architects and Builders. 3rd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 532. 1921. Spon. 10s. 6d. ——Spon’s Architects’ and Builders’ ~Pocket Price Book,1921. 47thedn. Feap.8vo. Pp.298. 1921. Spon. 6s. Pp. 217. 1910. Constable. iii. BUILDING LAW: ARBITRATION. Cubitt, H. Building in London. A Treatise on the Law and Practice affecting the Erection and Mainten- ance of Buildings in the Metropolis. Super. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 81ll. 1911. Constable. 31s. 6d. Fletcher, SirB.F.,andH.P. Light and Air, with Methods of Esti- mating Injuries, Reports of recent Cases,etc. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 160 and Plates. 1904. Batsford. 7s. 6d. Valuations and Compensations. A comprehensive Treatise on Valu- ing Land and Houses. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1913. Bats- ford. 10s, 63 Building Construction. Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P. London Building Acts, 1894-1909. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 700. 1914. Batsford. 10s. Arbitrations. A Text Book with the Chief Cases and Forms, Rules, etc. 38rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 175. 1904. Batsford. 6s. Rimmer, E. J. The Arbitration Clause in Engineering and Building Contracts. Cr.8vo. Pp.24. 1912. Constable. 2s. iv. BUILDING MATERIALS. Middleton, G. A. T. Building Materials : Their Nature, Properties, and Manufacture. 2ndedn. Large Cr.8vo. Pp.450. 1916. Batsford. 10s. 6d. Munby, A. E. Introduction to the Chemistry and Physics of Building Materials. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 365. 1909. Constable. 7s. 6d. v. CARPENTRY: WOODWORK AND ALLIED TRADES. Arkwright, J. P. (edited by). Carpentry and Cabinet Making for Amateurs. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 224. 1919. ‘‘Exchange and Mart.’’ As. Ashcroft, H. J. Boat Building Simplified. 38rd edn. Demy 8ve. Pp. 74. 1919. Reiach. 5s. Barter, S. Manual Instruction: Woodwork. 4th edn. Fecap. 4to. Pp. 364. 1905. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Manual Instruction: Drawing. Showing the application of Geomet- rical Drawing to Manual Instruc- tion in Wood and Metal. Fcap. 4to. Pp.80. 1896. Pitman. 4s. Binstead, H. E. Furniture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1918. Pitman. 3s. Boulton, B. C. .The Manufacture and Use of Plywood and Glue. Demy Svo. Pp. 98. 1920. Pit- man. 7s. 6d. Bowers, R.S., and others. Furni- ture Making. Demy 8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. 6d. Denning, D. The Art and Craft of Cabinet-making. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 820. 1891. Pitman. 6s. Ellis, G. Modern Practical Joinery. A Treatise on the Practice of Joiner’s Work by Hand and Ma- chine. 4thedn. Cr.4to. Pp. 565. 1921. 45s. Also in3 parts. Part 1. Drawing, Tools, Workshop Practice, Woodworking Machinery . Pp.231. 15s. Part2. Construc- tional Joinery in House, Shop, and Public Buildings. Pp. 271. 18s. Part3. Advanced Joinery, Setting- Out, Timber, ete. Pp. 187. 12s. 6d. Batsford. Modern Practical Carpentry. For the use of Workmen, Builders, Architects, and Engineers. Erect- ing Roofs, Floors, Partitions, Scaf- folding, Shoring, Foundations, Bridges, Gates, Houses, ete. Cr. 4to. Pp. 450. 1915. Batsford. 30s. Fletcher, SirB.F.,andH.P. Car- pentry and Joinery. A Text-book for Architects, Engineers, Surveyors, Craftsmen, and Students. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Wood Carving: Comprising Practical In- structions and Examples. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 568. Cassell. 9s. Greenhouse and Conservatory Construction and Heating. Cr.8vo. Pp.168. 1907. Cassell. 3s. Hurst, J. T. Principles of Carpen- try. Based upon the original work of Thomas Tredgold. 12th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1919. Spon. 10s. 6d. Jack, G. Woodcarving Design and Workmanship. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.320. 1913. Pitman. 7s.6d. Jackson, F.G. Wood Carving as an Aid to the Study of Elementary Art. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.65. 1918. Chapmanand Hall. 4s. 6d. Jones, B. E. (edited by). The Com- plete Woodworker. Demy 8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. 6d. Leland, C.G. Wood-Carving. 5th edn. Feap. 4to. Pp. 162. Pit- man. 5s. 64 : Rh Re Ee ea PRA ae Ee £ | a 5 SES EC eS EP) AR ND ay CER, A Th)! ED — ie kas mre oe Building Construction. Philipson, J. The Art and Craft of Coach Building. Small post 8vo. Pp. 191. 1897. Bell. 6s. Ricks, G. Manual Training: Wood- work. A Handbook for Teachers. Cr. 4to. Pp. 196. 1907. Mac- millan. 8s. 6d. Riley, J. W. Manual of Carpentry and Joinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 518. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. Rowe, E. Practical Wood-Carving. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 97. 1918. Batsford. 4s. Rudd, J. H. Practical Cabinet Making and Draughting. Pp. 172. 1912. Benn Bros. 5s. 6d. Scott, W. A. Handrailing for Geo- metrical Staircases. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 58. 1915. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Sturch, F. Manual Training Draw- ing (Woodwork). Its Principles and Applications. Feap. Pp.78.1906. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Terry, C.W. Practical Motor Body Building. A Practical Treatise on the various branches of Motor Body Construction, for Coachbuilders, Draughtsmen, Designers, Students, and others. Demy 8vo. Pp. 848. 1921. Spon. 15s. Wake, R. The New Education: Woodwark. A Text Book of Manual Instruction, with descrip- tive lessons on Wood, Tools, and Benchwork. Demy 8vo. 1910. 11s. Also in 3 Parts. 4s. each. Chap- man and Hall. Webber, F.C. Carpentry and Join- ery. 7thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1919. Methuen. 6s. Wells, P. A., and Hooper, J. Modern Cabinet Work, Furniture and Fitments. An Account of the Theory and Production with over 1,000 Workshop Drawings, . etc. 2nd edn. in preparation. Cr. 4to. Pp. 400. Batsford. 30s. vi. COB AND PISE WORK. Williams -Ellis, C. Cottage Build- ings in Cob, Pisé, Chalk and Clay. Demy 8vo. Pp. 125. 1919. **Country Life’’ Office. 6s. vii. BRICKS AND TILES: . ARTIFICIAL AND MASONRY STONE. Ackworth, A. T. The Manufacture of Roofing Tiles. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. N.D. Maclaren. 3s. 6d. Bourry, E. A Treatise on Ceramic Industries. A Complete Manual! for Pottery, Tile, and Brick Manu- facturers. Translated, with some Critical Notes, by A. B. Searle. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 488. 1919. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Kloes, J. A. Van Der. A Manual! for Masons, Bricklayers, Concrete Workers and Plasterers. Revised and Adapted by A. B. Searle. Demy Svo. Pp. 247. 1914. Churchill. 8s. 6d. Lefévre, L. Architectural Pottery. Bricks, Tiles, Pipes, Enamelled Terra-cottas, Ordinary and In- crusted Quarries, Stoneware Mosaics, Faiences and Architectural Stoneware. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Brick- work and Masonry. A Practical Text-book for Students and those ~ engaged in the Design and Execu- tion of Structures in Brick and Stone. New edn. in preparation. Batsford. Passmore, A.C. Sand and Clay: Their Analysis and Physical Prop- erties. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 48. 1907. Technical Pub. Co. 2s. 9d. Renwick, W.G. Marble and Marble Working. Med. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1909. Crosby Lockwood. 16s. Searle, A. B. Modern Brickmaking. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 510. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. 6d. ——aAn Introduction to British Clays, Shales, and Sands. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. The Natural History of Clay. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 183. 1912. Cambridge University Press 2s. 6d. Clays and Clay Products. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1915. Pitman. 3s. 65 K Building Construction. Searle, A.B. Bricks and Artificial Stones of Non-Plastic Materials: Their Manufacture and Uses. 4to. Pp. 160. 1915. Churchill. 8s. 6d. Watson, J. British and Foreign Building Stones. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 6s. 6d. British and Foreign Marbles and other Ornamental Stones. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1916. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 5s. viii. CEMENT: CONCRETE. Ballard, F. Concrete for House, Farm and Estate. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 65. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. Blount, B. Cement: Manufacture; Power; Testing; Methods of Analy- sis; Chemistry; Uses and By- Products. Assisted by W. H. Woodcock & H. J. Gillett. Demy 8vo. Pp.296. 1920. Longmans. 18s. Butler, D. B. Portland Cement: Its Manufacture, Testing, and Use. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 458. 19138. Spon. 21s. Calcare. The Cement Users’ and Buyers’ Guide. 832mo. Pp. 115. 1901. Spon. 2s. Dancaster, E. A. Limes and Cem- ents: their Nature, Manufacture, and Use. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Desch, C. H. The Chemistry and Testing of Cement. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1911. E.Arnold. 12s. Gatehouse, F. B. A Handbook for Cement Works’ Chemists. 2nd edn. Med.8vo. Pp.172. 1917. Griffin. 63. Lakeman,A. (edited by). Concrete Cottages, Small Garages and Farm Buildings. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1918. Concrete Publications, Ltd. 5s. Potter, T. Concrete: Its Use in Building. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1908. Batsford. 8s. 6d. Poulsen, A. Cement in Sea-Water. 8vo. Pp.59. 1909. Spon. 8s. Redgrave, G. R., and Spackman, C. Calecareous Cements: Their Nature, Preparation and Uses. With some Remarks upon Cement Testing. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 828. 1905. Griffin. 18s. Searle, A. B. The Chemistry of Cement, Concrete and Bricks. Demy 8vo. Pp. 423. 1913. Constable. 10s. 6d. Setting of Cements and Plasters, The. Faraday Society Report. 1918. Demy 8vo. Pp. 71. 1918. Faraday Society. 5s. 6d. Sutcliffe,G.L. Concrete: Its Nature and Uses; for Architects, Builders, etc. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 896. 1905. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Wheatley, O. Ornamental Cement Work. Demy 8vo. Pp. 128.1912. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. ix. RE-INFORCED CONCRETE. Adams, H., and Matthews, E. R. Reinforced Concrete Construction in Theory and Practice. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 380. 1916. Longmans. 15s. Andrews, E.S. Elementary Princi- ples of Re-Inforced Concrete Con- struction. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Regulations of the L.C.C. Relat- ing to Reinforced Concrete. 1916. The official Text, Notes, Explana- tions, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 78. 1916. Batsford. 3s. Ball, J.D. W. Reinforced Concrete Railway Structures. Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1913. Constable. 9s. Cantell, M.T. Reinforced Concrete Construction. Part 1. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.168. 1918. 8s. 6d. Part2. 8vo. Pp.256. 1912. 15s. Spon. Coleman, T.E. Estimating for Re- inforced Concrete Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 154. 1912. Batsford. 5s. Davenport, J. A. Graphical Rein- forced Concrete Design. A series of Diagrams on Sheets. 1911. Spon. Ces<: 66 a hme ol 1 rea. PY Tie Vt eee rer) oe q atl Liebe eet Oe 224. rm aor he MRA | ied Prk) Uda eee iat As Sa lf baa te se RTL RY a a: A | teas ast s a 7 e = . ie — — — RE ~~ a . . ee . Luc VAR oon a ¥ Building Construction. Etchells, E. F. Mnemonic Nota- tions for Engineering Formule. Report of the Science Committee of the Concrete institute with Explan- atory Notes by E.F. Etchells. Demy 8vo. Vp.115. 1919. Spon. 6s. Faber, O.,and Bowie, P.G. Rein- forced Concrete Design. Demy 8vo. Vol. I. Theory. Pp. 352. 1919. 14s. Vol. 2. Practice. By O. Faber. Pp. 258. 1920. Arnold. 18s. Gammon, J. C. Reinforced Con- erete Design Simplified: Diagrams, Tables, and other Data. 2nd edn. Demy 4to. Pp.124. 1913. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. . ‘Geen, B. Continuous Beams in Re- inforced Concrete. Imp.4to. 1912. Chapman & Hall. 10s. Marsh, C.F. A Concise Treatise on Reinforced Concrete. 3rd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 233. 1926. Con- stable. i2s. 6d. Reinforced Concrete Compression Member Diagram. Roy 8vo. 1914. In cloth covers, mounted on linen, 5s. Unmounted.3s.6d. Constable. ——and Dunn, W. Manual of Re- inforced Concrete. 3rd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 491. 1916. Constable. 14s. Martin, N. Properties and Design of Reinforced Concrete. Feap. 4to. Pp. 181. 1912. Constable. 8s. Rings, F. Reinforced Concrete Bridges. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 193. 1918. Constable. 21s. Scott, A. A. H. Reinforced Con- crete in Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Twelvetrees,'W. N. Reinforced Concrete. A Treatise on the Theory and Practice of Reinforced Concrete Construction. Demy 8vo. Pp. 275. 1920. Pitman. 21s. Practical Design of Reinforced Concrete Beams and Columns. Cr. Pp. 167. 1911. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Concrete-Steel Buildings. Cr. 8vo. Pp.408. 1907. Pitman.12s. Williamson, J. Calculating Dia- grams for Design of Reinforced Con- erete Sections. Imp.S8vo. Pp.44. 1920. Constable. 12s. x. IRON AND STEEL CONSTRUCTION. Andrews, E.S.,and Cocking ,W.C. Tables of Safe Loads on Steel Pillars with Practical Notes on Design and Construction. Vol. 1. Plated Single { Beams. Demy 8vo. 1918. Pitman. 6s. Beck, E. G. Structural Steelwork: Relating principally to the Con- struction of Stee] Framed Buildings. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Cocking,W.C. The Calculations for Steel-Frame Structures. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Farnsworth, A. W. Constructional Steelwork. 2nd edn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. Fidler, H. Notes on Construction in Mild Steel. Med. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1907. Longmans. 18s. 6d. Hasluck, P. N. (edited bv). fron, Steel, and Fireproof Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1906. Cassell. 38. Schindler, K. Iron and Steel Con- structional Work. Translated and ~ Revised from the German, and adapted to British practice. Cr.8vo. Pp. 140. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Sexton, A. H. The Corrosion and Protection of Metals, with special reference to the Preservation oi Engineering Structures. Cr. 8vo. Pp.148. 1906. Scientific ub.Co. 5s. Skelton, R. A. and Co. (compiled by). Structural Steel. Consisting of Tables and Notes for Engineers, Architects, Contractors and. Iron Merchants. Feap. 4to. Pp. 320. 1915. Pitman. 10s. Spencer, A. S. Practical Design of Steel-Framed Sheds. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 177. 1915. Constable. 12s. Twelvetrees, W.N. Structural Iron and Steel. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 163. 1900. Pitman. 7s. 6d. 67 Building Construction. xi. MISCELLANEOUS Holt, H. G._ Fire Protection in Buildings: a Practical Treatise for Engineers, Architects, ete. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1913. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Keim, A. W. The Prevention of Dampress in Buildings: with Re marks on the Causes. Nature and Effects of Saline, Efflorescences and Dry-rot. Translated from the Ger- man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 115. 1902. Scott, Greenwood, 6s. Montel, A. Building Structures in Earthquake Countries. From the Italian, with additions by the Author. Cr.4to. Pp.138. 1912. Griffin. 10s. 6d. xii. TOWN PLANNING. Aldridge, H. A. The Case for Towr: Planning. A _ Practical Manual. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 679. 1915. Neat. Housing and Town Planning Coun- oil; 182. Cadbury, G. Town Planning, with special Reference to the Birming- ham Schemes. 2ndimp. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1915. Longmans. 8s. Julian, J. An Introduction to Town Planning: the Principles of the Subject, and a consideration of the Problems Involved, Powers of Local Authorities, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1914. Griffin. 6s. Lanchester,H.V. Town Planning in Madras. 4to. Pp. 123. 1918. Constable. 12s. 6d. Nettlefold, J. S. Practical Town Planning: A Land and Housing Policy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 493. 1914. St. Catherine Press. 2s. 6d. Trigéss,H.i. Town Planning: Past, Present and Possible. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 336. Methuen. 16s. Unwin, R. Town Planning in Prac- tice. An introduction to the Art of Designing Cities and Suburbs. 6th imp. Cr. 4to. Pp. 448. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 31s. 6d. Webb, W. Garden First in Land Development. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Longmans. 5s. xiii. HOUSE DECORATION: PAINTS, ETC. Bates, A. Motor and Carriage Paint- ing. A Practical Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1915. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. Brown, W. N. House Decorating and Painting. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Workshop Wrinkles for Decora- tors, Painters, Paperhangers, and Others. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1907. Seott, Greenwood. 2s. 6d. Coach Painters’ Handbook and Guide, The. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 133. Trade Paper Pub.Co. 2s. 6d. Desaint, A. Three Hundred Shades and How to Mix Them. For Arch- itects, Painters and Decorators. Folio. 100 Plates. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 23s. Duthie, A. L. Stencils and Stencil- ling ; for all Artistic and Decorative purposes. Cr.8vo. Pp.163. 1914. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. Ermen,W.F.A. Materials Used in Sizing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1912. Constable. 6s. Fleury, P. The Preparation and Uses. of White Zinc Paints. Translated from the French. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 7s. Galloway, J.H. Staining, Varnish- ing and Enamelling. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 122. 1910. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). House Decoration. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 568. 1913. Cassell. 9s. Practical Graining and Marbling. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1911. Cassell. 38. Hurst, G. H. Colour: A Handbook of the Theory of Colour. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.168. 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Painters’ Colours, Oils, and Var- nishes. 6thedn. Revised by N. Heaton in preparation. Griffin. ——tThe Painter’s Laboratory Guide. A Student’s Handbook of Paints, Colours, and Varnishes. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. 68 ao re scan Se ad VG RT ay Building Construction. Jennings, A.S. Commercial Paints and Painting. A Handbook for Architects, Engineers, Property Owners, Painters and Decorators. Ex.Cr.8vo. Pp.236. 1914. Con- stable. 7s. 6d. Paint and Colour Mixing: A Practical Handbook. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1921. Spon. 12s. 6d. Paints and Varnishes , with special reference to their Properties and Uses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1920. Pitman. 3s. and Harrison,C. The Painters’ Pocket Book. 4th edn. Pott 8vo. Pp. 258. 1920. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. 6d. Jones,M.W. The Testing and Val- uation of Raw Materials used in Paint and Colour Manufacture. For the Laboratories of Colour Works. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 88. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Millar, A. Scumbling and Colour Glazing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1909. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. Oliver,C.E. The Painters’ Business Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1914. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. Pearce, W. J. Painting and Decor- ating: A complete Practical Manual for House Painters and Decorators. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1918. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Rothery, G. C. Decorators’ Sym- bols, Emblems, and Devices. Cr. 8vo. Pp.130. 1907. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Scott-Mitchell, F. Practical Gild- ing, Bronzing , Lacquering and Glass Embossing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1907. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Smith, J. C. Paint and Painting Defects, their Detection. Cause and Cure. Cr.8vo. 1912. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s. ——and Laurie,A.P. Zinc Oxide and its Uses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1909. Trade Paper Pub. Co. 2s. 6d. Wright, A. C. Simple Methods for Testing Painters’ Materials. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1908. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. 69 NAVAL ARCHITECTURE, SHIP- BUILDING. i. GENERAL. Atherton, W.H.,and Mellanby, A. L. Resistance and Power of Steam- ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1908. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. Attwood, E.L. War Ships: A Text- book on the Construction, Protec- tion, Stability, etc., of War Vessels. 6thedn. Med.8vo. Pp.346.1917. Longmans. 14s. Text-book of Theoretical Naval Architecture. 7thedn. 4th imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.506. (1916). 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d. The Modern Warship. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 158. 1914. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. and Cooper, I.C.G. A Text- Book on Laying-off, or the Geo- metry of Ship-building. 2nd edn. new imp. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1918 (1919). Longmans. 7s. 6d. Ayre, A.L. The Theory and Design of British Shipbuilding. Illustrated by 85 Diagrams. 8vo. Pp. 167. 1920. T. Reed. 6s. 6d. Baker,G.S. Ship Form, Resistance, and Screw Propulsion. Treated from the practical point of view for the use of Naval Architects, Engin- eers, and Draughtsmen. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1921. Constable. 16s. Barnaby, S. W. Marine Propellers. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1920. Spon. 24s. Biles, Sir J. H. The Design and Construction of Ships. Vol. 1, Calculations and Strength. 2nd edn. Large. 8vo. Pp. 448. 1919. 34s. Vol. 2. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Blocksidge, E. W. Ships’ Boats. Their Qualities, Construction, Equipment, and Launching Appli- ances. S8vo. Pp. 500. 1920. Longmans. 25s. Brassey’s Naval and Shipping Annual. 1920-21. Edited by A. Richardson and A. Hurd. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 388. Jan. 1921. Clowes. 25s. Cook, C. W. Steel Shipbuilders” Handbook. An Encyclopedia of the names of parts, tools, opera- tions, etc., used in the building of steel ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 127. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Holms, A. C. Practical Shipbuild- ing: a Treatise on the Structural Design and Building of Modern Steel Vessels. 2 vols. 3rd edn. 1916. (4th imp. 1918). Vol. 1. Text. Med. 8vo. Pp.652. Vol. 2. Diagrams and Illustrations. Oblong 4to. Pp.172. Longmans. 67s. 6d. ‘Hovgaard, W. Genera! Design of 70 Warships. Super Roy. 8vo. 315. 1920. Spon. 32s. Jane’s Fighting Ships: 1920. An Encyclopedia of the Navies of the World. Edited by M. Prendergast and O. Parkes. 23rd year of Issue. Oblong 4to. Pp. 580. Jan. 1921. Sampson, Low. 42s. Jordan,C.H. Tabulated Weights of Tron and Steel. Tabulated Weights of Angle, Tee, Bulb, Round, Square and Flat Iron and Steel. For the use of Naval Architects, Shipbuild- ers, etc. 7th edn. Oblong 32mo. Pp. 742. 1918. Spon. 2is. Lovett, W. J. A Complete Class- Book of Naval Architecture : Practi- cal, Laying-off, Theoretical. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp.294. 1918. Long- mans. 10s. 6d. Pp. pe ind Se EE RUSSED SSE) Lh OL A ENG Leelee OER Ne CaP TR, 5 SIR PD IG ES INE Ra ie PUR he ita OL | Aor Naval Architecture, Shipbuilding. Lovett, W. J. Applied Naval Archi- tecture. Demy 8vo. Pp. 666. 1920. Longmans. 36s. McDermaid, N. J. Shipyard Prac- tice as applied to Warship Con- struction. 2nd edn. new imp. Med.8vo. Pp.336. (1917). 1918. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Mackrow, C., and Woollard, L. Naval Architect’s and Shipbuilder’s Pocket-Book of Formule, Rules, -and Tables. 12thedn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 700. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 16s. Mitchell, J. Naval Architect’s Data. Edited by E. L. Attwood. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Murray, A. J. Strength of Ships. 8vo. Pp. 408. 1916. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Nicol, G. Ship Construction and - Calculations. 8vo. Pp. 518.1920. J. Brown. 23s. Steele, J. E. Part1. Demy 8vo. Pp. 150.1918. Cambridge University Press. 6s. 6d. Thearle,S.J.P. The Modern Prac- tice of Shipbuilding in Iron and Steel. Vol.1. Text. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1910. 5s. Vol.2. Plates. 4to. 10s. Collins. Thomas, J. B. The Strength of Ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 295. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Torr,C. Ancient Ships. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1895. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 10s. 6d. Walton, T. Present Day Shipbuild- ing. For Ship-yard Students, Ships Officers and Engineers. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Know Your Own Ship. Revised by J. King. 18thedn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. 1920. Griffin. 9s. Steel Ships: Their Construction and Maintenance. A Manual for Ship Builders, Students, Marine Engineers, etc. 6th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 348. 1920. Griffin. 25s. Naval Architecture: - 71 Watson, T.H. Naval Architecture: A Manual of Laying-off Iron, Steel and Composite Vessels. 8rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp, 188. 1917. Longmans. 50s. ii. MISCELLANEOUS. Boycott, G. W.M. Compressed Air ’ Work and Diving. Med. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1909. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Davis, R. H. A Diving Manual and Handbook of Submarine Appliances, embodying the Deep Sea Practice adopted by the British Admiralty, and including chapters on the Phys- ics and Physiology of Diving, Salv- age Operations, etc. 8vo. Pp.271. 1919. Pitman. ‘7s. 6d. Dommett,W.E. Submarine Vessels including Mines, Torpedoes, Guns, Steering, Propelling, and Navigat- ing Apparatus. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1918. Pitman. 5s. Domville-Fife, C. W. Submarine Engineering of To-Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1914. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Maginnis, A. G. The Atlantic Ferry : Its Ships, Men, and Working. 8rd. edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.288.1900. Pitman. 3s. Talbot, F.A. Lightships and Light- houses. Demy 8vo. Pp.356. 1918. Heinemann. 6s. Submarines. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1918. Heinemann. 5s. White, H. J. Oil Tank Steamers: Their Working and Pumping Arrangements Thoroughly Ex- plained. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 150. 1919. James Brown. 7s. 6d. Wryde, J.S. British Light-houses: their History and Romance. Demy 8vo. Pp. 888. 1918. Fisher Unwin. 10s. 6d. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. i. GENERAL. Adams, H. Engineers’ Handbook. Comprising Facts and Formule, Principles and Practice, in all branches of Engineering. Roy.8vo. Pp. 582. Cassell. 9s. ——Foundations for Machinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 71. 1919. Technical Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Allen, C.C. Engineering Workshop Practice. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1917. Methuen. 5s. Andrews, E.S. A Primer of Engin- eering Science. An Introductory Text-Book. Cr.8vo. Pp.76.1918. Pitman. 4s. 6d. Barber, T. W. The Engineer’s Sketch-Book of Mechanical Move- ments, Devices, Appliances, Con- trivances, and Details employed in the Design and Construction of Machinery for every purpose. 6th edn. Svo. Pp.355. 1918. Spon. 15s. Bentley, W. Sketches of Engine and Machine Details. 8thedn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1920. Chap- man & Hall. 3s. 6d. Bjorling, P.R.(edited by). Mechan- ical Engineers’ Pocket Book, 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 387. 1919. Pitman. 63. Browne, C. L. The Fitting and Erecting of Engines. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 178. 1918. Emmott. 5s. Campin, F. Mechanical Engineer- ing. Comprising Metallurgy , Mould- ing, Casting, Forging, etc. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. Charnock, G. F. Mechanical Tech- nology: Materials and Preparatory Processes of the Mechanical Indus- tries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 645. 1919. Constable. 12s. 6d. 72 'Greenly, H. Clark,D.K.,and Powles,H.H.P. Mechanical Engineer’s Pocket- Book. 11th edn. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. Uh ag 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Corbin, T. W. Mechanical Inven- tions of To-Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1918. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Davies, F. H. Foundations and Machinery Fixing. New imp. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Constable. 2s. 6d. Dommett, W.E.(edited by). Mech- anics and Draughtsmen’s Pocket- Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 135. 1919. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Model Engineering. A Guide to Model Workshop Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp.416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. 6d, Haler, P.J., and Stuart,A.H. A First Course in Engineering Science, 2ndimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.200. 1918. University Tutorial Press. 3s. 6d. Horner, J. G. (edited by). Lock- wood’s Dictionary of Terms used in the Practice of Mechanical Engin- eering. 5th edn. with Appendix. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Horton, C. M. Opportunities in Engineering. Cr.8vo. Pp.96.1921. University of London Press. 3s. 6d. Hutton, W.S. Practical Engineer’s Handbook. A Treatise on Engines and Boilers, Marine, Locomotive and Stationary. 7th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 576. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 21s. Jervis-Smith, F. J., and Boys, C.V. Dynamometers. Demy 8vo, Pp. 283. 1915. Constable. 14s. Kennedy, Sir A. B. W. The Mechanics of Machinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 668. 1907. Macmillan. 8%. 6d. — ee ee I i i i it il Cie ees Mechanical Engineering. Lanchester,F.W. Industrial Engin- eering. Its Present position and Post-war outlook. Cr.8vo. Pp.61. 1917. Constable. Is. 6d. Lineham, W. J. A Text-book of Mechanical Engineering. Part 1., Workshop Practice ; Part 2., Theory and Examples. llth edn. 8vo. Pp. 1244. 1920. Chapman & Hall. 21s. Liversedge, A. J. Commercial Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp. 369. 1912. Emmott. 8s. 6d. Low, D. A. A Pocket-Book for Mechanical Engineers. 8th imp. Feap.8vo. Pp.748. 1919. Long- mans. 9s. McLaren, R.S. Mechanical Engin- eering for Beginners. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1920. Griffin. 6s. Marks, E.C.R. Mechanical Engin- eering Materials. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1906. Technical Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Pullen, W. W. F. _ Engineering Tables and Data for the use of Stu- dents in Laboratories, &c. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 19138. Scientific Pub. Co. 1s. 6d. Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of Machinery and Mill Work. Revised by W.J.Millar. 7thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.617. 1893. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Robson, A. G. Engineering Work- shop Principles and Practice. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 259. 1919. Emmott. 6s. Sexton, A. H. Chemistry of Materi- als of Engineering. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 337. 1909. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. Spikes,W.H. Foundations of Engin- eering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1919. Hodder & Stoughton. 4s. 6d. Stanley, H. Practical Science for Engineeering Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 174. 1913. Methuen. 5s. ‘Taylor,H.G. Laboratory Engineer- ing. (Cr. S8vo. ‘Pp. 892. 1913. University of London Press. 7s. 6d. ii. POWER TRANSMISSION: ; GEARING. Bale, M. P. Modern Shafting and Gearing, and the Economical Trans- mission of Power. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 18938. Wm.Rider. 2s. 6d. Butler, E. Transmission Gears: Mechanical, Electric, and Hydrau- lic, for Land and Marine Purposes. Med.8vo. Pp.176. 1917. Griffin. 8s. 6d. Dunkley, W. G. Belts for Power Transmission. Pott8vo. Pp.116. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Hill, C.W. The Design of Toothed Gears. Med. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1918. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Horner, J.G. Toothed Gearing. A Practical Hand-book for Offices and Workshops. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1904. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Ingham ,A.E. Gearing: A Practical Treatise. Demy 8vo. Pp. 198. 1914. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Puppe, J. Experimental Investiga- tions on the Power Required to Drive Rolling Mills. Translated from the German. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Shaw, T.R. The Driving of Mach- ine Tools. Cr.8vo. Pp.225. 1917. Seott, Greenwood. 5s. Smith, T. A. Power and its Trans- mission. A Practical Handbook for the Factory and Works Manager. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1910. Spon. 2s. 6d. Snell, Sir J. F. C. Power House Design 2ndedn. S8vo. 1921. Longmans. 42s. White, G.T. Toothed Gearing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 4s, 6d. Wildgoose, A., and Orr, A. J. (compiled by). Wheel Gearing. Tables of Pitch-line Diameters of Wheels, Proportions and Strengths of Teeth, etc. Feap. 16mo. Pp. 184. 1921. Spon. 3s. Woollaston, T. R. Power Plant. Demy 8vo. Pp. 117. 1919. Sherratt and Hughes. 5s. Mechanical Engineering. iii. COMPRESSED AIR POWER TRANSMISSION. : Daw,A.W.,and Z.W. Compressed Air Power. A Treatise on the Devel- opment and Transmission of Power by Compressed Air. Demy 8vo. Pp. 399. 1920. Pitman. 2]s. Popplewell, W.C. Compressed Air. A Treatise on the Theory and Prac- tice of Pneumatic Power Trans- mission. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 295. 1921. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. iv. LUBRICATION. Archbutt, L., and Deeley, R. M. Lubrication and Lubricants. A Treatise on the Theory and Practice of Lubrication, and on the Nature, Propertiesand Testingof Lubricants. 4th (reprint of 38rd) edn. Large. 8vo. Pp. 685. (1920). 1921. Griffin. 30s. Battle, J.R. A Practical Handbook of Industrial Oil Engineering, in- cluding the Lubricating Engineer’s Handbook. 2 vols. Vol. 1. Lub- rication and Industrial Oil. Large Cr.8vo. Pp.1,142. 1921. 42s. Vol. 2. Oil Fuels—in preparation. Griffin. Cree, A. All About Oil for Engineers : a Practical Handbook. 2nd edn. 12mo. Pp.277. 1919. Spon. 9s. Pamely,C. The Mine Wagon and its Lubrication. Med. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. v. LIFTING AND CONVEYING. Broughton, H.H. The Electrical Handling of Materials: a Manual on the Design, Construction, and Application of Cranes, Conveyors, Hoists, and Elevators. 4 Vols. Demy 4to. Vol. 1. Electrical Equipment. 2nd edn. Pp. 216. 1920. 25s. Vols.2. Structural; 8, Machinery; 4, Methods: in preparation. Benn Bros. Hill, C.W. Electric Crane Construc- tion. Med. 8vo. Pp. 888. 1911. Griffin. 30s. Horner, J.G. An Elementary Treat- ise on Hoisting Machinery. Cranes, their construction and various types. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1903. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. McCulloch, C., and Futers, T. C. Winding Engines and Winding Appliances: their Design and Econ- omical Working. Demy 8vo. Pp. 460. 1912. Arnold. 21s. Marks, E.C.R. Practical Notes on the Construction of Cranes and Lifting Machinery. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1904. Technical Pub.Co. 4s. 9d. Wallis-Tayler, A. J. Aerial or Wire-Rope Ways. Their Construc- tion and Management. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.254. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G. Mechanics of Hoisting Machin- ery: including Accumulators, Ex- cavators, and Pile Drivers. S8vo. Pp.342. 1907. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Wilda, H. Cranes and Hoists: Their Construction and Caleulation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 19138. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Zimmer, G. F. The Mechanical Handling and Storing of Material. A Treatise on the handling and stor- ing of Material such as Coal, Grain, Timber, ete., by Automatic or Semi-Automatic Machinery. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 766. 1916. Crosby Lockwood. 50s. Mechanical Handling of Material, and its National Importance During and After the War. Roy. &vo. Pp.135. 1917. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. vi. FOUNDRY WORK. Aughtie, H. Practical Pattern Mak- ing. A Treatise for Pattern Makers, Foundrymen, Apprentices, etc. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 176. 1901. Scientific Pub. Co. 4s. Horner, J. G. The Principles fof Pattern Making for Apprentices and Students in Technical Colleges. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1892. Pitman. 4s. 74 oo! ~ oF Pa wae Te Mechanical Engineering. Horner, J. G. Practical Pattern Making. 4th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.420. 1912. Crosby Lockwood. . 8s. 6d. Primrose,H.S.,andJ.S.G. Gun- ’ Metal and Brass Founding (under Scientific Control). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1921. Louis Cassier. 10s. Shaw, B., and Edgar, J. Pattern- making: aPractical Treatise describ- ing Pattern-making Methods and Appliances. Fceap. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Treiber, T. Foundry Machinery. Translated from the German, re- vised and adapted to British prac- tice. Cr. Svo. Pp. 148. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. vii. MACHINE TOOLS. Barrett, E.G. Screw Cutting in the Lathe. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 44. 1912. Technical Puls. Co. 2s. Bentley, W. Machine Shop Com- panion : Comprising Practical Notes, Rules and Tables for every-day Workshop Use. 8thedn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.130. 1920. Chapman & Hall. Is. 6d. Burley, G. W. Lathes: Their Con- struction and Operation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. ——- Machine and Fitting Shop Prac- tice. Cr.8vo. Vol.1., Measure- ments and Gauging, Setting-out, Vice-Work, Chipping and Filing. Pp.221. 1918. Vol. 2., Planing, Drilling, Lathe Work and Grind- ing. 1919. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. each. The Testing of Machine Tools. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Camm, F. J., and Others. Screw Cutting. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1920. Cassell. 6s. Darbyshire, H. Precision Grinding. A Practical Book on the Use of Grinding Machinery for Machine Men. Demy 8vo. Pp.170. 1907. Constable. 6s. 6d. De Vries, D. Milling Machines and Milling Practice. Svo. Pp. 464, 1916. Spon. 10s. 6d. —— The Calculation of Change- Wheels for Screw-Cutting on Lathes. 8vo. Pp.88. 1914. Spon. 5s. Fremont, C. Files and Filing. Translated under the supervision of G. Taylor, from the French. Quarto. Pp. 160. 1920. Pitman. 21s. Gates, P. Tool and Machine Setting for Milling, Drilling, Tapping, Bor- ing, Grinding and Press Work. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Griffiths, E.A. Engineering Instru- ments and Meters. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1920. Routledge. 31s. 6d. Grimshaw, R.* Modern Workshop Hints. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 443. 1902. Sampson Low. 10s. 6d. Guest, J. J. Demy 8vo. Arnold. 16s. Haddow,A.N. The Design of Drill Grinding Machinery. Pp. 444. 1915. E. Jigs. A Practical Manual. Demy 8vo. Pp, 96. 1917. Emmott. 2s. 6d. Haenig, A. Emery and the Emery Industry. Translated from the German. Cr.8vo. Pp.104. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Hasluck,P.N. Lathe Work. A Prac- tical Treatise on the Tools, Appli- ances, and Processes employed in the Art of Turning. 8thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Screw Threads, and Methods of Producing Them. 9thedn. Pocket size. Pp. 112. ©1918. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. Hodgson, R. B. Emery Grinding Machinery: A Text-book of Work- shop Practice in General Tool- Grinding, and the Design, Con- struction, and Application of the Machines Employed. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1903. Griffin. 6s. 75 Mechanical Engineering. Horner, J. G. Practical Metal Turning: a Handbook for Engin- eers, Technical Students and Ama- teurs. S8rdedn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 432. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. &d. Metal Turning. A Practical Handbook. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1918. Pitman. 4s. Modern Milling Machines: their Design, Construction, and Working. Med. 8vo. Pp.304. 1906. Crosby Lockwood, 14s. Tools for Engineers and Wood- workers, including Modern Instru- ments of Measurement. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1905. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d, —— Turret Lathe Practice. NDemy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1921. Emmott. 12s. 6d. The Principles of Fitting. A4thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 425. Pitman. 7s. 6d. 1909. How to Lay-Out Turret Lathe Tools. A Handbook for those who Design Tools‘ for Use on Turret and Capstan Lathes and Automatic Turning Machines, 2nd edn. Demy S8vo. Pp. .175. 1919. (Alfred Herbert). Pitman. 6s, Jackson, A. Home Mechanie’s Work- shop Companion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1920. Frowde & Hodder. 6s. Lindsay, Lord. Tables for Engineers and Machinists, giving the values of the different trains of wheels re- quired to produce Screws of any Pitch. Caleulated for pinion wheel of 15 teeth. 2ndedn. Oblong 8vo. Pp. 20. 1920. Spon. Is. 6d. Martin, W.A. Screw Cutting Tables for the use of Mechanical Engineers. 7th edn. Obl. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 16. Spon. Is. 6d. Parr, A. Machine Tools and Work- shop Practice for Engineering Stu- dents and Apprentices. 8vo. Pp. 468. 1917. Longmans. 16s. Principles of Setting-out : Secur- ing and Tooling Operations. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1913. Longmans. 9s. Price, W. Turner’s Handbook on Serew Cutting, Coning, ete., with Tables, Examples, Gauges, and Formule. New imp. Feap. 8vo. Pp.56. Spon. Is. Pull, E. Modern Milling. A Praec- tical Manual on Milling Machines, Milling Accessories, and Milling Operations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 207. 1917. Pitman. 9s. Screw Cutting for Engineers. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 91. 1918. Croshy Lockwood, 2s. 6d. Modern Workshop for Engineers, Apprentices, and Students. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 389. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Engineer's Measuring Tools: their Construction and Use. Cr. 8vo. Pp.150. 1918. Crosby Lockwood, 4s. 6d, The Engineering Workshop Hand- book. Roy.16mo. Pp. 162.1919. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. ——-Engineering Workshop Exercises. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1914. Pitman. 3s. Robinson, H.C. An Introduction to Eccentric Spiral Turning, or New Uses for Old Chucks. 8vo. Pp.48. 1906. Spon. 5s. Robson, A.G, Engineering Machine Tools and Processes. 8vo. Pp.317. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Shaw, T. R. Practice Precision Grinding Machines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1917. Seott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Lathes, Screw Machines, Boring and Turning Mills and their Acces- sories. New edition in preparation. Scientific Pub. Co. Machine Tools for Planing, Shaping, Slotting, Drilling, Boring, Milling, Wheel Cutting, ete. Demy 8vo. Pp. 692. 1908. Scientific Pub. Co. 15s. Shelley, C. P. B. Workshop Appli- ances. I1lthedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.390. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Thompson, H. Modern Engineerin Workshop Practice. A Text-b for the use of Engineering Students, Apprentices, and Practical Engin- eers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1919. Griffin. 9s. 76 - : a la eee tag ih ba - i te eee ae ee ee 5 A 2 Mechanical Engineering. WOOD WORKING MACHINERY. Viii. ' Bale, M. P. Saw Mills. Their Arrangement and Management. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 395. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. ——- Woodworking Machinery. 4th : edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Blackmur, W. J. Saw Mill Work and Practice. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Po, 167... ND. Wm. Rider. 3s. 6d. Durham, H.W. Saws: their Care and Treatment. Cr, 8vo. Pp. 272. N.D. Wm. Rider. 6s. Groom, T. R. Joiners’ Machines and How to Work Them. Cr. Svo. Pp. 106. N.D. Wm. Rider. 2s. ix. WELDING, ETC. Amedeo, M. R. Oxy-Acetylene Welding of Copper, Brasses, and Bronzes. Translated with Addi- tions by D. Richardson. 8vo. Pp. 80. 1918. Raggett. 3s. 6d. Granjon, R., and Rosembers, P. A Practical Manual of Autogenous Welding (Oxy-Acetylene). With a Chapter on the Cutting of Metals with the Blow Pipe. Translated by D. Richardson. 9th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.274. 1920. Griffin. 6s. Groth,L.A. Welding and Cutting of Metals by the Aid of Compressed Gases and Electricity. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 297. 1918. Constable. 8s. 6d. Thatcher, E. Simple Soldering, both Hard and Soft. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1914. Spon. 2s. 6d. Yates, R. F. Home Soldering and Brazing. Cr.8vo. Pp.122. 1920. Frowde and Hodder. 4s. 6d. x. SHEET METAL WORK. Atkins, E. A. Practical Sheet and Plate Metal Work. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 5384. 1912. Pitman. 10s. Barrett, E.G. Principles and Pro- cesses of Metal Plate Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182... 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. Georgi, F., and Schubert, A. Sheet-Metal Working. Translated from the German. Demy 8vo. Pp. 151. 1914. Seott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Hodgson, R.B. Machine and Tools. employed in the Working of Sheet Metals. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1908. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. Miller, J.S. Metal Work: Teachers” Handbook of Manual Training. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 147. 1908. Pitman. 4s. Millis, C. T. Metal Plate Work, its Patterns and their Geometry; also. Notes on Metals and Rules in Mensuration for the use of Tin, Iron, and Zinc-Plate Workers, Coppersmiths, Boiler Makers, etc. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 456. 1919. Spon. 12s. 6d. Newton, T. Pattern Drawing for Sheet-Metal Workers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1920. Cassell. 6s. Pearson, J.C. An Introduction to Metal Working. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1904. Murray. 2s. 6d. Warn, R.H., and Horner, J. G. The Sheet-Metal Worker’s Instruce. tor. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1916. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. xi. METALS. a. Forging. Cathcart, W. H. The Value of Science in the Smithy and Forge. Edited by J. E. Stead. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.177. 1920. Griffin. 6s. Horner, J.G. ing. Demy 8vo. Emmott. 8s. 6d. Moore, T. The Practical Handbook of Smithing and Forging, En- gineers’ and General Smiths’ Work .. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 248. (1919) 1921. Spon. 7s. 6d. Smithing and Forg-. Pp. 230. 1921. 77 Mechanical Engineering. Saunders, B. Forging, Stamping and General Smithing. 8vo. Pp. 437. 1912. Spon. 28s. Watson, J. Tables for the Use of Blacksmiths and Forgers. 16mo. Pp. 96. 1919. Longmans. 4s. b. Coating. Brown, W.N. The Principles and Practice of Dipping, Burnishing, Lacquering and Bronzing Brass Ware. Revised edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 42. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. The Art of Enamelling on Metal. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.55. 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. A Handbook on Japanning. For Ironware, Tinware, Wood, etc. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.70. 1913. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Grunwald, J. The Theory and Practice of Enamelling on Iron and Steel. With Historical Notes on the Use of Enamel. Translated by H. H. Hodgson. Med. 8vo. Pp. 178. Reprint, 1919. Griffin. 7s. 6d. The Raw Materials of the Enamel Industry and their Chemical Tech- nology. Translated by H. H. Hodgson. Med. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1914. Griffin. 10s. 6d. ——The Technology of Iron Enamel- ling and Tinning. Translated by H.H. Hodgson. Med.8vo. Pp. 148. 1912. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Hiorns, A.H. Metal Colouring and Bronzing. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 358. 1911. Macmillan. 6s. c. Gold and Silversmiths’ Work. Davidson,P.W. Educational Metal- eraft. A Practical Treatise on Repoussé, Fine Chasing, Silver- smithing, Jewellery, and Enamel- ling. Post 4to. Pp. 248. 1913. Longmans. 6s. Horth, A. C. Repoussé Metalwork, A Scheme of Sheet Metalwork for Schools and Amateurs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 115. 1905. Methuen. 3s. 6d. 78 Jackson, F. G. Metal Work: Chasing and Repoussé ‘for Home Art Workers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 64. 1903. Chapman and Hall. 4s. 6d. Leland, C. G. Metal Work. In- cluding Repoussé, Bent Iron, or Stripwork ; Flat and Moulded Sheet Metal Work; Nail or Knob, Wire, Easy Silver Ornament and Chasing Work. 2ndedn. Feap. 4to. 7 111. Pitman. 5s. : FP Maryon, H. Metal Work and Enamelling. A Practical Treatise on Gold and Silversmiths’ Work and their Allied Crafts. Demy 8vo. Pp. 344. 1912. Chapman and Hall. 9s. 6d. Randau, P. Enamels and Enamelling. For Enamel Makers, Workers in Gold and Silver, and Manufac- turers of Objects of Art. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 1912, Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Wigley, T. B., and Stansbie, J. H. The Art of the Goldsmith and Jeweller. A Manual on the Mani- pulation of Gold, and the Manu- facture of Personal Ornaments. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1911. Griffin. 9s. Wilson, H. Silverwork and J ewellery. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.500. 1912. Pitman. 8s. 6d. xii. HOROLOGY. Britten, F. J. The Watch and Clock Makers’ Handbook, Dic- tionary and Guide. 12th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.346. 1920. Spon. 12s. 6d. Cunynghame, H. H. Time and Clocks. A description of Ancient and Modern Methods of Measuring Time. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1906. Constable. 3s. 6d. Garrard, F.J. Clock Repairing and Making. The Tools, Materials and Methods used in Cleaning and Repairing all kinds of Timepieces. Cr.8vo. Pp.176. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. A Practical Handbook on Watch Repairing, Cleaning, and Adjust- ing. 4th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 224. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Mechanical Engineering. xiii. MOTOR CAR ENGINEER- ING. Adams,W.P. Motor Car Mechanism and Management. Cr. 8vo. Part a The Petrol Car. 8rd edn. Pp. 266. 1912. Part 2. Electri- eal and Petrol Electrical Motor Cars. Pp. 212. 1908. Griffin. 6s. each. Autocar Handbook, The. A Guide to the Motor Car. 10thedn. Demy Svo. Pp. 288. 1920. Iliffe. 8s. 6d. Automobile Engineer Year Book, 1920. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 217. May, 1920. Iliffe. 6s. Berriman, A. E. Motoring. An Introduction to the Car and the Art of Driving It. Demy 8vo. Pp. 332. 1914. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Bickford, J.S.V. Faults and How to Find Them (Motor Car Troubles). 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.176. 1919. Iliffe. 3s. 6d. Bramley-Moore, S. Motors in a Nutshell. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. 1919. Spon. 2s. Brewer, R. W.A. Motor Car Con- struction. A Practical Manual, with notes on Wind resistance and Body design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 253. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Carburation in Theory and Prac- tice for Automobile Engineers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 278. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Butler, E. The Vaporizing of Paraffin for High-Speed Motors (Electric Ignition Type). Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1916. Griffin. 4s. Butler, H. J. Motor Bodies and Chassis: a Textbook dealing with the complete car, for the use of Owners, Students, and _ others. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1912. Harper. 7s. 6d. **Candidus.’’ Small Car MHand- book: all About Economic Motor- ing. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 225. 1919. Iliffe. 2s. 6d. Clarke, A. G. Text-Book of Motor Car Engineering. 2ndedn. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. Con- struction. Pp.456. Vol.2. Design. Pp.405. Constable. 10s. 6d.each. Complete Hints and Tips for Automobilists. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1919. Tliffe. 5s. Davies, B. H. Motor Driving Made Easy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1919. lliffe. 3s. Dommett, W.E. Motor Car Mech- anism. Cr.8vo. Pp.200. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Gunn, J. The Practical Design of Motor Cars. Demy 8vo. Pp. 264. 1910. Arnold. 12s. 6d. Havilland, G. de. The Woman’s Motor Manual. Motor Driving and Management of Motor Vehicles for Women drivers. Cr. 8vo. Pp.181. 1919. Temple Press. 38s. Holden-Stone, G. de. The Auto- mobile Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 241. 1904. Methuen. 5s. Jones, L. M. M. Steam Road Vehicles. 2nd. edn. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1921. Iliffe. 5s. Knight, J. H. A Catechism of the Motor Car. 6thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 111. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. McMillan, D. The Motor Car. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 166. 1920. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Mantell, L. A Manual of Motor Mechanics and High Efficiency, Tuning. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 233. 1919. Temple Press. 8s. 6d. More, C. G., and Higgs, G. G. The Motorist’s Handbook, em- bracing 250 Practical Points on Motoring, being a Series of Test Questions and Answers on Motoring Matters. 7th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 92. 1920. Larby. Is. 9d. The Motor Manual, compiled by the Staff of ‘*The Motor.’’ 23rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288. 1920. Temple Press. 3s. 6d. 79 Mechanical Engineering. Motor Repair Work for’ the Amateur Mechanic and Owner Driver. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130. 1919. Temple Press. 1s. 9d. Nicholson, R. T. The Book of the Ford. How to Get the Best out of a Ford Car. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1920. Temple Press. 3S. The Book of the Ford Van. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 119. 1920. Temple Press. 3s. Northcliffe, Viscount, and others. Motors and Motor Driving. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 548. 1906. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Phillimore, J. Motor Road Trans- port for Commercial Purposes (Liquid Fuel, Steam, Electricity). Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920. Pitman. 12s. 6d. Sherrin, G. C. The Montagu Motor Book. Edited by Lord Montagu. Demy 8vo. Pp. 292. 1920. E.J. Burrow. 12s. 6d. Spooner, H. J. Motors and Motor- ing. 13thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 331. 1919. Jack. 3s. 6d. Steam Wagon Manual, The. Main- tenance, Overhaul, Garage and Running Repairs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1918. Temple Press. 2s. Strickland, F. A Manual of Petrol Motors and Motor Cars. The Design, Construction and Working. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 388. * 1914. Griffin. 2l1s. Walford, E. W. The Maintenance and Running Repairs of Motor Cars. 8rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1920. Iliffe. 5s. Watson, G. W., and Rogers, F. H. - The Motor Mechanic’s Handbook: A Manual for Motor Vehicle Owners and Mechanics. Newedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 278. 1920. Cassell. 3s. 6d. White, T. H. Petrol Motors and Motor Cars. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Whittaker, W. E. de B., and Barron, P.A. (edited by). Auto- mobiles of the World, 1921. An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Motor Industry. Large 4to. Pp. 500. 1921. ‘‘Aeroplane’’ and General Pub. Co. 42s. Wimperis, H. E. The Principles of the Application of Power to Road Transport. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144, 1913. Constable. 5s. Wyatt, H. The Motor Industry: its Growth, its Methods, its Pros- pects and its Products. Cr. 8vo. Pp.140. 1917. Pitman. 8s. Young, F., and Aston, W.G. The Complete Motorist. 8th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 233. 1915. Methuen. 10s. 6d. xiv. MOTOR CYCLES. Henry, P. Cycle Building and Repairing, including Fnamelling, Repair of Tyres and Wheel Build- ing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1918. Spon. 2s. 6d. Hints and Tips for Motor Cyclists. 7th edn. Pott 8vo. 1920. Iliffe. 2s. Motor Cycles and How to Manage ' Them. 20th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1920. Iliffe, 2s. 6d. Motor Cycling Manual. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1920. Temple Press... 2s. 6d: Shepherd, E. C. M. Motor Cycle Overhauling. A Complete Guide to Overhauling. Repairing and Ad- justing a Motor Cycle. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. 6d. Tracing Motor Cycle Troubles. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1919. Iliffe. 2s. Two-Stroke Motor Cycles. By the Staff of the ‘‘Motor Cycle.’’ Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1921. Iliffe. 3s. Wyatt, H. (edited by). The Motor Cyclist’s A.B.C. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1920. Newnes. 2s. 80 << eee ee Mechanical Engineering. xv. HEAT ENGINES AND STEAM ENGINES: DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION , TESTING, etc. Anderson, Sir W. On the Conver- sion of Heat into Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1901. Pitman. 6s. Boulvin, M. J. The Entropy Dia- gram and Its Applications. Trans- lated from the French by B. Donkin. S8vo. Pp. 82. 1914. Spon. 5s. Callendar, H. L. The Callendar Steam Tables. Including the Call- endar Steam Diagram. Demy 8vo. Pp. 40. 1915. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Case, J. A Synopsis of the Elemen- tary Theory of Heat and Heat Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 66. 1913. MHeffer. 3s. 6d. Crawford, W. J. Calculations on the Entropy-Temperature Chart. Cr."8vo. Pp. 82. 1912, Griffin. 3s. Dalby, W. E. The Balancing of Engines. Demy 8vo. 3rd edn. Pp.288. 1920. Arnold. 12s.6d. Steam Power. 2nd edn, 8vo. Pp. 776. 1920. Arnold. 35s. Duncan, J. Steam and Other En- gines. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1920. Macmillan. 6s. Ewing, Sir J.A. The Steam Engine and Other Heat-Engines. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 604. 1914. ‘Cambridge University Press. 27s. 6d. Garratt, H. A. Heat Engines. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 344. 1912. Arnold. 7s. 6d. Haeder, H. A Handbook on the Steam Engine. with Special Refer- ence to Small and Medium-sized Engines. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 552. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Hall, H.R. Governors and Govern- ing Mechanism. 2nd end. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 177. 1907. Technical Pub. Co. 5s. 6d. Hayward, J. W. MHeat Engines: First Stage. Sth imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.280. 1918. University Tutorial Press. 3s. 6d. Hobbs,L.M. The Thermo-Dynamic Principles of Engine Design. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.151. 1907. Griffin. 5s. Hurst, C. Hints on Steam Enyine Design and Construction. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.68. 1915. Griffin. 2s. Inchley, W. The Theory of Heat Engines. 2nd edn. Revised by A. Morley. 8vo. Pp. 504. 1920. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Jamieson, A. Elementary Manual of Heat Engines: Steam, Gas, and Oil. 17th edn. Revised by E. S. Andrews. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1920. Griffin. 5s. A Text-Book of Heat and Heat Engines. (18th edn. of Text-Book on Steam and Steam Engines). Vol. 1. Revised by E.S. Andrews. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 567. 1919. 8s. 6d. Vol. 2. in preparation. Griffin. King, H. E. Steam Engine Design. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1918. Techni- eal Pub. Co. 8s. Langmaid, J., and Gaisford, H. Elementary Lessons in Steam Machinery and the Marine Steam Engine. 8vo. Pp. 808. 1901. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Low, D. A. Heat Engines, embrac- ing the Theory, Construction, and Performance of Steam _ Boilers, Reciprocating Steam Engines, Steam Turbines, and Internal Com- bustion Engines. A Text-book for Engineering Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 600. 1920. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Marks, L. S., and Davis, H. N. Tables and Diagrams of the Thermal Properties of Saturated and Super- heated Steam. 9th imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1920. Longmans. 9s. Peel, T. Examples in Heat and Heat Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 108. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 5s. 81 L Mechanical Engineering. Perry, J. The Steam Engine, and Gas and Oil Engines. 8th imp. Svo. Pp. 680. 1920. Macmillan. 10s. Porter, C. T. A Treatise on the Richards Steam Engine Indicator, and the Development and Applica- tion of Force in the Steam Engine. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 285. 1902. Spon. 9s. Pratt, H.K. A Manual of the High- Speed Steam Engine. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1914. Constable. 6s. Pullen, W. W.F. Steam and Intern- al Combustion Engineering. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.190. Scientific Pub. Co. 4s. Testing of Engines and Boilers. A Treatise on the Construction and Use of the Instruments and Methods employed in the Testing of Prime Movers in the Laboratory and Workshop. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 746. 1911. Scientific Pub. Co. 15s. Indicator Diagrams. A Treatise on the use of the Indicator and its application to the Steam Engine. Demy 8vo. Pp. 242. 1901. Scientific Pub. Co. 6s. Rankine, W.J.M. A Manual of the Steam Engine and other Prime Movers. Revised by W. J. Millar. With a Section on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines by B. Donkin. 17th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1908. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Richardson, J. The Modern Steam Engine. Theory, Design, Con- struction, Use. Demy 8vo. Pp. 396. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Ripper, W. Steam Engine Theory and Practice. 7thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.514. 1914. Longmans. 12s.6d. Heat Engines. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1919. Longmans. 5s. Royds, R. The Testing of Motive Power Engines; including Steam Engines and Turbines , Locomotives, Boilers, Condensers, Internal Com- bustion Engines, Gas Producers, Refrigerators, Air Compressors, Fans, Pumps,etc. 2ndedn. Demy Svo. Pp. 404. 1920. Longmans. 21s. , ~ Sankey, H. R. § The Energy Chart. Practical Applications to Recipro- cating Steam Engines. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1907. Spon. 7s. 6d. Smith, C. A. M., and Warren, A, G. The New Steam Tables. Cal- culated from H. L. Callendar’s Researches. Demy 8vo. Pp. 114, 1912. Constable. 4s. 6d. Smith, R. H. The Economie and Commercial Theory of Heat Power- Plants. Roy.8vo. Pp.315. 1905. Constable. 24s. Swinburne, J. Entropy: or Thermo- dynamics from an Engineer’s Stand- point, and the Reversibility of Thermodynamics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 147. 1904. Constable. 5s. Trinks, W. Governors and the Governing of Prime Movers. 8vo. Pp.247. 1920. Constable. 22s. 6d. xvi. REFRIGERATION, Ewing, Sir J. A. The Mechanical Production of Cold. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 214. 1921. Cam- bridge University Press. 25s. Springett.B.H. Cold Storage and Ice Making. An Elementary Hand- book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1921. Pitman. 3s. Wallis-Tayler, A. J. The Pocket Book of Refrigeration and Ice- making. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 223. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 58. Refrigeration, Cold Storage, and Ice-making. Containing the 8rd edn. of ‘‘Refrigerating and Ice- making Machinery.’’ 6th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. xvii. STATIONARY AND PORTABLE STEAM ENGINES. Fowler , W. H. Stationary Steam Engines. Illustrated with numer- ous examples from actual! practice. Cr.4to. Pp.306. 1908. Scientific Pub. Co. 12s. 6d. 82 —— ee ae —— oS a eee ee a Se a | Mechanical Engineering. - Wansbrough,W.D. Portable Steam Engine: its Construction and Man- agement. Demy 8vo. Pp. 179. 1912. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. xviii. LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER- ING. Ahrons, E. L. The Steam Railway Locomotive: Explaining the Com- - ponent Parts and Method of Work- ing of Modern Steam Railway Locomotives. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1920. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Steam Locomotive Construction and Maintenance. Fecap. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. The Development of British Lo- comotive Design. Cr. 4to. Pp. 229. 1915. Locomotive Pub. Co. 6s. Allen, C. E. The Modern Locomo- tive. Roy.16mo. Pp.149. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. A Loco Clerk. Locomotive Office Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1913. Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Anon. Locomotive Shop Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1914. Locomo- tive Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. A.R.B. (edited by). The Locomo- tive Handbook of Useful Memo- randa and Data. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 99. 1913. Locomotive Pub.Co. 1s. 6d. Locomotive Engineers’ Pocket Book. Pocket size. Pp. 290. 1920. Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. The Locomotive of To-Day . Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 1920. Locomotiv Pub.Co. 3s. 6d. : Booth, W. H. Superheat, Super- heating, and Their Control. Demy 8vo. Pp. 166. 1907. Constable. _, 6s. 6d. Gairns, J. F. Locomotive Com- pounding and Superheating. Large 8vo. Pp. 210. 1907. Griffin. 10s. 6d. ——Superheating on Locomotives. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.120. 1917. Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Garbe, R. The Application of Highly Superheated Steam to Loco- motives. Translated from the German. Med.8vo. Pp.70. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. H.D.F. Locomotive Running Shed Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1916. Locomotive Pub. Co. 2s. 6d. Hodgson, J. T.,and Williams, J. Locomotive Management from Cleaning to Driving. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 454. 1920. Transport, Ltd. 7s. 6d. Inspector, The. Locomotive In- jectors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 58. 1915. Locomotive Pub. Co. 38s. 6d. Pendred, V. The Railway Locomo- tive: What it is, and Why It is What it is. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 310. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Pettigrew, W. F. A Manual of Locomotive Engineering. 4th edn. in preparation. Griffin. Sauvage, E. Superheating on Con- tinental Locomotives. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 68. 1911. University of London Press. 5s. Stretton, C. E. The Locomotive Engine and its Development. 6th edn. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 270. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. S.Y.K. Notes onthe Vacuum Brake. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1914. Loco- ~ motive Publishing Co. Is. 6d. A. T. Modern British Locomotives. ‘2nd edn. Oblong 8vo. Pp. 1380. 1914. Spon. 6s. Wolff, C. E. Locomotive Practice. A Treatise on the Design of Steam Locomotives. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1908. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. 6d. Taylor, xix. VALVES AND VALVE GEARING. Dalby, W. E. Valves and Valve Gear Mechanisms. 2nd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 866. 1919. E. Arnold. 24s. Hurst, C. Valves and Valve-Gear- ing: A Practical Text-book for the use of Engineers, Draughtsmen, and Students. 8thedn. Large 8vo. Pp. 359. 1919. Griffin. 12s. 6d. 83 Mechanical Engineering. Thorn, W.H. Guide to the Use of the Slide Valve. Cr. 8vo. 19138. T. Reed and Co. 4s. ——Slide Valve for Engineers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 150. 1921. James Brown. 7s. 6d. Wansbrough, W. D. Proportions and Movement of Slide Valves. Cr. 8vo. Pp.160. 1903. Techni- cal Pub. Co. 6s. Youngson, P. Slide Valves and Valve Gearing. 3rd ed. Cr. 4to. Pp. 208. 1919. Jas. Munro. 15s. xx. STEAM BOILERS: CON - STRUCTION AND MANAGE- MENT. Bale, M.P. A Handbook for Steam Users. Being Rules for Engine Drivers and Boiler Attendants. New edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1918. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Batey, J. Steam Boilers and Com- bustion. Cr.8vo. Pp.220. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Bowden-Smith, E. C. Oil Firing for _Kitehen Ranges and Steam Boilers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112. 1920. Constable. 9s. Connor, W. J. The Stoker’s Cate- chism. 16mo. Pp. 63. 1914. Spon. Is. 6d. Dahlstrom, K. P. The Fireman’s Guide, a Hand-book on the Care of Boilers. 11th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 34. 1906. Spon. 2s. 6d. Foden, J. The Boiler-Makers’ and Iron Ship-builders’ Companion. 5th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1900. Spon. 6s. Fowler, W. H. Steam Boilers and Supplementary Appliances. A practica] Treatise on their Construc- tion, Equipment and Working. New edition in preparation. Scien- tific Pub. Co. Gray, J. Practical Design of Marine Single- and Double-Ended Boilers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 136. 1921. Constable. 12s. 6d. 84 Hiller, E.G. Steam Boiler Construe- tion. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. “stent 1920. Technical Pub. Co. Hodgson, J. T. Modern Boiler Room Practice and Smoke Abate- ment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 321. 1920. Transport, Ltd. 3s. 6d. Horner, J. G. Boiler Making and - Plating. 2nd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. Hughes, V.A.B. Steam Injector. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1912. Techni- cal Pub. Co. 4s. Hutton, W.S. Steam Boiler Con- struction. 5th edn. Med. 8vo. th 680. 1916. Crosby Lockwood. s. Inchley » W. Steam Boilers and Boiler Accessories. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 423. 1912. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Inspector, The. Specification for a Lancashire Boiler. 2nd edn. Demy S8vo. Pp.123. 1907. Tech- nical Pub. Co. 38s. 6d. Jackson, P.G. Boiler Feed Water. A Concise Handbook of Water for Boiler Feeding Purposes ; its Effects, Treatment and Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 111. 1919. Griffin. 4s. 6d. Moss ,H. Heat Drop Tables: Absolute Pressures from the Formule and Steam Tables of H. L. Callen- dar. Demy 8vo. Pp. 64. 1917. Arnold. 5s. Heat Drop Tables: H.P. Gauge Pressures: L.P. Absolute Pressures, from H. L. Callendar’s Formule and Steam Tables. Demy 8vo. Pp. 64. 1917. Arnold. 5s. Munro, R. D. Steam _ Boilers: their Defects, Management, and Construction. 5th edn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. Parsons, H. de B. Steam Boilers: their Theory and Design. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 395. 1917. Long- mans. 12s. 6d. Peattie, J. Steam Boilers, their management and working on land and sea. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919. Spon. 6s. ————E—— —— a Sa . iii eetilled | ia, Mechanical Engineering. Powles, H. H. P. Steam Boilers: Their History and Development. Imperial 8vo. Pp. 351. 1905. Constable. 25s. Pratt, H. K. Boiler Draught. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 145. 1911. Constable. As. 6d. Pull, E. Modern Steam Boilers: Their Construction, Management and Use. Demy 8vo. Pp. 290. 1918. Seott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Pullen,W.W.F. Iniectors. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1906. Techni- eal Pub. Co. 4s. 9d. Rimmer, E. J. Boiler Explosions, Collapses and Mishaps. Demy 8vo. Pp.150. 1912. Constable. 4s. 6d. Robertson, L. S. Marine Boilers. Their Construction and Working, dealing more especially with Tu- bulous Boilers. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 658. 1906. Murray. 24s. Water-Tube Boilers. 8vo. Pp. 213. 1901. Murray. 10s. 6d. Sexton, M. J. Pocket Book of Boiler Making, Ship Building, and the Steel and Iron Trades in general. 6th edn. Roy. 32mo. Pp. 318. 1918. Spon. 7s. 6d. Stewart, G. Modern Steam Traps. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1907. Techni- cal Pub. Co. 4s. Stromeyer, C. E. Management and Construction: be- ing a Treatise on Boiler Troubles and Repairs , Corrosion, Fuels and Heat, on the Properties of Iron and Steel, on Boiler Mechanics, Workshop Practice and Boiler Design. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1919. ‘Longmans. 21s. Traill, T. W. Boilers, Marine and Land: their Construction and Strength. 5th edn. 18mo. Pp. 600. 1920. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Wade, C.F. Efficient Boiler Man- agement: with Notes on the Opera- tion of Re-heating Furnaces. S8vo. Pp.580. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d. The Fireman’s Handbook and Guide to Fuel Economy. A simple Manual for the use of Stokers, Furnacemen, and others operating Marine Boiler. and controlling Boiler and Furnace Plant. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90. 1920. Longmans. 2s. 6d. Walker, S. F. Steam Boilers, Engines and Turbines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 428. 1908. Harper. 10s. 6d. Wansbrough, W.D. Modern Steam Boilers. (The Lancashire Boiler). Demy 8vo. Pp. 156. 19138. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. 6d. xxi. MARINE ENGINES. Anon. Marine Engineers’ Construc- tion and Dimensions Reference Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 24. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. Barnaby, S.W. Marine Propellers. © 6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2380. 1920. Spon. 24s. Bauer, G. Marine Engines and Boilers: their Design and Con- struction. Translated from the German by E.M.andS.B. Donkin. Med. 8vo. Pp.802. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 25s. Bruce, G. R. Marine Engineering Estimates and Costs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1919. Jas. Munro. 6s. Butterworth, F. Engineer Afloat: Training, Work and Pay. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1914. Technical Pub. Ca, 22s. Collings, E. R. Hand-book to the Examination of Engine Room Arti- ficers. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 856. 1915. T. Reed and Co. 5s. Constantine, E. Marine Engineers: Their Qualifications and Duties. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.332. 1906. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. Goudie, W.J. The Geometry of the Screw Propeller. Feap. 4to. Pp. 48. N.D. Blackie. 2s. Jackson, D. H. Detail Design of ‘Marine Screw Propellers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 104. 1920. Pitman. 6s. Jane, F. T. Warship Engineering. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 32. 1914. Samp- son Low. 2s. 6d. 85 eum’ # ee," ine Mechanical Engineering. Liversidge, J. G. Engine Room Practice : A Handbook for Engineers and Officers in the Royal Navy and Mercantile Marine. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1919. Griffin. 7s. 6d. McGibbon, W.C. Marine Engineer’s Drawings for Second Class Candi- dates. 4thedn. Demy 4to Oblong. Pp. 53, etc. 1921. Jas. Munro. 6s. 6d. Drawing Book for Marine En- gineers for First Class certificate. 10th edn. Roy. 4to Oblong. Pp. 34, etc. 1920. Jas. Munro. 8s. 6d. Board of Trade and Marine Engineering Knowledge. Steam and Oil. 8vo. Pp. 552. 1921. Jas. Munro. 36s. Indicator Diagrams for Marine Engineers. 5thedn. Cr.4to. Pp. 249. 1919. Jas. Munro. 15s. Marine Engineer’s Pocket Book. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 529. 1919. Jas. Munro. 15s. and Tod. Questions with An- swers. For Marine Engineers’ Board of Trade Eaxminations, containing the new questions on Oil Motors and Ash Ejectors, etc. 8th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 412. 1918. Jas. Munro. 8s. McMillan, R. A. Guide to the B.O.T. Examination for Extra First Class Engineers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 460 and Plates. 1920. Griffin. 25s. ——Calculations for Marine Engineers. Including all the Arithmetic for Ist and 2nd Class Engineers’ Certifi- cate. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356. 1912. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Elementaries. Verbals and Draw- ings. The Use and Working of Slide Valves, Indicators, Marine Steam Turbine, Ship Electric Light- ing, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 331. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Martin and Stoddart. Sketch and Record Book for Marine Engineers. Demy 8vo. Pp. I11. 1919. James Brown. 38s. 6d. Martin, W. D. Hints to Engineers for Board of Trade Exams. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. Jas. Munro. 4s. : Verbal Questions and Answers as given to Engineers of Trawlers and Drifters for their Certificate. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. Jas. Munro. 3s. 6d. Munro’s Marine Engineers’ An- nual. Pocket Log and Diary. Published Annually in September. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. Reed’s Engineer’s Handbook. 2Iist edn. Part 1. Practical Mathe- matics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 493. 1920. 27s. 6d. Key to ditto. Demy 8vo. Pp. 188. 1920. 8s. 6d. Thos. Reed. Roberts, C.W. Practical Advice for Marine Engineers. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1907. Pitman. 5s. Seaton, A. E. A Manual! of Marine Engineering, comprising the De- sign, Construction, and Working of Marine Machinery. 19thedn. 8vo. Pp. 1,012. 1921. Griffin. 36s. The Screw Propeller: and other Competing Instruments for Marine Propulsion. Large 8vo. Pp. 268. 1909. Griffin. 15s. and Rounthwaite, H. M. A Pocket Book of Marine Engineering Rules and Tables; for the Use of Marine Engineers, Naval Archi- tects, Designers , Draughtsmen, etc. 14th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 763. 1920. Griffin. 15s. Sennett, R., and Oram, Sir H. J. The Marine Steam Engine. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1918. Longmans. 26s. Somerscales, A. N. A.B.C. of Engineering Knowledge. Written specially for Marine Engineers pre- paring for Board of Trade Examina- tions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1921. Jas. Munro. 12s. 6d. ——Lessons in Mechanics for Marine Engineers: Treated Arithmetic- ally. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 277. 1921. Jas. Munro. 7s. 6d. 86 Mechanical Engineering. Somerscales, A.N. Handbook to Board of Trade Examinations for Extra First-Class Engineers. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 544. 1907. -Jas.Munro. 18s. Formulze, Rules and Questions in Steam. including Turbines. Cr. 8vo. Pp.104. 1919. Jas. Munro. 3s. 6d. Sothern, J. W.M. Marine Engine Indicator Cards. Containing an exhaustive course of Indicator Dia- grams specially arranged for Board of Trade Examination candidates, and for the use of Engineer Officers of all Grades. 2ndedn. Rov. 8vo. Pp. 226. 1918. Jas. Munro. 15s. ‘*Verbal Notes’’ and Sketches for Marine Engineers. A Manual of Marine Engineering Practice. 10th edn. 3rd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 748. 1920. Jas. Munro. 36s. —— Oil Fuel] Burning in Marine Prac- tice. A Manual of Instruction. Med. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1920. Jas. Munro. 30s. Sothern, R.M. Simple Problems in Marine Engineering Design, includ- ing Algebra, for Board of Trade Examinations. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1919. Jas. Munro. 7s. 6d. Thorn, W. T. Arithmetical Guide for Marine Engineers. Demy S8vo. ' Vol. 1. Second Class. Pp. 240. 1917. 6s. Vol. 2. First Class. Pp. 327.‘ 1919. 7s. 6d. James Brown. Elementarv Questions and An- swers for Marine Engineers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. 1916. James Brown. 7s. 6d. Tod’s Verbal Questions and An- swers for Marine Engineers. 2 Vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 301., 271. James Brown. 5s. each. Tompkins, A. E. A Text-Book of Marine Engineering. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 900. 1921. Macmillan. 36s. 87 Youngson,P. Board of Trade Exam- ination Calculations for First Class Engineers. 8thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 447. Jas. Munro. 10s. 6d. Board of Trade Examination Calculations for Second Class Engin- eers. 8thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 349. Jas. Munro. 10s. 6d. Useful Hints to Sea-Going Engin- eers : and How to Repair and Avoid Breakdowns. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 460... 1921....T.. Reed & Co. 7s. 6d. Extra Chief Engineers’ and Sur- veyors’ Guide to the Examinations of the Board of Trade. Demy 8vo. Pp. 610. 1921. Jas. Munro. 45s. and Shaw, J. H. Practical Mathematics for Second - Class Engineers. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.497. 1921. Jas. Munro. 10s. 6d. INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES. Allen, H. Gas and Oil Engines. A Treatise on the Design, Construc- tion, and Working of Internal-com- bustion Engines, operated by gas from towns’ mains, blast furnaces, pressure and suction producers, as well as by oil and petrol. Demy Svo. Pp. 562. 1907. Scientific Pub.Co. 12s. 6d. —— How to Design A Gas Engine, with full working drawings for a 7-B.H.P. Gas Engine. Cr. 4to. Pp. 40. 1907. Scientific Pub. Co. 2s. 6d. Askling, C. W., and Roesler, E. Internal Combustion Engines and Gas Producers. Large 8vo. Pp. 818. 1912. Griffin. 15s. Bale, M. P. Gas and Oil Engine Management. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.176. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. Butler, E. Internal Combustion Engine: Design and Practice. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 289. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Carburettors, WVaporisers, and Distributing Valves used in Internal Combustion Engines. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Griffin. 12s. 6d. xxii. Mechanical Engineering. Chalkley, A. P. The Diesel Engine for Land and Marine Work. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 385. 1919. Constable. 12s. 6d. Clerk, D.,and Burls,G.A.The Gas Petrol and Oil Engine. Vol 2. The Gas, Petrol and Oil Engine in Practice. New edn. 8vo. Pp. 848. (1913). 1919. Longmans. 28s. Codd, M.A. Electrival Ignition for Internal Combustion Engines. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1918. Spon. 6s. Dommett, W. E. Petrol Engine Construction and Drawing. Demy 4to. . Pp. 56. 1912. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Donkin, B. A Text-Book on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines. 5th edn. Revised by T. G. Smith; and new matter by Prof. Burstall. Large 8vo. Pp. 662. 1911. Griffin. 30s. Garrard, A. Gas, Oil, and Petrol Engines. Including Suction Gas Plant and Humphrey Pumps. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 221. 1916. Pitman. 6s. Haeder, H. A Handbook on the Gas Engine. Translated from the Ger- man and edited by W.M. Huskisson. Sm. 4to. Pp. 317. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 30s. Judge, A. W. Automobile and Air- craft Engines in Theory and Ex- periment; being a revised and en- larged edition of High Speed Intern- al Combustion Engines. Med. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1921. Pitman. 30s. Kean, F. J. The Petrol Engine. The Principles of Design and Construc- tion. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 126. 1918. Spon. 6s. Kershaw, J.W. Elementary Intern- al Combustion Engines and Gas Producers. Newimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 180. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Kirschke, A. Gas and Oil Engines. Translated and Revised from the German. and adapted to British Practice. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. Lamb, J. The Running and Main- tenance of the Marine Diesel Engine: a reference book for Marine Motor Engineers, giving practical sugges- tions from Sea experience. 2nd edn. Pocket. size. Pp. 26). 3021. Griffin. 8s. 6d. Lieckfeld, G. Oil Motors: Their Development, Construction, and Management. Med. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1908. Griffin. 18s. Marine Oil Engine Handbook. Compiled by the staff of ‘‘*The Motor Ship and Motor Boat.’’ 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 206. 1919. Temple Press. 2s 6d. Marshall, W. J., and Sankey. H. R. The Gas Engine. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.294. 1920. Constable. 12s. 6d. Martin, W.D. Marine Oil Engines: Specially for Marine Engineers who are unfamiliar with the working of Oil Engines. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.223. 1919. Jas.Munro.7s.6d. Okill, J. Gas and Oil Engine Opera- tion. Including Gas Producers and Petrol Engines. Cr.8vo. Pp. 198. 1919. Pitman. 6s. Pollock, W. Hot Bulb Oil Engines and Suitable Vessels. Demy 8vo, Pp. 429. 1919. Constable. 42s. Purday, H. F. P. Diesel Engine Design. Demy 8vo. Ppe 317. 1919. Constable. 21s. Rose, E. M. Diesel Engine Design, Demy 8vo. Pp. 203. ° 1919, Emmott. 7s. 6d. Smith, C. A. Suction Gas Plants. 4th edition in preparation. Griffin, Spooner, H. J. Notes on, and Drawings of a Four-Cylinder Petrol Engine. 4to. Pp. 26. 1908. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Supino, G. Land and Marine Diesel Engines. Translated by A. G. Bremner and J. Richardson. 4th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 323. 1920. Griffin. 15s. Wells, G. J., and Wallis-Tayler, A.J. Diesel or Slow Combustion Oil Engine. A Practical Treatise on their Design and Construction. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 320. 1919, Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. 88 VS eee Mechanical Engineering. Wimperis, H. E. A Primer of the Internal Combustion Engine. A Text-book for First and Second Year Students. 8rdimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 154. 1919. Constable. 4s. The Internal Combustion Engine. A Text-Book on Gas, Oil, and Petrol Engines, for the use of Students and Engineers. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.325. 1919. Constable. 8s. 6d. TURBINES: STEAM AND GAS. Bauer, G., and Lasche, O. Marine Steam Turbines. Translated from the German, and edited by M. G. S. Swallow. Med. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Davey, N. The Gas Turbine. Demy Svo. Pp. 264. 1914. Constable. 15s. Xxiii. Foster, F. Steam Turbines and Tur- bo-Compressors. A Treatise on their Design and Construction. Demy 8vo. Pp. 466. 1906. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. 6d. Goudie, W. J? Steam Turbines: A Text-Book for Engineering Students. New edition in the Press. mans. Long- Holzwarth,H. A Treatise on the Gas Turbine: Theory, Construction, and Records of the Results Obtained from Two Actual Machines. Trans- lated by A. P. Chalkley. Med. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1912. Griffin. 9s. Jude, A. The Theory of the Steam Turbine. A Treatise on the Prin- ciples of Construction of the Steam Turbine, with Historical Notes on its Development. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp.440. 1910. Griffin. 21s. Morrow, J. Steam Turbine Design, with Especial Reference to the Re- action Type, and including Chap- ters on Condensers and Propeller Design. New edition in prepara- tion. Arnold. Neilson, R.M. The Steam Turbine. 4thedn. Med.8vo. Pp.678. 1912. Longmans. 21s. Reed, S. J. Turbines Applied to Marine Propulsion. 2nd edn. Cr. 4to. Pp. 191. 1917. Constable. 16s. Sothern, J. W. M. The Marine Turbine. A Practical Illustrated Description of the Parsons and Cur- tis Marine Geared-Down Steam Tur- bines, etc. 6thedn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 790. 1919. Jas. Munro. 42s. Suplee, H. H. The Gas Turbine: Progress in the Design and Con- struction of Turbines operated by Gases of Combustion. Large 8vo. Pp. 262. 1910. Griffin. 15s. Wilda, H. Steam Turbines: Their Theory and Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. As. 6d. xxiv. ENGINEERING REFER- ENCE BOOKS, AND MISCELLANEOUS. A General Manager. Engin- eering Estimates, Costs. and Ac- counts. A Guide to Commercial Engineering. 38rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Brooks, G. (edited by) The Mech- anical Engineer’s Price Book. 2nd edn. Pocket size. Pp.182. 1914. Spon. 5s. Fowler’s Mechanical Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by W.H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 620. Jan., 1921. Scientific Pub. Co. 3s. Mechanic’s and Machinist’s Engineer’s Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by W.H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 495. Jan., 1921. Scientific Pub. Co. 2s. 6d. Kempe, H. R., and Smith, W. H. (compiled and edited by). The Engineer’s Year-Book of Formulae, Rules, Tables , Data and Memoranda for 1921. A Compendium of the Modern Practice of Civil, Mechan- ical, Electrical, Marine, Gas, Aero, Mine, and Metallurgical Engineer- ing. Withcollaboration of Eminent Specialists. 28th year of publica- tion. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 2,697. Apl. 1921. Crosby Lockwood. 30s. 89 Mechanical Engineering. Mechanical World Year Book, 1921. tions for Statical Calculations, etc., 18mo. Pp. 328. Jan., 1921. for all Classes of Building? and Emmott. 2s. 6d. Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. Practical Engineer Mechanical 1906. Spon. 6s. Pocket Book and Diary, 1921. Sabine,M.H. Miscellaneous Tables 23rd year of Issue. Pocket size. for Mechanical Draughtsmen. Folio. Pp. 566. Feb., 1921. Technical 27. 1921. hnical 'Co. Ree peste. ag te 921. Technical Pub.\Co Rankine,W.J.M. Useful Rules and Spon’s Workshop Receipts for Tables: for Architects, Builders, Manufacturers, Mechanics and Engineers , Mechanics , Shipbuilders , Scientific Amateurs. New and etc., with Appendix for the use of — thoroughly Revised edition. Cr. Electrical Engineers by A. Jamie- 8vo. 1919. Vol. 1. Acetylene to son. 8th edn. 1907. Griffin. Drying. Pp. 532. Vol. 2. Dyeing 10s. 6d. to Japanning. Pp. 540. Vol. 3. Ruff, F. Reference Book for Stati- Jointing Pipes to Pumps. Pp. 528. cal Calculations. Force Diagrams Vol. 4. Rainwater to Wire Ropes. for Frameworks, Tables, Instruc- Pp. 540. Spon. 7s. 6d. each. Ne ee ee - = . : _ All SE r a a ee ES Se eS plata 2 a than -—- ee ial Sa a ie ee AERONAUTICS, i. HISTORICAL AND GENERAL. Bacon, G. All About Flying. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1919. Methuen. 2s. Bailey, G. C. The Complete Air- man. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1920. Methuen. 16s. Bairstow, L. Progress of Aviation in the War Period. Some Items of Scientific and Technical Interest, (Wilbur Wright Lecture,1919). Pp. 24. 1919. Royal Aeronautical Society. 2s. 6d. Berry, W.H. Aircraft in War and Commerce. 38rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Burrow. 2s. 6d. Blackburn, C.J.,and Newby,E.J. All About Aircraft. A Simple Text Book. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1919. ,Burrow. 3s. 6d. Bright, C. Telegraphy, Aeronautics and War. Demy 8vo. Pp. 401. 1914. Constable. 16s. Dargon, J. The Future of Aviation. Translated fron the French by P. Nutt. Demy 8vo. Pp.195. 1919. Nutt. 10s. 6d. Gill, N. J. The Aerial Arm. Its Functions and Development. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1919. Aeroplane Pub- lishing Co. 6s. 6d. Grahame -White, C., and Harper, H. Our First Airways: Their Organization, Equipment, and Finance. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 195. 1919. Lane. 6s. 6d. —— Air-Power: Naval, Military and Commercial. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1917. Chapman & Hall. 7s. 6d. Hamel, G., and Turner, C. C. Flying; some Practical Experi- ences. 8vo. Pp. 856. 1914. Longmans. 14s. “Middleton, E. C. Holt-Thomas, G. Aerial Trans- port. Demy 4to. Pp. 278. 1920, Hodder & Stoughton. 30s. Johnson, V.E. Model Aeroplaning : its Principles and Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp. 265. 1920. Spon. 12s. 6d. Kennedy, R. Flying Machines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 158. 1909. Technicak Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. Lanchester, F.W. Aircraft in War- fare: the Dawn of the Fourth Arm. Med. 8vo. Pp. 239. 1916. Con- stable. 12s. 6d. Matthews, R.B., and Others. The. British Aircraft Industry: Its In- dustrial and Commercial Poten- tialities. A Reprint from The Times, Supplement, for April, 1918. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1918. Hodder and Stoughton. 6s. Airfare of To- day and of the Future. Cr. 8vo. Pp.192. 1917. Constable. 3s. 6d. Robson, W. A. Ajircraft in War and Peace. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1916. Maemillan. 3s. Spaight, J. M. Aijircraft in Peace andthe Law. 8vo. Pp.238. 1919. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Aircraft in War. 8vo. Pp. 189. 1914. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Swinton, A. J. (edited by). The Aeroplane Handbook. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920. Aeroplane & Gen- eral Pub. Co. 21s. Turner, C.C. Aircraft of To-Day.. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 315. 1918. Seeley.. 7s. 6d. The Struggle in the Air 1914— 1918. A Personal Narrative. Demy- 8vo. Pp. 296. 1919. Arnold... 15s. 91 Aeronautics. Winchester, C. Flying Men and their Machines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 242. 1916. Dent. 7s. 6d. ii. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF FLIGHT. Aston, W. G. Aeronautics Made Fasy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1919. lliffe. 4s. 6d. Avion. The Way to Fly: A Prac- tical Introduction to Flight for Beginners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1919. Pearson. 3s. 6d. Bairstow, L. Applied Aero-dynam- ics. 8vo. Pp. 578. 1920. Long- mans. 32s. Berriman, A. E. Aviation: an Introduction to the Elements of Flight. 2nd edn. Demy S8vo. Pp.388. 1913. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Bryan, G.H. Stability in Aviation. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1911. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Chatley, H. The Problem of Flight. A Text-book of Aerial Engineering. 8rd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Cowley. W.L.,and Levy, H. Aero- nautics in Theory and Practice. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 343. 1920. Arnold. 25s. De Villamil, R. Resistance of Air. Demy 8vo. Pp.192. 1917. Spon. 8s. 6d. The Laws of Avanzini. Laws of Planes moving at an Angle in Air and Water. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 28. 1912. Spon. 2s. Devillers, R. The Dynamics of the Aeroplane. Translated by W. J. Walker. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310. 1920. Spon. 2Is. Duchéne, E. A. Flight Without Formulae: Simple Discussions -on the Mechanics of the Aeroplane. Translated by J. H. Ledeboer. 3rd imp. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1918. Longmans. 9s. The Mechanics of the Aeroplane. A Study of the Principles of Flight. Translated by J. H. Ledeboer and T.O’B. Hubbard. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1918. Longmans. 9s. Eiffel, G. The Resistance of the Air and Aviation. Translated by J.C. Hunsaker. 2nd edn. Roy. 4to. Pp. 242. Constable. 42s. Greenhill, Sir A. G. Dynamics of Mechanical Flight. Demy 8vo. Pp. 121. 1912. Constable. 6s. —— Report on Gyroscopie Theory. 1914. H.M.S.O. 10s. —— Report on the Theory of a Stream Line past a Plane Barrier, and of the Discontinuity arising at the Edge, with an Application of the Theory to an Aeroplane. 1911. H.M:S.0. 5s. Appendix to ditto. Theory of a Stream Line past a Curved Wing- 1916. H.M.S.O. 4s. Hankin, E. H. Animal Flight: A Record of Observation. Demy 8vo. * Pp. 413. 1914. Iliffe. 12s. 6d. Hobbs, F. D. How to Fly and In- struct on an ‘‘Avro.’’ Cr. 8vo. Pp. 75. 1919. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Hunsaker, J.C. The Triplane and the Stable Biplane. Demy 8vo. Pp.36. 1918. Pitman. 3s. Lanchester, F. W. Aerial Flight. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Aerodynamics, 4th edn. Pp. 442. 1918. Vol. 2. Aerodonetics. 2nd edn. Pp. 4388. 1917. Constable. 21s. each. The Flying Machine from an Engineering Point of View. To- gether with a Discussion concerning the Theory of Sustentation and Expenditure of Power in Flight. Demy 8vo. Pp. 143. 1918. Con- stable. 5s. Laws, B.C. Stability and Equili- brium of Floating Bodies. Demy 8vo. Pp. 261. 1914. Constable. 10s. 6d. Le Maitre, W. Natural Stability, and the Parachute Principle in Aeroplanes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 48. 1911. Spon. 2s. 6d. McMinnies, W. G. Practical Fly- ing: Complete Course of Flying Instruction. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 237. 1918. Temple Press. 58. 92 ee ee A ee tl. Se ae oe ce 1 ee Aeronautics. % Roberts, C. Training the Airmen: ‘How they Fly. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1919. Murray. 3s. 6d. Shaw, H. A Text-book of Aero- nautics. Med. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1919. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Thomson, G. P. Applied Aerody- namics. 4to. Pp. 312. 1920. Hodder & Stoughton. 42s. Thurston, A. P. Elementary Aero- nauties, or the Science and Practice of Aerial Machines. 2nd _ edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 281. 1920. Pitman. 8s. 6d. Walkden,S.L. Aeroplanes in Gusts, Soaring Flight and the Stability of Aeroplanes. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1913. Spon. 12s. 6d. iii. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Andrews, S. T. G., and Benson, S.F. The Theory and Practice of Aeroplane Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 466. 1920. Chapman & Hall. 15s. 6d. Camm, S. Aeroplane Construction. A Handbook on the Various Methods and Details of Construction em- ployed in the Building of Aero- planes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 146. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Camm, F.J. The Design of Model Aeroplanes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 172. 1919. Benn Bros. 7s. 6d. Fage, A. The Aeroplane: A Concise Scientific Study. 5th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1918. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Hanby, W. Metals in Aircraft Con- struction. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112. 1920. Standard Air Press. 6s. Hill, F.T. Practical Aeroplane Con- struction. A Treatise on Modern Workshop Practice as applied to the Building of Aircraft. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1920. Spon. 12s. 6d. Jones, T. H., and Frier, J. D. Aeroplane Structural Design. A Book for Designers, Draughtsmen and Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 279. 1920. Pitman. 21s. Judge, A. W. The Design of Aero- planes. 2ndedn. Med.8vo. Pp. 242. 1917. Pitman. 14s. Elementary Principles of Aero- plane Design and Construction. Med. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1919. Pit- man. 7s. 6d. Fuselage Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 30. 1919. Pitman. 38s. Aircraft and Automobile Mater- ials of Construction. A Treatise for Aircraft, Automobile, and Mechan- ical Engineers , Manufacturers, Con- structors, Designers, Draughtsmen, Students, etc. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Ferrous Materials. Pp.755. 1920. Vol 2. Non-Ferrous and Organic Materials. Pp. 606. 1921. Pit- man. 25s.each. Kennedy,R. The Principles of Aero« piane Construction, with Calcula- tions, Formulae. S8vo. Pp. 146. 1911. Churchill. 6s. 6d. Morgan,A.P. Howto Build a 20-ft. Bi-plane Glider. Cr.8vo. Pp. 60. 1909. Spon. 2s. 6d. Pippard, A. J. S., and Pritchard, J.L. Aeroplane Structures, with an Introduction by L. Bairstow. 8vo. Pp. 374. 1919. Longmans. 21s. iv. AIRSCREWS AND AEROFOILS. Fage, A. Airscrews in Theory and Experiment. Cr. 4to. Pp. 208. 1920. Constable. 34s. Judge, A. W. The Properties of Aerofoils and Resistance of Aero- dynamic Bodies. Med. 8vo. Pp. 298. 1917. Pitman. 18s. Riach, M.A.S. _ Aijir-Screws. An Analytical Study in the Application of the Analogy of an Aerofoil having a Rectilinear Motion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1916. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Park, W. E. A Treatise on Air- screws. Demy 8vo. Pp. 3820. 1920. Chapman & Hall. 2i1s. Watts, H.C. The Design of Screw Propellers for Aircraft. 8vo. Pp. 354. 1920. Longmans. 25s. 93 RK Aeronautics. a v. AERO ENGINES. Buris, G. A. Aero Engines: with a General Introductory Account to the Theory of the Internal Combus- tion Engine. llthedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 206. 1918. Griffin. 8s. 6d. Clark,A.G. Aeronautical Engines. Demy 8vo. .In preparation. Chap- man & Hall. Devillers, R. Automobile and Aero Engines. A Handbook for Stu- dents, Draughtsmen and Designers. Translated by W.J. Walker. Demy 8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Spon. 16s. Kean, F. J. Aeronautical Engines. A critical survey of current practice with special reference to the balanc- ing of inertia forces. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.102. 1918. Spon. 7s. 6d. Klemin, A. A Text-book of Aero- nautical Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp. 317. 1919. Pitman. 15s. Sylvester, C. Design and Construc- tion of Aero Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 147. 1919. Aeroplane Pub. Co. 6s. Wallace, J. Design of Aeroplane Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 246. 1920. Benn Bros. 15s. vi. AERIAL NAVIGATION. Card, S. F. Air Navigation Notes and Examples. Demy S8vo. Pp. 148. 1919. Arnold. 10s. 6d. Creagh-Osborne,F. The Magnetic Compass in Aircraft. 5th edn. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp.48. 1918. Arnold. 1s. 6d. Dixie, A. E. Air Navigation for Flight Officers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 234. 1917. John Hogg. 10s. 6d. Dumbleton, J. E. Principles and Practice of Aerial Navigation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 180. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Wimperis, H. E. A Primer of Air Navigation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Constable. 8s. 6d. —_ vii. REFERENCE BOOKS FOR AVIATORS. Aerial Year Book and Who’s Who in the Air, 1920. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 828. 1920. Cross Atlantic News- paper Service. Paper, 2s. 6d. Cloth, 4s. Blake, W. J. The] Aviation Cates chism. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 64, 1919. Nisbet. 1s. 6d. Dander, M. M. Aijirman’s Inter- national Dictionary; including the most important Technical Terms of Aircraft Construction. English— French—Italian—German, with a ‘tone alphabet’’ index for these four languages. Pocket size. Pp. 228. 1920. Griffin. 6s. Dommett, W. E. A Dictionary of Aircraft. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 52. 1918. Pitman. 2s. —— Aeroplanes and Airships. Cr. Svo. Pp.76. 1919. Pitman. Paper, 1s. 9d. Cloth, 3s. Henslowe, L. English-French: Feap. 8vo. Pp. 86. Bros. 5s. Jane, F. T: All the World’s Air- craft, 1920. Edited and compiled by C.G.Grey. Oblong 8vo. Pp. 364. Dec., 1920. Sampson Low. 42s. Jane’s Pocket Aeronautica! Dic- tionary. Edited by C. G. Grey. Pocket Size. Pp.64. 1919. Samp- son Low. Is. 6d. Lycett, J. Aviation Technical Dic- tionary. Demy 8vo. Pp. 185. 1919. Nutt. 7s. 6d. Matthews, R. B. The Aviation Pocket-Book for 1919-20. A Com- pendium of Modern Practice and a Collection of Useful Notes, Formu- le, Rules, Tables, and Data relat- ing to Aeronautics. 7th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 586. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. and Clarkson,G.T. The Air- craft Identification Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 118. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. Aero Dictionary. French-English. 1920. Benn a nn ee ee es pe et ee ee ee OW re om a ee TY ee ee ee i ee ee ee a ar eee ee eee Sey ne, ghey aly, —— ~ a aM ge, i oe ’ — . Sia oe ee v= :; - ‘ : i Aeronautics. Wade,W.L. (editedby). The Fly- ing Book: The Aviation World Who’s Who and Industrial Direc- tory. 8vo. Pp. 290. 1918. Longmans. 5s. viii. BALLOONS, DIRIGIBLES, etc. Woernes, H. A Compendium of Aviation and Aerostatics, Balloons, Dirigibles, and Flying Machines. Pocket size. Pp. 191. 1911. Griffin. 3s. Pratt, H. B. Commercial Airships. 8vo. Pp.250. 1920. Nelson. 15s. Summer, P. H. The Design and Stability of Stream Line Kite Bal- joons; with useful Tables, Aero- nautical and Mechanical Formule. Svo. Pp. 146. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Talbot, F.A. Aeroplanes and Dirig- ibles of War. Cr.8vo. Pp.296. 1915. Heinemann. 8s. 6d. Whale, G. British Airships: Past, Present and Future. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1919. Lane. 7s. 6d. PHYSICS. i. COLLECTED WORKS AND HISTORICAL. Buchanan, J. Y. Scientific Papers. Vol.1. Demy 8vo. Pp.326. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 5s. —— Comptes Rendus of Observation and Reasoning. Demy 8vo. Pp. 492. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Accounts rendered of Work Done and Things Seen, (Scientific Papers). Demy 8vo. Pp. 494. 1919. Cam- bridge University Press. 21s. Poynting, J. H. Collected Scientific Papers. Edited by G. A. Shakes- pear and G. Barlow. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 800. 1920. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 37s. 6d. Rayleigh, Lord. Scientific Papers. 6 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 577. 1899. 17s. 6d. Vol. 612. 1900. 17s.6d. Vol. 608. 1902. 17s.6d. Vol. 618. 1908. 18s. 6d. Vol. 686. 1912. 17s. 6d. Vol. 718. 1920. 50s. versity Press. D oy m CO DO ia”) > ; Pp. Cambridge Uni- Schuster, Sir A. The Progress of Physics during 33 years (1875— 1908). Demy 8vo. Pp.174. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 5s. 6d. Stokes, SirG.G. Mathematical and Physical Papers. 5 vols. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Pp.338. 1880. 21s. Vol. 2. Pp.374. 1883. 17s. 6d. Vol.3. 17s.6d. Vol.4. Pp.386. 1904. 17s. 6d. Vol. 5. Pp. 395. 1905. 21s. Cambridge University Press. Memoirs presented to the Cam- bridge Philosophical Society on the occasion of his Jubilee. Demy 4to. Pp. 475. 1900. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 21s. Thomson, J. Collected Papers im Physies and Engineering. Selected and arranged by Sir J. Larmor and J.Thomson. Demy 8vo. Pp. 592. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 18s. Whetham, W. C. D. The Recent Development of Physical Science. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1909.. Murray. 7s. 6d. ii. GENERAL WORKS. Aldous, J. C. P. An Elementary Course of Physics. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 902. 1910. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Allen, H. S., and Moore, H. A Text-book of Practical Physics. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 688. 1920. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Bower, W. R., and Satterly, J. Practical Physics. (Being Vol. 6 of The Tutorial Physics. 6th imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.402. 1918. Univer- sity Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Brown,S.E. Experimental Science. Cr. 8vo. 1918. 2 Parts. Part 1. Physics. Pp.280. 6s.6d. Part 2. Chemistry. Pp. 148. 4s.6d. The two parts in one volume. 10s. 6d. Cambridge University Press. Campbell, N.R. Physics: The Ele- ments. Large Roy. 8vo. Pp. 576. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 40s. Candy, H. C. H. A Manual of Physics, Theoretical and Practical, for Medical Students. 2nd edn. Feap.8vo. Pp.451. 1918. Cassell.. 7s. 6d. Catechism Series. Physics. 2nd edn. 2 Parts. Revised by G. C. Knott. Livingstone. 1s. 9d. each.. 96 fa aC all a ce sical Pascad bas ee ee Woe lh el oe Nis Ce) SN Beal | ee PEE Pee — hn nda Christiansen,C. Elements of Theo- retical Physics. Translated by W. F. Magie. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1897. Macmillan. 16s. Corbin, H. E., and Stewart, A.M. A Handbook of Physics and Chem- istry. 5thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 504. 1929. Churchill. 15s. Crowther, J. A. A Manual of Phys- ics for Medical Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 564. 1919. Frowde and Hodder. 16s. Darling, C. R. Liquid Drops and Globules, their Formation and Movements. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94. 1914. Spon. 3s. 6d. Duncan, J., and Starling, S. G. A Text-book of Physics for the Use of Students of Science and Engin- eering. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1,118. 1920. 18s. also in Parts; Dynamics, 6s.; Heat, Light and Sound, 7s. 6d.; Magnetism and Electricity, 5s.; Heat, 4s. 6d.; Light and Sound, 4s. 6d. Mac- millan. Edser, E. General Physics for Stu- dents. A Text-book on the Funda- mental Properties of Matter. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 644. 1913. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Glazebrook, Sir R. T., and Shaw, Sir W.N. Practical Physics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 660. 1918. Longmans. lls. Gray, A. Treatise on Physics. Vol. 1. Dynamics and Propertias of Matter. 8vo. Pp. 712... 1901. Churchill. 18s. 4 Gregory, SirR.A., and Hadley, H. E. AClass Book of Physics. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 516. 1920. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. and Simmons, A.T. Experi- mental Science. An Elementary ‘ Course of Physics and Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 346. 1919. Mac- millan. 38s. Exercises in Practical Physics for Schools of Science. 2 Parts. New imp. G1.8vo. Pp.208.,182. 1915. Maemillan. 2s. 6d. each part. Hadley, H. E. Manual of Practical Physics. Gl.8vo. Pp. 274. 1916. Macmillan. 4s. 97 Houstoun, R. A. The Elements’ of Physics. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919. Longmans. 7s. 6d. An Introduction to Mathematical Physics. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1912. Longmans. 9s. Hurst, H. E.,and Lattey,R.T. A Text-book of Physics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 271. 1916. 12s. 6d. Alsoin 3 parts. Part 1. Dynamics and Heat. 4s. Part 2. Light and Sound. 4s. Part 3. Magnetism and Electricity. 5s. Constable. Jackson, C. E. Examples in Physics. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.188. 1920. Methuen. 5s. First Year Physics. 4th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.120. 1919. Methuen. 3s. Jones, D. E. Elementary Lessons in Heat, Light and Sound. New imp. GI.8vo. Pp.292. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. Jones, L. M. Practical Physics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1909. Long- mans. 4s. Jude, R. H., and Gossin, H. Physics : Experimental and Theoret- ical. Vol. 1., with Examples and exercises. Demy 8vo. Pp. 927. 1896. 16s. 6d. Also in 2 Parts. Part 1. Mechanics, Hydrostatics, and Pneumatics. 5s. Part2. Heat. 9s.6d. Chapman & Hall. Kelsey, W.R. Physical Determina- tions. Laboratory Instructions for the Determination of Physical Quan- tities connected with General Phys- ics, Heat, Light,etc. 8rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.341. 1907. Arnold. 7s. Knott, C. G. Physics: an Elemen- tary Text-Book for University Classes. 3rd edn. thoroughly Revised and Amplified, and con- taining an entirely new Chapter on the Electron Theory and Radio- Activity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1913. Chambers. 8s. 6d. Lommel, Prof. von. Experimental Physics. Translated by G. W. Myers. 8vo. Pp. 685. 1899. Kegan Paul. 15s. McDowall, S.A. A Laboratory Note Book of Physics. 2 vols. Pott 4to. Pp. 166., 126. Dent. 4s. each. Physics. McLean, A. Practical Physics. A Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges. Demy 8vo. Pp. 402. 1912. Black. 7s. 6d. Poynting, J.H.,and Thomson, Sir J. J. A Text-Book of Physics. Large 8vo. Vol. 1. Properties of Matter. S8thedn. Pp. 235. 1920. 10s.6d. Vol.2. Sound. 7thedn. Pp. 164. 1920. 8s. 6d. Vol. 8. Heat. 6th edn. Pp. 354. 1920. 15s. Vol. 4. Electricity and Mag- netism. Parts 1 and 2. 2nd edn. Pp. 359. 1920. 10s.6d. Part 3 in preparation. Vol. 5. Light, in preparation. Griffin. Rintoul, D. An _ Introduction to Practical Physics. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp.186. 1917. Macmillan. 3S. Schuster, Sir A., and Lees, C. H. An Intermediate Course of Practical Physics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1918. Macmillan. 6s. Exercises in Practical Physics. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 379. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 9s. Siddons, A. W., and Vassall, A. Practical Measurements. Feap.4to. Pp. 74. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Southerns,L. An Outline of Phys- ics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 217. 1920. Methuen. 6s. 6d. Stallo, J.B. Concepts and Theories of Modern Physics. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.368. 1900. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Stanley, H. Practical Applied Phys- ics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 234. 1914. Methuen. 5s. Preliminary Practical Science. Some Fundamental Principles of Physical Science, with their prac- tical applications. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1386. 1920. Methuen. 2s. 6d. Stewart, B. Conservation of Energy. 10thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.195. 1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Stewart, B., and Gee, W. W.H. Lessons in Elementary Practical Physics. Vol.1. Cr.8vo. General Physical Processes. Pp.314. 1912. Macmillan. 7s. Stewart, R. W. An Elementary Text-book of Physics. 4 vols. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1. General Physies. Pp. 421. (1910. .5¢.:- Vere. Sound. Pp.148. 1909. 8s. Vol. 3. Light. Pp. 226. 1909. 4s. Vol. 4. Heat. Pp. 247. 1910. 4s. Griffin. and Don, J. Matriculation Physics: Heat, Light and Sound. 13th imp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 420.1918, University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Watson,W. A Text-Book of Physics including a collection of Examples and Questions. 7th edn. Revised by H. Moss. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1,002. 1921. Longmans. 21s. —— Intermediate Physics. 8vo. Pp. 564. 1918. Longmans, 15s, A Text-Book of Practical Phys- ics. A Book of Reference for the Student working in a Physical Laboratory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 646. 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d. —— Elementary Practical Physics: a Laboratory Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 268. 1919. Longmans. 4s. White, W.H. A Handbook of Phys- ics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 683. 1912. Methuen. 8s. 6d. Willows, R. S. A Text-book of Physics. 2nd edn. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. .520. 1920. Arnold. 9s. Wilson, H. A. Experimental Phys- ics. A Text-book of Mechanics, Heat, Sound and Light. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 413. (1915) 1920. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Wright, M. R. Sound, Light and Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1912. Longmans. 5s.. Yorke, J.P. Elementary Physics for Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 174. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. 98 Physics. a. Heat. Eccles, J. R. Advanced Lecture Notes on Heat. Cr. 4to. Pp. 186. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d. | Edser, E. Heat for Advanced Stu- dents. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1920. Macmillan. 5s. 6d. Fourier, J. The Analytical Theory of Heat. Translated; with notes, by A. Freeman. Demy 8vo. Pp. 489. 1878. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Glazebrook, Sir R. T. Heat and Light. An Elementary Text-book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 449. 1919. 10s. Also separately. Heat. 5s. Light. 6s. Cambridge University Press. Griffiths, E. H. The Therma! Measurement of Energy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1901. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 3s. 3d. Hart, J.B. A Students’ Heat. Cr. S8vo. Pp.376. Dent. 5s. 6d. Maxwell, J. G. Theory of Heat. 10th edn., revised by Lord Ray- leigh. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1916. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Preston, T. The Theory of Heat. 8rd edn., edited by J. R. Cotter. ~ 8vo. Pp. 860. 1919. Macmillan. 25s. Scarlett, R. H. A School Course of Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1910. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Smith, J. H. The Study of Heat. 9thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.144. 1890. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Stewart,R.W. The New Matricula- tion Heat. 2nd edn. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1920. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. 4s. Higher Text-Book of Heat (being Vol. 2. of the Tutorial Physics). 2nd edn. 5Sthimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 407. 1917. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. and Satterly, J. Text-Book of Heat: Theoretical and Practical. 3rdimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.488. 1917. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Wright, M.R. Advanced Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp.362. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. 99 b. Thermodynamics. Callendar, H. L. Properties of Steam and Thermodynamic Theory of Turbines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 548. 1920. Arnold. 40s. Draper, C. H. Heat and the Prin- ciples of Thermodynamics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 428. 1917. Blackie. 6s. Ewing, Sir J. A. Thermodynamics for Engineers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 396. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 30s. Macaulay, W. H. The Laws of Thermodynamics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 80. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 38s. Naylor, C.H. Correction Tables for Thermodynamic Efficiency. Demy 8vo. Pp. 60. 1917. Arnold. 5s. Parker, J. A Treatise on Element- ary Thermodynamics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1891. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 9s. Partington, J. R. A Text-Book of Thermodynamics; with special ref- erence to Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 562. 1918. Constable. I4s. Planck, M. Treatise on Thermo- dynamics. Translated by A. Ogg. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1917. Longmans. 10s. c. High Temperatures. Darling, C. R. Pyrometry. A Practical Treatise on the Measure- ment of High Temperatures. 2nd ‘edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1920. Spon. 10s. 6d. Griffiths, E. Methods of Measuring Temperature. Large 8vo. Pp. 187. 1918. Griffin. Ss. 6d. Methods and Appliances for the Attainment of High Tempera- tures inthe Laboratory. Faraday Society Report, 1917. Demy 8vo. Pp. 12. 1917. Faraday Society. 2s. 6d. Pyrometers and Pyrometry. A General Discussion. Faraday Soci- ety Report, 1918. Demy 8vo. Pp. 170. 1918. Faraday Society. 12s. 6d. Physics. d. Gases. Burbury, S. H. A Treatise on the Kinetic Theory of Gases. Demy 8vo. Pp. 165. 1899. Cambridge University Press. 9s. Burstall, F. W. The Energy-Dia- gram for Gas: with Descriptive Text. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 20. 1912. Constable. 5s. Clowes, F. The Detection and Meas-' urement of Inflammable Gas and Vapour inthe Air. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1896. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Eason, A. B. The Flow and Meas- urement of Air and Gases. Med. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1919. Griffin. 25s. Haldane, J. S. Methods of Air Analysis. Suitable for work in Physiology, Hygiene, Investiga- tions of Mine Air, Flue Gases, Exhaust Gases from Engines, etc. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.147. 1920. Griffin. 6s. Jeans, J.H. The Dynamical Theory of Gases. 3rdedn. 4to. Pp. 450. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 30s. Kimball, A. L. The Physical Prop- erties of Gases. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 246. 1890. Heinemann. 5s. Occlusion of Gases by Metals, The. A General Discussion. Fara- day Society Report, 1919. Demy 8vo. Pp. 93. 1919. Faraday Society. 8s. 6d. Ramsay, Sir W. The Gases of the Atmosphere: the History of their Discovery. 4thedn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.320. 1915. Macmillan.7s. 6d. Shaw, Sir W.N. Air Currents and the Laws of Ventilation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 106. 1907. Cambridge University Press. 4s. Watson, H. W. A Treatise on the Kinetic Theory of Gases. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 102. 1893. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. 6d. e. Light. Aldis, W.S. An Elementary Treat- ise on Geometrical Optics. 8th edn. Pp. 195. 1910. Bell. 4s. 6d. Bateman, H. The Mathematical Analysis of Electrical and Optica! Wave Motion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 168. 1915. Cambridge University Press. Ss. 6d. Boys, C. V. Soap Bubbles, their Colours and the Forces which Mould them. New edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 200. 1920. S.P.C.K. 5s. Clay, R. S. Treatise on Practical Light. Ex. Cr.8vo. Pp.536. 1911. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Practical Exercises in Light; a Laboratory Course for Schools of Science and Colleges. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1914. Mac- millan, 3s. ; Cross,W.E. Elementary Physical Optics. Cr.8vo. Pp.312. 19138. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Curry,C.E. Electromagnetic Theory of Light. Svo. Part1. Pp. 416. 1905. Macmillan. 12s. Eccles, J. R. Lecture Notes on Light. Cr.4to. Pp.217. 1917. 7s. Key, with 85 pages of diagrams. 12s. 6d. Cambridge University Press. Advanced Lecture Notes on Light. Cr. 4to. Pp.141. 1919. 7s. 6d. Cambridge University Press. Edser, E. Light for Students. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 588. 1919. Macmillan. 7s. Emtage,W.T.A. Light. Cr. 8vo. Pp.360. 1903. Longmans. 7s.6d. Glazebrook, Sir R. T. Physical Optics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1914. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Heath, R. S. Elementary Treatise on Geometrical Optics. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 247. 1907. Cam- bridge University Press. 6s. Herman, R. A. A Treatise on Geometrical Optics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1900. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 10s. Hégner,P. Light, Radiation and Illumination. Translated from the German by J. Eck. Demy 8vo. Pp.100. n.D. Benn Bros. 7s. 6d. Houstoun, R. A. A Treatise on Light. Newimp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 492. 1920. Longmans. 12s.6d. 100 « ve j . 2 ¥ ¢ Hi ~ ¥ @ ” Physics. Huygens, C._ Treatise on Light. Translated by S. P. Thompson. 'Feap. 4to. Pp.142. 1912. Mac- millan. 10s. Kelvin, Lord. Baltimore Lectures on Molecular Dynamics and the Wave Theory of Light. Demy 8vo. -Pp. 715. 1904. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 20s. Lommel, E. Nature of Light: with A General Account of Physical Opties. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 369. 1904. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Maclaurin, R. C. The Theory of Light. Demy 8vo. Pp.334. 1908. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Mallik, D. N. Optical Theories. memy —-S8vo.° Pp. 181. 1917. Cambiidge University Press. 7s. 6d. Parker, G.W. Elements of Optics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130. 1915. Long- mans. 4s. 6d. Parkinson,S. A Treatise on Optics. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.3878. 1884. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Percival, A. S. Optics: A Manual for Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1899. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Geometrical Optics. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1913. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Preston, T. The Theory of Light. 4th edn. edited by W. E. Thrift. 8vo. Pp. 642. 1912. Macmillan. 15s. Ramsey, A. S. A Text-Book of Geometrical Optics. Demy 8vo. Pp.1738. 1914. Bell. 8s. 6d. Schuster, Sir A. An Introduction to the Theory of Optics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352.1909. Arnold. 16s. Silberstein, L. Elements of the Electromagnetic Theory of Light. Cr.8vo. Pp.56. 1918. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Simplified Method of Tracing Rays through any Optical System of Lenses, Prisms, and Mirrors. 8vo. Pp.48. 1918. Longmans. 5s. 6d. Stewart,R.W. Text-Book of Light. (being Vol. 3. of The Tutorial Physics.) 4thedn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 354. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. — — The New Matriculation Light. 9th imp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 290. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 4s. Stokes,SirG.G. On Light. The Burnett Lectures. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1892. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Thompson, S. P. Light: Visible and Invisible. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.396. 1919. Macmillan. 8s.6d. Tolkowsky, M. Diamond Design. A Study of the Reflection and Re- fraction of Light ina Diamond. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1920. Spon. 6s. 6d. Walker, J. The Analytical Theory of Light. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1904. Cambridge University Press. 18s. 6d. f. Physiological Optics and Optical Instruments, Burch, G. J. Practical Exercises in Physiological Optics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.164. 1912. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Dictionary of British Scientific Instruments. Issued by the British Optical Instrument Manufacturer’s Association. Demy 8vo. Pp. 348. 1921. Constable. 21s. Emsley, H. H., and Swaine, W. The Theory of Modern Optical Instruments; from the German of A. Gleichen: with an Appendix on Rangefinders. 8vo. Pp.375. 1918. H. M. Stationery Office. 12s. 6d. Fray, J. The Repairing Optician. A Beginner’s Guide to the Optical Workshop. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1920. Frowde and Hodder. 8s. 6d. Hyatt-Woolf, C. The Optical Dic- tionary. An Optical and Ophthal- mological Glossary of English Terms &e., Relating to Physical, Phy- siological and Pathological Optics, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 87. 1904. Hatton Press. 4s. 101 Je." ao a ety Gn Physics. Laurance, L. Simple Calculations for Students of Visual Optics. De sy 8vo. Pp.72. N.p. Hatton Press. 4s. 6d. General and Practical Optics. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo: Pp. 370. 1920. Hatton Press. 21s. Visual Optics and Sight Testing. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 432. 1920. Hatton Press. 21s. Orford, H. Modern Optical Instru- ments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1919. Pitman. 4s. Rohr, M. Von. (edited by). Geo- metrical Investigation of the Forma- tion of Images in Optical Instru- ments: embodying the results of scientific researches conducted in German Optical Workshops (Form- ing Vol. I. of ‘*The Theory of Optical Instruments.’’) Trans- lated by R. Kanthack. 8vo. Pp. 636. 1920. H.M.S.O. 45s. Steinheil, A., and Vgit, E. Applied Optics : The Computation of Optical Systems. Translated from the German by J. W. French. 2 Vols. Feap. 4t0. Vol. 1. Pp. 161. 1918. Vol. 2. Pp. 207. 1919. Blackie. 15s. per vol. Whittaker, E. T. The Theory of Optical Instruments. 2nd edn. Demy S8vo. Pp. 80. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d. Wright, L. Optical Projection. A Treatise on the use of the Lantern in Exhibition and Scientific Demon- tration. 5th edn. Revised by R. S. Wright. 2 parts. Part 1. The Projection of Lantern Slides. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 95. 1920.§ Long- mans. 4s. 6d. ¢. Colour: Spectra. Abney, Sir W.de W. Researches in Colour Vision and the Trichromatie Theory. 8vo. Pp. 432.. 1918. Longmans. 25s. Liveing, G. D., and Dewar, Sir J. Collected Papers on Spectroscopy. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 582. 1915. Cam- bridge University Press. 30s. 102 Lockyer, Sir J. N. Studies in Spectrum Analysis. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1904. Kegan Paul. 8s. 6d. Lovibond, J. W. Light and Colour Theories, and their Relation to Light and Colour Standardization. 8vo. Pp.90. 1915. Spon. 7s. 6d. An Introduction to the Study of Colour Phenomena, explaining a New Theory of Colour based entirely on experimental facts , with applica- tions to scientific and industrial investigations. 8vo. Pp. 48, 10 Plates. 1905. Spon. 7s. 6d. Lyman, T. The Spectroscopy of the Extreme Ultra-Violet. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1914.. Longmans. 6s. 6d, Mees, C.E.K. An Atlas of Absorp- tion Spectra. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1909. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Parsons, J. H. An Introduction to the Study of Colour Vision. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Rood, O. N. Colour: a Text-Book of Modern Chromatics, with Appli- cations to Art and Industry. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Roscoe, Sir H. E., and Schuster, Sir A. Spectrum Analysis. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 468. 1885. Mac- millan. 25s. Silberstein, L. Report on the Quantum Theory of Spectra. Demy 8vo. Pp.46. 1920. Adam Hilger. 5s. Watts, W. M. An Introduction to the Study of Spectrum Analysis. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1904. Longmans. 12s. Zeeman, P. Researches in Magneto- Optics. 8vo. Pp. 286. 1918. Maemillan. 7s. 6d. h. Sound. Barton, E. H. A Text Book on Sound. 2ndedn. Ex.Cr.S8vo. Pp. 704. 1919. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Physics. Brags, Sir W. H. The World of Sound. Six Lectures delivered before a Juvenile Auditory at the: Royal Institution, Christmas, 1919. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1920. Bell. 6s. Buck, P.C. Acoustics for Musicians. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1918. Oxtord: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Capstick, J. W. Sound. An Ele- mentary Text-book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Catchpool, E. Text-Book of Sound. (Being Vol. 1. of The Tutorial Physics). 5th edn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 388. 1919. Univer- sity Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Dunk, J. L. Hyperacoustics. Divi- sion 1: Simultaneous Tonality. Large Demy 8vo. Pp. 311. Dent. 9s. 6d. Gurney, E. The Power of Sound. Roy.8vo. Pp.559. 1880. Murray. 28s. Helmholtz, H. L.F. On the Sensa- tions of Tone as a Physiological Basis for the Theory of Music. 4th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 596. 1912. Longmans. 30s. Lamb, H. The Dynamical Theory of Sound. Demy 8vo. Pp. 303. 1910. Arnold. 15s. Rayleigh, Lord. The Theory of Sound. Vol. IJ. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 520. 1896. Macmillan. 15s. Stewart, R. W. The New Matricu- lation Sound. 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1920. University Tutor- ial Press. 4s. Taylor, S. Sound and Music. 38rd edn. Ex.Cr.8vo. Pp.236. 1896. Macmillan. 10s. Watt, H. J. The Foundations of Music. Roy. 8vo. Pp.256. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 18s. Wood, A. The Physical Basis of Music. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 168. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. i. Properties of Matter. De Villamil, R. Motions of Liquids. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1914. Spon. 8s. 6d. Fleming, J. A. Waves and Ripples in Water, Air. and Atther. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 299. 1919. SP .C i. Te.) Ad, Maxwell, J.C. Matter and Motion, with Notes and Appendices by Sir J. Larmor. Cr, 8vo. Pp. 178. 1920. S.P.C.K. 5s. Le Bon, G. The Evolution of Matter. Translated by F. Legge. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 6s. Searle, G. F. C. Experimental Harmonie Motion. A Manual for the Laboratory, Demy 8vo. Pp. 102. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Soddy, F. Matter and Energy. Bean. 6v6.. Pp. 256... 3913. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Wagstaff, C.*J. L. Properties of Matter (being Vol. 5 of The Tutorial Physics). 3rd edn. 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 5s. j. Molecular Physics. Cox, J. Beyond the Atom. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 151. 1913. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Crowther, J. A. Molecular Physics. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.198. 1919. Churchill. 6s. Ions, Electrons and_ Ionizing Radiations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Arnold. 12s. 6d. Lodge, Sir GO. J. Electrons: The Nature and Properties of Negative Electricity. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919. Bell. 8s. 6d. Mercer, J. E. Some Wonders of Matter. A Popular Introduction to the Study of the Atom, Electrons, Radium, ete. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1919. S.P.C.K. 5s. Perrin, J. Atoms. Translated from the French by D. L. Hammick. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920. Constable. 9s. 103 Physics. Richardson, O. W. The Electron Theory of Matter. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 631. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 21s. Thomson, Sir J.J. The Corpuscular Theory of Matter. 2ndimp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 178. 1907. Constable. 7s. 6d. Electricity and Matter. Cr. 8vo. Pp.170. 1912. Constable. 9s. iii. RELATIVITY. Carr, H.W. The General Principle of Relativity in its Philosophical and Historial Aspect. Cr. 8vo. Pp.175. 1920. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Conway, A.W. Relativity. Demy 8vo. Pp.43. 191%. Bell. 2s. Cunningham, E. Relativity, the Electron Theory and Gravitation. 2nd edition. Demy 8vo. Pp. 154. 1921. Longmans. 10s. 6d. ——The Principle of Relativity. Demy 8ve. Pp. 235. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Eddington, A.S. Space, Time, and Gravitation. An Outline of the General Relativity Theory. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. (1929) 19:1. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Report on the Relativity Theory of Gravitation. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. 1920. Paper covers, 6s. Cloth, 8s. Physical Society of London (Fleetway Press). Einstein, A. Relativity: The Special and the General Theory. A Popular Exposition. Translated by: R. W. Lawson. Cr.8vo. Pp.151. 1920. Methuen. 5s. Freundlich, E. The Foundations of Einstein’s Theory of Gravitation. Authorised English Translation by H. L. Brose. Preface by A. Einstein. Introduction by H. H. Turner. Pp. 77. 1920. Cam- bridge University Press. 5s. From Newton to Einstein. Changing Conceptions of the Universe. 18mo. Pp. 95. sewed. 1920. Constable. 2s. 6d. Harrow, B. Robb, A. A. A Theory of Time and Space. Roy.8vo. Pp.380. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 15s. The Absolute Relations of Time and Space. Demy 8vo. Pp. 90. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 58. Schlick, M. Space and Time in Contemporary Physics. An Intro- duction to the Theory of Relativity and Gravitation. Rendered into English by H. L. Brose. 8vo. Pp. 99. 1920. Oxford: Claren- don Press. 6s. 6d. Silberstein, L. The Theory of Relativity. 8vo. Pp. 304. 1914, Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Slosson, E. E. Easy Lessons in Einstein. A Discussion of the more intelligible features of the Theory of Relativity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1920. Routledge. 5s. iv. CURRENT IN GASES. Thomson, Sir J. J. Conduction of Electricity through Gases. Pp. 686. 2nd edn. Demy S&vo. (at present reprinting). Cambridge University Press. 16s. Townsend, J. S. Electricity in Gases. 8vo.. Pp. 512. I0t4; Oxford: Clarendon Press. 16s. ——tThe Theory of Ionization of Gases by Collision. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1910. Constable. 4s. 6d. Wilson, H. A. The Electrical Property of Flames and of Incandes- cent Solids. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1912. University of London Press. 6s. v. X-RAYS AND RADIO- ACTIVITY. Addyman, F. T. Practical X-Ray Work. Demy 8vo. Pp.207. 1901. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Arthur, D., and Muir, J. A Manual of Practical X-Ray Work. Demy 8vo. Pp. 351. 1919. Heinemann. 12s. 6d. Baker, T. T. Radiographic Tech- nique. Demy 8vo. Pp. 208. 1921. Constable. 15s. 104 We < siete ani 5p Bacal ate a ian ™ . Veh Be hi wei | ery a oe er pm Physics. Brags, Sir W.H. Studies in Radio- activity. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1912. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Bruce, W.I. A System of Radio- graphy: with an Atlas of the Normal. Folio. Pp. 122. 1907. Lewis. 15s. Bythell, W. J.S., and Barclay, A. E. X-Ray Diagnosis and Treat- ment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 159. 1912. Frowde and Hodder. 17s. Colwell, H. A., and Russ, S. Radium, X-Rays, and the Living Cell. With Physical Introduction, New imp. Large 8vo. Pp. 324. rots. Bell... 15s. ‘The Examination of Materials by X-Rays. A General Discussion. Faraday Society and Rd6ontgen Society Report. 1919. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Faraday Society. 13s. 6d. ‘The Present Position of the Theory of Ionisation. Faraday Society Report, 1919. Demy 8vo. Pp. 178. 1919. Faraday Society. 12s. 6d. Hyndman, H. H. F._ Radiation: Ar Elementary Treatise on Electro- magnetic Radiation and on Réntgen and Cathode Rays. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 307. 1898. Allenand Unwin. 6s. Joly, J. MRadio-Activity and Geo- logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1909. Constable. 10s. Kaye,G.W.C. X-Rays: An Intro- duction to the Study of Réntgen Rays. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1918. Longmans. 9s. 6d. Knox, A. V. General Practice and X-Rays. A Handbook for the General Practitioner and Student, with Chapters on the Production of X-Rays and Instrumentation by HR. Knox. €r: Svo. ‘Pp. 228. 1921. Black. 15s. Knox, R. Radiography and Radio- . Therapeutics. 8rd edn. Super Roy. 8vo. 1919. Vol. I. Radio- graphy. Pp. 384. 35s. Vol. II. Radio-Therapeutics. Pp. 222. 18s. Black. Makower, W. The Radio-active Substances: their Properties and Behaviour. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1908. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. and Geiger, H. Practical Measurements in Radioactivity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 161. 1912. Long- mans. 6s. 6d. Morton, E.R. Text-Book of Radio- logy (X-Rays). 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1918. Kimpton. 10s. 6d. Mowat, H. X-Rays. How to Pro- duce and Interpret Them. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1915. Frowde and Hodder. 9s. 6d. Pilon, H. The Coolidge Tube: its Scientific Applications , Medical and Industrial. Authorised Transla- tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1920. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Raffety, C. W. An Introduction to the Science of Radio-Activity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1909. Long- mans. 6s. Rayleigh, Lord. The Becquerel Rays and the Properties of Radium. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 221. 1906. Arnold. 10s. Richardson, O. W. The Emission of Electricity from Hot Bodies. New Edition in the press. Long- mans. Rutherford, Sir E. Radio-active Substances and their Radiations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 699. 19138. Cambridge University Press. 17s. 6d. Soddy, F. The Interpretation of Radium and the Structure of the Atom. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1920. Murray. 15s. Radio Activity. Demy $8vo. Pp. 224. 1904. Benn Bros. 5s. Turner, D. Radium, its Physics and Therapeutics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Bailliére. 5s. 105 Physics. vi. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRI- > CITY. Allanach, W. Elementary Experi- mental Magnetism and Electricity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920. Long- mans. 5s. Barlow, C. W. C. Mathematical Physics, Magnetism and Electri- city. Cr. Syo. Pp. 820. 1918. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Brooks, E. E., and Poyser, A. W. Magnetism and Electricity: A Manual for Students in Advanced Classes. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. New imp. Pp. 656. (1914). 1918. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Campbell, N.R. Modern Electrical Theory. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 412. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 16s. Cavendish, H. Electrical Researches: Written 1771-81. Edited by J. Clerk Maxwell. Demy 8vo. Pp. 479. 1879. Cambridge University Press. 18s. Cumming, L. An Introduction to the Theory of Electricity. 4thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.362. 1894. Mac- millan. 8s. 6d. Curry, C. E. Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1897. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Emtage, W. T. A. The Mathe- matical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1894. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Ewing, Sir J. A. Magnetic Induc- tion in Iron and Other Metals. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 411. 1900. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. Finn, M. Experimental Electricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 436. 1915. Bell. 5s. Fitzgerald, G. F. The Scientific Writings of the late George Francis Fitzgerald. Collected and Edited with an Historical Introduction by Sir J. Larmor. 8vo. Pp. 640. 1902. Longmans. 15s. 6d. Fleming, J. A. Magnets and Elec- tric Currents. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 417. 1914. Spon. 6s. Foster, G. C., and Porter, A. W. Elementary Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism. Founded on Jou- bert’s ‘*Traité élémentaire d’Elec- tricité.”’ 3rd edn. S8vo. Pp. 653. 19183. Longmans. 12s. Fournier d’Albe, E.E. The Elect- ron Theory: a Popular Introduction to the New Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.346. 1918. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Glazebrook, Sir R.T. Electricity and Magnetism. An Elementary Text-book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 448. 1904. Cambridge University Press. 10s. Gray, A. A Treatise on Magnetism and Electricity. 8vo. Pp. 498. 1898. Macmillan. 14s. Hadley, H. E. Magnetism and Electricity for Students. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 596. 1920. Macmillan. 7s. Magnetism aud Electricity for Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. , Hansel, C. W. Introductory Elec- tricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390.1919. Heinemann. 4s, 6d. Heaviside, O. Electromagnetic Theory. 38 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1898. Vol. 1. Pp. 488. 15s. Vol. 2. Pp. 568. 15s. Vol. 3 Pp. 519. 26s. Benn Bros. Hedges, K. Modern Lightning Con- ductors. 2ndedn. Med.8vo. Pp- 125. 1910. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. : Hertz, H. Miscellaneous Papers. Translated by D. E. Jones and G. A. Schott. 8vo. Pp. 366. Mac- millan. 12s. 6d. Electric Waves. Translated by D.E.Jones. 8vo. Pp.298. 1900. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Hutchinson, R.W. Advanced Text- book of Magnetism and Electricity. 2Vols. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. 1920. Vol. 1. Magnetism and Electricity. Pp. 394. Vol. 2. Electro- dynamics. Pp. 530. University Tutorial Press. 12s.6d. the 2 vols. 106 Ls, > a eS ONT a ene Physics. Hutchinson, R. W. Intermediate Text Book of Magnetism and Electricity. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 628. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Jamieson, A. A Practical Elemen- tary Manual of Magnetism and Electricity, specially arranged for the use of Science and Engineering Students. Revised by E. S. Andrews. lithedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 386.. 1920. Griffin. 5s. Jeans, J. H. The Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnet- ism. 8rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 588. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 24s. Jude, R. H. The School Magnet- ism and Electricity: based on Potential and Potential Gradient. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 408. 1914. University Tutorial Press. 58. and Satterly, J. Matriculation Magnetism and Electricity. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Lamb, C. G. Notes on Magnetism for the Use of Students of Electrica] Engineering. Demy 8vo. Pp.104. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Livens, G. H. The Theory of Elec- tricity: ‘Roy... 8vo. Pp. 726. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 31s. 6d. Lodge, Sir O. J. Lightning Con- ductors and Lightning Guards. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 548. 1892. Pitman. © 15s. Macdonald, H.M. Electric Waves. Demy 8vo. Pp. 209. 1902. Cam- bridge University Press. 11s. Maxwell, J.C. Treatise on Electri- city and Magnetism, revised by Sir J.J. Thomson. 2 Vols. 3rd edn. 8vo. 1904. Vol. 1. Electro- statics: Electrokinematics. Pp. 538. Vol. 2. Magnetism; Electro- magnetism. Pp. 524. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 28s. Elementary Treatise on Electri- city. Edited by W. Garnett. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1881. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Maycock, W. P. First Book of Electricity and Magnetism. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 851. 1918. Pitman. 6s. Palmer, A. R. Magnetic Measure- ments and Experiments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1382. 1918. Murby. 2s. Ogley, D. H. An _ Elementary Course on Practical Applied Elec- tricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp.146. 1911. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Penrose, H. E. Magnetism and Electricity for Home Study. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 515. 1918. Wireless Press. 6s. Pidduck, F. B. A Treatise on Elec- tricity. Demy 8vo. Pp.646. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 16s, Poyser, A. W. Magnetism and Electricity: Stage 1. Cr.8vo. Pp. 286. 1920. Longmans. 4s. ——Advanced Magnetism and Electri- city. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1919. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Richardson, S. S. Magnetism and Electricity, and the Principles of Electrical Measurement. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 598. 1914. Blackie. 6s. Sanderson, F.W. Electricity and Magnetism for beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp.254. 1914. Mac- millan. 3s. Schott, G. A. Electromagnetic Radiation and the Mechanical Re- actions arising from it. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 21s. Slingo, Sir W., and Brooker, A. Problems and Solutions in Elemen- tary Electricity and Magnetism. 5thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.170. 1914. Longmans. 2s. 6d. Starling, S. G. Electricity and Magnetism for Advanced Students. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.598. 1920. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Stewart, R. W. Higher Text-Book of Magnetism and_ Electricity. (Being Vol. 4 of The Tutorial Physics). 2nd edn. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 758. 1914. Univer- sity Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. 107 Physies. Tinompson, S. P. Elementary Les- sons in Electricity and Magnetism. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 760. 1919. Mac- millan. 5s. 6d. Thomson, Sir J.J. Elements of the Mathematical Theory of Electri- city and Magnetism. 5th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 420. 1921. Cam- bridge University Press. 25s. Tunzelmann, G.W.de. Electrical Theory and the Problem of the Universe. Large Cr.8vo. Pp. 686. 1910. Griffin. 18s. Whetham, W.C.D. The Theory of Experimental Electricity. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 3846. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d. Walker, G. T. Outlines of the Theory of Electromagnetism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 60. 1910. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Aberration and some other Pro- blems connected with the Electro- magnetic Field. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112. 1900. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 108 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. i. GENERAL TREATISES. Alexander, J.H. Elementary Elec- trical Engineering in Theory and Practice. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 5S. Ayrton, W. E., and Mather, T. Practical Electricity. A Labora- tory and Lecture Course for First Year Students. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 539. 1919. Cassell. 12s. Baillie, T. CG. Electrical Engineer- ing. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Intro- ductory. Pp. 244. 1915. Cam- bridge University Press. 5s. 6d. Blythe, E. Machine Drawing for Electrical Engineers. Oblong folio. Pp. 88. 1920. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 20s. Brown’s Marine Electrician for Sea-soing Engineers: With An- swers to Board of Trade Questions in Electricity. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1920. James Brown. 6s. Cooper, W.R. Electrician Primers. Theory. 38rd edn. Demy §8vo. Pp. 298. 1917. 7s. 6d. Vol. 2. Electric Traction, Lighting and Power. New edn. in preparation. Vol. 8. Telegraphy, Telephony, Electro-Chemistry, etc. New edn. in preparation. Benn Bros. Davidge, H. T., and Hutchinson, R.W. Technical Electricity. 3rd edn. 8thimp. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 602. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 8s. 6d. Institution of Electrical Engineers. (edited by). The WOR. ks Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Ships. 16mo. Pp. 86. 1919. Spon. 3s. 6d. Fowler’s Electrical Engineers’ Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by W.H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 550. January, 1921. Scientific Pub. Co. 3s. Garcke, E. (edited by). Manual of Electrical Undertakings and Direc- tory of Officials, 1919-20. Vol. 23. 8vo. Pp.1,551. Apl., 1920. Electrical Press. 27s. 6d. Gibson, C. R. Electricity of To- Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1915. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Gill, J. F., and Teago, F. J. Ex- amples in Electrical Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp.178. 1919. Arnold. 7s. 6d. Haslam, A. P. Electricity in Fac- tories and Workshops. Its Cost and Convenience. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1909. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Ibbetson,W.S. Practical Electrical Engineering for Elementary Stu- dents in Trade and Technical Schools. Cr.8vo. Pp.155. 1914. Spon. 5s. Kapp, G. The Principles of Electri- cal Engineering and their Applica- tion. Demy 8vo. Vol.I., Prin- ciples. Pp. 368. 1916. Vol.II., Application. Pp. 396. 1919. Arnold. 18s.each vol. Electricity. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1912. Williams and Norgate.. 2s. 6d. Kemp, P. Rudiments of Electrical Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 263. 1920. Macmillan. 6s. 109 Electrical Engineering. Kennelly, A. E. The Application of Hyperbolic Functions to Electrical Engineering Problems. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.312. 1917. University of London Press. 7s. 6d. Kinzbrunner, C, The Diseases of Electrical Machinery: Their Symp- toms, Causes and Remedy. 5th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1920. Harper. Ils. 9d. Construetion of Electric Ma- chines and Apparatus. Part 1. (Consisting of 10 plates). 1906. Harper. 2s. 6d. Larkman, A. E., and A. H. Marine Electrician for Sea-Going Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1920. J. Brown. 6s. Maclean, M. Electricity and Its Practical Applications. Demy 8vo. Pp.492. 1918. Blackie. 12s. 6d. Meares, J. W., and Neale, R. E. Electrical Engineering Practice. A Practical Treatise for Civil, Me- chanical, and Electrical Engineers. 38rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 663. 1917. Spon. 25s. Mechanical World Electrical Pocket Book, 1921. Cr. 8vo,. Pp.-377. Jan., 1921. Emmott. 2s; Molesworth, W.H. Spon’s Electri- cal Pocket Book. A Reference Book of General Electrical Information, Formule, and Tables for Practical Engineers. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1920. Spon. 8s. 6d. Munro, J., and Jamieson, A. A Pocket-book of Electrical Rules and Tables for the use of Electricians and Engineers. 21st edn. Pocket size. Pp. 840 1920. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Murdoch,W.H.F. The Ventilation of Electrical Machinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 80. 1911. Pitman. 3s. 6d. Neale, R. E. Electricity: Its Pro- duction and Applications. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Palmer, A. R. Electrical Experi- ments. Cr.8vo. Pp.125. 1918. Murby. 2s. Parr,G.D.A. Electrical Engineer- ing in Theory and Practice. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1906. Macmillan. 15s. Practical Electrician’s Pocket Book, The, 1921. Pocket Size. Pp.594. Mch.,1921. Rentell. 3s. Practical Engineer Electrical Pocket Book, 1921. 18mo. Pp. 720. 1921. Technical Publishing Co. 2s. Reports of the Committee on Elec- trical Standards appointed by the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Demy 8vo. Pp.812. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Roberts, J. Laboratory Work in Electrical Engineering (Preliminary Grade). Demy 8vo. Pp. 228. 1906. Harper. 6s. Rosenberg, E. Electrical Engineer- ing: An Elementary Text-Book. Translated by W. W. Haldane Gee, and C. Kinzbrunner. 7th edn. (reprinted). Demy 8vo. Pp. 336. 1918. Harper. 7s. 6d. Sewell, T. The Elements of Electri- cal Engineering. A First Course for Students. 7thedn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 465. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. \ Starling, S.G. An Introduction to Technical Electricity. Cr. 8vo. Pp.1938. 1921. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Still, A. Polyphase Currents. A Practical Treatise on Polyphase Working for Electrical Engineers. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.300. 1914. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Thomalen, A. A Text Book of Electrical Engineering. Trans- lated from the German by G. W.O. Howe. 5thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 492. 1920. Arnold. 28s. Thompson, S.P. Electrical Tables and Memoranda. 2nd edn. 64mo. Pp. 144. 1920. Spon. 2s. Thompson, T. The Engineering Enquiry: Electrical and Mechani- cal. A Pocket Book for Engineers. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 367. 1920. Arrowsmith. 7s. 6d. 110 ee ee a Ee Electrical Engineering. Turner, H.W., and Hobart,H.M. Insulation of Electrical Machines. Med. 8vo. Pp. 297. 1918. Pit- man. 2Ils. Walmsley, R.M. Electricity in the Service of Man. A Popular and Practical Treatise on the Applica- tions of Electricity to Modern Life. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. The History and Principles of Electrical Science. Pp. 840. 1911. Vol.2. Partl. The Technology of Electricity. Pp. 692. 1913. Vol. 2. Part 2. The Technology of Electricity. Pp. 724, 1919. Cassell. 15s. each. Whittaker’s Electrical Engineers’ Pocket Book. Edited by R. E. Neale. 4th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 682. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Young, A. P. The Elements of Electro-Technics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1920. Pitman. 7s. 6d. ii. ELECTRIC GENERATION : POWER PLANT. Gay, A., and Yeaman, C.H. Cen- tral Station Electricity Supply. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 497. 1906. Pitman. 12s. 6d. Klingenberg, G. Large Electric Power Stations: Their Design and Construction. Translated from the German. Cr.4to. Pp.276. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 28s. Wordingham, C.H. Central Elec- trical Stations: Their Design , Organ- isation,and Management. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp.512. Griffin. 30s. iii. SWITCHBOARDS AND ACCESSORIES. Collis, A. G. High and Low Ten- sion Switchgear Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 232. 1913. Constable. 12s. —— Switchgear and the Control of Electric Light and Power Circuits. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1913. Con- stable. Ils. 6d. Connan, J.C. Switchboard Measur- ing Instruments for Continuous and Polyphase Systems. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1914. Spon. 3s. Garrard, C. Electric Switch and Controlling Gear. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 663. 1920. Benn Bros. 25s. Poole, H. E. High Tension Switch- gear. Describing the Design, Con- struction. and Functions of the leading types of Switchgear used in the control of High-Tension Elec- trical Plant. Feap.8vo. Pp.126. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. ' iv. ELECTRIC GENERATORS AND MOTORS: GENERAL. Bottone, A. E. How to Manage the Dynamo. 6th edn. Pocket size. 1912. Pitman. 2s. S.R. The Dynamo: How Made and How Used. 13thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 167. 1904. Allen & Unwin. 2s. 6d. ——Electro-Motors: How Made and How Used. 7thedn. revised by C. Sylvester. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1919. Pitman. 4s. 6d. Bowker, W. R. Dynamo, Motor, and Switchboard Circuits for Elec- trical Engineers. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Broadbent, F. Dynamo and Motor Attendants and Their Machines. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 227. 1921. Rentell. 4s. 6d. Broadfoot,S.K. Motors, Secondary Batteries, Measuring Instruments and Switchgear. Fceap. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1919. Constable. 2s. Hawkins, C. C., and Wallis, F. The Dynamo: Its Theory, Design and Manufacture. 5thedn. 2 vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 542.,590. 1909. Pitman. 12s.6d. each. Hobart, H. M._ Electric-Motors, Continuous, Polyphase, and Single- Phase Motors: Their Theory and Construction. 3rd edn. in prep- aration. Pitman. and Ellis, A. G. Armature Construction. A Practical Treatise for Electrical Engineers. Med. 8vo. Pp.348. 1918. Pitman. 25s. 111 Electrical Engineering. ¥ Ibbetson, W.S. Motor and Dynamo Control: Theory and Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp. 496. 1920. Spon. 21s. Livingstone, R. The Mechanical Design and Construction of Gener- ators. Demy 8vo. Pp.436. 1914. Benn Bros. Ils. —— The Mechanical Design and Con- struction of Commutators. Demy 8vo. Pp. 97. Benn Bros. 7s. 6d. Lummis-Paterson, G. W. The Management of Dynamos. 6thimp. Pp.300. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Maycock, W. P. A Small Book on Electric Motors for Continuous and Alternating Currents. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1918. Pitman. 6s. Sewell, T. Alternating and Direct- Current Dynamos and their Con- 1907. struction. New imp. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Sylvester, C. Armature Winding. A Practical Handbook for Students, Armature Winders, and Engineers in Charge. Cr.8vo. Pp.183. 1920. Rentell. 7s. 6d. Wood,L.E. A Practical Treatise on Three-Phase Induction Motors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1921. ‘*The Electrical Review ’’ Office. 6s. 6d. Thompson, S.P. Dynamo-Electric Machinery. A Manual for Students of Electro-technics. 7th edn. 8vo. Vol. 1. Continuous-Current Mach- ines. New edn., by M. Walker, in preparation. Vol. 2. Alternating- Current Machinery. Pp.900. 1905. 35s. Spon. —— Design of Dynamos (Continuous Current Generators). 8vo. Pp. 243. 1908. Spon. 12s. 6d. Walker, M. Specification and Design of Dynamo-Electric Machinery. 3rd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 668. 1920. Longmans. 36s. v. CONTINUOUS CURRENT, AND MACHINERY. Ashford, C. E., and Kempson, E. W. E. Elementary Theory of Direct Current Dynamo Electric Machinery. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1914. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 4s. 3d. Barr, J. R. Principles of Direct- Current Electrical Engineering. Med. 8vo. Pp. 559. 1908. Pit- man. 15s, Bate, A. H. Principles of Electric Power (Continuous Current) for Mechanical Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1914. Spon. 6s. Case, J. The Theory of Direct-Cur- rent Dynamos and Motors. Demy 8vo. Pp.210. 1912. Heffer. 15s, Cramp, W. Continuous Current Machine Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 260. 1910. Harper. 7s. Denton, F. M. Elementary Princi- ples of Continuous-Current Arma- ture Winding. Feap. 8yo. Pp. 112. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Hay, A. An Introductory Course of Continuous Current Engineering. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 872. 1919. Constable. 9s. 6d. Hobart, H. M. Elementary Prin- ciples of Continuous-Current Dyn- namo Design. Med. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1907. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Kelsey, W. R. Continuous Current Dynamos and Motors, and their Control. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 346. 1919. Technical Pub. Co. 10s. MacCall,W.T. Continuous-Current Electrical Engineering. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 474. University Tutorial Press. 138s. 6d. Maycock,W.P. Continuous-Current Motors and Control Apparatus. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3381. 1917. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Smith, S. P. Notes on Theory and Design of Continuous-Current Mach- ines. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 67. 1920. Benn Bros. 5s. vi. ALTERNATING CURRENT, AND MACHINERY. Barr, J. R., and Archibald, R. D. The Design of Alternating-Current 112 Electrical Engineering. Machinery. Med. 8vo. 1913. Pitman. 30s. Biedermann, E.A. The Estimation of the Dispersion Co-efficient of Three-Phase Induction Motors and its Application to their Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 58. 1916. Benn Bros. 2s. 6d. Cramp, W., amd Smith, C. F. Vectors and Vector Diagrams, ap- plied to the Alternating Current Pp. 496. Cireuit. S8vo. Pp. 268. 1909. Longmans. 9s. Crapper, E. H. Arithmetic of Alternating Currents for Engineers and Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1915. Pitman. 4s. 6d. Creedy, F. Electric Mechanism. Part 1. Single-Phase Commutator Motors. Demy 8vo. Pp.123.1918. Constable. 7s. 6d. Drysdale, C.V. The Foundations of Alternate Current Theory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 312. 1910. Arnold. 10s. 6d. Ellis, A. G. Elementary Principles of Alternating-Current Dynamo De- sign. Demy 8vo. Pp. 304. 1910. Blackie. 10s. Frith, J. Alternating Current Mach- ine Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 131. 1912. Harper. 6s. Hawkins,C.C., Smith,S.P.,and Neville, S. Papers on the Design of Alternating-Current Machinery. Demy 8vo. Pp. 407. 1919. Pit- man. 2l1s. Hay, A. Alternating Currents: Their Theory, Generation and Trans- formation. 4th edn. (reprinted) Demy 8vo. Pp. 393. 1919. ._ Harper. 7s. 6d. James, W.H.N. Alternating Cur- rents in Theory and Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp. 354. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 16s. Johnson, V.E. Modern High Speed Influence Machines : their Principles, Construction, and Applications to Radiography , Radiotelegraphy , Spark Photography, Electro-Thera- peutics, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 290. 1921. Spon. 14s. Kemp,P. Alternating-Current Elec- trical Engineering. 8vo. Pp. 505. 1918. Macmillan. 17s. Kempe, H.R. Alternating Currents: Their Elements Explained. Cr. 8vo. Pp.92. 1916. Crosby Lock- wood. 3s. 6d. . Larner, E. T. The Principles of Alternating Currents. Cr. 8vo. Pp.144. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 4s. 6d. Maycock, W.P. Alternating-Current Work. An Introductory Book for Engineers and Students. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.428. 1917. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Rhodes, W.G. A Primer on Alter- nating Currents. Cr.8vo. Pp.154. 1912. Longmans. 3s. 6d. — An Elementary Treatise on Alternating Currents. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1902. Longmans. Qs. Russell, A. A Treatise on the Theory of Alternating Currents. 2 Vols. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Pp. 548.1914. Vol.2. Pp.579.1916. Cambridge University Press. 18s. each. Smith, C.F. Practical Alternating Currents and Alternating-Current Testing. 8th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 476. 1919. Scientific Pub. Co. 8s. TRANSFORMERS. Avery, A. H. Auto-Transformer Design. A Practical Hand-book for manufacturers, contractors, and wiremen. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1909. Spon. 5s. Bohle, H., and Robertson, D. Transformers: A Treatise on the Theory, Construction, Design, and Uses of Transformers, Auto- Trans- formers, and Choking Coils. Large 8vo. Pp.3870. 1911. Griffin. 25s. vii. Denton, F.M. Notes on Commerical Transformer Design. Demy 8vo. Pp.57. 1917. Benn Bros. 2s. 6d. 113 N Electrical Engineering. Fleming, J. A. The Alternate-Cur- rent Transformer in Theory and Practice. 2 Vols. 3rdedn. Demy 8vo. 1900. Vol.1. The Induction of Electric Currents. Pp.628. Vol. 2. The Utilisation of Induced , Currents. Benn Bros. 15s. each. Kapp, G. Transformers for Single- and Multi-phase Currents. A Treat- ise on their Theory, Construction and Use. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 363. 1908. Pitman. 12s. 6d. Painton, E. T. Small Single-Phase Transformers. Pott 8vo. Pp. 105. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Pp. 606. ‘Sylvester, C. Rotary Converters. Cr. 8vo. Pp.59. 1920. Rentell. 2s. 6d. TRANSMISSION. Brew, W. Three-Phase Transmission, 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Carter, T. Balancers for Three- wire Continuous-current Systems. Demy 8vo. Pp. 98. 1917. Bros, 4s. ' Coyle, D.,and Howe, F.J.O. Elec- tric Cables: Their Construction and Cost. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1919. Spon. 18s. Dick, J.R.,and Fernie, F. Electric Mains and Distributing Systems. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 476. 1919. Benn Bros. 18s. Fleming, A. P. M., and Johnson, R. Insulation and Design of Elec- trical Windings. Med. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1918. Longmans. Qs. viii. Kapper, F. Overhead Transmission Lines and Distributing Circuits: Their Design and Construction. Cr. 4to. Pp. 300. 1915. Con- stable. 16s. La Cour, J.L.,and Bragstad,O.S. Theory and Calculation of Electric Benn Maycock, W. P. Electric Circuit Theory and Calculations. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 355. 1918. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Raymond-Barker, E. Handbook in Cable-break Localisation. Gra- phic methods. Cr.8vo. Pp. 68. 1904. ‘* Electrical Review ”’ Office, 2s. 6d. — —Cable Fault Localisation Graphs in Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 68. 1909. ‘*Electrical Review’* Office, 2s. 6d. Russell, A. The Theory of Electric Cables and Networks. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 360. 1920. Con- stable. 24s. ix. TESTING. Allen, R. G. Principles and Prac- tice of Electrical Testing : as applied to Apparatus, Circuits, and Mach- ines. 8vo. Pp.372. 1919. Long- mans. 18s. Fisher, H. K.C., and Darby, J.C. H. Students’ Guide to Submarine Cable Testing. Sthedn. 3rd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 252. 1920. Benn Bros. 9s. 6d. Fleming, J. A. Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and Testing Room. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 545. 15s.6d. Vol.2. Pp. 630. 16s. 6d. Benn Bros. Kempe, H. R. Handbook of Elec- trical Testing. 7thedn. 8vo. Pp. 714. 1908. Spon. 25s. Kinzbrunner, C. The Testing of Alternating Current Machines in Laboratories and Test-Rooms. Vol. 1. Demy 8vo. Pp. 163. 1907. Harper. 5s. The Testing of Continuous Cur- rent Machines in Laboratories and Test-Rooms. Demy 8vo. Pp. 336. 1904. Harper. 7s. 6d. Oulton, L., and Wilson, N. J. Practical Testing of Electrical Mach- ines. 2ndedn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1921. Pitman. 6s. Parr, G.D.A. Practical Electrical Currents. Translated by S. P. Testing in Physics and Electrical Smith. Med. 8vo. Pp. 494. Engineering. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 1913. Longmans. 18s. 400. 1917. Longmans. 9s. 6d. 114 gs ea Electrical Engineering. - Parr,G.D.A. Electrical Engineer- ing Testing. A Practical Work for Second and Third Year Stu- : dents, Engineers, and _ others. f 8rd edn. 8vo. Pp.550. 1907. Chapman & Hall. IIs. 6d. Raphael, F. C. Localisation of Faults in Electric Light and Power c. Mains, with chapters on Insulation * Testing. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. , revised (1916). 1920. Pp.218. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. Smith, C.F. The Practical Testing a of Dynamos and Motors. A Treat- ise on the Methods and Instruments . used in the Testing of Dynamos and Motors. 7thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. 1919. Scientific Publishing Co. 63. 6d. Wright, J. Testing and Localising Faults. Feap.8vo. Pp.88. 1920. Constable. 2s. Young, J. E. Electrical Testing for Telegraph Engineers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. x. ELECTRICAL MEASURE- MENTS AND INSTRUMENTS. Bottone,S.R. Electrical Instrument Making for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1920. Pitman. 6s. Drysdale, C. V., and Jolley, A. C. Electrical Measuring Instruments: their Design. Construction and Application. In Preparation. Benn Bros. Edgcumbe, K. Industrial Electri- cal Measuring Instruments. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 430. 1918. Constable. 16s. : Gerhardi, C. H. W. Electricity Meters: Their Construction and Management. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 514. 1917. Benn Bros. 18s. Hobbs’ Arithmetic of Electrical Meas- _ urements. 16th edn. revised by A. R. Palmer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1919. Murby. 2s. James, W. H. N., and Sands, D. L. Elementary Electrical Calcula- tions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1919. Longmans. 5s. Moreton,H.W.. Electrical Measur- ing Instruments and Supply Meters. Cr.8vo. Pp.88. 1913. Technical Pub. Co. 2s. 9d. Murdoch; W.H.F.,and Oschwald, U. Vola, -Cr.8ve. 1918. Vol. 1. Pp. 590. Vol. 2. Pp.680. Pit- man. 10s. 6d. each. O¢gley, D. H. Incandescent Electric Lamps and their Application. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1914. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Percival, G. A. The Electric Lamp Industry. Cr.8vo. Pp. 133.1920. Pitman. 3s. Solomon, M. Electric Lamps. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 380. 1909. Con- stable. 7s. 6d. Urquhart, J. W. Electric Light, its Production and Use. ‘7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1902. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Walker, S. F. Pocket Book of Electric Lighting and Heating. Feap.8vo. Pp. 466. 1907. Cros- by Lockwood. 5s. — Zeidler, J., and Lustgarten, J. Electric Arc Lamps: Their Prin- ciples, Construction and Working. Demy 8vo. Pp.204. 1908. Harper. 6s. xiv. ELECTRIC BELLS. Allsop, F.C. Practical Electric Bell Fitting. 1llthedn. Cr.8vo. 1918. Pp. 186. Spon. 5s. Electric Bell Construction. A Treatise on the Construction of Electric Bells, Indicators, and simi- lar apparatus. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1914. Spon. 3s. 6d. Bottone, S. R. Electric Bells and All About Them. 8thedn. Revised by C. Sylvester. Cr.8vo. Pp.187. 1919. Pitman. 38s. 6d. Redfern, J.B., and Savin, J. Bells, Indicators, Telephones, Alarms, etc. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 123. 1918. Constable. 2s. White,H.G. Electric Bells, Alarms, and Signalling Systems. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.112. 1921. Rentell. 3s. 6d. xv. ELECTRIC TRACTION. Agnew,W.A. The Electric Tram Car Handbook for Motormen, In- spectors, etc. 8thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.140. 1920. ‘*‘ Electrical Re— view.’’ 3s. 6d. -Austin, E. Single-Phase Electric Railways. Demy 4to. Pp. 317. 1915. Constable. 21s. Bowker, W.R. The Practical Con- struction of Electric Tramways. 8vo. Pp. 119. 1914. Spon. 7s. 6d. Calisch, L. Electric Traction. Cr. 8vo. Pp.116. 1915. Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. 6d. Davies, F. H. Electric Power and Traction. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 299. 1907. Constable. 7s. 6d. Dawson, P. Electric Traction on Railways. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 892. 1909. Benn Bros. 32s. Dover, A. T. Electric Traction. A Treatise on the Application of Electric Power to Electric Traction on Railways and Tramways. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 685. 1919. Pitman. 25s. 117 Electrical Engineering. Dover, A. T. Electric Motors and Control Systems. A Treatise on Electric Traction Motors and their Control. Med.8vo. Pp.888. 1918. Pitman. 18s. Gant, L. W. Elements of Electric Traction for Motormen and others. Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1907. Harper. 6s. Hobart, H. M. Electric Trains. Demy 8vo. Pp. 219. 1910. Harper. 7s. 6d. Electric Propulsion of Ships. Demy 8vo. Pp.179. 1911. Harper. 6s. Ibbetson, W. S. Tramway Motor- man’s Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1920. Spon. 6s. 6d. Kapp, G. The Electrification of Railways. 4to. Pp. 45. 1908. Rentell. Is. Rider, J. H. Electric Traction. A Practical Handbook on the Applica- tion of Electricity as a Locomotive Power. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 450. 1908. Pitman. 12s. 6d. Sayers, H. M. Brakes for Electric Tramway Cars. Demy 8vo. Pp. 82. 1907. Benn Bros. 4s. Trewman, H.F. Electrification of Railways. Pott 8vo. Pp. 88. 1920. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Wilson, E., and Lydall, F. Electri- cal Traction. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. 1907. Vol. 1., Direct Current. Pp. 475. Vol. II., Alternating Current. Pp.328. Arnold. 15s. each. xvi. ELECTRICAL APPLICA- TION TO THE MOTOR CAR. Beaumont, W. W. Industrial Elec- tric Vehicles and Trucks. Demy 8vo. Pp. 195. 1920. Griffin. 15s. Bottone, S. R. Magnetos for Auto- mobilists. How Made and How Used. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 118. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. 6d. Cross, H. H. U. Automobile Batteries. A Practical Handbook on the Construction, Charging, Repair, and Maintenance of Igni- tion, Starting, Lighting, and Elec- tric Vehicle Batteries; Dry, Lead, and Alkaline Types. Cr.8vo. Pp. 101. 1919. Spon. 4s. Electric Lighting for Cycles and Motor Cycles. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1920. Spon. 38s. 6d. Electrie Lighting and Starting for Motor Cars. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 281. 1916. Crosby Lock- wood. 5s. Hibbert, W. Magneto and Electric Ignition. 3rdedn. Pp.186. 1919. Pitman. 3s. 6d. Hutton, F. H. Electricity and the Motor Car: Lighting, Engine Start- ing and Ignition. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. lliffe . 5s. 6d. Morgan, J.D- Principles of Electric Spark Ignition in Internal Com- bustion Engines. Med. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Sylvester, C. 1920. Coil Ignition for Motor Cars. A Manual for the Motor Mechanic, Owner-Driver, and all interested in Coil Ignition Svstems. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 239. 1921. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Young, A. P. Magnetos. The Theory and Practice of Magnetos, Ignition for all Forms of Internal Combustion Engines. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1920. Iliffe. 4s. 6d. xvii. ELECTRO PLATING. Barclay, W. R., and Hainsworth, C.H. Electroplating: A Treatise on the Electro-deposition of Metals. With a Chapter on Metal-Colouring and Bronzing. New edition in preparation. E. Arnold. Bonney, G.E. The Electro-Platers” Handbook. A Practical Manual in Electro-Metallurgy. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 221. 1909. Pitman. 5s. 118 aa Ne | Electrical Engineering. Denny, C. W. The Electro-Deposi- tion of Copper and its Industrial Applications. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Field, S. The Principles of Electro- Deposition: A Laboratory Guide to Electro-Plating. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1911. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Sprague, J.T. Elements of Electro- Plating. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 72. 1914. Spon. 2s. 6d. Watt, A. The Electro-plating and Electro-refining of Metals. Being a new edition of ‘‘Electro-Deposi- tion,’’ revised, &c., by A. Philip. 2ndedn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 704. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 14s. Electro Plating, based on ‘‘ Elec- tro Metallurgy Practically Treat- ea.”” Cr. 8vo. . Pp. 192. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. Xviili. meer. 4 ELDING. Carpmael, H. Electric Welding and Welding Appliances. Imp. §8vo. Pp. 140. 1920. Constable. 18s. Marquand,H.S. Electric Welding. Its Theory, Practice, Application and Economics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 204. 1920. Benn Bros, 12s. 6d. Swift, H. B. Welding. Demy 8vo. 1920. Spon. 7s. 6d. Practical Electric Pp. 104. xix... TELEPHONY AND TELE- GRAPHY. Allsop, F. C. Telephones, their Construction and Fitting. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1914. Spon. 58. Atkins, W. Principles of Auto- matic Telephony. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1915. Benn Bros. 3s. ——Common Battery Telephony Sim- plified. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1913. Benn Bros. 3s. 6d. Baker, T. T. The Telegraphic Transmission of Photographs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1910. Constable. 2s. 6d. Herbert, Bell, J., and Wilson, S. The Telegraphist’s Guide to the Depart- mental and City and Guilds Exam- inations in Telegraphy. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 273. 1920. Rentell. 58. Crotch, A. The Elements of Tele- phony. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 114. 1918. Spon. 2s. 6d. The Hughes and Baudét Tele- graphs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 83. 1908. Rentell. 2s. Telegraphy : an Elementary Text- book on the Principles of Electri- city as applied to Telegraph Sys- tems. Cr. 8vo. Pp.165. 1919. Spon. 4s. 6d. Telegraphic Systems, and other Notes. A Handbook of the Princi- ples on which Telegraphic Practice is Based. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1908. Griffin. 6s. Elementary Telegraphy and Tele- phony. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1912. Spon. 6s. Fleming, J. A. The Propagation of Electric Currents in Telephone and Telegraph Conductors. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 384. 1919. Constable. 21s. T. E. Telegraphy: A detailed Exposition of the Telegraph System of the British Post Office. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.1,039.1920. Pitman. 18s. and Wardt, R. G. de. The Arithmetic of Telegraphy and Tele- phony. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1921. Pitman. 5s. Hill, J. G. Telephonic Transmis- mission: Theoretical and Applied. 8vo. Pp. 898. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Jones, W. H. _ Telegraphy for Beginners. The Standard Method. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 58. 19138. Spon. 2s. 6d. Kingsbury, J.E. The Telephone and Telephone Exchanges: Their Inven- tion and Development. 8vo. Pp. 568. 1915. Longmans. 15s. Lee, J. Telegraph Practice: A Study of Comparative Method. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1917. Long- mans. 3s. 119 Electrical Engineering. Malcolm, H.W. The Theory of the Submarine Telegraph and Telephone Cable. Demy 8vo. Pp. 576. 1917. Benn Bros. 22s. Mordin, R. The Strowger Auto- matic Telephone Exchange. Demy S8vo. Pp.186. 1919. Spon. 2Is. Pendry, H. W. Elementary Tele- graphy. A Manual for Students. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 247. 1921. Pitman. 7s. 6d. ——The Baudét Printing Telegraph System. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1920. Pitman. 6s. Poole, J. The Practical Telephone Handbook and Guide to the Tele- phonic Exchange. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 725. 1919. Pitman. 15s. Telegraphy , Telephony and Wire- less. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1921. Pitman. 3s. Preece, Sir W.H., and Sivewright, Sir J. Telegraphy. Revised and Partly rewritten by W. L. Preece. 8vo. Pp. 432. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Stevens, E. J. Field Telephones and Telegraphs for Army Use. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1918. Crosby Lockwood, 3s. White, H. G. Telephone Erection and Maintenance. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 129. 1917. Rentell. 2s. 6d. xx. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY AND TELEPHONY. Bangay, R. D. The Elementary Principles of Wireless Telegraphy. Cr. 8vo. 1918. PartIl. Pp.212. 4s. PartII. Pp. 241. 4s. Orin 1 vol. 7s. 6d. Wireless Press. The Oscillation Valve: The Ele- mentary Principles of its Applica- tion to Wireless Telegraphy. Cr. Svo. Pp. 215. 1919. Wireless Press. 6s. Blake, E. Selected Studies in Elementary Physics: A Handbook for the Wireless Student and Amateur. Cr.8vo. Pp.176. 1920. Wireless Press. 5s. Bottone,S.R. Wireless Telegraph and Hertzian Waves. Revised by C.Sylvester. Sthedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.136. 1919. Pitman. 8s. 6d. Brown, S. W. Simple Fault Trac- ing: for Wireless Students and Operators. Feap. 8vo. Pp.80. 1919. Jas. Munro. Is. 6d. Coursey, P.R. Telephony Without Wires. Demy 8vo. Pp. 414. 1919. Wireless Press. 15s. Cross, F. Wireless Explained. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 72. 1918. James Brown. 3s. 6d. Dowsett, H. M. Wireless Tele- graphy and Telephony: First Prin- ciples, Present Practice, and Test- ing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Wireless Press. 9s. Eccles, W. H. Continuous Wave Wireless Telegraphy. Part 1.Demy 8vo. Pp. 415. 1921. Wireless Press. 25s. Eichhorn, Gy Wireless Telegraphy. Large 8vo. Pp.126. 1906. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Erskine-Murray, J. Handbook of Wireless Telegraphy: Its Theory and Practice. 6thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.458. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Fleming, J. A. Principles of Elec- tric Wave Telegraphy and Tele- phony. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 724. 1919. Longmans. 42s. An Elementary Manual of Radio- Telegraphy and Radio-Telephony for Students and Operatorss 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 874. (1916) 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d. The Wonders of Wireless Tele- graphy. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.-— 280. 1919. S.P.C.K. 7s. 6d. ket Book of Notes, Formule, and Calculations. Pocket size. Pp. 352. 1915. Wireless Press. 9s. The Thermionic Valve and its Development in Radio-Telegraphy and Telephony. Demy 8vo. Pp. 279. 1919. Wireless Press. 15s. Fortescue, C. L. Wireless Tele- graphy. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 149. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. 120 The Wireless Telegraphist’s Poc- | Electrical Engineering. Harris, P. W. The Maintenance of Wireless Telegraph Apparatus. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 127. {1918. Wireless Press. 2s. 6d. Hawkhead, J. C., and Dowsett, H. M. The Handbook of Technical Instruction for Wireless Telegraph- ists. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310. 1919. Wireless Press. 7s. 6d. Henstock, J. Final Digest for Wire- less Students. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.90. 1918. Jas.Munro. 4s. 6d. Hoyle, B. Standard Tables and Equations in Radio-Telegraphy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 159. 1919. Wireless Press. 9s. Legsett, B. Wireless Telegraphy: with Special reference to the Quenched-Spark System. Demy 8vo. Pp. 502. 1921. Chapman and Hall. 30s. Marchant, W. H. Wireless Tele- graphy. A Practical Handbook for the Use of Operators and Students. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.240. 1919. Pitman. 7s. 6d. The Radio-Telegraphist’s Guide and Log-Book. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1912. Pitman. 5s. 6d. Martin, M. J. The Wireless Trans- mission of Photographs. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 143. 1919. Wireless Press. 5s. Monckton, C. C. F. Radio-Tele- graphy. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 289. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Nottage, W. H. Calculation and Measurement of Inductance and Capacity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1916. Wireless Press. 3s. 6d. Owen, W.D. Guide to the Study of the Ionic Valve. Its Development and Application to Wireless Tele- graphy and Telephony. Feap. 8vo. Pp.60. 1919. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Penrose, H. E. The Wireless Tele- graphy Student’s Library. 5 Parts. Cr. 8vo. Paper covers. 1919. Book 1. Direct Current. Pp. 64. Book 2. Alternating Current. Pp. 48. Book 3. High-Frequency Cur- rent and Wave Production. Pp. 64. Book 4. The 14-k.w. Ship Set. Pp. 74. Book 5. The Oscillation Valve. Pp. 50. Wireless Press, 1s. 4d. each. Rolfe -Martin, A.B. Wireless Tele- graphy. A Handbook on _ the Fundamental Principles and Modern Practice of Radio-Telegraphy for the use of Students of Electrical Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1914. Black. 8s. 6d. Ruhmer, E. Wireless Telephony in Theory and Practice. Translated by J. Erskine-Murray. Demy 8vo. Pp. 287. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. Shaw, W. J. Practical and Experi- mental Wireless Telegraphy. A Handbook for Operators, Students and Amateurs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 102. 1914. Spon. 5s. Shore, A. Alternating Current Work for Wireless Operators. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1919. Wireless Press. 3s. 6d. Sleeper, M. B. Wireless Design and Practice. Part.1. Transmit- ters and Receivers. Part. 2. Practical Circuits. Pp. 246. 1920. Frowde and Hodder. 7s. 6d. Stanley, R. Text-Book on Wireless Telegraphy. New edn. 2 vols. 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. General Theory and Practice. Pp. 486. Vol. 2. Valves, Continuous Waves and Radio-Telephony. Pp. 368. Long- mans. 15s. each. Turner, L. B. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. An Outline for Electrical Engineers and others. Demy 8vo. Pp. 207. 1921. Cam- bridge University Press. 20s. Ward, H. Dictionary of Technical Terms used in Wireless Telegraphy. 2nd edn. Pocket size. Pp. 258. 1919. Wireless Press. 2s. 6d. Willis, S. J. A Short Course in Elementary Mathematics and their Application to Wireless Telegraphy. Demy 8vo. Pp.182. 1917. Wire- less Press. 3s. 6d. Year Book of Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. 1921. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1,855. March, 1921. Wireless Press. 21s. 121 CHEMISTRY. i. HISTORY. Armitage, F. P. A History of Chemistry. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 286. 1912. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Bauer, H. A History of Chemistry. Translated by R. V. Stanford. Cr.8vo. 1907. Arnold. 4s. 6d. Brown, J.C. A History of Chemis- try from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 571. 1920. Churchill. 21s. Hilditch,T.P. A Concise History of Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 274. 1911. Methuen. 5s. Lowry, T. M. Historical Introduc- tion to Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 599. 1915. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Martin, G. Modern Chemistry and its Wonders. A Popular Account of some of the more remarkable Recent advances in Chemical Science for General Readers. Large Cr.8vo. Pp.367. 1917. Sampson Low. 10s. 6d. Triumphs and Wonders of Modern Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 375. N.D. Sampson, Low. 10s. 6d. Slosson, E, E. Creative Chemistry: Descriptive of Recent Achieve- ments in the Chemical Industries. Demy 8vo. Pp. S811. 1921. University of London Press. 12s. 6d. Thorpe, Sir T. E. Historical Chemistry. 8vo. Pp. 614. 1911. 15s. ——nHistory of Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.’820. Watts... 58. - Tilden, Sir W. A. The Progress of Scientific Chemistry in Our Own Times: with Biographical Notices. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.378. 1913. Longmans. 8s. Essays in 3rd_ edn. Macmillan. Tilden, Sir W. A. Chemical Dis- covery and Invention in the Twen- tieth Century. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 503. 1919. Routledge. 12s. 6d- Famous Chemists: the Men and their Work. Demy8vo. Pp. 312. 1921. Routledge. 12s. 6d. ii. GENERAL. Abegs,R., and Herz, W. Practical Chemistry. Translated by H. T. Calvert. Cr.8vo. Pp.132. 1901.- Maemillan. 6s. Bailey, G. H. Elementary Chemis- try. Edited by W. Briggs. 4th edn. 8thimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 536. 1914. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. and Bausor, H. W. Chemistry for Matriculation. 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 556. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 8s. 6d. ——_——_————Senior Chemistry. 2nd edn. 5thimp. Cr.8yo. Pp. 526. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. ——and Briggs, W. The Tutorial Chemistry. Part 1. Non-Metals. 4th edn. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1918. 5s. Part 2. Metals. and Physical Chemistry. 3rd edn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 468. 1918. 6s. 6d. University Tutorial Press. Bassett, H. Ll. The Elements of Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 360. 1914. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Bausor, H. W. Senior Practical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 225. 1919. University Tutorial Press. As. a Bloxam,A.G., and Lewis, S.J. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. 10th edn. 8vo. Pp. 878. 19138. Churchill. 24s. 122 Chemistry Bruce, J., and Harper, H. Practical Chemistry. 2nd edn. NewImp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1919. Macmillan. és. Bryant, V. S. Laboratory Text- book of Chemistry. Part 1. Roy. 4to. Pp. 252. 1913. Churchill. 4s Cain, J. C. (edited by). Annual Reports of the Progress of Chemis- try for 1919. Issued by the Chemi- cal Society. Vol. 16. Demy 8vo. Pp. 243. 1920. Gurney and Jackson. 4s. 6d. Catechism Series. Chemistry. 2nd and 8rd Edns. 2 Parts. Revised by L.Dobbin. Part1. Inorganic. Part 2. Inorganic and Organic. Livingstone. 1s. 9d. each. Church, A. H., and Kinch, E. Laboratory Guide. A Manual of Practical Chemistry for Colleges and Schools, arranged for Agricul- tural Students. 9th edn. Post 8vo. 1912. Gurney and Jackson. 6s. 6d. Clowes, F., and Coleman, J. B. Elementary Practical Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Part 1. General Chemistry. 7thedn. Post Svo. Pp. 241. W919... 7s. 6d. Part 2. Analytical Chemistry. 9th edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 272. 1921. %s. 6d. Churchill. Donington, G.C. A Class Book of Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 546. 1916. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Dreaper, W.P. Notes on Chemical Research: An Account of Certain Conditions which Apply to Original Investigation. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1920. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Dunnicliff, H.B. Practical Chemis- try for Intermediate Classes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 290. 1918. Macmillan. 5s. Dunstan, A.E. Elementary Experi- mental Chemistry. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1918. Methuen. 8s. and Thole, F.B. A Text Book of Practical Chemistry for Technical Institutes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 358. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Dunstan, A.E. and Thole, F.B. A Senior Experimental Chemistry. ae Pp. 536. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Fenton, H. J. H. Chemistry. Part 1. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 424. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Fournier d’Albe, E. E. Contem- porary Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1911. Constable. 4s. Freund. I. The Experimental Basis. of Chemistry. Suggestions for a Series of Experiments Illustra- tive of the Fundamental Principles. of Chemistry. Edited by A. Hutchinson and M. B. Thomas. Demy 8vo. Pp. 424. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 30s. Gemmell, G. H. Chemical Notes: and Equations. Inorganic and Or- ganic. 2nd edn. Pp. 280. 1909. Bailliére. 5s. Outlines of Hale, A. J. Practical Chemistry for Engineering Students. new edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1920. Long- mans. 6s. 6d. Hendrick, E. Everyman’s Chemis- try: The Chemist’s Point of View and his Recent Work told for the Layman. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 329. 1919. University of London Press. 8s. 6d. Hood, G. F., and Carpenter, J. A. A Text-Book of Practical Chemis- Wy. Svo. Pp. 589. 1921. Churchill. 21s. Hughes, A.M. A Method of Teach- ing Chemistry in Schools. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1382. 1906. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 4s. 3d. Kingzett, C. T. Popular Chemical Dictionary. Demy 8vo. Pp. 874. 1920. Bailliére. 15s. Lewes, V.B.,and Brame, J.S.S. Service Chemistry: being A Short Manual of Chemistry and Metal- lurgy and their Application in the Naval and Military Services. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 576. 1920. Arnold. 21s. 128 Chemistry Ludiam, E. B., and Preston, H. Outlines of Experimental Chemis- try. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 100. 1917. E. Arnold. 2s. 6d. Martin,G. Chemical Lecture Charts. A Series of 36 Sheets, 40 by 30 inches, 60s.; backed with linen, 80s.; backed with linen, varnished and mounted on rollers, 126s. Sampson, Low. Meldola,R. Chemistry. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1913. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Muir, M.M.P. The Elements of Chemistry. 8vo. Pp.568. 1904. Churchill. 10s. 6d. and Carnegie, D. Practical Chemistry. A Course of Laboratory Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1887. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. Newth, G. S. Chemical Lecture Experiments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1918. Longmans. Qs. Elementary Practical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1919. Long- mans. 4s. Normandy, F. Sea Water Distilla- tion. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1909. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Oldham, F. M. The Complete School Chemistry. 14th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. O’Shea, L. T. Elementary Chemis- try for Coal-Mining Students. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3382. 1920. Longmans. 9s. Partridge, W. Aids to Chemistry. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1921, Bailliére. 6s. Perkin, F.M., and Jaggers, E.M. Text-Book of Elementary Chemis- try. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1916. Constable. 4s. Perkin, W. H. and Lean, B. An Introduction to Chemistry and Physics. New Imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 238. 1917. Macmillan. 5s. Pilcher, R. B. The Profession of Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 213. 1919. Constable. 6s. 6d. Remsen, I. College Text Book of Chemistry. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 726. 1912. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Robinson, W. Everyday Chemistry. Cr.8vo. Pp.144. 1920. Methuen, 3s. 6d. Roscoe, Sir H. E. Lessons in Elementary Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. Feap.8vo. Pp. 536. 1918. Macmillan. 6s. ——and Schorlemmer,C. A Com- plete Treatise on Inorganie and Organic Chemistry. 8vo. Vol. 1. The Non-Metallic Elements. 5th edn. Revised by J. C. Cain. Pp. 984. 1920. 380s. Vol. 2. The Metals.” 5th edn. Pp. 1,470. 1913. 40s. Vol.3. The Chemistry of the Hydro-Carbons and _ their Derivatives, or Organic Chemistry. Part 2. 2nd edn. Pp. 755. 1890. 21s. Part 3. 2nd edn. Pp. 433. 1891. 18s. Part 6. Pp. 582. 1892. 21s. Macmillan. Stewart, A. W. Chemistry and its Borderland. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1914. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Tilden, Sir W. A. A Primer of Chemistry. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 108. Dent. 2s. Tyler, E. A. A Junior Chemistry. lithedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.245. 1919. Methuen. 4s. Valentin, W. G. Practical Chemis- try. Revised by W. R. Hodgkin- son. 10th edn. S8vo. Pp. 496. 1908. Churchill. 12s. 6d. iii. ORGANIC AND INORGANIC FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS. Cohen, J. B. A Class Book of Organic Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Vol. 1. For First Year Medical Students. Pp. 352. 1919. Vol. 2. For Second Year Medical Stu- dents. Pp. 156. 1919. Mac- millan. 4s. 6d. each Vol. Cumming,A.C. Practical Chemis- try for Medical Students. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 178. 1920. Gurney and Jackson. 8s. 124 Chemistry —— Haas, P. Laboratory Notes on Organic Chemistry for Medical Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1910. Macmillan. 3s. Kellas, A. M. An Introduction to Practical Chemistry for Medical Students. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1909. Frowde and Hodder. 5s. A Manual of Practical Inorganic Chemistry for Medical Students. Svo. Pp. 355. 1910. Frowde and Hodder. 6s. An Introduction to Practical Organic Chemistry for Medical Students. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1920. Frowde and Hodder. 5s. Luff, A. P., and Candy, H.C. H. A Manual of Chemistry , Theoretical and Practical, Inorganic and Organ- ic, adapted to the requirements of Students of Medicine. 6th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 744. 1918. Cassell. 12s. 6d. Macbeth, A. K. Organic Chemistry for Medical, Intermediate Science and Pharmaceutical Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 246. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Myers, J. E., and Firth, J. B. Elementary Practical Chemistry for Medical and other Students. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 194. 1920. Griffin. 4s. 6d. Sargeant,F.P. Elementary Organic Chemistry, adapted for the use of Pharmaceutical and Medica] Stu- dents. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 107. 1919. Lewis. 4s. Walker, J. Organic Chemistry for Students of Medicine. 2nd edn. Med.8vo. Pp.244. 1919. Gurney and Jackson. 10s. 6d. Witthaus, R. A. Text-Book of Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic, with Toxicology. For Students of Medicine, Pharmacy, Dentistry and Biology. Revised by R. J. E. Scott. 7th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1919. Bale and Danielsson. 20s. 125 iv. CALCULATIONS AND REFERENCE BOOKS. Annual Tables of Constants and Numerical Data, Chemical, Phy - sical and Technological. Com- piled and published under the patronage of the International Asso- ciation of Academies. With a com- lete Table of Contents in the Eng- lish, French, German and Italian Languages. Vol.1. 4to. Pp. 766. (1910) 1912. 28s.6d. Vol. 2. 4to. Pp. 780. (1911) 1918. 28s.6d. Vol. 3. 4to. Pp. 648. (1912) 1914. 28s.6d. Churchill. Atack, F. W., and Whinyates, L. (edited by). The Chemists’ Year Book, 1921. 2 Vols. 18mo. Pp. 1,150. Sherrattand Hughes. 21s. Bausor, H. W. Chemical Calcula- tions. 2nd edn. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. 3s. Ad- vanced Course. Pp. 56. 1914. 1s. 9d. University Tutorial Press. Bayley, T. Pocket Book for Chem- ists, Chemical Manufacturers, Metallurgists, Dyers, Distillers, Brewers, etc. Edited by R. Ensoll. _ 8th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 441. 1919. Spon. 10s. 6d. Castell-Evans, J. Physico-Chemical Tables for the Use of Analysts, Physicists , Chemical Manufacturers, and Scientific Chemists. 2 Vols. Large8vo. 1920. Vol.1. Chem- ica] Engineering, Physical Chem- istry. Pp. 580. 36s. Vol. 2. Chemical Physics, Pure and Analy- tical Chemistry. Pp. 700. 45s. Griffin. Coward, H.F.,and Perkins, W.H. Exercises in Chemica! Calculation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. E. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Ensoll, R. Technical Chemists’ Pocket Book. Feap.8vo. Pp. 204. 1920. Spon. 8s. 6d. Everett, J.D. The C.G.S. System of Units, with Tables of Physical Constants. 5th edn. Globe 8vo. Pp. 308. 1902. Macmillan. 6s. Chemistry Kaye, G. W. C., and Laby, T. H. Tables of Physical and Chemical Constants, and Some Mathematical Functions. 4thedn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.170. 1921. Longmans. 14s. Knox, J. Elementary Chemical Theory and Calculations. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 109. 1920. Gurney and Jackson. As. Physico-Chemical Calculations. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.196. 1919. Methuen. 4s. 6d. Lupton, S. Elementary Chemical Arithmetic, with 1,200 Problems. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1920. Mac- millan. 5s. Thorpe, Sir T. E. Alcoholometric Tables. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1915. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Watts, H. Dictionary of Chemistry. Revised by M. M. Pattison Muir and H. Forster Morley. 4 Vols. 8vo. 1888—1894. Pp. 752., 760., 853., 922. Longmans. £6 16s. 6d. Whiteley, R. L. Chemical Calcula- tions: with Explanatory Notes, Problems, and Answers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1919. Longmans. 3s. Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M. Chemical Theory and Calculations. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. Constable. 4s. 6d. v. THEORETICAL AND PHYSICAL. a. Theoretical. Caven, R. M. The Foundations of Chemical Theory. An Introductory Text-book. Demy 8vo Pp. 274. 1920. Blackie. 12s. 6d. Cooke, J. B. The New Chemistry. lithedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.417. 1903. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Garrett, A. E. The Periodic Law. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Letts, E. A. Some Fundamental Problems of Chemistry, Old and New. Demy 8vo. Pp. 236. 1914. Constable. 8s. Martin,: G. Researches on the Affinities of the Elements and on the Causes of the Chemical Simi- larity or Dissimilarity of Elements and Compounds. S8vo. Pp. 300. 1905. Churchill. 16s. Muir, M.M.P. A Treatise on the Principles of Chemistry. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.517. 1889. Cam- bridge University Press. 18s. 6d. Nernst, W. Theoretical Chemistry. Revised in accordance with the latest German edition by L. Codd. In the Press. Macmillan. Ostwald, W. The Fundamental Principles of Chemistry. An Intro- duction to all Text-Books of Chem- istry. Translated by H. W. Morse. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1917. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Outlines of Genera! Chemistry. Translated by W. W.Taylor. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.596. 1912. Mac- millan. 21s. Ramsay,SirW. Modern Chemistry. Systematic. 5th edn. Pott 8vo. Pp.211. 1912. Dent. 1s. 9d. —— Modern Chemistry. Theoretical. 6th edn. Pott 8vo. Pp. 1383. 1917. Dent. Is. 9d. Experimental Proofs of Chemical Theory for Beginners. Pott. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1908. Macmillan. 3s. Roscoe, Sir H. E., and Harden, A. A New View of the Origin of Dalton’s Atomic Theory. 8vo. Pp. 202.1896. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Scott, A. An Introduction to Chem- ical Theory. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 272. 1911. Black. 5s. Tilden, Sir W.A. Introduction to the Study of Chemical Philosophy. The Principles of Theoretical and Systematic Chemistry. J1ith edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.874. 1912. Long- mans. 7s. 6d. Van ‘tHoff, J. H. Lectures on Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. Translated by R.A. Lehfeldt.3 vols. Demy 8vo. 1900. Vol. 1. Chem- | ical Dynamics. Pp. 254. 12s. Vol. 2. Chemical Statics. Pp. 156. 8s. 6d. Vol. 3. Relations between Properties and Composi- tion. Pp. 148. 8s. 6d. Arnold. 126 a ae Chemistry Van ‘tHoff, J.H. Chemistry in Space. Translated by J. E. Marsh. Cr.8vo. Pp.136. 1891. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. 6d. Wadmore,J.M. Elementary Chem- ical Theory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1911. Methuen. 5s. Watson, E. R. Colour in Relation to Chemical Constitution. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1918. Longmans. 12s. 6d. b. Physical Chemistry. Baly, E. G. C. Spectroscopy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 702. 1918. Longmans. 14s. Clibbens, D. A. The Principles of the Phase Theory. Heterogeneous Equilibria between Salts and their Aqueous Solutions. 8vo. Pp. 403. 1920. Macmillan. 25s: Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. The Viscosity of Liquids. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1914. Longmans. 5s. Fenton,H.J.H. Physical Chemistry for Schools. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 5s. 6d. Findlay, A. Practical Physical Chem- istry. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 343. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d. The Phase Rule and its Applica- tions. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.382. 1918. Longmans. 9s. —— Osmotic Pressure. 8vo. Pp..128. 1919. 7s. Firth, J. B. Practical Physical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1915. Methuen. 4s. 6d. Friend, J.N. The Theory of Valency. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.206. 1915. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Gray, F.W. A Manual of Practical Physical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1914. Macmillan. 4s, 6d. Hilditch, T.P. A First Year Phys- ical Chemistry. Cr.8vo. Pp. 196. 1912. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Jaques, A. Complex Ions in Aque- ous Solutions. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1914, Longmans. 6s. 2nd. edn. Longmans. Le Bas, G. The Molecular Volumes of Liquid Chemical Compounds, from the Point of View of Kopp. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1915. Longmans. 9s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R. A. A Text-book of Physical Chemistry. 2nd imp. Cr.S8vo. Pp.320. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Lewis, W. C.McC. A System of Physical Chemistry. 3rd edn. 38 vols. 8vo. Vol.1. Kinetic Theory. Pp. 494. 1920. 15s. Vol. 2. Thermo-dynamics. Pp. 462. 1920. 15s. Vol. 3. Quantum Theory. Pp.218. 1919. 7s. 6d. Longmans. Loring, F. H. Studies in Valency. Demy 8vo. Pp. 56. 1913. Simp- kin, Marshall. 8s. Optical Rotatory Power. A General Discussion. Faraday Society, Re- port, 1914. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 1914. Faraday Society. 7s. 6d. Philip, J. C. Physical Chemistry: its Bearing on Biology and Medi- cine. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 334. 1913. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Prideaux, E. B. R. Problems in Physical Chemistry with Practical .Applications. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.3806. 1920. Constable. 18s. Redgrove, H.S. On the Calculation of Thermo-Chemical Constants. Demy 8vo. Pp. 106. 1909. Arnold. 6s. Sackur, O. A Text-book of Thermo- Chemistry and Thermodynamics. Translated and revised by G. E. Gibson. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1917. Macmillan. 12s. Senter, G. Outlines of Physical Chemistry. S8thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1920. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Sheppard, S. E. Photo-Chemistry. New edition in preparation. Long- mans. Spencer, J. F. An Experimental Course of Physical Chemistry. 2 Vols. Cr. 8vo. 1911. Vol. 1. Statical Experiments. Pp. 228. Vol. 2. Dynamical Experiments. Pp. 256. Bell. 4s. 6d. each. 127 Chemistry Stewart, A.W. Recent Advances in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Longmans. 18s. —— Stereochemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 294. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Thomsen, J. ‘Thermochemistry. Translated by K. A. Burke. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1908. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Thomson, Sir J. J. Application of Dynamics to Physics and Chem- istry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1888. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Turner, W. E.S. Molecular Asso- ciation. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1915. Longmans. 7s. Walker, J. Introduction to Physical Chemistry. 8th edn. 8vo. Pp. 433. Macmillan. 16s. Whetham, W. C.D. A Treatise on the Theory of Solution, including the Phenomena of Electrolysis. Demy 8vo. new edition in prepara- tion. Cambridge University Press. Willows, R. S., and Hatschek, E. Surface Tension and Surface Energy, and their Influence on Chemical Phenomena. 2nd edn. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 123. 1919. Churchill. 5s. Wurtz, Prof. The Atomic Theory. Translated by E. Cleminshaw. Sthedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.354. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Young, S. Stoichiometry. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1918. Longmans. 12s. 6d. c. Colloids. Burton, E. F. The Physical Pro- perties of Colloidal Solutions. New edition in preparation. Longmans. Hatschek, E. An Introduction to the Physics and Chemistry of Colloids. 8rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 126. 1919. Churchill. 5s. Laboratory Manual of Elemen- tary Colloid Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.135. 1920. Churchill. 6s.6d. Poschl, V.. The Chemistry of the Colloids. Translated by H. H. Hodgson. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1917. Griffin. 4s. Rohland, P. The Colloidal and Crystalloidal State of Matter. Translated from the German by H. E. Potts and W. J. Breitland. key Pp.54. 1911. Constable. Ss. 6d. Searle, A.B. The Use of Colloids in Health and Disease. Demy 8vo. Pj). 127. 1920. Constable. 8s. Svedberg, T. The Formation of Colloids. Cr.8vo. Pp. 127. 1921. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Taylor, W. W. The Chemistry of Colloids . and Some Technica! Appli- cations. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1918. Arnold. 8s. 6d. d. Catalysis. Henderson, G. G. Catalysis Industrial Chemistry. 8vo. 212. 1919. Longmans. 10s. Jobling, E. Catalysis and Its Industrial Applications. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.152. 1920. Church- ilf. Ye. Gd. Maxted, E. B. Catalytic Hydro- genation and Reduction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1919. Churchill. 5s. Rideal, E. K., and Taylor, H. S. Catalysis in Theory and Practice. 8vo. Pp. 502. 1919. Macmillan. 17s. in Pp. e. Ferments. Oppenheimer, C. Ferments and their Actions. A Text-book on the Chemistry and Physics of Fermen- tative Changes. Translated by C. A. Mitchell. 2ndedn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. Schutzenberger, Prof. Fermenta- tion. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 339. 1908. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. f. Electrolysis. Allmand, A. J. The Principles of Applied Electro-Chemistry. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 547. 1920. Arnold. 25s. 128 Silat ST aie a Chemistry Elbs, K. Electrolytic Preparations. Exercises for Use in the Laboratory by Chemists and Electro-Chemists. Translated by R.S. Hutton. Demy S8vo. Pp.110. 1903. Arnold. 6s. Hale, A. J. The Applications of Electrolysis in Chemical Industry. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1918. Longmans. 8s. : The Manufacture of Chemicals by Electrolysis. DemyS8vo. Pp.92. 1919. Constable. 6s. Lehfeldt, R. A., and Moore, T.S. Electro-Chemistry. Part 1. Gen- eral Theory. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 278. 1920. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Rideal, E. K. Ozone. (Electro- Chemistry). Demy 8vo. Pp. 207. 1920. Constable. 12s. ‘vi. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Caven, R. M., and Lander, G. D. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry from the Standpoint of the Periodic Law. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 383. 1919. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Claude, G. Liquid Air, Oxygen. Nitrogen. Translated by H. E. P. Cottrell. New edition in preparation. Churchill. Dupré, A., and Hake, W. A Short Manual of Inorganic Chemistry. 3rd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. 1908. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Friend, J. N. (edited by) A Text- book of Inorganic Chemistry. 10 vols. Med. 8vo. Vol. 1. Introduction to Modern Inor- ganic Chemistry, by J. N. Friend, H. F. V. Little, W. E. S. Turner. The Inert Gases, by H. V. A. Briscoe. 8rd _ edn. Pp. 400. 1919. 12s. 6d. Vol.2. The Alkali Metals, in preparation. vor. &. The Alkaline Earth Metals, in preparation. Vol. 4. Aluminium and its Congen- ers, including the Rare Earth Metals, by H. F.V. Little. Pp. 495. 1917. 16s. Vol. 5. Carbon and its Allies, by R. M. Caven. pare eee, TOIT. Ase. Volt. 6. Nitrogen and its Congeners, in prep- aration. Vol. 7. Sulphur and its Congeners, in preparation. Vol. 8. The Halogens and their Allies, by G. Martin, and E. A. Daneaster. 2ndedn. Pp.355. 1919. 12s. 6d. Vol. 9. Part 1. Cobalt, Nickel and the Elements of the Platinum Group, by J. N. Friend. Pp. 385. 1920. 18s. Vol.9. Part2. Iron and Its Compounds, by J. N. Friend. Pp. 290. 1921. 18s. Vol. 10. The Metal Ammines, in preparation. Griffin. Hart-Smith, J. Recent Discoveries in Inorganic Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 102. 1919. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 4s. 6d. Hooton, W.M. Inorganic Chemistry . 7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. E. Arnold. 5s. Jago, W. Inorganic Chemistry, Theoretical and Practical. 8vo. Pp. 466. 1918. 4s. 6d. Inorganic Chemistry, Theoret- ical and Practical. A Manual for Students in Advanced Classes. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1911. Longmans. fs. Jeffery, F. H. Notes on Elementary Inorganic Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 55. 1914. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 3s. Jones,C. Practical Inorganic Chem- istry. Gl. Svo. Pp. 250. 1911. Maemillan. 3s. Kipping, F.S., and Perkin, W.H. Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 751. Chambers. 8s. 6d. Levy, S.I. The Rare Earths: Their Occurrence, Chemistry. and Tech- nology. New edn. in preparation. Arnold. Lewis, E. I. Inorganic Chemistry. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 458. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 9s. Lowson, W. Preparations and Exer- Feap. Longmans. cises in Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1914. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Ludlam,E.B. Outlines of Inorganic Chemistry, with special reference to its Historical Development. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1917. E. Arnold. 5s. 129 oO Chemistry Mellor, J. W. An Introduction to Modern Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 700. 1919. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. New edn. 8vo. Pp. 930. 1921. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Newth, G. S. A _ Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 738. 1920. Longmans. 9s. Oscroft,P.W. Inorganic Chemistry for Upper Forms. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 504. 1919. Bell. 6s. Ostwald, W. The Principles of Inorganic Chemistry. Translated by A. Findlay. 4thedn. Svo. Pp. 836. 1914. Maemillan. 21s. Partington, J. R. A Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry for University Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1,076. 1921. Macmillan. 25s. Perkin, F. M. Practical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry. Cr.8vo. Pp. 163. 1906. Constable. 3s. 6d. Price, T. S. Per-acids and their Salts... Svo.: Pp. 180... 10%2, Longmans. 5s. Remsen, I. An Introduction to the Study of Chemistry: Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 604. 1910. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. A Text-book of Inorganic Chem- istry. 8vo. Pp.876. 1907. Mac- millan. 18s. Roscoe, Sir H.E., and Harden, A. Inorganic Chemistry for Advanced Students. 2ndedn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1915. Macmillan. 5s. and Lunt, J. Inorganic Chem- istry for Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 266. 1920. Mac- millan. 3s. 6d. Senter,G. A Text-book of Inorgan- -ie Chemistry. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 631. 1919. Methuen. 8s. 6d. Shenstone, W. A. Elements of Inorganic Chemistry. Revised by R.G. Durrant. 6thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.538. 1919. E.Arnold. 6s. 6d. Spencer, J. F. The Metals of the Rare Earths. 8vo. Pp.289. 1919. Longmans. 13s. Teed, P. L. The Chemistry and Manufacture of Hydrogen. Demy 8vo. Pp. 159. 1919. Arnold. 10s. 6d. ! Walker, J. Inorganic Chemistry. 12thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.327. 1919. Bell. 5s. Whiteley, R.L. An Elementary Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1911. Methuen. 5s. vii. LABORATORY WORK AND ARTS. Dunnicliff, H.B. Laboratory Glass- ware Economy: a Practical Manual on the Renovation of Broken Glass Apparatus. Gl. Svo. Pp. 104, 1919. Macmillan. 4s. Munby,A.E.* Laboratories: their Planning and Fittings. Roy. 8vo, Pp. 239. 1921. Bell. 25s. Shenstone, W. A. The Methods of Glass-Blowing and of Working Silica in the Oxy-gas Flame for the use of Chemical and Physical Stu- dents. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1918. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Woollatt, G. H. Laboratory Arts: A Teacher’s Handbook dealing with Materials and Tools used in the Construction, Adjustment, and Re- pair of Scientific Instruments. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1918. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Yates, R. F. The Home Chemical Laboratory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 127. 1920. Frowde & Hodder. 4s. 6d. viii. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Adie, R. H. Introduction to the Carbon Compounds. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1912. University Tutorial Press. 4s. Armstrong, E. F. The Simple Car- bo-hydrates and the Glucosides. 8rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1919. Longmans. 18s. Barnett, E. de B. The Preparation of Organic Compounds. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 290. 1920. Churchill. 10s. 6d. 130 ee = 5 Sete pom temeapia gS Csi = Pinan me rte | it Paitin atm i | a ae Chemistry Barnett, E.de B. A Text-book of Organic Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 392. 1920. Churchill. 15s. Bernthsen, A. A _ Text-book of Organic Chemistry. Translated from the German. Edited by J. J. Sudborough. New edn. Cr. 8vo. _Pp.735. 1920. Blackie. 10s. 6d. Cohen, J. B. Organic Chemistry for Advanced Students. 38rdedn.3 vols. Demy 8vo. 1920. Vol. 1. Reactions. Pp. 374. Vol. 2. Structure. Pp. 442. Vol. 8. Synthesis. Pp.385. Arnold. 18s. each. Practical Organic Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1920. Macmillan. As. Theoretical Organic Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 620. 1920. Mac- millan. 7s. Clarke,H.T. An Introduction to the Study of Organic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1914. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Dunstan ,A.E. A First Year Course of Organic Chemistry: The Ali- phatic Compounds. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1919. Methuen. 4s. Fischer, E. Introduction to the Preparation of Organic Compounds. Translated by R. V. Stanford. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 175. 1909. Williams & Norgate. 5s. Hale, A. J. The Synthetic Use of Metals in Organic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 169. 1914. Churchill. 6s. Hilditch, T. P. A Third Year Course of Organic Chemistry. The Heterocyclic Compounds, Carbo- hydrates, and Terpenes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 424. 1914. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Keane,C.A. Modern Organic Chem- istry. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. ‘Ts. 6d. Lewis, E.I. The Elements of Organ- ic Chemistry. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1919. University Tutor- ial Press. 4s. Maclean, H. Lecithin and Allied Substances. The Lipins. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 214. 1918. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Meldola,R. The Chemical Synthesis of Vital Products and the Inter-rela- tions between Organie Compounds. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 3388. 1904. Arnold. 21s. Morgan, G.T. Organic Compounds of Arsenic and Antimony. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1918. Longmans. 17s. 6d. Neave, G. B., and Heilbron, I. M. The Identification of Organie Com- pounds. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1920. Constable. 4s. 6d. Perkin, W. H., and Kipping, F.S. Organic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 684. 1914. Chambers. 8s. 6d. Pope, F. G. Modern Research in Organic Chemistry. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 386. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Price, T. S., and Twiss, D. F. A Course of Practical Organic Chem- istry. S8vo. Pp. 254. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Richter, V. Organic Chemistry, or Chemistry of the Carbon Compounds. Vol. 1. Chemistry of the Aliphatic Series. Newly translated by P. E. Spielmann. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 735. 1919. Kegan Paul. 25s. Stewart, A.W. Recent Advances in Organic Chemistry. 4thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 375. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Sudborough, J. J., and James, T.C. Practical Organic Chemistry . Cr.8vo. Pp.380. 1920. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Thole, F. B. A Second Year Course of Organic Chemistry. The Carbo- Cyclic Compounds. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 194. 1912. Methuen. 4s. 6d. Titherley, A. W. A _ Laboratory Course of Organic Chemistry: in- cluding Qualitative Organic Anal- ysis. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1920. Geo. Philip. 6s. 6d. Wade, J. Introduction to the Study of Organic Chemistry. A Theoret- ical and Practical Text-book for Students in the Universities and Technical Schools. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 646. 1920. Allen & Unwin. 8s. 6d. 131 Chemistry Williams, H. E. The Chemistry of Cyanogen Compounds and their Manufacture and Estimation. 8vo. Pp.432.1915. Churchill. 12s. 6d. Wren, H. The Organometallic Com- pounds of Zinc and Magnesium. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1913. Gurney & Jackson. 2s. 6d. ix. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. a. General. Allen’s Commercial Organic Anal - ysis. A Treatise on the Properties, Proximate Analytical Examina- tions, and Modes of Assaying the various Organic Chemicals and Pro- ducts employed in the Arts, Manu- factures, Medicines. ete. With Concise Methods for the Detection and Determination of their Impur- ities, Adulteration, and Products of Decomposition. By various Special- ists. Edited by W. A. Davis, H. Leffmann, and S. S. Sadtler. 4th edn, 9 Vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 586. 1909. 28s. Vol.2. Pp.530. 1910. 28s. Vol.3. Pp.645.1910. 28s. Vol.4. Pp.474. 1910. 28s. Vol. 5. Pp. Tiss 1911. 288. Vor. 6. Pp. 786.. 1912. 28s. Vol. 7. Pp. 574. 1918. 28s. Vol. 8. Pp. 696. 1914. 28s. Vol. 9. Bringing up-to-date the articles in the 8 volumes, and with index for the complete 9 volumes. Pp. 854. 1917. 33s. Churchill. Arup, P. S._ Industrial Organic Analysis for the use of Technical and Analytical Chemists and Stu- dents. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 484. 1920. Churchill. 12s. 6d. Baker, T.T. The Spectroscope: Its Uses in General Analytical Chem- istry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 138. 1907. Bailliére. 5s. Barger, G. The Simpler Natural Bases. New edition in prepara- tion. Longmans. Candy, H. C.H. Introduction to Chemical Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1905. Churchill. 3s. 6d. Clarke, H. T. A Handbook of Or- ganic Analysis: Qualitative and Quantitative. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1920. Arnold. 6s. 6d. ‘Landauer ;*ae Forster, E.L.B. Analytical Chem- istry as a Profession for Women. Pocket size. Pp. 185. 1920. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Gardiner, G. G. Chemical Analy- sis, Qualitative and Quantitative. A Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges. Post 8vo. Pp. 491. 1914. Black. 7s. 6d. Henderson, G.G., and Parker, M. A. An Introduction to Analytical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1919. Blackie. 5s. Johnson, A.E. The Analyst’s Lab- oratory Companion: A Collection of Tables and Data for Chemists and Students. 5thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 185. 1921. Churchill. 10s. 6d. Krauch, C. Testing of Chemical Reagents for Purity. Their Uses, Methods of Testing for Purity and Commercial Varieties. Translated © from the German. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 368. 1919. Seott, Greenwood. 17s. 6d. Blowpipe Analysis. English Edition by J. Taylor. 38rd edn. Gl. Svo. Pp. 190. 1901. Maemillan. 4s. 6d. Lunge, G. (edited by). Tech- nical Methods of Chemical Analysis. English translation edited by C. Keane. 6 vols. Roy. S8vo. New edition in preparation. Gurney & Jackson. Muter,J. Short Manual of Analyti- cal Chemistry. Qualitative and Quantitative , Inorganic and Organ- ic. Edited by J. Thomas. 10th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1915. Bailliére. 8s. 6d. Newth,G.S. A Manual of Chemical » Analysis. Qualitative and Quanti- tative. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 488. 1919. Longmans. 9s. 6d. —-—.- Smaller Chemical Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1919. Longmans. Ostwald, W. Scientific Foundations: of Analytical Chemistry. Trans- lated by G. McGowan. 3rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.272. 1908. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. 132 mel DAY a —e ~ eS SN ASS EEE ALL LOS eae aD Cale tO LRA TAIG GP MLS AC Ae ATTY WD -_Jee i . wis - Chemistry Prost, E. Manual of Chemical Anal- ysis, as applied to the Assay of Fuels, Ores, Metals, Alloys, Salts and other Mineral Products. Trans- lated fromthe German. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1904. Scott, Green- wood. 14s. 6d. Tosnoli,E. Reagents and Reactions. _ Translated from the Italian by C. A. Mitchell. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1918. Churchill. 6s. b. Qualitative Analysis. Briggs, W., and Stewart, R. W. Qualitative Analysis. 32rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1920. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. 4s. 6d. Brown, J. C., and Bengough, G. D. Practical Chemistry , Qualitative _ Exercises and Analytical Tables for Students. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1913. Churchill. 2s. 6d. Caven, R. M. Systematic Qualita- tive Analysis for Students of Inor- ganic Chemistry. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1919. Blackie. 5s. Clowes, F. Qualitative Analysis and Practical! Chemistry. 9th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 400. 1920. Churchill. 12s. 6d. Fenton, H. J.H. Notes on Qualita- tive Analysis. new edn. Cr. 4tu. Pp. 161. 1920. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 8s. Fresenius. T.W. Introduction to Qualitative Chemical Analysis. 17th edn. of the original work , translated hy C.A. Mitchell. Demy 8vo. Pp. 974, 1921. Churchill. 36s. Highton, H.P. An Introduction to Qualitative Analysis. 3rd Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1908. ington. 4s. Hooton, W. M. Qualitative and Volumetric Analysis. Demy 8vo. Pp.90. 1915. E. Arnold. 38s. 6d. Perkin, F.M. Qualitative Chemical Analysis. Organie and Inorganic. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1920. Longmans. 9s. imp. Riv- ‘Crookes, Sir W. Robertson, P. W., and Burleigh, D. H. Qualitative Analysis in Theory and Practice. 8vo. Pp. 63. 1920. Arnold. 4s. 6d. Sexton, A. H. Outlines of Qualita- tive Analysis: for the Use of Stu- dents. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.191. 1903. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Shepherd, J.W. Qualitative Deter- mination of Organic Compounds. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1918. Uni- versity Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Stieglitz, J. Elements of Qualita- tive Chemical Analysis. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. Funda- mental Principles and their Applica- tion. Pp. 312. Vol. 2. Labora- tory Manual. Pp. 152. Bell. 8s. 6d. each. Thole, F. B. Qualitative Organic Analysis. Cr.8vo. Pp.78. 1912. Methuen. 2s. 6d. Thorpe, Sir T.E.,and Muir, M.M. P. Qualitative Chemica] Analysis and Laboratory Practice. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1909. Longmans. 5s. 6d. Weston, F. E. A Scheme for the Detection of the More Common Classes of Carbon Compounds. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1919. Longmans. 4s. 6d. c. Quantitative Analysis. Auld, S. J. M. An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 215. 1912. Methuen. 6s. Bailey, G. H. Elements of Quanti - tative Analysis. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1905. Macmillan. 5s. Briggs, W., and Bausor, H. W. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. 2ndimp. Cr.8vo. Pp.130. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 3s. Clowes, F., and Coleman, J. B. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Adapted for Use in the Laboratories of Colleges and Technical Institutes. lith edn. 8vo. Pp. 604. 1918. Churchill. 18s. Select Methods in Chemical Analysis (chiefly Inor- ganic). 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 762. 1905. Longmans. 22s. 6d, 133 Chemistry Cumming, A. C., and Kay, S.A. A Text-hook of Quantitative Chem- ical Analysis. 3rdedn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 1,432. 1919. Gurney & Jack- son. 15s. Highton, H. P. An Introduction to Practical Quantitative Analysis. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.223. 1906. Rivington. 4s. Kingscott, P. C. R., and Knight, R.S.G. Methods of Quantitative Organic Analysis. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1914. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Mellor, J.W. A Treatise on Quanti- ’ tative Inorganic Analysis: with special Reference to the Analysis of Clays, Silicates, ete. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Schoeller,W.R.,and Powell A.R. The Analysis of Minerals and Ores of the Rarer Elements, for Analytical Chemists, Metallurgists and Ad- vanced Students. Med.8vo. Pp. 249. 1919. Griffin. 16s. 4 Sexton, A.H. Outlines of Quantita- tive Analysis: for the Use of Stu- dents. 5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 148. 1907. Griffin. 3s. d. Volumetric Analysis. Berry, A. J. Volumetric Analysis. Demy 8vo. Pp.146. 1915. Cam- bridge University Press. 8s. 6d. Briggs, W., and Bausor, H. W. Senior Volumetric Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 68. 1913. University Tutorial Press. 2s. 3d. Coppock , J.B. Volumetric Analysis, adapted to the Requirements of Students entering for the Internal and External Examinations of Schools, Institutes, Colleges, and Universities. 2nd edn. Cr. &vo. Pp.100. 1920. Pitman. 3s. 6d. Hampshire,C.H. Volumetric Anal- ysis for Students of Pharmaceutical and General Chemistry. 38rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.124. 1921. Church- ill. 7s. 6d. : Knecht, E., and Hibbert, E. New Reduction Methods in Volumetrie Analysis. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1918. Longmans. 5s. Prideaux, E.B.R. The Theory and Use of Indicators. An Account of the Chemical Equilibria of Acids, Alkaloids, and Indicators in Aque- ous Solution, with Applications. Demy Svo. Pp. 390. 1917. Con- stable. 12s. 6d. Richards, P.A.E. Practical Chem- istry, including Simple Volumetric Analysis and Toxicology. #@rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.157. 1920. Bailliére. 5s. Sutton, F. A Systematic Handbook of Volumetric Analysis. 11th edi- tion in preparation. Churchill. Thornton, A., and Pearson, M. Notes on Volumetric Analysis. Med. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1918. Longmans, 3s. 6d. x. BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSIO- LOGICAL CHEMISTRY. Arrhenius, S. Quantitative Laws in Biological Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp.164. 1915. Bell. 7s. 6d. Bertrand, G., and Thomas, P. Practical Biological Chemistry. Translated from the 3rd French edition by H. A. Colwell. Demy 8vo. Pp. 379.1920. Bell. 10s. 6d. Cathcart, E.P, The Physiology of Protein Metabolism. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 184. 1921. Long- mans. 12s. 6d. Cole, S. W. Practical Physiological Chemistry. Introduction by F. G. Hopkins. 6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 426. 1920. Heffer. 16s. Cramer, W. Directions for a Prac- tical Course in Chemical Physiology . 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.145. 1920. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Griffiths, A. B. Respiration Pro- teids. Researches in Biological Chemistry. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1897. Lovell, Reeve. 6s. Jones, W. Nucleic Acids. Their Chemical Properties and Physio- logical Conduct. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 158. 1920. Longmans. 9s. 134 Chemistry Moore, B. Biochemistry. A Study of the Origin, Reactions and Equi- libria of Living Matter. Demy 8vo. Pp. 348. 1921. Arnold. 21s. Milroy, J.A.and T.H. Practical Physiological Chemistry. 3rd edn. in preparation. W. Green. Plimmer, R. H. A. The Chemical Changes and Products Resulting from Fermentation. 8vo. Pp.190. 1903. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Practical Organic and Bio- Chemistry. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 648. 1918. Longmans. 21s. The Chemical Constitution of the Proteins. Two Parts. Partl. Analysis. 8rdedn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. Ba.) 19017, Vs. > Part 2... New edn. in preparation. Longmans. Schryver,S.B. An Introduction to the Study of Biological Chemistry. Cr.8vo. Pp.340. 1919. Jack.é6s. xi. PLANT CONSTITUENTS. Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J. Cellulose: An Outline of the Chem- istry of the Structural Elements of Plants. With reference to their natural history and industrial uses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 868. 1918. Long- mans. 14s. 6d. 135 Cross, C. F., and Bevan,E. J. Researches on Cellulose, 1900- 1905. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.196. 1913. Longmans. 9s. Researches on Cellulose, 1905- 1910. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1912. Longmans. 9s... Haas, P., and Hill, T. G. An Introduction to the Chemistry of Plant Products. Vol. 1. On the Nature and Significance of. the Commoner Organic Compounds of Plants. 3rdedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 428. 1921. Longmans.: 16s. Henry, T. A. The Plant Alkaloids. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1918. Churchill. 21s. Onslow, M. W. Practical Plant Biochemistry. Roy.8vo. Pp.182. 1920. Cambridge University Press . 15s. Osborne, T. B. The Vegetable Proteins. Roy. Svo. Pp. 140. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Sohn, C. E. Dictionary of the Active Principles of Plants, Alka- loids, Bitter Principles , Glucosides ; their Sources , Nature and Chemical Characteristics, etc. Oblong 4to. Pp. 201. 1894. Bailliére. 5s. APPLIED AND INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY. i. GENERAL—INCLUDING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Allen, A. F. An Introduction to Chemical Engineering. An Ele- mentary Text-book for the use of Students and users of Chemical Machinery. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Blount, B., and Bloxam, A. G. Chemistry for Engineers and Manu- facturers. 2 vols. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Vol. 1. Chemistry of Engin- eering, Building, and Metallurgy. Pp. 405. 1918. 14s. Vol. 2. Chemistry of Manufacturing Pro- cesses. Pp. 528. 1918. 16s. Griffin. Buhler, F. A. Filters and Filter Presses for the Separation of Liquids and Solids. With additional matter relating to the Theory of Filtration in Sugar Factories and Refineries. By J.J. Eastick. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Norman Rodger. 15s. Chemical Manufacturers’ Direc- tory of England, Wales and Scot - land for 1921. 8vo. Pp. 250. (April) 1921. Simpkin. 4s. 6d. Chemical Trade Year Book and Buyers’ Guide, 1920. In- corporating the Chemical Trade Directory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 220. 1920. Bandon & Morris. 10s. Dyson, S.S., and Clarkson, S.S. Chemical Works: Their Design, Erection, and Equipment. Roy. 8vo. Pp.207. 1912. Scott. Green- wood. 25s. Findlay, A. Chemistry in the Ser- vice of Man. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Grossmann, J. The Elements of Chemical Engineering. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 162. 1913. Griffin. 4s. Hausbrand, E. Drying by Means of Air and Steam. Translated by A. - C. Wright. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Evaporating, Condensing, and Cooling Apparatus: Explanations, Formule and Tables tor Use in Practice. Translated by A. C. Wright. 2ndedn. Demy 8svo. Pp. 428. 1919. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Hinchiey, J.W. Chemical Engineer- ing. Notes on Grinding, Sifting, Separating and Transporting Solids. Cr.8vo. Pp.112. 1914. Churchill. 2s. 6d. Lunge, G. The Technical Chemists’ Handbook. Tables and Methods of Analysis for Manufacturers of Inor- ganic Chemical Products. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1916. Gurney & Jackson. 10s. 6d. Marlow, T. G. Drying Machinery and Practice. The Theory and Practice of Drying and Desiccating with description of Machinery and Apparatus. 2nd edn. in prepara- tion. Crosby Lockwood. Martin, G., assisted by various Specialists. Industrial and Man- ufacturing Chemistry. Roy. 8vo. Vol.1. Organic. 5thedn. Pp. 750. 1920. 36s. Vols.2&3. 3rd imp. Inorganic. Pp. 515., 498. 1920. 28s. each Vol. Crosby Lockwood. 136 f c -- Applied and Industrial Chemistry Molinari, E. Treatise on General and Industrial Inorganic Chemistry . Translated from the Italian by T. H. Pope. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 896. 1920. Churchill. 42s. Treatise on General and Indus- trial Organic Chemistry. Trans- lated from the 3rd Italian edition by T.H. Pope. Part 1. Roy. 8vo. Pp.471. 1921. Churchill. 30s. Pilcher, R. B., and Butler -Jones, F. What Industry Owes to Chem- ical Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 166. 1918. Constable. 4s. Thorne, P.C.L. Chemistry from the Industrial Standpoint. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1919. Hodder and Stoughton. 4s. 6d. Thorpe, Sir T.E., assisted by em - inent Contributors. A Dictionary of Applied Chemistry. Revised and enlarged edn.in 6 or 7 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. A to Calcium. Pp. 762. 1921. Vol.2. Calculito Explosion. Pp. 725. 1921. Longmans. 60s. each vol. . Tinkler, C. K., and Master, H. Applied Chemistry: A_ Practical Handbook for Students of House- hold Science and Public Health. Vol. 1. Water, Detergents. Tex- tiles, Fuels, etc. Med. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Training and Work of the Chem- ical Engineer, The. Faraday Society Report, 1917. Demy 8vo. Pp. 60. 1917. Faraday Society. 2s. 6d. Villavecchia, V. (edited by). assist- ed by Nine Specialists. Treatise on Applied Analytical Chemistry. Translated by T. H. Pope. 8vo. 1918. Vol. 1. Pp. 492. 21s. Vol. 2. Pp. 552. 25s. Churchill. Wagner, R. Manual of Chemical Technology. Translated and Edited by Sir W. Crookes from the 13th German edition as remodelled by F. Fischer. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. 44 .992. Reprinted 1904. Churchill. ii. WATER. Coux, H. de la. The Industrial Uses of Water, Composition, Effects, Troubles, Remedies, Residuary Waters, Purification, Analysis. Translated. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 304. 1903. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Mitchell,C.A. Mineral and Aerated Waters. and the Machinery for their Manufacture. Demy 8vo. Pp.241. 1913. Constable. 9s. Paul, J. H. Boiler Chemistry and Feed Water Supplies. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1919. Longmans. 14s. Wilson, H. M., and Calvert, H. T. A Text-Book on Trade Waste Waters. Their Nature and Dis- posal. Med. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1918. Griffin. 21s. iii FERMENTATION : BREW- ING: ALCOHOL. Baker, J.L. The Brewing Industry. Cr.8vo. Pp.191. 1905. Methuen. 58. Bater, C.H. Brewing Calculations, Gauging and Tabulation, Formulz, Tables, and General Information for Brewers, etc. 64mo. Pp. 340. 1914. Spon. 2s. Brown, A. J. Laboratory Studies for Brewing Students, a Systematic Course of Practical Work in the Scientific Principles underlying the Processes of Malting and Brewing. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1904. Longmans. 9s. Chapman, A.C. Brewing. Roy. 16émo. Pp. 139. 1912. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Harden, A. Alcoholic Fermenta- tion. New Edition in preparation. Longmans. Jérgensen, A. Micro-Organisms and Fermentation. Translated by S.H. Davies. 5thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 500. 1911. Griffin. 18s. 137 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Lafar, F. Technical Mycology: The Utilisation of Micro-organisms in the Arts and Manufactures. Trans- lated by C. T. C. Salter. 2 vols. Large 8vo. Vol. 1.,° Schizomy- cetic Fermentation. Pp. 828. 1910. 18s. Vol. 2., Eumycetic Fermentation. Pp. 568. 1911. 30s. Griffin. McIntosh, J.G. Industrial Aleohol. A Practical Manual on the Produc- tion and Use of Alcohol for Indus- trial Purposes and for Use as a Heating Agent, as an [lluminant and as a Source of Motive Power. Demy Svo. Pp. 250. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Matthews, C. G. Manual of Alco- holic Fermentation and the Allied Industries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 811. 1901. Arnold. &s. 6d. and Lott, F. E. The Microscope in the Brewery and Malthouse. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1899. Allen and Unwin. 2ls. Mitchell, C. A. Vinegar: Its Manu- facture and Examination. Large Cr.8vo. Pp.217. 1916. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Rideal, S., and others. The Carbo- hydrates and Alcohol. Demy 8vo. Pp.234. 1920. Bailliére.12s.6d. Simmonds, C. Alcohol. Its Pro- duction , Properties, Chemistry , and Industrial Applications , with Chap- ters on Methyl Alcohol, Fusel Oil, and Spirituous Beverages. 8vo. Pp. 594. 1919. Macmillan. 21s. Sykes, W. J. Principles and Prac- tice of Brewing. For the Use of Students and Practical Men. Re- vised by A.R.Ling. 3rdedn. Pp. 606. 1907. Griffin. 25s. Wright, H. E. A Handy Book for Brewers. A Practical Guide to the Art of Brewing and Malting. 3rd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 578. 1907. Crosby Lockwood. 14s. iv. SUGAR AND ITS MANU- FACTURE. Geerligs, H. C. P. Methods of Chemical Control in Cane Sugar Factories. new edn. Roy. 8vo. 1917. Norman Rodger. 10s. Geerligs,H.C.P. Practical White Sugar Manufacture directly from the Cane. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 177. 1915. Norman Rodger. 12s. Cane Sugar and Its Manufacture. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1909. Norman Rodger. 12s. The World’s Cane Sugar Indus- try. Past and Present. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1912. Nor- man Rodger. 12s. Harloff,W.H.T. and Schmidt, H. Plantation White Sugar Manu- facture. Translated from the Dutch by J.P. Ogilvie. Cr.8vo. Pp. 140. 1918. Norman Rodger. 7s. 6d. Heriot, T. H. P. The Manufacture of Sugar from the Cane and Beet. Demy 8vo. Pp. 436. 1920. Longmans. 24s. ——Science in Sugar Production: An Introduction to the Methods of Chemical Control]. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 104, 1917. Norman Rodger. 6s. Koppeschaar, E. Evaporation in the Cane and the Beet Sugar Factory. A Theoretical and Practi- cal Treatise. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1914. Norman Rodger. 7s. 6d. McIntosh, J. G. The Technol of Sugar: Practical Treatise on the Modern Methods of Manufacture of Sugar from the Sugar Cane and Sugar Beet. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 540. 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 14s..6d. Mackenzie, J. E. The Sugars and their Simple Derivatives. Med. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1918. Gurney and Jackson. 7s. 6d. Martineau, G. Sugar: Cane and Beet. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1909. Pitman. 3s. Maxwell, F. Sulphitation in White Sugar Manufacture. Demy 8vo. 1916. Norman Rodger. 7s. 6d. Newlands, J. A. R., and B. E.R. Sugar: A Handbook for Planters and Refiners, being a comprehen- sive Treatise on the Culture of Sugar-yielding Plants, and on the Manufacture, Refining, and Analy- sis of Cane, Palm, Maple, Melon, Beet, etc. 8vo. Pp. 876. 1909. Spon. 30s. 138 | a, ee Applied and Industrial Chemistry. vy. COCOA AND CHOCOLATE. Knapp, A.W. Cocoa and Chocolate. Their History from Plantation to Consumer. Demy 8vo. Pp. 213. 1920. Chapman and Hall. 12s. 6d. Whymper,R. Cocoa and Chocolate: Their Chemistry and Manufacture. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp. 590. 1921. Churchill. 42s. vi. FOODS; FLOUR AND BREAD MAKING, etc. Amos, P. A. Processes of Flour Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Bolton, E.R.,and Revis,C. Fatty Foods: Their Practical Examina- tion. 8vo. Pp. 3884. 1912. Churehil}. 10s. 6d. Grant, J. The Chemistry of Bread Making. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1917. Arnold. 6s. Hausner, A. The Manufacture of Preserved Foods and Sweetmeats. Translated from the German. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 225. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Kozmin, P. A. Flour Milling. Translated from the Russian. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 594. Rout- ledge. 25s. Rew, Sir R. H. Food Supplies in Peace and War. Cr.8vo. Pp.192. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Tibbles, W. Foods: their Origin, Composition, and Manufacture. Demy 8vo. Pp. 958. 1912. Bailliére. 20s. Wood, T.B. The Story of A Loaf of Bread. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 147. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. vii. GLUES, AGGLUTINANTS, CASEIN, etc. Brunner, R. The Manufacture of Lubricants, Shoe Polishes, and Leather Dressings. Translated from the German. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. pf 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Lambert, T. Glue, Gelatine, and their Allied Products. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 165. 1920. Griffin. 6s. , Bone Products and Manures. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.172. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Rideal, S. Glue and Glue Testing. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 196. 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Scherer,R. Casein: Its Preparation and Technical Utilisation. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.182. 1911. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Standage, H.C. Agglutinants and Adhesives of all kinds for all Pur- poses. Demy 8vo. Pp.273. 1907. Constable. 7s. 6d. Sealing-Waxes, Wafers and Other Adhesives for the Household, Office, Workshop and Factory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. viii. DRUGS AND DISINFEC- TANTS. Christian, M. Disinfection and Disinfectants. Translated from the German. Cr.8vo. Pp.112. 1913. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. May, P. The Chemistry of Synthetic Drugs. 38rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1921. Longmans. 12s. 6d. ix. OILS, FATS, WAXES, SOAP MANUFACTURE, MARGARINE, etc. Andés, L. E. Animal Fats and Oils. 8rd edn. Revised by H. B. Stocks. S8vo. Pp. 3828. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 15s. Drying Oils, Boiled Oil, and Solid and Liquid Dryers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Oil Colours and Printers’ Inks. Translated from the German. 2nd end. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 10s. 6d. Vegetable Fats and Oils. Their Practical Preparation, Purification and Employment for Various Pur- poses, their Properties, Adultera- tion and Examination. Translated 189 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. by Charles Salter. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340. 1917. Scott, Green- wood. 14s. 6d. Anon. Manual of Toilet Soap Mak- ing : comprising Toilet Soaps , Medi- eated Soaps, and other Specialities. 2nd edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 356. Seott, Greenwood. 21s. Carpenter, W.L. A Treatise on the Manufacture of Soap and Candles, Lubricants and Glycerine. New edn.in preparation. Spon. Chalmers, T. W. The Production and Treatment of Vegetable Oils, including the Refining and Hydro- genation of Oils, Generation of Hydrogen, Soap Making, Recovery and Refining of Glycerine. and the Splitting of Oils. 2nd edn. Cr. 4to. Pp. 164. 1919. Constable. 21s. Clayton, W. Margarine: facture, Analysis, ete. Demy 8vo. Pp. 198. 1920. Longmans. 14s. Cowell, W.B. Pure Air, Ozone and Water. A Practical Treatise of their Utilisation and Value in Oil, Grease, Soap, Paint, Glue and other Indus- Manu- tries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. ; **Expert Oil Refiner.’’ The Prac- tical Compounding of Oils, Tallow and Grease for Lubrication, ete. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 100. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Friend, J. N. The Chemistry of Linseed Oil. Cr. Svo. Pp. 104. 1917. Gurney and Jackson. 2s. 6d. Fryer, P. J., and Weston, F. E. Technical Handbook of Oils, Fats. and Waxes. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1., Chemical and Generai. 3rd edn. Pp. 290. 1920. 15s. Vol. 2., Practical and Analytical. Pp. 3814. 1918. 15s. Cambridge University Press. Hurst, G. H. Soaps: A Practical Manual of the Manufacture of Dom- estic, Toilet, and other Soaps. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. —— Textile Soaps and Oils. 3rd edn. Revised by W.H. Simmons. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1921. Scott, Greenwood. 10s. 6d. Koppe, S. W. Glycerine: Its Pro- duction, Uses, and Examination. For chemists, perfumers, soap- makers, pharmacists, and explo- sives technologists. Translated by W. H. Simmons. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1915. Seott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Lewkowitsch, J. Chemical Tech- nology and Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes. Edited by G. H. Warburton. 6th edn. 38 vols. Med. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 700. 1921. 36s. Vols. 2 and 8 in the Press. Macmillan. Laboratory Companion to Fats and Oils Industries. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1901. Maecmillan. 7s. 6d. Martin, G. Animal and Vegetable Oils, Fats, and Waxes. Their Manufacture, Refining, and Analy- sis, including the Manufacture of Candles. Margarine and Butter. Roy. 8vo. Pp.228. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Mitchell, C. A. Edible Oils and Fats. 8Svo. Pp. 172. 1938. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Oils: Animal, Vegetable, Essen- tial, and Mineral. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1909. Pitman. 3s. Parry, E. J. The Chemistry of Essential Oils and Artificia] Per- fumes. 2 Vols. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Vol.1. Monographs on Essen- tial Oils. Pp.525. 1918. 25s. Vol. 2. Constituents of Essential Oils. Synthetic Perfumes and Iso- lated Aromatics. The Analysis of Essential Oils. Pp. 351. 1919. 17s. 6d. Scott, Greenwood. ——The Raw Materials of Perfumery ; their Nature, Occurrence and Em- ployment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 122. 1921. Pitman. 3s. Pickering, G. F. Aids in the Com- mercial Analysis of Oils, Fats, and their Manufactured Products.* A Laboratory Handbook. Med. &vo. Pp.141. 1917. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Sherriff, F. F. The Oil Merchants’ Manual and Oil Trade Ready Reckoner. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 214. 1904. Scott, Green- wood. 8s. 6d. 140 ’ « ,. " Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Simmons, W. H. Soap. Its Com- position, Manufacture, and Pro- perties. Cr. 8vo. Pp.133. 1917. Pitman. 3s. —— and Appleton, H. A. The Handbook of Soap Manufacture. Demy S8vo. Pp.160. 1908. Scott, Greenwood. 9s. 6d. and Mitchell, C. A. Edible Fats and Oils: Their Composition, Manufacture, and Analysis. Demy Svo. Pp. 150. 1911. Seott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Southcombe, J. E. Chemistry of the Oil Industries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 213. 1918. Constable. 9s. Watt, A. Soap Making. The Manu- facture of Hard and Soft Soaps, Toilet Soaps, etc. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Wright, C. R. A. Animal and Vegetable Fixed Oils, Fats, Butters, and Waxes: their Preparation and Properties, and the Manufacture therefrom of Candles, Soaps, and other Products. 3rd edn. Revised and Enlarged by C. A. Mitchell. Large 8vo. Pp.953. 1921. Griffin. 56s. x. PIGMENTS, PAINTS, VAR- NISHES, RESINS, etc. ‘*‘An Analytical Chemist’’ (com- piled by). Recipes for the Colour, Paint, Varnish, Oil, Soap and Drysaltery Trades. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 38380. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Andés, L. E. Iron-Corrosion, Anti- Fouling and Anti-Corrosive Paints. Translated. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.300. 1918. Scott. Greenwood. 15s. Bersch, J. Manufacture of Mineral and Lake Pigments. Translated by A. C. Wright. Demy 8vo. Pp. 476. 1901. Scott. Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Church, A. H. The Chemistry of Paints and Painting. 3rd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.388. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Dieterich, K. The Analysis of Resins, Balsams and Gum Resins. Translated from the German. 2nd edn. revised by H. B. Stocks. 8vo. Pp. 447. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. 6d. Friend, J.N. An Introduction to the Chemistry of Paints. Cr.8vo. Pp. 214. 1910. Longmans. 5s. Hurst, G. H. Dictionary of Chemi- cals and Raw Products used in the Manufacture of Paints, Colours, Varnishes and Allied Preparations. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 378. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Ingle, H., and Sutcliffe, J. A. L. A Manual of Oils, Resins, and Paints: for Students and Practical Men. Analysis and Valuation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1388. 1915. Griffin. 4s. Jennison, H. The Manufacture of Lake Pigments from Artificial Colours. 2nd edn. Demy §8vo. Pp. 180. 1920. Scott, Green- wood. 15s. Laurie, A. P. Facts about Pro- cesses, Pigments, and Vehicles. A Manual for Art Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1895. Macmillan. 4s. Mcintosh, J. G. The Manufacture of Varnishes and Kindred Indus- tries. Based on and including the ‘*Drying Oils and Varnishes,’’ by A. Livache. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. The Crushing, Refining and Boiling of Linseed Oil and other Varnish Oils. 38rd edn. Pp. 500. 1919. 17s. 6d. Vol. 2. Varnish Materials and Oil Varnish Making. 2ndedn. Pp. 220. 1908. 12s. 6d. Vol. 3. Spirit Varnishes and Spirit Varnish Materials. 2nd edn. Pp. 482. 1911. 14s. 6d. Scott, Greenwood. Morrell, R. S., and Waele, A. de. Rubber, Resins, Paints and Var- nishes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1921. Bailliére. 12s. 6d. Parry, E. J. Gums and Resins. Their Occurrence, Properties, and Uses. Cr, 8vo. Pp. 112. 1918. Pitman. 3s. 141 Ei a Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Parry,E.J.,and Coste, J.H. The . Chemistry of Pigments. Demy 8vo. Pp.280. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Petit, G. The Manufacture and Comparative Merits of White Lead and Zine Paints. Translated from the French. Cr. 8vo. Pp.100. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. Schweizer, V. The Distillation of Resins. The Preparation of Resin Products, Lamp Black, Printing Inks, ete. Translated from the German. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. ‘Pp. 220. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Smith, J. C. The Manufacture of Paint. A Practical Handbook for Paint Manufacturers, Merchants . and Painters. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 300. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Zerr, G., and Rubencamp, R. A . Treatise on Colour Manufacture. A Guide to the Preparation, Exam- ination, and Application of all the Pigment Colours in Practical Use. Translated by C. Mayer. Large 8vo.. Pp. 621. 1908. Griffin. 36s. xi. RUBBER, GUTTA PERCHA, etc. Akers, C. E. The Rubber Industry in Brazil and the Orient. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 835. 1914. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Beadle, C., and Stevens, H. P. Rubber. Production and Utilisa- tion of the Raw Product. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.150. 1915. Pitman. 3s. Caspari, W. A. India Rubber Laboratory Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1914, Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Christy, C. The African Rubber Industry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1911. Bale & Danielsson. 12s. 6d. ‘Clouth, F. Rubber, Gutta Percha, and Balata. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1908. Maclaren. 12s. 6d. Dubosc, A., and Luttringer, A. Rubber : Its Production, Chemistry, and Synthesis in the Light of Recent Research. A Practical Handbook for the use of Rubber Cultivators, Chemists, and others, English edition by E. W. Lewis. Med. 8vo, Pp.393. 1918. Griffin. 21s. Heil, A., and Esch, W. The Manu- facture of Rubber Goods. ‘Trans- lated by E. W. Lewis. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 236 1919. Griffin. 128. 6d. McIntosh, J. G. India Rubber and Gutta Percha. Based on the French Work of T. Seeligmann, G. L. Torrilhon and H. Falconnet. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1910. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Porritt, B. D. The Chemistry of Rubber. Cr. 8vo. New edition in preparation. Gurney and Jackson. Potts, H. E. The Chemistry of the Rubber Industry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 163. 1915. Constable. 7s. 6d. Schidrowitz, P. Rubber. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 3819. 1916. Methuen. 15s. Terry, H.L. India Rubber and Its Manufacture: with Chapters on Gutta Percha and Balata. 3rd imp. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 302. 1919. Constable. 8s. 6d. Torrey, J., and Manders, A. S. (edited by). The Rubber Industry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 470. 1911. Pit- man. 15s. 6d. Weber, C. O. The Chemistry of India-rubber. Including the Out- lines of A Theory on Vulcanisation. 5th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 324. 1919. Griffin. 18s. Whitby, G. S. Plantation Rubber and the Testing of Rubber. Demy 8vo. Pp. 575. 1920. Longmans. 28s. xii. FUELS, SMOKE PREVEN- TION, etc. Barker, A. H. Domestic Fuel Con- sumption. Demy 8vo. Pp. 169. 1920. Constable. 14s. Booth, W.H., and Kershaw, J.B. C. Smoke Prevention and Fuel Eeonomy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 194. 1904. Constable. 10s. 6d. 142 a Ee ’ Sean MOVE OR ay ee Hire 4a Apphed and Industrial Chemistry. Brame, J. S. S. Liquid, and Gaseous. Demy 8vo. Pp. 372. Arnold. 15s. Brislee, F.J. An Introduction to the Study of Fuel. A Text-book for those entering the Engineering, Chemical and Technical Industries. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 291. 1920. Constable. 9s. 6d. Cohen, J. B., and Ruston, A. G. Smoke: A Study of Town Air. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 1912. KE. Arnold. 5s. Coste, J. H., and Andrews, E.R. The Examination and Thermal Value of Fuel: Gaseous, Liquid, and Solid. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1914. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Kershaw, J. B. C. Fuel, Water, 'and Gas Analysis for Steam Users. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1919. Constable. 12s. 6d. The Use of Low-Grade and Waste Fuels for Power Generation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1920. Constable. 17s. Lewes, V. B. Liquid and Gaseous Fuels and the Part they Play in Modern Power Production. Edited by J. B. C. Kershaw. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 348. 1920. Constable. 12s. 6d. Nicholson, W. Smoke Abatement. A Manual for the use of Manu- facturers , Inspectors, Medical Officers of Health, Engineers, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 169. 1905. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Popplewell, W.C. The Prevention of Smoke, Combined with the Economical Combustion of Fuel. Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1901. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Taylor, H.S. Fuel Production and Utilization. Med. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1920. Bailli¢re. 10s. 6d. Fuel: Solid, 2nd edn. 1917. xiii. LIQUID FUELS AND THEIR PRACTICAL USE. Booth, W. H. Liquid Fuel and its Apparatus. Theory, Principles, and Practice: Tables and Data. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. 1914. Constable. 9s. Liquid Fuel and its Combustion. ‘Imperial 8vo. Pp. 481. 1908. Constable. 24s. Butler, E. Oil Fuel: Its Supply, Composition, and Application. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.326. 1921. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Hodgett, E. A. B. (compiled by). Liquid Fuel for Mechanical and Industrial Purposes. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1890. Spon. 5s. Moore, H. Liquid Fuels for Internal Combustion Engines. A Practical Treatise for Engineers and Chemists. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 221. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Sothern, J.W.M. Oil Fuel Burning in Marine Practice. A Manual of Practical Instruction in Oi) Fuel Burning. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 198. 1920. Jas. Munro. 30s. Pp. 308. xiv. PRODUCER GAS: ACETY- LENE. Dowson, J. E., and Larter, A. T. Producer Gas. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 379. 1920. Longmans. 21s. Leeds, F. H., and Butterfield, W. J.A. Acetylene: The Principles of its Generation and Use. 3rd edn, in preparation. Griffin. Sexton, A. H. Producer Gas. A Sketch of the Properties, Manu- facture, and Uses of Gaseous Fuel. Demy 8vo. New edn. in prepara- tion. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. xv. PETROLEUM AND MINERAL OILS. Campbell, A. Petroleum Refining. 2nd edition in preparation. Griffin. Evans,E.A. Lubricating and Allied Oils. A- Handbook for Chemists, Engineers and Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1921. Chapman & Hall. 9s. 6d. ‘ Greene, J. A. (edited by). A Treatise on British Mineral Oil. Geological, by E. H. C. Craig; 143 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Retorting, by W. R. Ormandy and F. M. Perkin. Refining, by A. Campbell. Chemical, by A. E. Dunstan. Power, by A. H. Sea- brook. Large 8vo. Pp. 244. 1919. Griffin. 21s. Gregorius, R. Mineral Waxes: Their Preparation and Uses. Trans- lated from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1908. Scott, Green- wood. 7s. Gooday, W. E. Petrol and Pe- troleum Spirits. A Description of their Sources, Preparation, Ex- amination and Uses. Demy 8vo. Pp. 147. 1918. Arnold. 10s. 6d. Hicks, J. A. The Laboratory Book of Mineral Oil Testing. 3rd edn. Revised by A. G. V. Berry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 93. 1918. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Hurst, G. H. Lubricating Oils, Fats, and Greases: Their Origin, Preparation, Properties, Uses, and Analyses. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.384. 1911. Scott. Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Key, A.C. A Primer on the Storage of Petroleum Spirit and Carbide of Calcium, for the use of Local Inspectors and Motorists. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1921. Griffin. 58. Lidgett, A. Petroleum. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 175. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Redwood, Sir B., and Others. A Treatise on Petroleum. 4 vols. Fourth edition in prepara- tion. Griffin. and Eastlake,A. The Petroleum Technologist’s Pocket Book. Poc- ket size. Pp. 475. 1915. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Redwood,I.I. A Practical Treatise on Mineral Oils and their By-Pro- ducts, including the Scotch Shale Oil Industry, ete. Svo. Pp. 336. 1914. Spon. 15s. ——— Lubricants, Oils, and Greases: Treated theoretically, and giving practical information regarding their Composition, Uses, and Manu- facture. 8vo. 1918. Spon. 7s. 6d. Scheithauer, W. Shale Oils and Tars and their Products. Trans- lated from the German. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1838. 1913. Seott, Greenwood. 9s. 6d. Talbot, F. A. The Oil Conquest of the World. Demy 8vo. Pp. 820. 1914. Heinemann. 6s. Thomson, J.H., and Redwood, Sir B. The Petroleum Lamp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 111. 1902. Griffin. 1s. 6d. — —A Handbook on Petroleum, for Inspectors under the Petroleum Acts. &c. 38rd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 359. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Tinkler, C. K., and Challenger, F. The Chemistry of Petroleum and its Substitutes. A Practical Hand- book. Med. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. xvi. COAL: BRIQUETTING, ETC. Bone, W.A. Coal and its Scientifie Uses. 2nd imp. S8vo. Pp. 506. 1919. Longmans. 22s. 6d. Franke, G. Handbook of Briquet- ting. Translated by F.C. A.H. Lantsberry. 2 vols. Med. 8vo. Vol. 1. Briquetting of Coals, Brown Coals, and other Fuels. Pp. 659. 1917. 36s. Vol. 2. _Bri- quetting and Agglomeration of Ores. Metallurgical Products, Metal Swarf. and Similar Materials. Pp. 225. 1918. 15s. Griffin. Putsch, A. Gas and Coal-Dust Firing: A Critical Review of the Various Appliances Patented in Germany for this purpose from 1885 to 1895. Translated from the German by C. Salter. Demy 8vo. Pp.130. 1901. Scott, Greenwood . 6s. Robertson, J.B. The Chemistry of Coal. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1919. Gurney & Jackson. 3s. 6d. Stopes, M.C., and Wheeler, R. V. Monograph on the Constitution of. Coal. Roy. 4to. Pp. 58. 1918. H. M. Stationery Office. 2s. 144 a oe Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Summers, A.L. All About Anthra- cite: The World’s Premier Coal. Demy 8vo. Pp.124. 1919. Tech- nical Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Tonge, J. Coal. Ex.Cr.8vo. Pp. 281. Constable. 7s. 6d. XVii. GAS MANUFACTURE: COAL TAR AND ITS PRODUCTS. Barnett, E.de B. Anthracene and Anthraquinone. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448. 1921. Bailliére. 25s. Biddulph-Smith, T. Coke-Oven and By-Product Works Chemistry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1921. Grilfin. 21s. Brooke, T. Modern Retort Settings. Their Construction and Working. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1912. Benn Bros. 9s. Christopher, J. E., and Byrom, T. H. Modern Coking Practice: including the Analysis of the Mater- ials and Products. 38rd edn. 2 vols. Demy 8v». 1921. Vol. 1. Raw Materials and Coke. Pp. 142. Vol 2, By-Products. Pp. 148. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d. each vol. Cooper, E. S. By-Product Coking. New edn. in preparation. Benn Bros. Findlay, A. The Treasures of Coal Tar. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.137. 1918. Allen & Unwin. 4s. 6d. Gardner, W.M. The British Coal ’ Tar Industry: its Origin, Develop- ment. and Decline. Med. 8vo. Pp. 4386. 1915. Williams & Norgate. 12s. 6d. Hornby, J. Gas Manufacture. 8th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 434. 1920. Bell. 12s. Humphrys,N.H. Construction and Management of Small Gas Works, with a Section on Costs and Capac- ity of Works, by J.H. Brearley. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1911. Benn Bros. 9s. Lange, K. R. By-Products of Coal- Gas Manufacture. Translated from Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. the German. 1915. Lewes, V.B. The Carbonisation of Coal. A Scientific Review of the Formation, Composition and De- structive Distillation of Coal for Gas, Coke and By-Products, with an addition on Recent Develop- ments by A. B. Searle. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.310. 1918. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. Lunge, G. Coal Tar and Ammonia. 5th edn. 8vo. In 3 Parts. Pp. 1,718. 1916. Gurney & Jackson. 75s. Malatesta, G. Coal-Tar and their Derivatives. The Production of Tars from Gas Coals, Coke Ovens, Water Gas, Oil Gas, Lignite, Wood and Peat. The Manufacture of Pitch, Asphalt, and Bitumen; and the Chemical Examination and Analysis of the Raw Materials and By-Products of the Industry. Translated from the Italian. Demy 8vo. Pp. 541. 1920. Spon. 21s. Meade, A. Modern Gasworks Prac- tice. 2nd edn. in preparation. Benn Bros. **Mentor.’’ Self-Instruction for Stu- dents in Gas Engineering. Part 1. ~ Elementary (Ordinary Grade). 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.178. 1918. 6s. Part 2. Advanced (Honours Grade). 4thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 234. 1921. 10s.6d. Benn Bros. O’Connor,H. Gas Engineers’ Pocket Book. Manufacture, Distribution and Use of Coal Gas. 83rdedn. Cr. 8vo. 1907. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Scott, J. F. Estimates and Valua- tions. A Handbook of Data and Prices for Gas Engineers, Building Works and Gasworks Plant, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp.113. 1918. Benn Bros. 10s. 6d. Warnes,A.R. Coal Tar and Some of its Products. Cr.8vo. Pp. 127. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Coal Tar Distillation and Work- ing-up of Tar Products. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.310. 1917. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. 145 P Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Webber, W. H. Y. Gas and Gas Making. Growth, Methods, and Prospects of the Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.141. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Whitehead,S.E. Benzol: its Recov- ery. Rectification and Uses. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2238. 1920. Benn Bros. 12s. 6d. xviii. CHEMISTRY AND ANALYSIS OF GAS. Abady, J. The Gas Analyst’s Man- ual, 8vo. Pp. 576. 1902. Spon. 21s. Chandley, C. Gas Testing and Air Measurement. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1913. Methuen. 2s. 3d. Coste, J. H. The Calorific Power of Gas. Cr. Svo. Pp. 326. 1911. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Franzen, H. Exercises in Gas Anal- ysis. Translated from the German by T. Callan. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 119. 1913. Blackie. 2s. 6d. Greenwood,H.C. Industrial Gases. Demy 8vo. Pp. 371. 1920. Bailliére. 12s. 6d. Hornby, J. The Gas Engineers’ Laboratory Handbook. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1911. Spon. 7s. 6d. Lunge, G. Technical Gas Analysis. Med.8vo. Pp.424. 1916. Gurney & Jackson. 15s. Martin, G., Dickson, J. M., Jobling, E., and others. Indus- trial Gases. Including the Lique- faction of Gases, etc. 2nd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp.158. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Royle, H.M. The Chemistry of Gas Manufacture. Demy 8vo. Pp.340. 1907. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. xix. DISTRIBUTION OF GAS. Briggs, F.W.,and Henwood, J.H. A Manual on Gas-fitting and Appliances. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1920. Crosby Lovkwood. 6s. Hole, W. Distribution of Gas. 4th edition in preparation. Benn Bros. *‘Mentor.’’ Self-Instruction for Stu- dents in Gas Supply. Part 1. Ele- mentary (Ordinary Grade). 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920. 6s. Part 2. Advanced (Honours Grade). 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 252. 1914. 6s. Benn Bros. Webber, W. H. Y. Gas Supply in Principle and Practice. Cr. 8vo, Pp. 208. 1914. Pitman. 4s. Town Gas and its Uses for the Production of Light, Heat, and Motive Power. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 275. 1907. Constable. 7s. 6d. —— On the Flow of Gas through Ori- fices and Small Pipes. New edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.35. Paper covers. Benn Bros. Is. 6d. Woodall, H., and Parkinson, B.R. Distribution by Steel (Gas and Water). 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1920. Benn Bros. 15s. xx. PEAT. Bjorling, P.R., and Gissing, F.T. Peat: Its Uses and Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 185. 1907. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Gissing,F.T. Peat Industry Refer- ence Book. Pocket size. Pp. 316. 1920. Griffin. 7s. 6d. —— Commercial Peat: Its Uses and its Possibilities. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1919. Griffin. 7s. 6d. xxi. DYESTUFFS AND DYEING. Barnett, E. de B. Coal Tar Dyes and Intermediates. Demy S8vo. Pp.230. 1919. Bailliére. 10s.6d. Bersch, J. The Manufacture of Earth Colours. ‘Translated from the 3rd German edn. by C. Salter. Cr. Svo. Pp. 216. 1921. Scott, Greenwood. 7s. 6d. Cain, J.C. The Chemistry and Tech- nology of the Diazo Compounds. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 199. 1920. Arnold. 12s. 6d. —w— The Manufacture of Intermediate Products for Dyes. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1919. Macmillan. 10s. 146 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Cain, J.C,and Thorpe,J.F. The Synthetic Dyestuffs, and the Inter- mediate Products from which they are derived. Theoretical, Practical and Analytical. 5th edn. Large 8vo. Pp.440. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Dreaper, W.P. The Chemistry and te, Physies of Dyeing. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1906. Churchill. 10s. 6d. Farrell, F. J. Dyeing and Cleaning. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 263. 1917. Griffin. 6s. Fierz-David,H.E. The Fundamen- tal Processes of Dye Chemistry. Translated by F. A. Mason. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1921. Churchill. 21s. Fort, M., and Lloyd, L. L. The Chemistry of Dyestuffs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1919. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 10s. Gd. Georgievics, G., and Grandmon- gin, E. A Text-Book of Dye Chem- istry (The Chemistry of Dye-Stufts). Translated by F. A. Mason. 8vo. Pp. 576. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 30s. Green, A. G. A Systematic Survey of the Organic Colouring Matters. Founded on the German of G. Schultz and P. Julius. 3rd imp. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1908. Mac- millan., 25s. The Analysis of Dyestuffs and their Identilication in Dyed and Coloured Materials, Lake Pigments, Foodstuffs, etc. 3rdedn. Large Svo. Pp.154. 1920. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Mor- dants, Methods. Used in Dyeing. 168. 1906. Cassell. and Machinery Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3s. Heerman, P. Dyers’ Materials: An Introduction to the Examination, Valuation and Application of the most important Substances used in Dyeing, Printing, Rleaching, and Finishing. Translated by A. C. Wright. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. Scott, 7s. 6d. Greenwood. Higgins, S.H. The Dyeing Indust- try : being a Third Edition of ‘*Dye- ing in Germany and America.’’ 8vo. Pp. 198. 1919. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Hubner, J. The Chemistry of Dyeing and Bleaching of Vegetable Fibrous Materials. ‘2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 457. 1919. Constable. 20s. Knecht, E., Rawson, C., and Loewenthal, R. A Manual of Dyeing. 2 vols. 6th edn. Pp. 383., 5381. 1920. Griffin. 42s. Martin, G., Beacall, T., Challen- ger, F., and Sand, H. J. S. Dyestuffs and Coal-Tar Products. Their Chemistry, Manufacture, and Application. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 162. 191€@. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Nietzki, R. Chemistry of Organic Dye-Stulls. Translated with addi- tions by A. Collin and W. Richard- son. 8vo. Pp.3829. 1892. Gurney & Jackson. 15s. Perkin, A. G., and Everest, A. E. The Natural Organic Colouring Matters. Svo. Pp. 678. 1918. Longmans. 30s. Ramsay,A.R.J., and Weston, H. Artificial Dyestuffs: their Na. ture, Manufacture, and Use. 8vo- Pp.218. 1917. Routledge. 3s. 6d. Rawson, C., Gardner, W. M., and Laycock, W. F. A Dictionary of Dyes, Mordants and other Com- pounds used in Dyeing and Calico Printing. Reprint of First edn. Large 8vo. Pp.372. 1918. Griffin. 18s. Soxhlet, D. H. The Art of Dyeing and Staining Marble, Artificial Stone ,Bone ,Horn, Ivory and Wood, and of Imitating all Sorts of Wood. A Practical Hand-book for the Use of Joiners, Turners, Manufacturers of Fancy Goods, Sticks, Umbrellas, Combs, etc. Translated from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Wahl,A. The Manufacture of Organ- ic Dyestuffs. Translated with addi- tions from the French by F. W. Atack. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1919. Bell. 6s. 147 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Whittaker, C. M. The Application of the Coal Tar Dye Stuffs, Prin- ciples Involved and Methods Em- ployed. Demy 8vo. Pp.226.1918. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. Wood, J.K. The Chemistry of Dye- ing. Cr.8vo. Pp. 88. Gurney & Jackson. 2s. 6d. Zerr, G. Tests for Coal-Tar Colours in Aniline Lakes. Translated by C. Mayer. Med. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1910. Griffin. 12s. 6d. xxii. INK MANUFACTURE. Lehner, S. Ink Manufacture: In- cluding Writing, Copying, Litho- graphic, Marking, Stamping, and Laundry Inks. Translated from the German., 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.180. 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Mitchell, C. A., and Hepworth, T. Cc. The Manufacture of Ink. A Handbook of the Production and Properties of Printing, Writing, and Copying Inks. 2nd edx. Large 8vo. Pp. 272. 1916. Griffin. 9s. Seymour,A. Modern Printing Inks. A Practical Handbook for Printing Manufacturers and Printers. Demy 8vo. Pp.90. 1910. Scott, Green- wood. 6s. xxiii. PAPER MAKING. Andés,L.E. The Treatment of Paper for Special Purposes. Translated. Cr. 8Svo. Pp. 250. 1907. Greenwood. 7s. Beadle, C. Chapters on Paper Mak- Scott, ing. 5 Voss. Vel. ic Pp. i151. 1908. Vol.2.Pp.182. 1919. Vol. 3. Pp. 142. 1907. Vol. 4. Pp. 164. 1907. Vol.5. Pp. 190. 1998. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. each vol. Bromley, H.A. Paper and Its Con- stituents. A Manual of Technical Methods, Chemistry and Analysis of Raw materials; Paper-Making Fibres; Bleaching, Sizing, and Loading Agents and Dyestuffs ; Mi- croscopy ; and Physical and Chem- ical Properties of Paper. Demy 8vo. Pp. 239. 1920. Spon. 15s. Chalmers, T. W. Paper Making and Its Machinery. Including Chap- ters on the Tub Sizing of Paper, the Coating and Finishing of Art Paper and the Coating of Photo- graphic Paper. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1920. Constable. 26s. — Clapperton, G. Paper Making. A Practical Manual for Paper Makers and Owners of Paper Mills; with Tables and Calculations. 2nd edn. Cr. he 1917. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J. A Text-book of Paper Making. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 450. 1920. Spon. 30s. —— Beadle, C., and Sindall, R. W. C. B. S. Standard Units and Standard Paper Tests. 4to. Pp. 25. 1903. Spon. 2s. 6d. —— and Sindall,R.W. Wood Pulp. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 275. 1918. Constable. 8s. 6d. Maddox,H.A. Paper. Its History, Sources, and Production. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 167. 1917. Pitman. 3s. Sindall, R. W. The Manufacture of Paper. 2nd imp. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.285. 1919. Constable. 8s. 6d. —— Paper Technology : An Element- ary Manual on the Manufacture, Physical Qualities, and Chemical Constituents of Paper and of Paper- making Fibres. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 353 and 14 Plates. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Stevens. H. P. The Paper Mill Chemist. 2nd edn. Roy. 12mo. Pp. 225. 1919. Scott, Green- wood, 10s. 6d. Watt, A. Paper Making. The Manu- facture of Paper from Rags, [s- parto, Straw, Wood Fibre, etc. New imp. Cr. 8vo. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. xxiv. LEATHER MANUFACTURE AND TANNING. Adcock, K. J. Leather: From the Raw Material to the Finished Pro- duct. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 167. 1915. Pitman. 3s. 148 Applied and industrial Chemistry. Bennett, H.G. The Manufacture of Leather. 3rd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 442. 1919. Constable. 18s. Harvey, A. Practical Leather Chem- istry. A Handbook of Laboratory Notes and Methods for the Use of Students and Works’ Chemists. Med.Svo. Pp.207. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Procter, H. R. The Principles of Leather Manufacture. New edition in preparation. Spon. —- The Making of Leather. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 161. 1914. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Leather Industries Laboratory Book of Analytical and Experimen- tal Methods. 2ndedn. Svo. Pp. 450. 1919. Spon. 25s. —--- (edited by). Pocket Book. A short compendium of Analytical Methods. 16mo. Pp. 237. 1919. Spon. 7s. 6d. Standage,H.C. The Leather Work- ers’ Manual. 38rd edn. Svo. Pp. 173. 1920. Scott, Greenwoed. 10s. 6d. Trotman, S. R. Leather Trades’ Chemistry. A Practical Manual on the Analysis of Materials and Fin- ished Products. Large &8vo. Pp. 300. 1908. Griffin. 18s. Watt, A. Leather Manufacture. A Practical Handbook of Tanning, Currying, and Chrome Leather Dressing. 5th edn. Svo. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Wood, J.T. The Puering, Bating, and Drenching of Skins. 8vo. Pp. 315. 1912. Spon. 14s. xxv. GLASS, POTTERY AND CERAMICS. Asch, W., and D. The Sili- cates in Chemistry and Commerce. Translated with critical notes and some additions by A. B. Searle. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 420. 1915. Con- stable. 21s. Audley, .1. A. Silica and the Sili- eates. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388. 1921. Bailliére. 15s. Leather Chemists’ Bellow, H.R. (edited by). Factory Glazxes for Ceramic Engineers, ar- ranged on an exhaustive method for the heat of the Soft Porcelain Kiln, and including the Glazes employed in actual manufacture. Series A. Folio. 1908. Spon. 42s. Binns, C.F. (edited by). The Man- ual of Practical Potting. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 204. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 19s. 6d. Duthie, A.L. Decorative Glass Pro- cesses. 2nd imp. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.279. 1908. Constable. 8s. 6d. Hainbach, R. Pottery Decorating. A Description of all the Processes for Decorating Pottery and Porce- lain. Translated from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Hovestadt, H. Jena Glass and its Scientific and Industrial Applica- tions. Translated by J. D. and Alive Everett. 8vo. Pp. 486.1902. Macmillan. 18s. Howorth, J. The Art of Riveting Glass, China. and Earthenware. 2nd edn. Seott , Greenwood. ls. Marson, P. Glass and Glass Manu- facture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1388. 1918. Pitman. 3s. Mellor. J. W. (edited by). Clay and Pottery Industries; Being Vol 1. of the Collected Papers from the County Pottery Laboratory, Staf- fordshire. By Several Authors. Demy 8vo. Pp.428. 1914. Griffin. 18s. 1908. Recipes for Flint Glass Making. By a British Glass Master and Mixer. 60 Recipes. Being Leaves from the Mixing Book of Several experts in the Flint Glass Trade, containing up-to-date recipes and valuable information as to Crystal, Demi-Crystal. and Coloured Glass in its many varieties. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Rosenhain, W. Glass Manufacture. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 258. 1919. Constable. 12s. 6d. 149 Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Sandeman, E.A. The Manufacture of Earthenware. A Practical Treat- ise. 8rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1921. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. Searle, A. B. The Clay Workers’ Handbook. A Manual for all en- gaged in the Manufacture of Articles from Clay. 3rd cdn. Demy 8vo. Pp.400. 1921. Griffin. 21s, The Ceramic Industries Pocket Book. Pocket Size. Pp.274.1920. Pitman. 8s. 6d. Refractory Materials: Their Manufacture and _ Uses. 2nd edition in preparation. Griffin. Shaw,S. The History of the Stafford- shire Potteries; and the Rise and Progress of the Manufacture of Pottery and Porcelain. With Refer- ences to Genuine Specimens and Notices of Eminent Potters. A Re-Issue, originally published in 1829. Demy 8vo. Pp. 256. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Suffling, E. R. A Treatise on the Art of Glass Painting. Prefaced with a Review of Ancient Glass. Demy 8vo. Pp.140. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Whaill, C. W. Stained Glass Work. New Imp.. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 381. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. xxvi. EXPLOSIVES AND THEIR MANUFACTURE. Barnett, E. de B. Demy Svo. Pp. Bailliére. 12s. 6d. Berthelot, M. Explosives and their Powers. Translated and condensed from the French by C. Napier Hake Explosives. 256. 1919. and W. MacNab. 8vo. Pp. 568. 1892. Murray. 28s. Bichel, C. E. New Methods of Testing Explosives. Translated and edited by A. Larsen. Med. 8vo. Pp. 67. 1905. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Colver, E. de W. S. High Explo- sives: A Practica! Treatise on their History, Manufacture, Properties, and Use. Roy.8vo. Pp.830.1918. Crosby Lockwood. 638s. Guttmann, O. Twenty Years’ Pro- gress in the Manufacture of Explo- Sives. Med. 8vo. Pp. 84. 1909. Pitman. 3s. 6d. —— The Manufacture of Explosives. A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on the History and Manufacture of Explosives. 2 vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 348., 448. 1895. Pitman. 50s. Levy, S.I. Modern Explosives. Cr. 8vo. Pp.119. 1920. Pitman. 8s. MacDonald,G.W. Historical Papers on Modern Explosives. Med. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1912. Pitman. 9s. Marshall, A. Explosives. Histo and Manufacture: Tests. 2 vols. Cr. 4to. Pp. 822. 1917. Churchill. 63s. A Short Account of Explosives. Cr.4to. Pp.104. 1917. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Dictionary of Explosives. Svo. Pp.159. 1920. Churchill. 15s. Martin, G., and Barbour, W. In- dustrial Nitrogen Compounds and Explosives: their Manufacture, Properties and Industrial Uses: 2ndedn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 133.1917. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Rise and Progress of the British Explosives Industry, The. By the Explosives Section of the Seventh International Congress of Applied Chemistry. Cr. 4to. Pp. 420. 1909. Pitman. 18s. Sanford, P. G. Nitro-Explosives. Their Properties, Manufacture and Analysis. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 312. 1906. Crosby Lockwood . 12s. xxvii. ACIDS, ALKALIES, SALTS, etc. Adlam, G. H. J. Acids, Alkalies and Salts. Cr.8vo. Pp.121.1920. Pitman. 3s. Bottler, M. Modern Bleaching Agents and Detergents. Translated from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1910. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. 150 1h a, : ry Properties and a a hy, Sa Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Calvert, A. F. Salt and the Salt Industry. Cr.8vo. Pp.158.1919. Pitman. 3s. —. Salt in Cheshire. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1206. 1915. Spon. 380s. Calvert,G.T. Manufacture of Sul- phate of Ammonia and Crude Ammonia. 2nd edn. Demy &vo. Pp. 161. 1917. Benn Bros. 9s. Dobbin, L., and Marshall, H. Salts and their Reactions. A Class Book of Practical Chemistry. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 203. 1920. J. Thin. 6s. 6d. Grossman, J. Ammonia and its Compounds. Pott. 8vo. Pp. 161. 1906. Harper. 3s. Lunge, G. The Manufacture of Sul- phuric Acid and Alkali. New edn. in preparation. Gurney & Jackson. Martin, G., and Foucar, J. L. Sulphuric Acid and Sulphur Pro- ducts. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Maxted, E. B. Ammonia and the Nitrides, with special reference to their Synthesis. Cr.8vo. Pp. 124. 1921. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Martin, G., and Clough, G. W.> Chlorine and Chlorine Products. Including the Manufacture of Bleaching Powder, Hvypochlorites, Chlorates, Bromine, Iodine, etc. 2nd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. —— Smith, S., and Milsom, F. The Salt and Alkali Industry. The Manufacture of Hydrochloric Acid, Sodium Sulphate, &c. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 9s. Partington, J.R. The Alkali Indus- try. Demy 8vo. Pp. 304. 1918. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. Vincent, C. Ammonia and Its Com- pounds: Their Manufacture and Uses. Translated. Roy. 8vo. Pp.114. 1901. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. 151 xxviii. UTILISATION OF WASTE PRODUCTS; WOOD PRODUCTS. Dumesny, P., and Noyer, J. Wood Products: Distillates and Extracts. Translated from the French by D. Grant. Roy. 8vo. Pp.320. 1908. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. fd. Hubbard, E. The Utilisation of Wood Waste. Translated from the German. 3rdedn. Revised by H. B. Stocks. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 248. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 10s. 6d. Koller, T. The Utilisation of Waste Products. Translated from the German. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 338.°1918. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d, Naylor, W. Trades’ Waste: its Treatment and Utilisation. Med. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1902. Griffin. 23s. Spooner,H. J. Wealth from Waste. Elimination of Waste a World Problem. S8vo. Pp. 332. 1918. Routledge. 7s. 6d. xxix. MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES. Allen, A. W. The: Recovery of Nitrate from Chilean Caliche: con- taining a vocabulary of Terms, an account of the Shanks system, with a criticism of its fundamental features, and a description of a new process. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 66. 1921. Griffin. 6s. Barrowcliff, M., and Carr, F. H. Organic Medicinal Chemicals (Syn- thetic and Natural). Demy 8vo. Pp. 345. 1921. Bailliére. 15s. Berkeley, H. R., and Walker, W. M. Practical Receipts for the Manufacturer, the Mechanic, and for Home Use. New imp. §8vo. Pp. 250. 1912. Spon. 7s. @d. Béckmann, F. Celluloid: Its Raw Material, Manufacture, Properties, and Uses. Translated from the German. Cr.8vo. Pp.120. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Applied and Industrial Chemistry. Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungi- Johnstone, S. J., and Russell, A. cides, and Weed Killers. Trans- The Rare Earth Industry. Their lated from the French. Demy Svo. Industrial Application and Ex- Pp.450. 1913. Scott, Greenwood. ploitation. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 140. 14s. 6d. 1918. Croshy Lockwood. 9s. . Hodgson, H. H. Celluloid: its Knox, J. The Fixation of Atmos- Manufacture, Applications, and pheric Nitrogen. New edition in Substitutes. Translated from the preparation. Gurney and Jackson. } French of Masselon, Roberts, and oat Cillard. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin . oe eS a eee 152 —_—— we ee METALLURGY. i. GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS. Gower, A.R. An Elementary Text- book of Practical Metallurgy. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1913. Chapman and Hall. 4s. Hiorns, A. H. Principles of Metal- lurgy. 2nd edn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1914. Macmillan. 7s. A Text-Book of Elementary Metallurgy. 2nd edn. Globe 8vo. Pp. 242. 1913. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Practical Metallurgy and Assay- ing. 2ndedn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 514. 1914. Macmillan. 7s. Huntington, A. K., and McMillan, W. G. Metals: Their Properties and Treatment. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 570. 1914. Longmans. 8s. 6d. MacFarlane, W. Laboratory Notes on Practical Metallurgy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1905. Longmans. 3s. Passivity of Metals, The. Faraday Society Report, 1914. Demy 8vo. Pp. 88. 1914. Faraday Society. 7s. Gd. Rhead, E. L. Metallurgy. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 296. 1919. Longmans. 58. Roberts -Austen, Sir W.C. Intro- duction to Metallurgy. 7th edition in preparation. Griffin. Addresses and Scientific Papers, together with a Record of the Work of Sir W. C. Roberts-Austen. Compiled and Edited by S. W. Smith. Med.8vo. Pp.393. 1914. Griffin. 25s. Schnabel, C. Handbook of Metal- lurgy. Translated and revised by H. Louis. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. Copper, Lead, Silver. Gold. 3rd edn. Pp.1,195. 1921. 40s. Vol. 2. Zine, Mercury, Bismuth, Tin, Antimony, Arsenic, Nickel, Cobalt, Platinum, Aluminium. 2nd edn. Pp. 884. 1907. 25s. Macmillan. Sexton, A. H. A Text-Book of Elementary Metallurgy: including the Author’s Practival Laboratory Course. 6th edn. in preparation. Griffin. Stansbie, J. H. Elementary Practi- cal Metallurgy. Cr.8vo. Pp. 160. 1915. Churchill. 3s. 6d. Stobbs, T. Weights of Steel Bars, Sections and Plate Tables. (Cr. 8vo. Pp.92. 1920. Spon. 6s. 6d. Turner, T. Practical Metallurgy. An Introductory Course for Genera] Students. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1919. Griffin. 3s. 6d. ii. IRON AND STEEL. Allen, H. MetaJlurgical Manual of Iron and Steel. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1911. Technical Pub. Co. 8s. Carnegie, D., and Gladwyn, S.C. Liquid Stee!: Its Manufacture and Cost. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 552. 1918. Longmans. 382s. Davies, J. Galvanized Iron. Its Manufacture and Uses. 8vo. Pp. 139. 1914. Spon. 6s. Ede, G. The Management of Steel. 7thedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.216. 1909. Spon. 6s. Edwards, C. A. The Physico- Chemical Properties of Steel. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.298. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Transformations jof Pure Iron, The. Faraday Society Report. 1916. Demy 8vo. Pp. 34. 1916. Faraday Society. 2s. 6d. Friend, J. N. The Corrosion of Iron and Steel. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1911. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Greenwood, W. H., and Sexton, A.H. Iron: Its Sources, Proper- ties, and Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1918. Cassell. 4s. 6d. 158 Metallurgy. Greenwood, W. H., and Sexton, A.H. Steel: Its Varieties, Prop- erties, and Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1920. Cassell. 4s. 6d. Harbord, F. W., and Hall, J. W. The Metallurgy of Steel. 2 vols. Large 8vo. Vol. 1. Metallurgy. Vol. 2. Mechanical Treatment. 7th edn. in preparation. Griffin. Hatfield, W. H. Cast Iron in the Light of Recent Research. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 310. 1918. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Hearson, H.R. The Manufacture of Tron and Steel. A Handbook for Engineering Students, Merchants, and Users of Iron and Steel. S8vo. Pp. 103. 1912. Spon. 5s. Hiorns, A. H. Steel and Iron for Advanced Students. G1i.8vo. Pp. 550. 1911. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Hood, C. Iron and Steel. Their Production and Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp..160. 1911. Pitman. 3s. Hudson, O.F., and Bengoush, G. D. Iron and Steel: An Introduc- tory Text-Book for Engineers and Metallurgists. With a section on Corrosion. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp.183. 1921. Constable. 12s. 6d. Jeans, J. S. The Iron Trade of Great Britain. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 248. 1906. Methuen. 5s. Jones, J. H. The Tin Plate Indus- try. A Study in Economic Organ - ization, with special reference to its relations with the Iron and Stee] Industries. Demy S8vo. Pp. 302. 1914. King. 7s. 6d. Jiptner, H. F.v. Siderology: The Science of Iron. (The Constitution of Iron Alloys and Slags). Trans- lated from the German. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1902. Seott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Macfarlane, W. The Principles and Practice of Iron and Steel Manufac- ture. Sthedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 290. 1917. Longmans. 6s. Parsons, S.J. Malleable Cast Iron. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 187. 1919. Constable. 14s. Richards, W. A. The Forging of Tron and Steel. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1918. Constable. 7s. 6d. Sexton, A. H., and Primrose, J. S.G. The Metallurgy of Iron and Steel. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 600. 1919. Scientific Pub.Co. 15s. Turner, T. The Metallurgy of Iron. 6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 502. 1920. Griffin. “18s. iii. NON-FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS. Allen, A. W. Mill and Cyanide Handbook, comprising Tables, Formula, Flow Sheets and Report Forms, compiled and arranged for the Use of Metallurgists. Mill Men and Cyanide Operators. Feap. 8vo. Pp.137. 1918. Griffin. 6s. Buchanan, J. F. Brass Founder’s Alloys. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 129. 1909. Spon. 6s. Collins, H. F. Silver. Griffin. The Metallurgy of Lead. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 558. 1910. Griffin. 25s. The Metallurgy of 2nd edn. in preparation. Downie, J. R. Chemists’ Manual of Non-Ferrous Alloys. Demy 8vo. Pp. 168. 1920. Spon. 10s. Eissler, M. The Metallurgy of Argentiferous Lead. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1891. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. The Hydro-Metallurgy of Copper. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1902. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. The Metallurgy of Gold. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 638. 1900. Cros- by Lockwood. 25s. The Metallurgy of Silver. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 381. 1901. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Gee, G. E. Recovering Precious Metals from Waste Liquid Resi- dues. A Complete Workshop Treat- ise, containing Practical Directions for the Recovery of Gold, Silver, and Platinum from every Descrip- tion of Waste Liquids in the 154 . ith AINE i ES NAS Metallurgy. Jewellery, Photographic, Electro- plating Trades. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388. 1920. Spon. 16s. Gowland, W. Metallurgy of the Non-Ferrous Metals. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp. 619. 1918. Griffin. 25s. Gulliver, G. H. A Handbook of Metallic Alloys: Their Structure and Constitution. 4th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 467. 1921. Griffin. 15s. Hiorns, A. H. Mixed Metals or Metallic Alloys. 8rd edn. Gl. Svo. Pp. 490. 1912. Macmillan. 7s. Lambert, T. Lead and Its Com- pounds. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Law, E.F. Alloys and their Indus- trial Applications. 4thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1919. Griffin. 15s. Lones, T. E. Zinc and Its Alloys. Cr.8vo. Pp.186. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Mortimer, G. Aluminium. Its Manufacture, Manipulation and Marketing. Cr. Svo. Pp. 160. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Park, J. The Cyanide Process of Goid Extraction. A Text-Book for the use of Metallurgists and Stu- dents. 5th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1918. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Pattison, J.T. The Manufacture of Aluminium. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1919. Spon. 7s. 6d. Picard, H. K. Copper. From the Ore to the Metal. Cr. Svo. Pp. 189. 1916. Pitman. 3s. Rose, Sir T. K. The Metallurgy of Gold. 6th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 620. 1915. Griffin. 25s. The Precious Metals: comprising Gold, Silver, and Platinum. Cr. Svo. Pp. 311. 1909. Constable. 7s. 6d. Sexton,A.H. Alloys: Non-Ferrous. Demy 8vo. Pp. 298. 1908. Scientific Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. and Primrose, J. S. G. The Common Metals: Non-ferrous. The Metallurgy of Copper, Tin, Zinc, _ Lead, Antimony, Aluminium and Nickel. Demy 8vo. Pp. 500. 1909. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. Smith, E.,A. The Zine Industry. Svo. Pp. 282. 1918. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Smythe,J.A. Lead, Including Lead Pigments and the Desilverisation of Lead. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Stokes, R., White, H. A., Calde- cott, W. A., and other contri- butors. Rand Metallurgical Prac- tice. -8vo. Vol..1. Pp. 468. 1913. 25s. Vol.2. 2ndedn. Pp. 462. 1919. 25s. Griffin. Wang, C. Y. Antimony: Its His- tory, Chemistry, Mineralogy, Geo- logy, Metallurgy, Uses, Prepara- tior, Analysis, Production and Valuation, with complete Biblio- graphy. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 227. 1919. Griffin. 15s. White, B. Silver: its Intimate Association with the Daily Life of Man. Cr.Svo. Pp. 155. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Gold, its Place in the Economy of Mankind. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Pitman. 3s. iv. ELECTRO -METALLURGY. Electric Furnaces. Faraday Society Report, 1918. Demy S8vo. Pp. 37 and Plates. 1918. Faraday Society. 3s. 6d. Kershaw, J. B. C. Electro-Metal- lurgy. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 818. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. ——tElectro-Thermal! Methods of Iron: and Steel Production. Demy 8vo. Pp. 252. 1918. Constable. 9s. McMillan, W. G., and Cooper, W. R. A Treatise on Electro-Metal- lurgy. 4th edn. in preparation. Griffin. Rideal, E. K. Industrial Electro-. metallurgy, including Electrolytic and Electrothermal Processes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 260. 1918. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. 155 Metallurgy. v. ANALYSIS AND ASSAYING. Arnold, J. O., and Ibbotson, F. Steel Works Analysis. A Practical Handbook for Engineers’and Metal- Jurgists. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 468. 1919. Pitman. 12s. 6d. Beringer, J. J., and C. A Text- Book of Assaying: for the use of Students, Mine Managers, Assayers, etc. 15thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 487. 1921. Griffin. 12s. Gd. Brown, W.L. Manual of Assaving Gold, Silver, Copper, and Lead Ores. New edition. Revised and enlarged with a Chapter on the Assaying of Fuels by A. B. Griffiths. Cr. Svo Pp. 352. 1904. Heine- mann, 7s. 6d. Ibbotson, F. The Chemical Analy- sis of Steel-Works’ Materials. Demy 8vo. Pp. 304. 1920. Longmans. zis. —— and Aitchison, L. The Analy- sis of Non-Ferrous Alloys. New edition in preparation. Longmans. Macfariane, W. A Practical Guide to Iron and Steel Works Analyses, with Supplement, being selections from ‘‘Laboratory Notes on Iron and Steel] Analyses.’’ 2ndedn. Cr. Svo. Pp.350. 1920. Longmans. 9s. MacLeod, W.A., and Walker, C. Metallurgical Analysis and Assay- ing: A Three Years’ Course for Students of Schools of Mines. Large Svo. Pp.330. 1903. Griffin. 15s. Morgan. J. J. Aids to the Analysis and Assay of Ores, Metals, Fuels, etc. 2ndedn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1915. Bailliére. 3s. —-—Quantitative Metallurgical Analy- sis. Tables for Laboratory Use; on the Principle of ‘‘Group’’ Separations. 2nd edn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. Wark, J. Practical Assavying. For the Use of Mining Schools, Miners, and Metallurgists. 5th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 354. 1918. Griffin. 9s. Phillips, H. J. Gold Assaying. A Practical Handbook for the accurate Assay of Auriferous Ores and Bulli- on, and the Chemical Tests required in the Processes of Extraction. Cr. 8vo. Pp.150. 1904. Crosby Lock- wood. 8s. 6d. Pickard, J. A. Modern Steel Analy- sis. A Selection of Practical Methods for the Chemical Analysis ofSteel. Cr.8vo. Pp.136. 1914. Churchill. 5s. Smith, E. A. The Sampling and Assay of the Precious Metals: Com- prising Gold, Silver and Platinum, in Ores, Bullion and Products. Med. 8vo. Pp.475. 1913. Griffin. 18s. Wraight, E.A. Assaying in Theory and Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp.324. 1914. Arnold. 10s. 6d. vi. METALLOGRAPHY. Desch, C. H. Metallography. New impression in the Press. Longmans. Intermetallic Compounds. Svo. Pp. 122. 1914. Longmans. 4s. Giua, M., and Giua-Lollini, C. Chemical Combination among Metals. Translated by G. W. Robinson. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1918. Churchill. 21s. Goerens, P. Introduction to Metal- lography. Translated by F. Ibbot- son. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1908. Long- mans. 9s, Hiorns, A. H. Metallography. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1902. Macmillan. 7s. Mellor, J. W. The Crystallisation of Iron and Steel: an Introduction to the Study of Metallography. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1918. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Osmond, F., and Stead, J. E. The Microscopic Analysis of Metals. 2nd edn. Revised and Corrected by by L. P. Sidney. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Rosenhain, W. An Introduction to the Study of Physical Metallurgy. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390. 1919. Constable. 12s. 6d. 156 Metallurgy. Savoia,H. Metallography Applied to Siderurgic Products. Translated by R.C. Corbet. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1910. Spon. 6s. vii. HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS. Brearley,H. The Heat Treatment of Tool Steel. A Description of the Physical Changes and Properties in- duced in Tool Steel by Heating and Cooling Operations. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1918. Longmans. 12s.6d. The Case-Hardening of Steel. An Illustrated Exposition of the Changes in Structure and Properties induced in Steels by Cementation and Allied Processes. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 218. 1921. Longmans. 16s. Reiser, F. The Hardening and Tem-~ pering of Steel in Theory and Prac- tice. Translated from the German. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.120. 1918. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. viii. FOUNDRY WORK. Bower, C.O. Practical Shell Forg- ing and the Plastic Deformation of Steel and its Heat Treatment. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 301. 1919. Library Press. 30s. Brearley,A.W.,andH. Ingots and Ingot Moulds. 8vo. Pp.234. 1918. Longmans. 16s. Buchanan, J.F. The Moulder’s Dic- tionary (Foundry Nomenclature). Cr.8vo. Pp.233. 1912. Spon.6s. Dichmann, C. The Basic Open- Hearth Steel Process. Translated by A. Reynolds. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 346. 1920. Constable. 12s. 6d. Horner, J. Brassfounding. Demy 8vo. Pp.182. 1918. Emmott. 5s. Practical Ironfounding. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 409. 1914. Pitman. 10s. McWilliam, A., and Longmuir, P. General Foundry Practice: A Prac- tical Handbook for Iron, Steel and Brass Founders, Metallurgists, and Students of Metallurgy. 8rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 391. 1920. Griffin. 18s. Morgan, J. J. Notes on Foundry Practice. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 138. 1920. Griffin. 4s. 6d. Blast Furnace Practice. 2nd edn... Cr..8vo. Pp. -54. - 19016. Griffin. 2s. 6d. Purves, A. The Brass Moulder Illus- trated. A Practical Guide. Cr. Svo. Pp. 165. 1915. Spon. 5s. Rhead. E. L. The Principles and Practice of Ironfounding. Demy 8vo. Pp. 512. 1919. Scientific Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Roxburgh, W. General Foundry Practice. A Treatise on General Iron Founding, Job Loam Practice, Moulding and Casting of Finer Metals, ete. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 207. 1919. Constable. 8s. 6d. Sexton, A. H. Principles of Tron Founding and Foundry Metallo- graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3380. 1911. Technical Pub. Co. 8s. Sharp, J. Modern Foundry Practice. Dealing with the Green-Sand, Dry- Sand and Loam Moulding Processes, the materials used, also detailed descriptions of the machinery and other appliances employed. 2nd edn. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 760. 1918. Spon. 24s. Turner, T. Lectures on Iron Found- ing. 2ndedn. Extra Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1911. Griffin. 4s. 157 MILITARY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING. Hicks, J. W. The Theory of the Rifle and Rifle Shooting. An Ele- mentary Treatise on the Scientific Principles of the Small-Arm and its Functions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1919. Griffin. 5s. Noble, Sir A. Artillery and Exple- Sives. Essays and Lectures written and Delivered at various times. Med.8vo. Pp. 548. 1906. Murray. 25s. Pollard, H. Automatic Pistols. Demy 8vo. Pp.110. 1920. Pitman. 6s. Rausenberger, F. The Theory of the Recoil of Guns with Recoil Cylinders. Translated by A. Slater. Demy 8vo. Pp.154. 1909. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Sydenham, Lord. Fortification: its past Achievements, Recent Devel- opments, and Future Progress. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1907. Murray. 24s. Thomsen,C.F The Field Artillery Officers’ Handbook. Oblong Feap. 8vo. Pp. 48. 1918. Spon. 5s. 158 a7 a et ¢ a Ea ee oe PRS is ig ER RTE <5 SP i a ASTRONOMY. i. HISTORICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL. Ball, Sir R. S. Great Astronomers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 371. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Berry,A. A Short History of Astron- omy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1898. Murray. 7s. 6d. Dreyer, J. L. E. History of the Planetary Systems from Thales to Kepler. Demy 8vo. Pp. 482. 1906. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Forbes, G. History of Astronomy. Newedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.163. 1921. Watts. 3s. 6d. Heath, Sir T. Aristarchus of Samos, - the Ancient Copernicus. A History of Greek Astronomy to Aristarchus, together with his Treatise on the sizes and distances of the Sun and Moon; anew Greek Text with Trans- lation and Notes. Med. 8vo. Pp. 434. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 18s. Schiaparelli, G. Astronomy in the Old Testament. Authorized Trans- lation, with many corrections and additions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press. . 4s. ii. GENERAL AND COMPRE- HENSIVE TREATISES. Ball, Sir R. S. Elements of Astron-: omy. Cr. 8vo. Longmans. 8s. A Treatise on Spherical Astron- omy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 518. 1908. Cambridge University Press. 14s. A Primer of Astronomy. Re- issue. Fcap.8vo. Pp. 236. 1918. . Cambridge University Press. 3s. The Story of the Heavens. Med. 8vo. Pp. 568. Cassell. 15s. Pp. 484. 1917. Ball, Sir R.S. A Popular Guide to the Heavens. 3rd edn. Small 4to. Pp. 96 and 82 Plates. 1910. Geo. Philip. 15s. In the High Heavens. A popular account of recent interesting Astron- omical events and phenomena. Demy 8vo. Pp. 381. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Barlow, C. W. C., and Bryan, G. H. Elementary Mathematical As- tronomy. 2ndedn. 4th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 456. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Chambers,G.F. Astronomy. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 260. N.p. Hutchinson. 7s. 6d. Astronomy: for general readers. Cr.8vo. Pp.268. 1918. Pitman. 4s. and Smyth, W.H. A Cycle of Celestial Objects. Observed, re- duced and discussed. 8vo. Pp. 720. 1881. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. Chapman, R. W. The Elements of Astronomy for Surveyors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 257. 1919. Griffin. 5s. Dolmage, C. G. Astronomy of To- Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1919. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Dyson, SirF.W. Astronomy. Large Feap. 8vo. Pp. 247. Dent. 3s. 6d. A Primer of Astronomy. Feap. 8vo. Pp.118. Dent. 2s. Godfray, H. A Treatise on Astron- omy. 4th edn. Svo. Pp. 336. 1906. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Hinks, A. R. Astronomy. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Lockyer, Sir N. Elementary Lessons in Astronomy. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. —— Inorganic Evolution as studied by Spectrum Analysis.. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1900. Macmillan. 5s. 159 Astronomy. Lockyer, Sir N. Stonehenge and other British Stone Monuments Astronomically considered. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 516. 1909. Macmillan. 14s. The Meteoritic Hypothesis of the Origin of Cosmical Systems. 8vo. Pp. 576. 1890. Macmillan. 17s. Maunder,E.W. Astronomy without a Telescope. 3rdimp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288. 1904. Thacker. 7s. Newcomb,S. Astronomy for Every- body. Demy 8vo. Pp. 341. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Parker, G.W. Elements of Astron- omy. 5th edn. S8vo. Pp. 264. 1916. Longmans. 8s. Plummer, H.C. An Introductory Treatise on Dynamical Astronomy. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1918. Cam- bridge University Press. 18s. Proctor, R. A. Light Science for Leisure Hours: Familiar Essays on Scientific Subjects, Natural Phen- omena, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Our Place Among Infinities. Essays contrasting our Little Abode in Space and Time with the Infin- ities around us. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 296. 1908. Longmans. 6s. Stirling ,W. New Theories in Astron- omy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 336. 1906. Spon. 8s. 6d. Tancock, E. O. The Elements of Descriptive Astronomy. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 158. 1920. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 3s. Turner, H. H. Astronomical! Dis- covery. Demy 8vo. Pp.237. 1904. Arnold. 10s. 6d. Webb, T. W. Celestial Objects for Common ‘Telescopes. 6th edn. revised by T. E. Espin. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo. 1917. Vol. 1. Pp.273. Vol. 2. Pp. 3828. Longmans. 8s. each Vol. iii. THE MOON. Brown, E. W. An Introductory Treatise on the Lunar Theory. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1896. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Brown,E.W. The Inequalities in the Motion of the Moon due to the direct Action ofthe Planets. Roy. 8vo. Pp.106. 1908. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Godfray,H. AnElementary Treatise onthe Lunar Theory. Cr.8vo. Pp. 136. 1885. Macmillan. 5s. 6d. Pickering, W. H. The Moon. A Summary of the Existing Knowledge of our Satellite, with a complete Photographie Atlas. Large Roy. 4to. Pp. 108 and 88 Plates. 1904. Murray. 52s. 6d. Proctor, R.A. The Moon: Her Mo- tions, Aspect, Scenery and Phys- ical Condition. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1916. Longmans. 6s. iv. SOLARAND STELLAR. Ball, Sir R. S. In Starry Realms: The Wonders of the Heavens. Demy 8vo. Pp.3871. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Chambers, G. F. The Story of the Comets. 2vdedn. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1910. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. Clark, L., and Sadler, H. The Star Guide. Royal 8vo. Pp. 64.1886. Macmillan. 5s. Darwin, Sir G. H. The Tides and Kindred Phenomena of the Solar System. 38rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 437. 1911. Murray. 9s. Eddington, A. S. Stellar Move- ments and the Structure of the Uni- verse. 8vo. Pp.278. 1914. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. Grew,E.S. The Growth ofa Planet. Cr.8vo. Pp.364. 1911. Methuen. 7s. 6d. F : Jeans, J.H. Problems of Cosmogony and Stellar Dynamics. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 302. 1919. Cambridge Uni- versity Press.- 21s. Lockyer, Sir N. Recent and Coming Eclipses. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1900. Macmillan. 6s. The Sun’s Place in Nature. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1897. Macmillan. 12s. Sampson, R.A. The Sun. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 141. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. 160 Astronomy. Young, C. A. The Sun. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 387. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. v. ASTRONOMICAL ATLASES. Cottam, A. Charts of the Constella- tions. Imp.4to. Pp.3827. Stan- fora: "Fs. Heath, Sir T. The Twentieth Century Atlas of Popular Astronomy. 2nd edn. Imperial 8vo. Pp.180. and 21 coloured Plates. 1908. John- ston. 10s. Miremont, Comte de. Popular Star Maps. A Rapid and Easy Method of Finding the Principal Stars. Portfolio. Large 4to. Geo. Philip. 20s. ‘Orr, M.A. Stars of the Southern Skies. Cr.8vo. Pp. 104. 1915. Longmans. 3s. éd. Proctor, R.A. Large Star Atlas for Observers and Students. In 12 Circular Maps. ‘7th edn. Folio. Pp.60. 1914. Longmans. 17s. 6d. New Star Atlas for the Library, the School and the Observatory, In Twelve Circular Maps. 28rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1915. Long- mans. 6s. 6d. | Half Hours with the Stars: a Plain and Easy Guide to the Know- ledge of the Constellations. Show- ing in 12 Maps the position of the principal Star Groups in the North- ern Hemisphere night after night throughout each year. 4to. Long- mans. 5s. Turner,H.H. The Great Star Map. Being a Brief General Account of the International Project known as the Astrographic Chart. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 159. 1911. Murray. 3s. 6d. Weatherhead, R. The Star Pocket- book, or How to Find Your Way at Night by the Stars. 16mo. Pp. 92. 1917. Longmans. 2s. 6d. 161 Q METEOROLOGY. Abercromby, R. Weather: a Popu- lar Kxposition of the Nature of Weather Changes from Day to Day. 6thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 491. 1907. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Allingham,W. Marine Meteorology. for officers of the Merchant Navy. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 198.1917. Griffin. 9s. Beattie, J.C. Report of a Magnetic Survey of South Africa. Med. 4to. Pp. 245. 1909. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 20s. Berry,A.J. The Atmosphere. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 147. 19138. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Blanford, H. F. A Practical Guide to the Climates and Weather of India, Ceylon, and Burmah, and the Storms of Indian Seas. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1889. Macmillan. 15s. Bonacina, L. C. W. Climatic Con- trol. 2ndedn. Sm. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 167. 1915. Black. 8s. 6d. Brown, C. Meteorology for Masters and Mates. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96, 1920. James Brown. 3s. 6d. Cave, C. J.P. The Structure of the Atmosphere in Clear Weather. A Study of Soundings with Pilot Balloons. Demy 4to. Pp. 156. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Chapman, E.H. The Study of the Weather. Cr.8vo. Pp. 144.1919. Cambridge University Press. 4s. Chatley, H. The Force of the Wind. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 91. 1919. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Chree, C. Studies in Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Pp. 214. 1912. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Clarke, G. A. Clouds. A Descrip- tive Illustrated Guide-Book to the Observation and Classification of Clouds. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152 and 40 Plates. 1920. Constable. 21s. Dickson, H. N. Climate and Weather. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1911. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Elgie, J. H. Elgie’s Weather Book for the General Reader. Cr. 8vo. Pp.263. 1920. Wireless Press. 5s. Geddes, A. E. M. Meteorology. An Introductory Treatise. Demy 8vo. Pp. 410. 1921. Blackie. 21s. Hepworth,M.W.C. Notes on Mari- time Meteorology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 90. 1907. Geo. Philip. 2s. 6d. Horner, D.W. Meteorology for All: being some Weather Problems ex- plained. Cr.8vo. Pp.200. 1919. Witherby. 6s. Knox, A. The Climate of the Contin- ent of Africa. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 563. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 26s. Lempfert, R. G. K. Meteorology. Cr.8vo. Pp. 196. 1920. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Moore, Sir J. W. Meteorology: Practical and Applied. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 450. 1910. Heinemann. 10s. 6d. Rambaut,A.A. Results of Meteoro- logical Observations made at the Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the years 1911 to 1915. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1916. Oxford Univer- sity Press. 15s. Scott, R.H. Elementary Meteorolo- gy. 9thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 424. 1918. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. 162 Meteorology. Shaw, Sir W.N. Manual of Meteor- ology. Part IV. The Relation of the Wind to the Distribution of Barometric Pressure. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1919. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 12s. 6d. Forecasting Weather. Demy 8vo. 2nd edn. in preparation. Con- stable. Stacey, W. F. Practical Exercises on the Weather and Climate of the British Isles and North-West Eu- rope. LargeCr.8vo. Pp.64.1919. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 9d. Taylor, G. Australian Meteorology: A Text-book, including sections on Aviation and Climatology. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1920. Oxford: Claren- don Press. 12s. 6d. Waldo, F. Modern Meteorology. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub.Co. 5s. 163 MINERALOGY. i. GENERAL. Cole, G.A.J. Outlines of Mineral- ogy for Geological Students. Cr. Svo. Pp. 848. 1918. Long- mans. 6s. Evans, J.W. The Determination of Minerals under the Microscope by Means of their Optical Characters. Demy 8vo. Pp. 34 and Plates. 1915. Murby. 2s. 6d. Hatch, F.H. Mineralogy. 5th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 250. 1916. Pitman. 6s. McGrigor, G.D. Field Analysis of Minerals : for the Prospector, Mining Engineer, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1915. Technica! Bookshop . 3s. 6d. Miers, Sir H. A. Mineralogy: An Introduction to the Scientific Study of Minerals. New edn. in the Press. Macmillan. Rutley, F. Elements of Mineralogy. Revised by H. HW. Read. New edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 416. 1918. Murby. 6s. Smith, H. G. Minerals and the Microscope. An Introduction to the Study of Petrology. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 128. 1919. Murby. 5s. Spencer, L. J. The World’s Miner- als. A description of the more common minerals, and a few other important species ; with 163 coloured figures. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340. 1920. Chambers. 20s. ii. CRYSTALLOGRAPRY. Beale, Sir W. P. An Amateur’s Introduction to Crystallography from Morphological Observations. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1915. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Brags, Sir W.H., and W.L. Rays and Crystal Structure. edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 229. Bell. 10s. 6d. Fock, A. Introduction to Chemical Crystallography. Translated and edited by Sir W. J. Pope. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 206. 1895. Oxford: Claren- don Press. 5s. x- 5th 1918 Groth, P. An Introduction to Chem- ical Crystallography. Translated by H. Marshall. Cr.8vo. Pp.136. 1906. Gurney & Jackson. 4s. Hilton, H. Mathematica] Crystallo- graphy, and the Theory of Groups and Movements; with an Account of the Geometrical Theory of Crysta} Structure. 8vo. Pp. 274. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 14s. Lewis,W.J. A Treatise on Crystallo- graphy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 624. 1899. Cambridge University Press. 16s. Story-Maskelyne, N. graphy. A Treatise. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 534. 18938. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. 6d. Crystallo- Tutton, A. E. H. Crystallography and Practical Crystal Measurement. 8vo. Pp. 946. 1911. Macmillan. 40s. — Crystals. Cr. 8vo. Pps Sige 1911. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. iii. ECONOMIC MINERALOGY. Anderson, J.W. Prospector’s Hand- book. A Guide for the Prospector in search of metal-bearing or other valuable minerals. 13th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 207. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. 164 SAE ill JIS ARIE LTT i: ATRAPR AEN ONTY HAL HE STN ria » MH ATS ihe Mineralogy. Beyschlag, F., Vogt, J.H.L., and Krusch, P. The Deposits of the Useful Minerals and Rocks; their Origin, Form and Content. Trans- lated by S. J. Truscott. In 3 Vols. 8vo. Vol.1l. Pp. 542. 1914. 21s. Vol. 2. Pp. 760. 1916. 25s. Vol. 3. in preparation. Macmillan. Cahen, E., and Wootton, W. O. The Mineralogy of the Rarer Metals. A Handbook for Prospectors. 2nd edn. Pocket Size. Pp. 246.1920. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Calvert, A. F. Mineral Resources of Minas Geraes (Brazil). 8vo. Pp. 100 and 127 Plates. 1915. Spon. 9s. Collins, J. H. Observations on the West of England Mining Region. An Account of the Mineral Deposits and Economic Geology of Cornwall. Feap. 4to. Pp. 683. 1912. Tech- nical Bookshop. 21s. Corder, G.A. The Miner’s Geology and Prospector’s Guide, for Stu- dents, Miners, Prospectors, and Ex- plorers. Cr.8vo. Pp. 224. 1914. Spon. 6s. Cox,S.H. Prospecting for Minerals. A Practical Handbook for Prospect- ors, Explorers, Settlers, and all interested in the Opening up and Development of New Lands. 7th ean, Ur. Svo. Pp: 271. 1918. Griffin. “5s. Crook, T. Economic Mineralogy. A Practica! Guide to the Study of Use- ful Minerals. Demy 8vo. Pp. 504. 1921. Longmans. 25s. Curtis, A. H. Manganese Ores. (Imperial Institute Monographs on Mineral Resources). Demy 8vo. Pp. 128. 1919. Murray. 3s. 6d. Davies, G. M. Tin Ores. (Imper- ial Institute Monographs on Min- eral Resources). Demy 8vo. Pp. 121. 1919. Murray. 3s. 6d. Duly, S. J. The Natural Wealth of Britain: Its Origin and Exploita- tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3820. 1919. Hodder & Stoughton. 6s. Fairie, J. Notes on Lead Ores: Their Distribution and Properties. Cr. Svo. Pp. 64. 1901. Seott, Greenwood. Is. Ghambashidze, D. Mineral Re- sources of Georgia and Caucasia. Manganese Industry of Georgia. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1919. Allen & Unwin. Ss. 6d. Goodchild, W. Precious Stones. With a Chapter on Artificial Stones. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 319. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Hall, T. C. F. Lead Ores. (Imper- ial Institute Monographs on Min- eral Resources). Demy 8vo. Pp. 137. 1921. Murray. 6s. Lumb, A.D. The Platinum Metals: (Monographs on Mineral Resources with Specia! reference to the British Empire). Demy 8vo. Pp. 78. 1920. Murray. 3s. 6d. Mastin, J. The Chemistry, Proper- ties, and Tests of Precious Stones. Feap. 16mo. Pp. 114. 1911. Spon. 5s. Merritt, W.H. A Practical Manual of Field Testing for Gold and Silver. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 154. 1911. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Rankin, D. J. Prospecting for Gold. Feap. S8vo. Pp. 192. 1901. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Rastall,R.H.,and Wilcockson,W. ~-H. Tungsten Ores. (Monographs on Mineral Resources with special Reference to the British Empire). Demy 8vo. Pp. 90. 1920. Murray. 3s. 6d. Ronaldson, J.H.Coal. (Monographs on Mineral Resources with special reference to the British Empire). 8vo. Pp. 175. 1920. Murray. 6s. Smith, G. F. H. Gem-Stones, and their distinctive characters. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 826. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Stokes,R.S.G. Mines and Minerals of the British Empire. Demy 8vo. Pp. 423. 1908. Arnold. 15s. Summers, A.I.. Asbestos and the Asbestos Industry. The World’s Most Wonderful Mineral; and other Fire-proof Materials. Cr.8vo. Pp. 116. 1919. Pitman. 3s. 165 GEOLOGY. i. GENERAL. Bird, C. Elementary Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1913. Longmans. 53. Advanced Geology. A Manual for Students in Advanced Classes and for General Readers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 438. 1911. Longmans.7s.6d. Chamberlin, T.C., and Salisbury, R.D. Geology. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Processes and their Results. Vol. 2. Earth History— Genesis—Paleozoic. Pp. 692.1919. Vol.3. Earth History—Mesozoic— Cenozoic. Pp.624. 1909. Murray. 25s. each. Geology. Shorter Course. Demy 8vo. Murray. 25s. €Cole,G.A.J. Aids in Practica] Geo- logy. With a Section on Palzon- tology. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 447. 1919. Griffin. 10s. 6d. —— Open-Air Studies in Geology: An Introduction to Geology Out-of- doors. 2nd edn. Cr. &vo. Pp. 334. 1902. Griffin. 8s. 6d. Common Stones ; Unconventional Essays in Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 259. 1921. Melrose. 6s. Gardiner, C.J. An Introduction to Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1914. Bell. 3s. 6d. Geikie, Sir A. Text-Book of Geology, 4th edn. 2 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 724., 778. 1903. Macmillan. 30s. Class Book of Geology. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 480. 1919. Mac- millan. 7s. 6d. ——Outlines of Field Geology. 5th edn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1912. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Geikie, J. Structural and Field Geo- logy. For Students of Pure and Applied Science. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 478. 1920. Oliver & Boyd. 24s. Geikie, J. Outlines of Geology: for Junior Students and neral Readers. 4th edn. Large Post 8vo. Pp. 424. Stanford. 12s. Green, A. H. First Lessons in Mod- ern Geology. Edited by J. F. Blake. Cr.8vo. Pp. 220. 1898. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Gregory, J.W. Geology of To-Day. Cr.8vo. Pp. 828. 1919. Seeley. 7s. 6d. —— A Primer of Geology. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 140. Dent. 2s. Judd, J. W. (edited by). The Stu- dent’s Lyell. The Principles and Methods of Geology, as applied to the Investigation of the Past History of the Earth and its Inhabitants. 2nd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 645. 1911. Murray. 12s. Lake, P., and Rastall, R. H. A Text Book of Geology. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 522. 1920. Arnold. 21s. : Lapworth, C. Intermediate Text- book of Geology. 12th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 431. Blackwood.7s. 6d. Marr, J. E. An Introduction to Geo- logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 238. 1905. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. Park, J. A Text-book of Geology. 2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin. Reed, F. R.C. The Geology of the British Empire. 8vo. Pp. 488. 1921. Arnold. 40s. : Roberts, R. D.°* An Introduction to Modern Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1906. Murray. 6s. Sorsbie, R. F. Geology for Engin- eers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 450. 1911. Griffin. 12s. 6d. 166 SAM Dit No Nail | cd aitedbes ha aha od, ALL | Geology. Wallace, A. R. Island Life, or the Phenomena and Causes of Insluar Faunas and Floras. Including a revision and attempted solution of the problem of geological climates. Extra Cr. 8vo. Pp. 584. 1911. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Watts,W.W. Geology for Beginners. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. ii. HISTORY. Geikie, Sir A. Charles Darwin as Geologist. Cr.8vo. Pp. 91.1909. Cambridge University Press. 2s. —— The Founders of Geology. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1905. Mac- millan. 10s. Woodward, H. B. History of Geo- logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1911. Watts. 3s. 6d. Zittel.K.A.von. History of Geology and Paleontology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 562. 1901. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. iii. SEISMOLOGY AND ENDOGENETIC STRUCTURES. Anderson, T. Volcanic Studies in Many Lands. Ist Series (out of print). 2nd Series. The Text by ~ Prof. T. G. Bonney. Cr. 4to. Murray. 15s. Bonney. T. G. Volcanoes: their Structure and Significance. Large Cr.Svo. Pp. 379. 1912. Murray. 9s. Davison, C. The Origin of Earth- quakes. Roy. I6mo. Pp. 144. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. A Manual of Seismology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1921. Cambridge University Press. 21s. A Study of Recent Earthquakes. Cr.8vo. Scott Pub.Co. 7s. 6d. Fisher, O. Physics of the Earth’s Crust. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 472. 1889. Macmillan. 12s. Geikie,Sir A. The Ancient Volcanoes of Great Britain. 2 vols. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 502., 508. 1897. Macmillan. 386s. Gregory, J. W. The Nature and Origin of Fiords. Demy 8vo. Pp. 542. 1918. Murray. 21s. —— The Making of the Earth. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1912. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Hull, E. Volcanoes, Past and Present. Cr.8vo. Seott Pub.Co. 5s. Judd, J. W. Volcanoes: what they are and what they teach. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 389. 1907. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Knott, C.G. Physics of Earthquake Phenomena. 8vo. Pp.296. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 14s. Love, A. E. H. Some Problems of Geodynamics. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 189. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 16s. Milne, J. Earthquakes and other Farth Movements. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1913. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Seismology. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 345. 1908. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Schwarz, E.H.L. Causal Geology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1910. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Suess, E. The Face of the Earth. Translated by H. Sollas. 4 vols. Roy.8vo. Vol.1. Pp.616. 1904. S56." Vol. 2.. Pp. 562. 1906. 25a. Vol.S. Pp. 406. 1908. 198. 1 VO). 4. Pp. .682.; 1909. 25s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Swaine Vols 4s . $60, 1919. 22s. 6d. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. Solms-Laubkach,G. Fossil Botany: being an Introduction to Palzo- phytology from the standpoint of a Botanist. Translated by H.E.F. Garnsey. Revised by 1I.B. Balfour. Roy.8vo. Pp. 414. 1891. ford: Clarendon Press. 15s. Stopes, M. C. Ancient Plants. Being a simple account of the Past Vegetation of the Earth and of the recent important discoveries made in this realm of Nature Study. Demy 8vo. Pp. 187. 1910. Blackie. 7s. 6d. 170 Ox- . a i i a la A i MINING. i. GENERAL. Alford, C. J. Mining Law of the British Empire. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1906. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Burnham, M. H. Modern Mine Valuation. Med. 8vo. Pp. 171. 1912. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Byrom, T.H. An Elementary Class- Book of Physics and Chemistry of Mining. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 4s. 6d. Coppock, J. B., and Lodge, G. A. An Introduction to Mining Science: A Theoretical and Practical Text- book for Mining Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1919. Longmans. 4s. Field, E.R. The Mining Engineers’ Report Book and Directors’ and Shareholders’ Guide to Mining Re- ports ; with Tables and Calculations. 3rd edn. Pocket size. 1909. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Forrest, S.N. Mining Mathematics 6th imp. Cr. 1920. Arnold. —Junior Course. 8vo. Pp. 312. 4s. 6d. —— Mining Mathematics—Senior Course. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1920. Arnold. 5s. Forster, G. Safety-Lamps in Mines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 83. 1914. Rout- ledge. 2s. 6d. Foster. SirC.LeN. The Elements of Mining and Quarrying. An In- troductory Text-book for Mining Students. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 341. 1919. Griffin. 9s. Ore and Stone Mining. 7th edn. Revised by S. H. Cox. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 829. 1910. Griffin. 34s. Greenwell, A., and Elsden, J.V. Practical Stone Quarrying. Med. ' 8vo. Pp. 564. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Hatch, F.H.,and Valentine, E. J. Mining Tables. Being a Compari- son of the Unit of Weight, Measure, Currency, Mining Area, etc., of different countries; together with Tables, Constants, and other data useful to Mining Engineers and Surveyors. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1907. Macmillan. 6s. Howe, J. A. Stones and Quarries. Cr.8vo. Pp. 147. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Lamprecht,R. Recovery Work after Pit Fires. Translated from the German. Demy S8vo. Pp. 175. 1901. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Lawn, J. G. Mine Accounts and Mining Book-keeping, for Students, Managers, Secretaries, and others. Edited by Sir C. Le N. Foster. 7th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 158. 1911. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Mawson,F. Mining Hand-Sketching and Drawing. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 47 and 20 Plates. 1915. Spon. 2s. 6d. O’Donahue. T.A. The Valuation of Mineral Property: Rules, and Tables. Demy 8vo. Pp. 166. 1910. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Power,F.D. Pocket Book for Miners and Metallurgists: Rules, Formu- le, Tables. and Notes for Use in Field and Office Work. 4th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 385. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. Redmayne, SirR.A.S.,and Stone, G. The Ownership and Valuation of Mineral Property in the United Kingdom. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1920. Longmans. 12s. 6d. Schwartz, Dr. von. Fire and Ex- plosion Risks: A Handbook of the Dete:tion, Investigation and Pre- vention of Fires and Explosions. Large 8vo. Pp. 378. (Reprint) 1918. Griffin. 18s. 171 Mining. Skinner, W. R. (edited by). The Mining Manual and Mining Year Book, 1921. Demy 8vo. Pp. 919. March, 1921. Simpkin, Marshall. 20s. ii. COAL MINING. Bulman,H.F. Coal Mining and the Coal Miner. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1920. Methuen. 15s. ~—— and Redmayne, Sir R.A.S. Colliery Working and Management. 2nd edn. in preparation. Crosby Lockwood. Burns, D. The Elements of Coal Mining. Cr.8vo. Pp. 24. 1917. Arnold. 3s. 6d. Safety in Coal Mines, A Treatise in Fundamental Principles for Fire- men, Colliery Managers, and other Workers in Mines, Sm. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. n.p. Blackie. 2s. 6d. and Kerr G. L. The Modern Practice of Coal Mining. Med. 8vo. Part 1. Geology and Boring. Pp. 102. 1919. 5s. Part 2. Drills and Drilling—Coal Cutting Mach- inery. Pp. 178. 1919. 6s. Part 3. Sinking and Fitting Shafts. Pp. 281. 1919. 6s. Part 4. Explo- sives and Blasting—Transmission of Power Pp... 170. - 382032 Be: Pitman. Cantrill, T.C. Coal Mining. 16mo. Pp. 159. 1914. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Cockin, T. H. Practical Coal Min- ing. 7thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 440. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. 6d. Hughes, H. W. A Text-Book of Coal Mining: or the Use of Colliery Managers and others engaged in Coal-Mining. 6thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 563. 1917. Griffin. 30s. Jones, L. A., and Bellot,H. H.L. The Miner’s Guide to the Law Re- lating to Coal Mines. 8rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1914. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Kerr, G.L. Elementary Coal Mining: for the Use of Students, Miners, and others preparing for Examinations. 6thedn. Cr.8vce. Pp. 261. 1921. Griffin. 6s. Roy. Kerr, G.L. Practical Coal Mining: A Manual for Managers, Under- Managers, Colliery Engineers, and others. 7th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 789. 1921. Griffin. 16s. Parker, J. A Text-kook of Coal Mining Science. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1916. Gurney & Jackson. 4s. 6d. Peel, R. An Elementary Text-Book of Coal Mining. 19thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 382. N.p. Blackie. 3s. 6d. Redmayne, Sir R. A. S. Modern Practice in Mining. 4 Vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. Coal: Its Occurrence, Value and Methods of Boring. 2nd edn. Pp. 216. 1919. 10s. 6d. Vol. 2. The Sinking of Shafts. 2nd edn. Pp. 290. 1920. 10s.6d. Vol.3. Methods of Working Coal. Pp. 222. 1914. 8s. 6d. Vol. 4. The Ventilation of Mines. 2nd edn. Pp. 252. 1918. 10s. 6d. Long- mans. Riemer, J. Shaft-Sinking in Difficult Cases. Translated by J. W. Brough. Med.8vo. Pp. 134. 1907. Griffin. 12s. 6d. - Sim, J.,and Wylie, A.M. Lahora- tory Work for Coal-Mining Stu- dents. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1915. Arnold. 3s. Tonge, J. The Principles and Prac- tice of Coal Mining. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1996. Macmillan. 4e, Wilson, F. H. Coal: Its Origin, Method of Working, and Prepara- tion for the Market. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 138. 1913. Pitman. 38s. iii. BLASTING, VENTILATION, AND COMPRESSED AIR. Daw, A.W.,and Z.W. The Blast- ing of Rovk in Mines, ‘Quarries, Tunnels, etc. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1909. Spon. 15s. Guttmann, O. Blasting and the Use of F:xplosives. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 197. 1906. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Maurice,W. The Shot-Firer’s Guide. A Practical Manual on Blasting. Demy 8vo. Pp. 215. N.p. Benn. Bros. 5s. 6d. 172 6 gg Mn iat ee ee ee ed Mining. Penman, D. Compressed Air Prac- tice in Mining. 2nd edn. in prep- aration. Griffin. Wabner, R. Ventilation in Mines. Translated from the German. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1903. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. iv. ELECTRICITY APPLIED TO MINING. Burns, D. Electrical Practice in Collieries. A Manual for Colliery Managers, Engineers and Mining Students. 5thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 417. 1920. Griffin. 10s. 6d. Duncan, W. G., and Penman, D. The Electrical Equipment of Colli- eries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310.1908. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d.* Freudemacher, P. W._ Electric Mining Installations. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1919. Constable. 2s.6d. Lupton, A., Parr, G. D. A., and Perkin, H. Electricity as Applied to Mining. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1906. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. Maurice, W. Electric Blasting Apparatus and Explosives. Demy &vo. Pp. 176. N.p.. Benn Bros. 10s. 6d. Patchel!, W. H. Application of Electric Power to Mines and Heavy Industries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1913. Constable. 12s. 6d. Paterson, G. W.L. Electric Mine Signalling Installations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1914. Constable. 5s. Walker,S.F. Electric Mining Mach- inery. Demy 8vo. Pp.387. 1919. Pitman. 15s. —— Electricity in Mining. Demy 8vo. Pp. 405. 1907. Harper. 10s. 6d. v. MINING FOR GOLD, DIAMONDS, ETC. Charleton, A. G. Gold Mining and Milling in Western Australia, with Notes on Telluride Treatment, Costs, and Mining Practice in other Fields. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1908. Spon. 12s. 6d. Cleland, E. D. West Australian Mining Practice. Post 4to. Pp. 267. 1911. Technical Bookshop. 10s. 6d. Denny, G. A. Drilling for Gold and Other Minerals. Med. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1900. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. The Deep-Level Mines of the Rand and their Future Development. Roy. 8vo. Pp.170. 1902. Crosby Lockwood. 25s. Dickson, A. A. C. The Mica Miner’s and Prospector’s Guide. Cr. Svo. Pp. 58. 1919. Spon. 4s. 6d. Griffiths, H. D. Bucket Dredging for Tin in the F.M.S. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 35. 1917. Technical Bookshop. 5s. Hatch, F. H., and Chalmers, J. A. Gold Mines ofthe Rand. Super Royal 8vo. Pp. 324. 1895. Mac- millan. 17s. Hodgson, J. E. The Dredging of Gold Placers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 65. 1911. Pitman. 5s. Horwood, C.B. The Gold Deposits. of the Rand. Med. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1917. Griffin. 18s. Johnson, J.C.F. Getting Gold: A Gold-Mining Handbook for Practi- » cal Men. 6thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 211. 1920. Griffin. Gs. Kassner, T. Gold Seeking in South Africa: A Hand-book of Hints for intending Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers; with a chapter on the Agricultural Aspects of SouthAfrica. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1902. Griffin. 4s. Gd. Kirkpatrick, T. S. G. The Hy- draulic Gold Miner’s Manual. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 46. 1897. Spon. 4s. Tinney, W. H. Gold Mining Ma- chinery: its Selection, Arrange- ment, and Installation. Med. 8vo. Pp. 3820. 1906. Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d. 173 Mining. Truscott, S. J. Witwatersrand Goldfields, Banket, and Mining Practice. 3rd edn. Super royal 8vo. Pp. 546. 1907. Macmillan. 40s. Wagner, P.A. The Diamond Fields of Southern Africa. Cr. 4to. Pp. 347. 1914. Technical Bookshop. 32s. 6d. Young,R.B. The Banket. A Study of the Auriferous Conglomerates of the Witwatersrand and the Asso- ciated Rocks. Med. 8vo. Pp.135. 1917. Gurneyand Jackson. 8s.6d. vi. ORE DRESSING. Eissler, M. Cyanide Process for the Extraction of Gold and its Practi- eal Application on the Witwaters- rand Goldfields and elsewhere. 3rd edn. Svo. Pp.202. 1902. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Hoover, T.J. Concentrating Ores by Flotation. 8rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 820. 1916. Technical Book- shop. 12s. 6d. Julian, H. F., Smart, E., and Allen, A.W. Cyaniding Gold and Silver Ores. A Practical Treatise on the Cyanide Process : its Applica- tion, Methods of Working, Design and Construction of Plant, and Costs. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 460. 19138. Griffin. 25s. Levy, D.M. Modern Copper Smelt- ing. Med. 8vo. Pp 271. 1912. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Lock, G. W. Gold Milling. Princi- ples and Practice.. 8vo. Pp. 8238. 1901. Spon. 21s. Louis, H. A Handbook of Gold- Milling. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 616. 1902. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. The Dressing of Minerals. Super royal8vo. Pp.554. 1909. Arnold. 30s. 174 cw errr a, ST ae GEOGRAPHY. i. TEACHING OF GEOGRAPHY, Archer, R. L., Lewis, W. J., and Chapman, A.E. The Teaching of Geography in Elementary Schools. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.259. 1918. Black. 5s. Mill,H.R. A Guide to Geographical Books and Appliances. Revised by A. J. Herbertson, J. F. Unstead, and N. E. MacMunn. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 208. 1919. Geo. Philip. 6s. Wallis, B. C. The Teaching of Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 191%. Cambridge University Press. 5s. ii. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY. Beazley, C. R. The Dawn of Modern Geography. A History of Exploration and Geographical Science from the Conversion of the Roman Empire to the early years of the Fifteenth century. 38 Vols. 8vo. Vol.1. ToA.D.900. (Out of print). Vol. 2. A.D. 900—1260. Pp. 652. 1904. 20s. Vol. 3. A.D. 1260—1420. Pp. 638. 1906. 25s. Vols.2and 3. 40s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Crockett, T., and Wallis, B. C. North America during the Eigh- teenth Century. A Geographical History. Cr.8vo. Pp.124. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d. Fairgrieve, J. Geography and World Power. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 381. 1920. University of London Press. 58. Fordham, Sir H. G. Studies in Carto-Bibliography. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon Press... 6s. Freeman, E. A. The Historical Geography of Europe. 8vo. Pp. 664. 13s. 6d. Atlas to the same. 3rd edn. 8vo. 1920. ‘7s. 6d. Longmans. George, H. B. The Relations of Geography and History. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 310. 1910. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. 6d. Heawood, FE. A History of Geo- graphical Discovery in the Seven- teenth and Eighteenth Centuries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 487. 1912. Cam- bridge University Press. 15s. Keltie, Sir J. S., and Howarth, O. J.R. History and Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 163. 1918. Watts. bs. 6d. Newbigin, M.I. Modern Geography. Feap. S8vo. Pp. 256. 1911. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Parkinson, T. W. F. Lessons in Modern Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1919. Oxford University Press. 3s. Tozer, H. F. A History of Ancient Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 887. 1897. Cambridge University Press. 10s. 6d. iii. PHYSIOGRAPHY. Huxley, T. H. Physiography: an Introduction to the Study of Nature. A new edition Revised and partly re-written by Sir R. A. Gregory. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1919. Mac- millan. 7s. Mill, H. R. The Realm of Nature. An Outline of Physiography. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1918. Murray. 6s. 175 Geography. Salisbury, R. D. Physiography. Poynting, J. H. The Earth: its Demy 8vo. Pp. 770. Murray. Shape, Size, Weight, and Spin. 25s. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 141. 1913. Physiography. Shorter Course. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 529. 1909. Russell, 1. C. River Development. Murray. 12s. As Illustrated by the Rivers of Simmons, A. T. Physiography for Advanced Students. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 498. 1901. Macmillan. 5s. Physiography for Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1905. Macmillan. 3s. Thornton, J. Elementary Practical Physiography. Newedn. 2 Parts. Cr. 8vo. Part1. Pp. 3870. 1906. Part2. Pp.220. 1904. Longmans. 4s. each part. Elementary Physiography : an In- troduction to the Study of Nature. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 442. 1917. Long- mans. 4s. Advanced Physiography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1911. Longmans. 6s. iv. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Barnard,H.C. Outlines of Physical Geography. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.156. 1917. Black. 2s. 6d. Geikie, Sir A. Elementary Lessons in Physical Geography. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 410. 1919. Macmillan. 5s. Gregory, J. W. Geography: Struc- tural, Physical , Comparative. Large Cr.&vo. Pp.305. Nn.p. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Hughes, W., and Gregory, Sir R. A. Class Book of Physical and Astronomical Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. Geo. Philip. 3s. 6d. Hunter, W.I. Rivers and Estuar- ies, or Streams and Tides. 8vo. Pp.76. 1912. Longmans. 2s. 6d. Lake, P. Physical Geography. New edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 344. 1919, Cambridge University Press. 138s. Longmans’ Geographical Series. Book 5. A Primary Physical Geography. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 229. 1917. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Newbigin, M.I. An Introduction to Physical Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. Dent. 4s. 6d. North America. Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 827. Murray. 7s. 6d. Simmons, A. T., and Stenhouse, E. A Class Book of Physical Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1919. Maemillan. 5s. 6d. Smith, B. Physical Geography. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 198. 1917. Black. 4s. 6d. Wood, C.A. A Physical and Eecono- mic Geography of the World. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.750. Nw. Normal Press. 6s. 6d. ve. MAP WORK. Bryant, V.S., and Hughes, T. H. Map Work. Med. 8vo. Pp.174. 1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s. Hinks, A. R. Maps and Survey. Demy 8vo. Pp. 222. 1913. Cam- bridge University Press. 8s. 6d. Map Projections. Demy 8vo. Pp.138. 1912. Cambridge Univer- sitv Press. 7s. Newbigin, M. I. Ordnance Survey Maps: their Meaning and Use with Descriptions of Typical 1-inch Sheets. 2nd edn. Feap. &8vo. Pp. 128. 1920. Johnston. Qs. vi. COMMERCIAL AND ECONOMIC. Bridge, R. S. Geography of Com- merce and Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1920. Hodder and Stoughton. — 4s. 6d. Brown, R.N.R. The Principles of Economic Geography. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Chisholm, G. G. Handbook of Commercial Geography. 8th edn. 8vo. Pp. 782. 1920. Longmans. 25s. 176 ee _ ee Oi i Mi pee ae Geography. Chisholim,G.G. A Smaller Com- mercial Geography. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.295. 1920. Long- mans. 58. Curr,A.L. Commercial Geography. An Intermediate Text-book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1915. Black. 5s. Fairgrieve, J., and Young, E. The Gateways of Commerce: An Introduction to Economic Geo- graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1921. Philip. 3s. 6d. Herbertson, A. J. Commercial Geography of the World. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 383. w.p. Chambers. 3s. 6d. Howarth, O. J. R. A Commercial Geography of the World. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1920. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Lyde, L. W. A Commercial Geo- graphy of the World. 5th edn. Smal! Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. Black. 4s. 6d. McFarlane, J. Economic Geo- graphy. - Demy 8vo., Pp. 568. N.D. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Sargent, A. J. Seaways of the Em- 1919. pire. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 171. 1918. Black. 7s. 6d. Thurston, C. B. An Economic Geography of the British Empire. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 388. sity of London Press. 5s. vii. GENERAL: THE WORLD. Fry,G.C. Text-Book of Geography. 3rd edn. llth imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1921. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Golding, A. A. An Introduction to General Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 5s. 6d. Heaton, E.W. The Senior Scientific Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 861. Herbert Russell. 7s. 6d. Herbertson,A.J.,and F.D. The Senior Geography. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1918. 5s. With Questions by F. M. Kirk and Statistical Appendix by E. G. R. Taylor. Pp. 486. 4s. With Physiographical Introduction , Ques- tions, and Statistical Appendix. Pp. 564. 5s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. . 1919. Univer- ~ Herbertson, A. J., and F. D. The Clarendon Geography. 2 Vols. Cr. 8vo. 1912-18. Vol. 1. Principles , British Isles and Europe. Pp.380. 4s. Vol.2. Asia, Africa, Australia and America. Pp. 376 4s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Hughes, W. Class Book of Modern Geography. Physica!, Political, and Commercial. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 488. 1912. Geo. Philip. 3s. 6d. Advanced Class Book of Modern Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 884. 1908. Geo. Philip. 4s. 6d. Johnston, K. Physical, Historical, Political, and Descriptive Geo- graphy. 6thedn. Revised by A. H. Keane. Large Post 8vo. Pp. 491. 1908. Stanford. 12s. Longmans’ Geographical Series. Book 1. First Book of Geography. New imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.182. 1918. Longmans... 3s. Book 2. The World for Junior Students. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 510. 1918. Longmans. 6s. —-Book 8. The World for Senior Students. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 628. 1918. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Lyde, L. W. Short Text-book of Geography. 2nd edn. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1917. Black. 6s. Pigsott, H., and Finch, R. J. World Studies: An Introduction to General Geography. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390. Dent. 4s. 6d. Simmons, A. T., and Richardson, H. Introduction to Practical Geo- graphy. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 392. 1916. Macmillan. 4s. Unstead, J. F., and Taylor, E.G. R. General and Regional Geo- graphy for Students. 6th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 520. 1920. Geo. Philip. 7s. 6d. Wallis,B.C. Essentials of Practical Geography. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1918. Macmiilan. 4s. 6d. ——A Geography of the World. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 3888. 1919. Macmillan. As. 6d. Practical Exercisesin Gecgraphy. A Two Years’ Course. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.208. 1920. 8s. Key. 4s.6d. Macmillan. 177 B Geography. Wilmore, A. The Groundwork of Modern Geography. An Introduc- tion to the Science of Modern Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1920. Bell. 6s. GENERAL: BRITISH EMPIRE. Bunting, W. L., and Collen, H.L. A Geography of the British Empire. 2ndedn. Cr. 4to. Pp.168. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Herbertson, A. J., and Howarth, O.J.R. (edited by). The Oxford Survey of the British Empire. Being a description of the Empire and its constitutent territories in their geographical, economic, ad- ministrative and social aspects at the present time. 6 Vols. 8vo. 1914. Vol. 1. British Isles, &c. Pp. 608. Vol. 2. Asia. Pp. 515. Vol. 3. Africa. Pp. 564. Vol. 4. America. Pp. 521. Vol. 5. Aus- tralasia. Pp.596. Vol. 6. General Survey. Pp. 394. Oxford: Claren- don Press. 15s. each; the 6 Vols. 70s. and Thompson, R. L. Geo- graphy of the British Empire. 38rd ein. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 3s. Longmans’ Geographical Series. viii. Book 4. The British Empire. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 349. 1918. Longmans. 5s. Newbigin, M. I. The British Em. pire Beyond the Seas. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1917. Bell. 4s. 6d. ix. DESCRIPTIVE REGIONAL, Brooks, L. New Regional Geo- graphies. Cr. 8vo. Book 1. The Americas. Pp. 256. 1919. 43. Book 2. Asia and Australasia. Pp. 300. 1919. 4s. Book 8. Africa and Europe. Pp.480. 1919. 6s. 6d. Part 1. Africa. Pp. 140. 1920. 2s.6d. Part2. The British Isles. Pp. 140. 1920. 2s. 6d. Part 38. Europe, including the British Isles. Pp. 340. 1920. 5s. Book 4. The World. In preparation. University of London Press. Hogarth, D. G. Nearer East (Bal- Holdich, Sir T. kans, Asia Minor, N.E. Africa, Egypt, Arabia, Persia, etc.). (Re- gions of the World). 8vo. Pp. 312. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. India. (Regions of the World). 8vo. Pp. 388. 1904. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. Little, A. The Far East (China, Lyde, Japan, Turkestan, Eastern Asia, etc.). (Regions of the World). 8vo. Pp. 342. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. L. W. The Continent of Europe. 8vo. Pp.462. 1917. Macmillan. &s. 6d. Mackinder, H. J. Britain and the British Seas. (Regions of the World). 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 388. 1907. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. Martin, J. A Geography of Asia. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 306. 1919. Mac- millan.” 5s. Partsch, J. Central Europe (Alpine Countries , Germany, Austria, Netherlands,etc.). Translated from the German. (Regions of the World). 8vo. Pp. 372. 1904. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. Russell, I. North America (Canada, United States, Mexico, etc.). (Re- gions of the World). 8vo. Pp. 444. 1904. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. Stanford’s Compendium of Geo- 178 graphy and Travel. 13 Vols. Large Cr. 8vo. Europe. Vol. 1. The Countries of the Mainland (excluding the North-West). By B.C. Wallis. New edn. in-prepara- tion. Europe. Vol. 2. British Isles, Scandinavia, Denmark, and the Low Countries. By B. C. Wallis. New edn. in preparation. North America. Vol. 1. Canada and Newfoundland. By H. M. Ami. Pp. 1,069. 1915. North America. Vol. 2. The United States. New edn. in preparation. Australasia. Vol. 1. Australia and New Zealand. By J. W. Gregory. 2ndedn. Pp.657. 1907. uN Geographi. Australasia. Vol. 2. Malaysia and the Pacific Archipelagoes. By F. H.H.Guillemard. 2nd edn. revised by A. H. Keane. Pp. 590. 1908. Africa. Vol. 1. North Africa. By A.H. Keane. 2ndedn. Pp. 640. 1907. Africa. Vol. 2. South Africa. By A. H. Keane. 2nd edn. 1908. Asia. Vol. 1. Nor- thern and Eastern Asia, Caucasia, Russian Turkestan, Siberia, Chinese Empire, Korea and Japan. By A.H. Keane. 2ndedn. Pp. 554. 1906. Asia. Vol. 2. Southern and Western Asia, Afghanistan, India, Indo-China, Malay Penin- sula, Turkey in Asia, Arabia and Persia. By A.H. Keane. 2ndedn. Pp. 527. 1909. Central and South America. Vol. 1. South America. By A. H. Keane. 2nd edn. Pp. 638. 1911. Central and South America. Vol. 2. Central America and West Indies. By A. H. Keane. Pp. 500. 1901. graphical and Topographical] Terms, and of words of frequent occurrence in the composition of such terms and of place names. By A. Knox. Pp. 482. Stanford. 17s. 6d. each Vol. Taylor,G. Australia, in its Physio- graphic and Economic Aspects. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 266. 1920. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Glossary of Geo-. x. MISCELLANEOUS. Fawcett, C. B. Frontiers, a Study in Political Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1918. Oxford: Claren- don Press. 3s. 6d. Provinces of England. A Study of some Geographical Aspects of Devolution. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 296. 1919. Williams and Norgate. 6s. 6d. Fleure, H. J. Human Geography in Western Europe. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 263. 1919. Williams and Norgate. 6s. Keltie, Sir J. S. Applied Geo- graphy. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 175. 1908. Geo. Philip. 3s. 6d. Maguire, T. M. Outlines of Mili- tary Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 367. 1900. Cambridge University Press. 12s. 6d. Mill, H. R. New Lands: their Resources and Prospective Advan- tages. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1900. Griffin. 5s. Vinall, J. W.T.,and Snaith,G.L. Open-Air Geography and Topo- graphical Modelling. Svo. Pp. 224. 1920. Blackie. 5s. 179 NAVIGATION i. NAVIGATION AND NAUTICAL ASTRONOMY. Anon. Ru-Ro, the Rule of the Road at Sea. Fully illustrated by -Dia- grams in colour. Demy 8vo. Pp. 32. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. Arnold, H. T. Steamship Naviga- fion,>.€r.. 8yo. Pp. 104... xB. Blackie. 2s. 6d. Card, S. F. Navigation Notes and Examples. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 262. 1920. Arnold. 12s. 6d. Cross, F. New Navigation. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 39. 1919. James Brown. 2s. 6d. Dunraven, Earl of. Self Instruc- tion in the Practice and Theory of Navigation. New edn. 3 Vols. 8vo. 1908. Vols. 1 and 2. Pp. 300.,348. 17s. Vol.3. Pp. 350. 8s.6d. Macmillan. Gill, J. Text-Book on Navigation and Nautical Astronomy. Revised and Enlarged by W. V. Merrifield. New edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 446. 1918. Longmans. 21s. Grant, H. C. J. Pocket Book of Practical Navigation. Revised by E.R.G.R. Evansand B.C. Porter. 18mo. Pp. 207. 1920. Gieves. 10s. 6d. Groves-Showell, P. Definitions in Navigation and Nautical As- tronomy. Cr.8vo. Pp.115. 1908. Griffin. 3s. Hall, W. Modern Navigation (Navi- gation and Nautical Astronomy). 2nd edn. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 337. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Hughes, A. J. The Book of the Sextant. Demy 8vo. Pp. 68. 1915. James Brown. 8s. 6d. AND SEAMANSHIP. Jutsum, J. N. Brown's Rule of the Road Manual. Newedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 97. 1921. J. Brown. 28. 6d. Lecky, S. T. S. The Danger Angle and Off-Shore Distance. 12th edn. Sq. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1919. Geo. Philip. 6s. Wrinkles in Practica! Naviga- tion. 12th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 814. 1920. Geo. Philip. 30s. MacHattie, A. The Navigator’s Practical Star Book. For Learners and Experienced Navigators. Con- taining 40 charts. Roy. 4to Oblong. Jas. Munro. 7s. 6d. Millar, W. J. Latitude and Longi- tude: How to Find them. 38rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1914. Griffin. 2s. Miremont, Comte de. Practical Methods in Modern Navigation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 107. 1905. Geo. Philip. 5s. Owens, E. W. How to Learn on Shore the Rule of the Road at Sea. Demy 8vo. Pp. 40. 1906. Geo. Philip. 5s. Rugs, W. G. Stellar Indicator. Showing meridian passage, hour angle, and meridian altitude of the principal stars in both hemi- spheres at a glance. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. A Treatise on the Projection of the Sphere, showing how to construct and compute all the Astronomical problems, ete. Cr. 4to. Jas. Munro. 38s. 6d. —Rule of the Road, Collison Indicator. Post 4to. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. Smith, D.W. The Law Relating to the Rule of the Road at Sea. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 333. 1910. James Brown. 10s. 6d. 180 ee ee eae ™ ie a Navigation and Seamanship. Stebbing, F.C. Navigation and Nautical Astronomy. .2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1903. Macmillan. _ Ss. 6d. Swainston,C.M. New Guide Book. 16th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 594. 1920. T. Reed & Co. 12s. Ed. Whall, W. B. Handy Book of the Stars used in Navigation. 8th edn. Oblong 4to. 1920. Geo. Philip. &s. 6d. Williamson, A. P. W. Text-Book of Navigation and Nautieal As- tronomy. New edn. 8vo. Pp. 413. 1920. John Hogg. 10s. 6d. Wilson -Barker, Sir D., and Alling - ham, W. Navigation: Practical and Theoretical. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1918. Griffin. 3s. 6d. ti. EXAMINATION GUIDES ON NAVIGATION AND SEAMAN- SHIP. Cogie and Tait’s Extra Master’s Guide. Explanations of all ques- tions in Navigation, Nautical As- tronomy, and Compass Syllabus. 8rd edn. Cr. 4to. Pp. 288. 1904. James Brown. 10s. 6d. Don, J., and Caird, W. J. Cham- bers’s Navigation: A Guide to the Examinations of Second Hands, Skippers, and Extra Skippers of Fishing Vessels and Trawlers. Cr. 8vo. Pp.312. Chambers. 3s. 6d. Hansen, L. F. Trigonometry and Navigation. A Compiete Guide to the B.O.T. Examination for Extra Masters only. Roy. 8vo. 1920. ‘’ J. Brown. 15s. Morris, C. Extra Master’s, Master’s, and Mate’s Handbook. A Guide to the Board of Trade Examinations. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 564. 19138. James Brown. 10s. 6d. Nicholls, A. E., Concise Guide for . Board of Trade Examinations. Revised by Capt. Maxwell. 18th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 732. 1920. James Brown. 15s. 6d. Tait, Capt. Memory Work, re- quired for the Board of Trade Examinations of Second Mates, Mates, and Masters. 4rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94. Jas. Munro. 2s. Tait, J. Tait’s Trawler’s and Fisher- man’s Guide. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1919. James Brown. 3s. 6d. Tait’s Guide to the Board of Trade Examinations for Second Mates, Mates, and Masters. Jas. Munro. 8s. Williamson,A.P.W. Home Trade. New Guide to home trade Masters’ and Mates’ Examinations. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. iii. COMPASS WORE. Brown; C. H. Deviation and the Deviascope, including the Practice and Theory of Compass Adjust- ment. Demy 8vo. Pp.1383. 1918. James Brown. 5s. 6d. Martin, W.R. Lectures on Compass Adjustment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 98. 1906. Geo. Philip. 5s. _Merrifield, J. Magnetism and De- viation of the Compass. 18mo. Pp. 168. 1919. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Rugs, W. G. Pocket Deviascope. For Illustrating Compass adjust- ment. 16mo. Jas.Munro. I1s.6d. Tait, Capt. New Compass Syllabus, with over 100 Questions and An- swers, with diagrams. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 44. Jas. Munro. 2s, Tait, J. Home Trade Guide. Full explanations of True and Magnetic Chart, Compass Deviations, Lati- tude by Meridian Altitude, Signals, Rule of the Road, etc. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 321. 1919. Brown. 5s. James iv. NAUTICAL TABLES AND TERMS. Ansted,A. Dictionary of Sea Terms. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1919. James Brown. 5s. 181 N avigation and Seamanship. Brent, C., Walter, A. F., and Williams, G. Ex-Meridian Alti- tude Tables. 9th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp, OT. 1920: Geo. Philip. 7s. 6d. Brown, J. R. (edited by). Brown’s Nautical Almanac; Harbour and Dock Guide and Daily Tide Tables for 1921. 8vo. Pp. 681. Dec. 1920. J. Brown. 3s. 6d. Delbos, L. Nautical Terms in Eng- lish and French and French and English. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 461. 1914. Williams and Nor- gate. 45s. Jefferson’s Nautical Almanac and Tide Tables, Harbour and Light- house Guide. Published annually in September. Cr. S8vo. Jas. Munro. 2s. 6d. Norie, J. W. A Complete Set of Nautical Tables, with Explanations of their Use. Cr. 4to. Pp. 7388. 1920. Imray, Laurie. 21s. Pearson’s Nautical Almanac and Tide Tables for 1921. 8vo. Pp. 440. Nov., 1920. Imray, Laurie. 3s. 6d. v. SEAMANSHIP. Ginsburg, B. W. The Legal Duties of Shipmasters. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1911. Griffin. 5s. MacNab, J. Catechism of the Laws of Storms, for the Use of Sea Officers. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 78. 1918. Geo. Philip. 4s. 6d. Nicholls, Capt. Seamanship. 10th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.472. 1919. James Brown. 8s. 6d. Owen, H. Ship Economics, or Practical Aids for Shipmasters. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 137. 1918. Geo. Philip. 5s. 6d. ‘ Swainston, C. M. Seamanship, Meteorology, and Shipbuilding. 22nd edn. Cr. 8vo. 1918. T. Reed & Co. 6s. Tait, J. Seamanship. 12th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1920. James Brown. 2s. New Seamanship. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 448. 1920. James Brown. 7s. 6d. Toda, J.,and Whall,W.B. Practi- cal Seamanship. For use in the Merchant Service. 7th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.442, 1919. Geo. Philip. 30s. Wilkes, W.H. Notes on the Practi- cal Duties of Shipmuasters. (Cr. 8vo.. Pp.127. 1911. Griffin. 3s. Williamson, A. P. W. Ship’s Business and Practical Items in Modern Seamanship. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 45. Jas. Munro. 1s. 6d. Wilson -Barker, Sir D. A Manual of Elementary Seamanship. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1919. Griffin. 7s. Gd. Things A Sailor Needs to Know. Med.S8vo. Pp.351. 1919. Griffin. 21s. vi. MARINE SIGNALLING. Bernard, D. H. Signalling Made Easy. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1918. James Prown. 2s. 6d. Brown’s Signalling. 22nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1920. James Brown. 4s. 6d. Rug¢,W.G. Signal Manual: for the Use of the Mercantile Marine. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Jas. Munro. Is. vii. CHARTS, TIDES, OCEANOGRAPHY. Abbott, T. K. Elementary Theory of the Tides: the Fundamental Theorems Demonstrated without Mathematics and the Influence of the Length of the Day Discussed. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.40. 1901. Longmans. 2s. Carpenter, A.,and Wilson-Barker, Sir D. Nature Notes for Ocean Voy- agers: Observations of Fishes, Birds, and Beasts; with Popular Chapters on Weather, Waves, and Legendary Lore. Med. 8vo. Pp. 197. 1915. Griffin. 6s. Fowler, G. H. (edited by). Science of the Sea. An Elementary Hand- book of Practical Oceanography for Travellers, Sailors and Yachtsmen. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1912. Murray. 10s. 6d. 182 ee —— Navigation and Seamanship. Jenkins, J. T. A Textbook of Oceanography. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1921. Constable. 15s. Maxwell, F.W. Book on Chartwork and Plans. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 67. 1918. James Brown. 2s. 6d. Messum, S. Hydrographic Survey- ing. For the use of Beginners and am ae Port and Harbour Masters. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 519. 1910. Griffin. 15s. Murray, Sir J. The Ocean. Feap. 5 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams . and Norgate. 2s. 6d. and Hjort, J. The Depths of the Ocean. A General Account of the Modern Science of Oceano- graphy. Sup Roy. 8vo. Pp. 842. 1912. Macmillan. 28s. 188 Robinson, J.L. Elements of Marine Surveying, with Numerous Exer- cises. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 274. 1904. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Struben, A. M. A. Tidal Power: Tides and their Measurement; the Estimation of Potential Tidal Power; Comparisons between Sys- tems of Development; the Finan- cial aspect of the Problem, etc. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 127. 1921. Pit- man. 2s. 6d. Whall, W. B. Handy Book of the Tides. 10th edn. Demy 4to. Pp. 37. Geo. Philip. 5s. Wharton, Sir W. J. L. MHydro- graphical Surveying. A _ descrip- tion of the means and methods em- ployed in constructing Marine Charts. 3rd edn. revised and brought up to date by Sir M. Field. Demy 8vo. Pp. 582. 1920. Murray. 30s. BIOLOGY. i. GENERAL. Bidgood, J. A Course of Practical Elementary Biology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1914. Longmans. 5s. 6d. Campbell, H. J. Text Book of Elementary Biology. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 306. 1905. Allen and Unwin. 6s. Gibson, H. A Primer of Biology. Feap.8vo. Pp.120. 1908. Dent. 2s. Henderson, J. F., and W. D. A Dictionary of Scientific Terms: Pronunciation, Derivation, and Definition of Terms in Biology, Botany, Zoology, Anatomy, Cy- tology, Embryology, Physiology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Oliver and Boyd. 18s. Huxley, T. H. Discourses, Biologi- cal and Geological. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 388. 1908. Macmillan. 6s. and Martin, H. N. A Course of Practical Instruction in Ele- mentary Biology. 3rd edn. Re- vised and extended by G. B. Howes and D.H. Scott. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1907. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Kirkaldy, J. W., and Drummond, I. M. An Introduction to the Study of Biology. Unicellular Organisms; Simple Multicellular Organisms: Higher Plants and Animals. Cr.8vo. Pp.266. 1909. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. 6d. Lloyd, F. E., and Bigelow, M.A. The Teaching of Biology in the Secondary School. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1919. Longmans. 8s. Lloyd, R. E. An Introduction to Biology: for Students in India. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1910. Longmans. 9s. MacFadyen, A. The Cell as the Unit of Life: An Introduction to Biology. Edited by R.T. Hewlett. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1908. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Miall, L. C. History of Biology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1911. Watts. 3s. 6d. Mitchell, P. C., and Mudge, G. P. Outlines of Biology. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1911. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Parker,T.J. Lessons in Elementary Biology. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 528. 1920. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Thesing, C. Lectures on Biology. Translated by W. R. Boelter. Med. 8vo. Pp. 342. 1911. Bale and Danielsson. 10s. 6d. Thomson, J. A. The Science of Life. An Outline of the History of Biology and its Recent Advances. Cr.8vo. Pp.246. wN.p. Blackie. 3s. The Biology of the Seasons. 4th edn. Med. Svo. Pp. 3938. 1915. Melrose. 15s. Thornton, J. Elementary Biology; Descriptive and Experimental. Revised edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1907. Longmans. 4s. 6d. ii. NATURE STUDY. Claxton, W. J. Methodical Nature Study. Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1911. Blackie. 7s. 6d. Furneaux, W. S. The Outdoor World; or the Young Collector’s Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 4389. 1912. Longmans. 68. 6d. ——A Nature Study Guide. Cr. 8vo. Pp.308. 1918. Longmans. 6s. 6d. ——Life in Ponds and Streams. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 426. 1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d. 184, Biology. Rennie, J. The Aims and Methods of Nature Study. A Guide for Teachers. 3rdimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1917. University Tutorial Press. 5s. Thomson, J. A. The Wonder of Life. 4thimp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 680. 1920. Melrose. 15s. iii. NATURAL HISTORY. Abbey, G. The Balance of Nature and Modern Conditions of Cultiva- tion: A Practical Manual of Animal Foes and Friends. Large 8vo. Pp.300. 1909. Routledge. 10s. 6d. Darwin, C. Journal of a Naturalist during a Voyage Round the World in H.M.S. ‘‘Beagle.’’ 5th imp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 521. 1912. Murray. 7s. 6d. Depéret, C. Transformations of the Animal World. Cr.8vo. Pp. 376. 1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Gamble, F.W. The Anima! World. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1911. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. Harmer, Sir S.F.,and Shipley, Sir A.E. (edited by). The Cambridge Natural History. By Various Writers. 10 Vols. Med. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 694. 1909. Vol. 2. Pp. 572. 1910. Vol. 3. Pp. 550. 1918. Vol. 4. Pp. 566. 1920. Vol. 5. Pp. 596. 1910. Vol. 6. Pp. 638. 1918. Vol. 7. Pp. 788. I9T10. Vol. 8. Pp. 668. 1920. Vol. 9. Pp. 652. 1909. Vol. 10. New imp. in the Press. Macmillan. 21s. each Vol. Huxley, J.S. The Individual in the Animal Kingdom. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 167. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Lankester, Sir E.R. Science from an Easy Chair. First Series. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 4389. Methuen. 7s. 6d. ——Science from an Easy Chair. Second Series. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 426. Methuen. 7s. 6d. ——Diversions of a Naturalist. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.440. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Lankester, Sir E.R, Earth and Sea. Cr. 8vo. 1920. Methuen. 8s. 6d. Latter, O.H. The Natural History of Some Common Animals. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 849. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Lloyd, R. E. The Growth of Groups in the Animal Kingdom. 8vo. Pp. 194. 1912. Longmans. 6s. Lydekker, R. The Royal Natural History. 6 Vols. New imp. in preparation. Warne. Wild Life of the World. A Descriptive Survey of the Geo- graphical Distribution of Animals. 3 Vols. Small Demy 4to. Pp. 486., 452., 460. Warne. 84s. ——Animal Portraiture. Imp. 4to. Pp. 105 and 50 Plates. Warne. TDS. Protheroe, E. Natural History of the World. 8vo. Pp. 584. Rout- ledge. 10s. 6d. Scharff, R. F. The History of the European Fauna. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Sherborn, C. D. (compiled by). {ndex Animalium. Part 1 (1758- 1800). Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1,264. 1902. Cambridge University Press. 25s. Smith, G. W. A Naturalist in Tasmania. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1909. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Smith, G. Primitive Animals. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 166. 1911. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Ward, F. Animal Life under Water. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1919. Cassell. 9s. Westell, W.P. The Young Natural- Secrets of Pp. 262. ist. A Guide to British Animal Life. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1919. Methuen. 7s. 6d. iv. ZOOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY. Beddard, F. E. Elementary Practi- cal Zoology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1915. Longmans. 4s. 6d. 185 Biology. Borradaile, L. A. Manual of Ele- mentary Zoology. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 630. 1920. Frowde and Hodder. 18s. Catechism Series. Zoology. By - R.A.Staig. 2ndedn. 3 Parts. Cr. STO. 1s. 9d. each, also in one volume. Pp. 291. 1921. Livingstone. 5s. 6d. Dakin, W. J. The Elements of Animal Biology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1918. Macmillan. 6s. Gardiner, J. S., and Borradaile, L.A. The Cambridge Notebook for Practical Biology (Zoology). 6th edn. S8vo. Pp. 84. 1919. Frowde and Hodder. 5s. Howes, G.B. An Atlas of Practical Elementary Zootomy. Preface by T. H. Huxley. Med. 4to. Pp. 36 and 24 Plates. 1902. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Imms,A.D. A Laboratory Sketch- Book of Zoology, for Indian Stu- dents. 4to. Pp.228. 1911. Long- mans. 10s. 6d. Kerr, G. A Primer of Zoologyz Feap. 8vo. Pp. 99. Dent. 2s. Lankester, Sir E. R. (edited by). A Treatise on Zoology. Demy 8vo. Part 1. Introduction and Protozoa (First Fascicle). Pp. 296. 1909. Part 1. Introduction and Protozoa (Second Fascicle). Pp.451. 1908. Part 2. The Porifera and Ceelentera. Pp. 368. 1900. Part 3. The Echinoderma. Pp. 344. 1900. Part 4. The Platyhelmia, The Mesozoa, and the Nemertini. Pp. 204. 1901. Part 5. Mollusca. Pp. 355. 1906. Part 7. Crustacea (Third Fascicle). Pp. 346. 1909. Part 9. Vertebrata Craniata (First Fascicle). Pp. 518. 1909. Paper covers, 15s. each. Cloth covers, 20s. each. Black. Lulham, R. An Introduction to Zoology. (Invertebrates). Cr. 8vo. Pp.474. 1913. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. MacLeod, J. The Quantitative Method in Biology. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1919. Longmans. 16s. Marshall, A,M., and Hurst, C. H. A Junior Course of Practica} Zoology. 9th edn. Revised by F.W.Gamble. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 543, 1920. Murray. 12s. Masterman, A. T. Elementary Text-Book of Zoology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 652. Livingstone. 6s. Morgan, C.L. Animal Biology: an Elementary Text-Book. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 426. 1911. Long- mans. 9s. 6d. O’Donoghue, C. H. An Introduc- tion to Zoology for Medical Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 511. 1920. Bell. 16s. Parker, T. J.,.andW.N. Elemen- tary Course of Practical Zoology. 5th edn. -Cr. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1920. Macmillan. 15s. and Haswell, W. A. A Text- Book of Zoology. 2 Vols. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 880., 748. 1910. Macmillan. 36s. and Haswell, W.A. A Manual of Zoology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 566. 1918. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Russell, E. S. Form and Function. A Contribution to the History of Animal Morphology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 383. 1916. Murray. 15s.: Sedgwick, A. Student’s Text Book of Zoology. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Protozoa to Chactognatha. Pp. 619. 1898. Vol. 2. Chordata to Mammalia. Pp. 705. 1905. Vol. 3. The Introduction to Arthro- poda, the Crustacea, and Xiphosura, by J. J. Lister; the Insecta and Arachnida, by Sir A.E. Shipley. Pp. 918. 1909. Allen & Unwin. 15s. each. (edited by). Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Zoology . (Cambridge, 1898). Demy 8vo. 1898. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Shipley, Sir A. E., and MacBride, E.W. Zoology. An Elementary Text-Book. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.772. 1920. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 20s. 186 a ee ee ee a ee ee ee ——————e eS —— Biology. Thompson, D’A. W. On Growth and Form. Demy 8vo. Pp. 810. 1917. Cambridge University Press. 24s. Thomson, J. A. The Study of Animal Life. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 477. 1917. Murray. 6s. ——Secrets of Animal Life. Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. 1919. Melrose. 7s. 6d. —-— Outlines of Zoology. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 890. 1921. Frowde and Hodder. 18s. Wells, Ii. G., and Davies, A. M. Text-Book of Zoology. Revised by J.T.Cunningham. 6thedn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 495. 1917. University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. v. INSECTS: SPIDERS, TICKS. Adler,H. Alternating Generations. A Biological Study of Oak Galls and Gall Flies. Translated and edited by C. R. Straton. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1894. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. 6d. Aveburv, Lord. On the Senses, Instincts, and Intelligence of Ani- mals, with special Reference to Insects. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. 164. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. ——Ants, Bees, and Wasps: a Record of Observations on the Habits of the Social Hymenoptera. 17th edn. 8rd imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.453. 1915. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Balfour-Browne, F. Keys to the Orders of Insects. Demy S8vo. Pp. 66. 1920. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 7s. 6d. Barrett, C. G. The Lepidoptera of the British Islands. A Descriptive account of their Families, Genera, Species, Preparatory States and Localities. 11 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1893-1907. Vol. 1. Rhopalocera. Vols. 2—11, Heterocera. a23. each. Large Paper Edition with 504 Coloured Plates. Roy. 8vo. 18938—-1907. (Vol. 1. Separately, 63s.. £83 15s. Labelling List of Species. 1s. 6d. Lovell Reeve. Pp Bastin, H. British Insects and How to know them. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1917. Methuen. 2s. Bath, W. H. Handbook of Ants, Bees, Dragon Flies, Earwigs, Crickets, and Flies. 5thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.108. 1912. Allen and Unwin. Is. 6d. Buckton, G. B. Monograph of the British Cicadz or Tettigide. With 82 Coloured Plates. illustrating about 250 Species. 2 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 211., 206. 1891. Lovell Reeve. 63s. -——Monograph of the Membracide. With 2 structural and 60 Plates, illustrating about 400 species. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 296. 1908. Lovell Reeve. Coloured, £5 5s. Un- coloured, £2 15s. Butler, E. A. Pond Life: Insects. 6thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.127. 1909. Allen and Unwin. Is. 6d. Carpenter, G. H. Structure and Life. Entomology. Dent. 6s. ——The Life Story of Insects. Roy. 16mo. Pp.134. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Insects: their A Primer of Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. Coleman,W.S. British Butterflies. Newedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. 1910. Routledge. 5s. Crabtree, J. H. Wonders of Insect Life: Details of the Habits and Structure of Insects. Illustrated by the Camera and the Microscope. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 219. 1920. Rout- ledge. 6s. Ealand,€.A. Insect Life. With 50 Coloured Plates and 24 Photographs. Demy 8vo. Pp.352. 1921. Black. 30s. Edwards, J. The Hemiptera Homo- ptera of the British Islands. With 2 structural Plates. Demy 8vo. Pp. 271. 1896. 2Is. Large Paper Edition, with 28 Plates, illustrating about 300 Species. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1896. Coloured, 50s; uncoloured, 258. Lovell Reeve. 187 Biology. Eltringham, H. African Mimetic Butterflies, being descriptions and illustrations of the principal known instances of Mimetic Resemblance in the Rhopalocera of the Ethiopian Region, together with an explana- tion of the Mullerian and Batesian Theories of Mimicry, and some of the account of the evidences on which these theories are based. Roy. 4to. Pp. 136 and Plates. 1910. Oxford : Clarendon Press. 50s. Fabre, J. H. The Mason Wasps. Translated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. S8vo. Pp. 324. NOD. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. The Mason Bees. Translated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. N.D. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. ——The Life of the Caterpillar. Translated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1917. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. Bramble Bees and Others. Trans- lated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 484. 1917. Hodder and Stoughton. &s. 6d. The Hunting Wasps. Translated by A. T.de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 485. 1919.,. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. The Life of the Fly, with which ate interspersed some Chapters of Autobiography. Translated by A. T.de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 477. 1919. Hodder and Stoughton. ‘8s. 6d. The Beetles. Mattos. 1919. 8s. 64. The Life of the Grasshopper. Translated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1917. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. The Sacred Beetle and Others. Translated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 317. 1918. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. The Life of the Spider. Trans- lated by A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 418. 1918. Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d. Glow Worm, and other Translated by A. T. de Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 496. Hodder and Stoughton. Fabre, J.H. The Life and Lore of the Insect. Translated by A.T.de Mattos. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1918. Black. 7s. 6d. The Wonders of Instinct: Chap- ters in the Psychology of Insects. Translated by A. T. de Mattos and B. Miall. 5th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 320. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 10s. 6d. Social Life in the Insect World. Translated by B. Miall. 13th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp.327. 1920. Fisher Unwin. 10s. 6d. Forel, A. The Senses of Insects. Translated by M. Yearsley. Demy 8vo. Pp. 331. 1908. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Fowler, W. W. The Coleoptera of the British Islands. A Descriptive Aceount of the Families, Genera, and Species, with Notes as to Localities, Habitats, etc. 6 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1887-1913. Lovell Reeve. £6.6s. Furneaux,W.S. British Butterflies and Moths. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1916. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Gillanders, A. T. Forest Entomo- logy. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 452. 1912. Blackwood. 15s. Hardy, G.H. The Book of the Fly. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1915. Heine- mann. 2s. 6d. Hewitt, C. G. The House-Fly. Demy 8vo. Pp. 397. 1914. Cam- bridge University Press. 18s. House Flies and How they Spread Disease. Roy.16mo. Pp. 131. 1914. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 2s. 6d. Hofmann, E. The Young Beetle- Collector’s Handbook. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1908. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Kirby, W.E. British Butterflies and Moths. '70 Coloured Plates, con- taining figures of all the larger Lepidoptera, many Caterpillars and Chrysalides, and 4 Plates of Micro- lepidoptera. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 510. Routledge. 12s. 6d. 188 Biology. Kirby, W. E. Elementary Text-book of Entomology. 2nd edn. Large Cr.8vo. Pp. 281. 1892. Allen and Unwin. 10s. 6d. Land, H. C. The Butterflies of Europe. In 2 Vols. With 82 Coloured Plates, containing up- wards of 900 Figures. Super Roy. 8vo. 1884. Lovell Reeve. £3 18s. Latter, O. H. Bees and Wasps. Roy. t6mo. Pp. 188.- 1913. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Miall, L. C. Natural History of Aquatic Insects. Cr.8vo. Pp.408. 1902. Macmillan. 4s. —and Denny, A. The Structure and Life History of the Cockroach (Periplaneta Orientalis). An Intro- duction to the Study of Insects. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1886. Lovell Reeve. 7s. 6d. —and Hammond, A. R. The Harlequin Fly: its Structure and Life History. 8vo. Pp.204. 1900. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Mogsridge. J.T. Harvesting Ants, and Trap-Door Spiders. Notes and Observations on their Habits and Dwellings at Mentone. With Sup- plement. 8vo. Pp. 304, and 20 Plates. 1873. Lovell Reeve. Moore, F. The Lepidoptera of Ceylon. Rhopalocera and Hetero- cera. 3 Vols. 215 Coloured Plates. Demy 4to. 1880-1887. Lovell Réeve. £21 12s. ——and Swinhoe, C. Lepidoptera Indica. Phopalocera. Complete in 10 vols. with 835 Coloured Plates. Demy 4to. 1890-1913. Per Vol. £9 5s. Complete set (which may be taken in monthly or bi-monthly volumes) £85. Lovell Reeve. Morris, F. O. Natural History of British Moths. 1933 hand-painted figures. 4 Vols. 6th edn. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 285., 180., 227., 327. 1903. Routledge. 70s. —— British Butterflies. 79 hand- painted Plates. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1904. Routledge. 25s. 12s.- Nuttall,G.H.F.,and others. Ticks. A Monograph of the Ixodoidea. Roy. 8vo. Part 1. Pp. 114. 1908. 7s. 6d.. Part. 2. Pp. 368. 1911. 14s. Part 3. Pp. 564. 1915. 14s. Bibliography. Part 1. Pp. 74. 1911. 7s.6d. Part2. Pp. 36. 1915. 6s. 6d. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. Pearce, E. K. Typical Flies. A Photographie Atlas. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1915. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 6s. Poulton, E. B. Colours of Animals: their Meaning and Use, especially considered in the Case of Insects. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Py». 378. 1890. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Punnett, R.C. Mimicry in Butter- 1915. 15s. flies. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 196. Cambridge University Press. Ross, E. H. The Reduction of Domestic Flies. Demy 8vo. Pp. 103. 1918. Murray. 5s. Rye, E. C., and Fowler, W. W. British Reetles. 16 Coloured Plates and Woodvuts. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1889. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Russell,H. The Flea. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 132. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Saunders. E. The Hemiptera Heter- optera of the British Islands: A Descriptive account of the Families, Genera, and Species indigenous to Great Britain and Ireland; with a Structural Plate. Demy $8vo. Pp. 850. 1892. 21s. Large paper edn. With 81 Plates, illustrating about 300 Species. Super Roy. 8vo. Coloured, 63s. Uncoloured, 42s. Lovell Reeve. The Hymenoptera Aculeata of the British Isles. A Descriptive account of the Families, Genera, and Species indigenous to Great Britain and Ireland. With 3 Struc- tural Plates. Demy 8vo. Pp.391. 1896. Lovell Reeve. 21s. Wild Bees, Wasps, Ants and other Stinging Insects. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150.. Routledge. 4s. 6d. 189 Biology. Scorer, A. G.i The Entomologist’s Log Book. A Dictionary in Latin and English of the Life-Histories and Food Plants of British Butter- flies and larger Moths. 8vo. Pp. 380. 1918. Routledge. 10s. 6d. Sharp, D., and Fowler, W.W. A ’ Catalogue of the British Coleop- tera. Pp. 46. 1893. Lovell Reeve. Is. 6d. Sharpe, E. M. Bowdler. Mono- graph of the Genus Teracolus. 44 Coloured Plates. Demy 4to. Pp. 156. 1914. Lovell Reeve. 63s. Shipley, Sir A.E. The Minor Hor- rors of War. 8rdedn. Large Post Pp. 186. Murray. 8vo. 1916. 2s. More Minor Horrors. Large Post 8vo. Pp. 163. 1916. Murray. 2s. Shuckard,W.E. British Bees. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 371. 1866. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. South, R. The Butterflies of the British Isles. A complete Poeket Guide. Pocket size. Pp. 216. Warne. 8s. 6d. ——- The Moths of the British Isles. A Complete Pocket Guide: 2 Vols. Pocket. Size, Pp. 350., 3882. Warne. 12s. 6d. each vol. Stainton, H. T. British Butterflies and Moths. 2nd edition. 16 Col- oured Plates. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. Lovell! Reeve. 10s. 6d. Staveley, E. F. British Insects. A Familiar Description of the Form, Structure, Habits, and Transforma- tions of Insects. Cr.8vo. Pp. 892. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Swanton, E. W. British Plant- Galls. A Classified Text-Book of Cecidology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 303. 1912. Methuen. 10s. 6d. Swinhoe, C. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera Hetero- cera in the Oxford University Museum. 8vo. Part 1. Sphinges and Bombyces. Pp. 382. 1892. 21s. Part 2. Noctuina, Geomet- tina, and Pyralidina, by C. Swin- hoe ; Pterophoridae and Tineina, by Lord Walsingham and J. Durrant. Pp. 638. 1900. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 42s. Theobald, F. V. Insect Life: A Short Account of the Classification and Habits of Insects. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.248. 1905. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Tillyard, R. J. The Biology of Dragon-F lies. Demy 8vo. Pp. 409. 1917. Cambridge University Wreas:. 172, Tutt, J.W. The British Noctuz and their Varieties. 4 Vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 575. 1891. Allen & Unwin. 7s.each, - Melanism and Melanochroism in British Lepidoptera. Demy 8vo. Pp. 66. 1891. Allen & Unwin. 5s. Warburton,C. Spiders. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 146. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d. Wilson, O. S. The Larve of the British Lepidoptera, and their Food Plants. With 40 Coloured Plates containing over 400 Figures. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp.396. 1880. Lovell Reeve. 63s. vi. OTHER INVERTEBRATES. Beddard, F. E. The Order Oligo- chaeta: a Monograph. Structural and Systematic. Demy 4to. Pp. 770. 1895. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 42s. Earthworms and their Allies. Roy. i16mo. Pp. 155.19. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Beneden, P. J. Animal Parasites and Messmates. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.302. 1904. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Dakin, W. J. Pearls. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 149. 19123. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Darwin, C. Vegetable Mould: The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the Action of Earth-Worms. Cr.8vo. Pp.298. 1904. Murray. 7s. 6d. Dobell, C. The Ameceb~ living in . Man. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1919. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d. 190 Biology. Fantham, H. B., and Porter, A. Some Minute Animal Parasites; or Unseen: Foes in the Animal World. Cr.8vo. Pp.332. 1914. Methuen. 70 5\0G.. Griffiths. A. B. The Physiology of the Invertebrata. Demy 8vo. Pp. 486. 1892. Lovell Reeve. 15s. Huxley, T. H. The Crayfish: an Introduction tothe Study of Zool- ogy. T7thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 385. 1906. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Kew, H.W. The Dispersal] of Shells. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1893. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Lovell, M.S. The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain and Ireland, with the Modes of Cooking them. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 310. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Pennington, A. S._ British Zoo- phytes: Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa. 24 Plates. Cr.8vo. Pp. 3863. 1885. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Shipley, Sir A. E. Pearls and Parasites. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2382. 1908. Murray. 7s. 6d. Stebbing, T. R. R. A History of Crustacea : Recent Malacostraca. Cr. 8vo. Pp.484. 1893. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Step, E. Shell Life. An Introdue- tion to the British Mollusca. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. Warne. 7s. 6d. Webb, W. M., and Sillem, C. The British Woodlice. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1906. Duckworth. 6s. Wollaston, T. V. ‘Testacea Atlan- tica. The Land and Freshwater Shells of the Azores. Madeiras, Salvages, Canaries, Cape Verde and St. Helena. 8vo. Pp. 588. 1878. Lovell Reeve. 21s. Wood-Jones, F. Coral and Atolls. A History and Description of the Keeling-Cocos Islands, their Fauna and Flora, and a discussion of the Method of Development and Trans- formation of Coral Structures in General. Fully Illustrated. Re- issue. Med. 8vo. Pp. 415. 1912. Lovell Reeve. 15s. Woodward, B. B. The Life of the Mollusca. Cr.8vo. Pp.170.1913. Methuen. 7s. 6d. vii. VERTEBRATES. a. General. Cunningham, J.T., Lydekker,R., Boulenger, G.A.,and Thomson, J.A. Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, and Lower Chordata. Demy 8vo. Pp.522. 1912. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Fitzsimons, F. W. The Natural History of South Africa. Mammals. 4 Vols. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 197. 1919. 9s. Vol 2. Pp. 207. 1019. 92... Vols: 3... Pp: 292. 1920. 12s.6d. Vol.4. Pp. 291. 1920. 12s. 6d. Longmans. Johnston, J. B. The Nervous Sys- tem of Vertebrates. Med. 8vo. Pp. 870. 1908. Murray. 18s. Kingsley, J. S. Comparative Anat- omy of Vertebrates. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 449. 1919. Murray. 21s. Reynolds, S. H. The Vertebrate Skeleton. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 552. 1913. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 20s. b. Fishes. ~Beavan, R. Handbook of the Fresh- water Fishes of India. 12 Plates. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1877. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Furneaux, W.S. The Sea Shore. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 454. 1903. Long- mans. 6s. 6d. Hickson, S. J. The Fauna of the Deep Sea. Cr.8vo. Pp. 185.1898. Kegan Paul. 3s. 6d. Jenkins, J.T. The Sea Fisheries. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1920. Con- stable. 24s. Johnstone, J. British Fisheries: their Administration and _ their Problems. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1905. Williams & Norgate. 10s.6d. Conditions of Life in the Sea. Demy 8vo. Pp. 346. 1908. Cam- bridge University Press. 12s. Life inthe Sea. Roy.16mo. Pp. 152. 1911. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. 191 Boology. McIntosh, W.C. The Resources of the Sea; as shown in the scientific experiments to test the effects of Trawling and of the Closure of cer- tain areas off the Scottish shores. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 360. 1921. Cambridge University Press. B5s. and Masterman, A. T. The Life-Histories of the British Marine Food-Fishes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 516. 1897. Cambridge University Press. 28s. Meek, A. The Migrations of Fish. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448. 1916. Arnold. 18s. Regan C.T. The Freshwater Fishes of the British Isles. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1911. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Samuel, A. M. The Herring: its Effect on the History of Britain. Demy 8vo. Pp. 199. 1918. Murray. 12s. c. Batrachians and Reptiles. Boulenger, G. A. The Snakes of Europe. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1918. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Ecker. A. Anatomy of the Frog. Translated with annotations and additions by G. Haslam. Med. 8vo. Pp.466. 1899. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 18s. Leighton, G. R. The Life-History of British Serpents, and their Local Distribution in the British Isles. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 399. 1901. Black- wood. 5s. Marshall,A.M. The Frog. Edited by F. W. Gamble. 11th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. d. Birds. Atkinson, J.C. British Birds’ Eggs and Nests. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 247. n.p. Routledge. 5s. Bonhote, J. L. Birds of Britain, containing 100 full-page Coloured Plates. 5th imp. Sq. Demy 8vo. Pp. 405. 1917. Black. 16s. Boraston, J. M. British Birds and their Eggs. With a New Method of Identification. With 136 Coloured Plates. Cr. 8vo. Pp.311l. N.D. Chambers. 10s. 6d. Bradley, O.C. The Structure of the Fowl. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1915. Black. 6s. Coward, T. A. The Migration oj Birds. 2ndedn. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 137. 1912. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 2s. 6d. - The Birds of the British Isles and Their Eggs. First Series. with 242 coloured illustrations. Pocket size. Vol. 1. The Land Birds (Families Corvide to Sulidz). Pp. 384. 1920. Vol. 2. Families Anatide to Tetraonide. Pp. 384. 1920. Warne. 12s. 6d. each vol. Dixon, C. Open-Air Studies in Bird- Life: Sketches of British Birds in their Haunts. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1908. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Evans,A.H. The Birds of Britain: their Distribution and Habits. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 5s. Hudson, W.H. British Birds. With a Chapter on Structure and Classifi- cation by F. E. Beddard, Cr. 8vo. Pp. 385. 1918. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Johns, C.A. British Birds in Their Haunts. 15thedn. Post 8vo. Pp. 626. 1920; 3.F 2 Millais, J.G. The Natural History of the British Surface-Feeding Ducks. With Coloured Plates by A. Thorburn, and the Author. Roy. 4to. Longmans. 126s. Pycraft,W.P. A History of Birds. Demy 8vo. Pp. 472. 1910. Methuen. 12s. 6d. Thomson,A.L. Britain’s Birds and their Nests. With 132 Coloured Drawings by G. Rankin. Roy. 8vo- Pp. 368. n.p. Chambers. 25s. Thorburn, A. British Birds. With 82 Coloured Plates by the Author. 4 Vols. 4to. 1918. Longmans. £10 10s. Westell. W. P. The Young Orni- thologist. A Guide to the Haunts, Homes and Habits of British Birds. Cr.8vo. Pp.828. 1911. Methuen. 6s. 192 Ca SS a aes Biology. e. Mammals. Beddard, F. E. A Book of Whales. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1900. Murray. 7s. 6d. Bresslau, E. The Mammary Appar- atus of the Mammalia in the Light of Protogenesis and Phylogenesis. Cr.8vo. Pp.178. 1920. Methuen. 58. Hartmann, R. Anthropoid Apes. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.334. 1904. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Lydekker, R. A Geographical His- tory of Mammals. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1896. Cambridge University Press. 12s. The Horse and its Relatives. Demy 8vo. Pp. 286. 1912. Allen & Unwin. 12s. 6d. The Sheep and Its Cousins. Demy 8vo. Pp. 815. 1912. Allen & Unwin. 12s. 6d. Meysey-Thompson, R. F. The Horse. Its Origin and Develop- ment. Demy 8vo. Pp.448. 1911. Arnold. 15s. Millais, J. G. The Mammals of Great Britain and Treland. With coloured Plates by A. Thorburn, G. E. Lodge, H. Grénvold, W. B.~ Davis, Sir E. Landseer, and the Author. 8 Vols. 4to. Longmans. £18 18s. Ridgeway, Sir W. The Origin and Influence of the Thoroughbred Horse. Demy 8vo. Pp.564. 1905. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Schmidt, O. Mammalia in their Relation to Primeval Times. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1894. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Thorburn, A. British Mammals. With 50 Coloured Plates by the Author. 2 Vols. 4to. 1920-21. Longmans. £10 10s. —A Naturalist’s Sketch Book. With 60 Plates by the Author. 4to. 1919. Longmans. 4&6 6s. Westell. W. P. The Book of the Animal Kingdom: Mammals. Feap. 4to. Pp. 879. Dent. 12s. 6d. 198 viii. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Gadow, H. The Wanderings of Ani- mals. Roy.16mo. Pp.156. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Newbigin, M. I. Animal Geo- graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 3828. 1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. 6d. Scharff, R. F. European Animals: The Geological History and their Geographical Distribution. Demy 8vo. Pp. 272. 1907. Constable. 7s. 6d. Wallace, A. R. The Geographical Distribution of Animals. With a Study of the relations of living and extinct Faunas as elucidating the past changes of the earth’s surface. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 528., 620. 1876. Maemillan. 48s. ix. EVOLUTION, VARIATION, HEREDITY, GENETICS, SEX, ORIGIN OF LIFE. — Adami, J.G. Medical Contribution to the Study of Evolution. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390. 1918. Duckworth. 18s. Alexander, F. M. Man’s Supreme Inheritance. Newedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.270. 1918. Methuen. ‘7s.6d. Ball, W.P. Are the Effects of Use and Disuse Inherited? An Exam- ination of the view held by Spencer and Darwin. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1890. Macmillan. 38s. 6d. Bateson, W. The Methods and Scope of Genetics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 48. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 2s. Mendel’s Principles of Heredity . 3rd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 429. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Bennett, W. The Ethical Aspects of Evolution, the Parallel] Growth of Opposite Tendencies. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. Chamberlain, A. The Child: a Study in the Evolution of Man. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Biology. Clodd, E. The Story of Creation: a Plain Account of Evolution. Cr. Svo. Pp.258. 1916. Longmans. 63. Darwin, C. Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication. 2 Vols. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 566., 605. 1905. Murray. lis. —— The Foundations of the Origin of Species. ‘Two Essays written in 1842 and 1844. Edited by Sir F. Darwin. Demy S8vo. Pp. 294. 1909. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. —— The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 10381. 1918. Murray. 9s. —— The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection , or the Preserv- ation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 432. 1920. Murray. 7s. 6d. Dendy, A. Outlines of Evolutionary Biology, with Glossary of Techni- cal Terms. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp.493. 1919. Constable. 15s. De Vries,H. The Mutation Theory: ‘Experiments and Observations on the Origin of Species in the Vege- table Kingdom. 2 Vols. Large 8vo. 597., 691. 1910-11. Kegan Paul. 36s. Doncaster, L. Heredity in the Light of Recent Research. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 167. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. The Determination of Sex. Demy 8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 12s. Drinkwater, H. A Lecture on Men- delism. Demy 8vo. Pp.31. Dent. Bs. 6d. Galton, F. Hereditary Genius. An Inquiry into its Laws and Conse- quences. 83rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. and Schuster, E. Noteworthy Families—(Modern Science)... An Index to Kinships in near Degrees between Persons whose Achieve- ments are Honourable and have been Publicly Recorded. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1906. Murray. 6s. Gates, R.R. The Mutation Factor in Evolution, with particular refer- ence to Ginothera. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1915. Macmillan. 12s. 6d. Geddes, P., and Thomson, J. A. Sex. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1919. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Haldane, J.S. Mechanism, Life and Personality. An Examination of the Mechanistic Theory of Life and Mind. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.160. 1921. Murray. 6s. Hartog, M. Problems of Life and Reproduction. Large Cr.8vo. Pp. 362. 1913. Murray. 7s. 6d. Herbert, S. First Principles of Evolution. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.348. 1919. Black. 12s. 6d. —— First Principles of Heredity. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.199. 1920. Black. 7s..6d. © Hird. D. A Picture Book of Evolu- tion. Newedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.380. 1920. Watts. 12s. 6d. Huxley, T. H. Darwiniana. New imp. Gl. Svo. Pp. 475. 1907. Macmillan. 6s. —— Evolution and Ethics and other Essays. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 834. 1911. Macmillan. 6s. Man’s Place in Nature and Other Essays. New imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 828. 1910. Macmillan. 6s. Jevons, F.B. Evolution. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 301. 1900. Methuen. 6s. Johnstone, J. The Philosophy of Biology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 408. 1914, Cambridge University Press. 12s. Judd, J.W. The Coming of Evolu- tion. Roy.16mo. Pp.171. 1912. Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6d. Kidd, W. Initiative in Evolution. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1920. Witherby. 15s. Lamarck, J. B. Zoological Phil- osophy. An Exposition with regard to the Natural History of Animals. Translated, with an Introduction by H. S. Elliot. 8vo. Pp. 502. 1914. Macmillan. 18s. 194 Biology. Liuria, E. Super-Organic Evolution: Nature and the Social Problem. Cr.8vo. Pp.233. 1910. Williams & Norgate. 7s. 6d. Lock, R.H. Recent Advances in the Study of Variation, Heredity and Evolution. Revised ky L. Don- easter. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1916. Murray. 9s. Macfie, R.C. Heredity, Evolution, and Vitalism: The Results of Mod- ern Research into these Questions— their Trend and Significance. Demy 8vo. Pp. 302. 1912. John Wright. 6s. MacNamara, N. C. The Evolution and Function of Living Purposive Matter. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 309. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Mitchell, P. C. Evolution and the War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 114. 1915. Murray. 4s. 6d. Moore,B. The Origin and Nature of Life. Feap. 8vo. Pp.256. 1913. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Morgan, C. L. Eugenics and En- vironment. Cr.8vo. Pp.88.1919. Bale and Danielsson. 2s. Nash, J. T.C. Evolution and Dis- ease. Demy 8vo. Pp. 320. 1912. John Wright. 3s. 6d. Oliver, F.W., Bayliss, W.M., and others. Life and Its Maintenance: A Symposium on Biological Prob- lems ofthe Day. Lectures delivered at University College, London, 1918. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1919. Blackie. 5s. Pearson, K. The Chances of Death, and other Studies in Evolution. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388., 460. 1897. Cambridge University Press. 27s. The Grammar of Science. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Part1. Physical. Pp. 394. 1911. 10s. Part 2. Biological. In preparation. Black. Tables for Statisticians and Bio- metricians. Demy 4to. Pp. 226. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 15s. Poulton, E. B. Essays on Evolu- tion, 1889-1907. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. Punnett, R. C. Mendelism. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 286. 1919. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Reid, Sir G. A. The Laws of Here- dity. With a Diagrammatic Repre- sentation by H. H. Turner, 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 560. 1910. Methuen. 21s. Ritchie, J. The Influence of Man on Animal Life in Scotland. A Study in Faunal Evolution. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 556. 1920. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 28s. Romanes,G..J. An Examination of Weismannism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1893. Longmans. 6s. Darwin and After Darwin: an Exposition of the Darwinian Theory, and a Discussion on Post-Darwinian Questions. Cr. 8vo Part 1. The Darwinian Theory. 3rd imp. Pp. 476. 1905. Part2. Post-Darwinian Questions: Hered- ity and Utility. New edn. Pp. 356. each. Roper, A. G. Ancient Eugenics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 80. 1918. Oxford University Press. 3s. Schmidt, O. Doctrine of Descent and Darwinism. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.338. 1905. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Seward, A. C. (edited by). Darwin and Modern Science. Essays in Commemoration of the Centenary of the Birth of Charles Darwin and of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the publication of The Origin of Species. Roy. 8vo. Pp.595. 1910. Cam- bridge University Press. 24s. 1900. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Thomson, J. A. Darwinism and Human Life. 5thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 263. 1919. Melrose. 7s. 6d. —— Heredity. 4th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 643. 1920. Murray. 21s. and Geddes, P. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Vernon, H. M. Variation in Ani- mals and Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 432. 1903. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Evolution. 1918. 195 Biology. Wallace, A.R. Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection, and Tropical Nature, and other Essays on Descriptive and Theoretical Biology. Cr.8vo. Pp. 504. 1895. Macmillan. 8s. 6d. Darwinism : An Exposition of the Theory of Natural Selection. 4rd. edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 514. 1912. Maemillan. 8s. 6d. The World of Life: A Manifesta- tion of Creative Power, Directive Mind, and Ultimate Purpose. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 424. 1914. Chapman & Hall. 6s. Ward, J.% Heredity and Memory. Henry Sidgwick Lecture, 1912. Cr.8vo. Pp.56. 1915. Cambridge University Press. Paper, 1s. Cloth 1s. 6d. Wasmann,E. The Problem of Evol- ution. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1912. Kegan Paul. 6s. Weismann, A. Essays upon Hered- ity. Authorised Translation. 2 Vols. Cr.8vo. Vol.1. Edited by E. B. Poulton, S. Schénland, and Sir A. E. Shipley. 2nd edn. Pp. 488. 1891. 8s. 6d. Vol. 2. Pp. 234, 1892. 6s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. The Germ Plasm: A Theory of Heredity. Cr.8vo. Scott Pub.Co. 7s. 6d. The Evolution Theory. Trans- lated by J. A. and M. Thomson. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 482., 404. 1904. Arnold. 382s. Wilson, J. A Manual on Mendelism. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1916. Black. 3s. 6d. x. CYTOLOGY. Agar, W.E. Cytology: with special reference to the Metazoan Nucleus. Demy 8vo. Pp. 236. 1920. Mac- millan. 12s. Doncaster,L. An Introduction tothe Study of Cytology. Demy §8vo. Pp. 294. 1920. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 21s. xi. MICROSCOPY. Barnard, J. E. Practical Photo- micrography. Demy 8vo. Pp. 844. 1910. Arnold. 16s. and its Revelations. Edited by H. Dallinger. 8thedn. 8vo. 1202. 1901. Churchill. 32s. Coles, A. C. Critical Microscopy. How to Get the best out of the Microscope. 8vo. Pp.112. 1921. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Cross,M.I., andCole,M.J. Mod- ern Microscopy. A Handbook for Beginners and Students, with chap- ters on special subjects by various writers. 4thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 444, 1912. Bailliére. 8s. 6d. Ealand, C. A. The Romance of the Microscope. An Interesting De- scriptionof its uses inall branches of Science, Industry, Agriculture, and in the Detection of Crime, with a short account of its origin, history and development. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1921. Seeley. 6s. Gosse, P. H., and Bell, J. Even- ings at the Microscope: or Re- searches among the Minuter Organs. Carpenter, W. B. The mbes Pp. and Forms of Animal Life. Cr. Svo. Pp. 484. 1895. S.P.C.K. 5s. Hall,C.A. How to Use the Micro- scope. A Guide for the Novice. Cr. Svo. Pp.88. 1912. Black. 2s. 6d. Naegeli, C., and Schwendener, S. The Microscope in Theory and Practice. Translated by F. Crisp and J. Mayall. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 382. 1899. Allen & Unwin. 9s. Scales, F.S. Practical Microscopy = An Introduction to Microscopical Methods. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 334. 1909. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Spiers, F.S.(edited by). The Micro- scope: its Design, Construction and Applications. A Symposium and General Discussion by many Author- ities. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1920. Griffin. 21s. Spitta, E. J. Microscopy: The Construction, Theory, and Use of the Microscope. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1920. Murray. 25s. Wood, J. G. Common Objects of the Microscope. 2ndedn. Rev- ised by E.C. Bousfield. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 198. N.D. Routledge. 4s. 6d. 196 Biology. Wright, Sir A. E. Principles of Microscopy. An Introduction to Work with the Microscope. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1906. Con- stable. 21s. Wright, L. A Popular Handbook to the Microscope. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. N.p. Religious Tract Society. 5s. xii. ANTHROPOLOGY. Alexander, F. M. Conscious Con- trol in Relation to Human Evolu- tion in Civilization. Cr.8vo. Pp. 64. 1912. Methuen. 2s. 6d. Avebury, Lord. The Origin of Civilisation, and the Primitive Condition of Man: Mental and Social Condition of Savages. 7th edn. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1912. Long- mans. 9s. Prehistoric Times, as illustrated by Ancient Remains and the Man- ners and Customs of Modern Savages. 7th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 628. 1913. Williams & Norgate. 12s. 6d. Buttel-Reepen, H. Man and His Forerunners. Translated by A. G. Thacker. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1913.. Longmans. 2s. 6d. Churchward, A. The Origin and Evolution of Primitive Man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1912. Allen and Unwin. 5s. Darwin, C, Expression of the Emo- tions in Man and Animals. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 394. 1901. Murray. 128. Deniker, J. The Races of Man: an Outline of Anthropology and Ethno- graphy. Cr.8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Elliot,G.F.S. Prehistoric Man and His Story. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 820. Seeley. 10s. 6d. Galton, Sir F, Life History Album. Tables and Charts for recording the development of body and mind from childhood upwards. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 269. 1914. Cam- bridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Haddon, A.C.,and Quigsin, A. H. History of Anthropology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1910. Watts. 3s. 6d. Jackson, J.W. Shells as Evidence of the Migrations of Early Culture. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1917. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Jones, F.W. Arboreal Man. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1918. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Keane,A.H. Man, Pastand Present. Revised, and largely Re-written, by A. H. Quiggin and A. Haddon. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 594. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 36s. Keith, Sir A. The Antiquity of Man. 4thimp. Med.8vo. Pp.539.1920. Williams & Norgate. 12s. 6d. Marett,R.R. Anthropology. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Quatrefages, A. de. The Human Species. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 508. 1903. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Read, C. The Origin of Man and of his Superstitions. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 18s. Ripley, W.Z. The Races of Kurope. A Sociological Study. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 656. N.D. Kegan Paul. 258. Smith, G. E. The Migrations of Early Culture. A Study of the Significance of the Geographical Distribution of the Practice of Mummification as Evidence of the Migrations of Peoples and _ the Spread of certain Customs and Beliefs. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1915. Longmans. 7s. 6d. Smith, W.G. Man, the Primeval Savage: his Haunts and Relics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 349. Stanford. 10s. 6d. Wright, G.F. The Origin and Anti- quity of Man. Cr. 8vo. Pp.545. 1913. Murray. 10s. 6d. 197 BOTANY. i. GENERAL. Alcock, R.A. Botanical names for English Readers, containing a His- tory of Botany, and explaining the derivation and meanings of names of British plants. 8vo. Pp. 246. 1876. Lovell Reeve. 6s. Arber, A. Water Plants. A Study of Aquatic Angiosperms. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1920. Cambridge’ Uni- versity Press. 31s. 6d. Herbals: Their Origin and Evol- ution. A Chapter in the History of Botany, 1470-1760. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 271. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 14s. Atkinson, G.F. Botany for Schools and Colleges. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 498. 1910. Bell. 5s. Avebury, Lord. On British Wild Flowers considered in Relation to . Insects. Cr.8vo. Pp.210. 1909. Macmillan. 4s. 6d. Bentham, G., and Hooker, Sir J. D. Outlines of Elementary Botany, as Introductory to Local Floras. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.61. Lovell Reeve. 1s. Bevis, J. F., and Jeffery, H. J. British Plants: their Biology and Ecology. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 358. 1920. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Bonnier, G. Name This Flower. Translated from the French and edited by G.S. Boulger. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 381. 1917. Dent. 7s. 6d. Bower, F.O. Botany of the Living Plant. 8vo. Pp. 590. 1919. Mac- millan. 25s. —— The Origin of a Land Flora. A Theory based upon the Facts of Alternation. 8vo. Pp. 740. 1908. Macmillan. 21s. Bower, F.O. Plant Life on Land, Roy.16mo. Pp.172. 1912. Cam- bridge University Press. 2s. 6d. and Gwynne -Vaughan, D. T. Practical Botany for Beginners. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 820. 1918. Mac- millan. 4s. Catechism Series. Botany. 2nd edn. 2 Parts. Revised by C. R. Whittaker. Livingstone. .1s. 9d. each. Cavers, F. Botany for Matricula- tion. 6thimp. Cr.8vo. Pp. 576. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 8s. 6d. Practical Botany. 2nd edn. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Plant Biology. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 476. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 6s. Church, A. H. Floral Mechanism: Diagrams and Descriptions of Com- mon Flowers, arranged as an intro- duction to the Systematic study of Angiosperms. Part1. Types i-xii. (Jan. to April). Roy. 4to. Pp. 220. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 21s. Cooke, M. C. Freaks and Marvels of Plant Life: or Curiosities of Vegetation. Post 8vo. Pp. 463. 1904. S.P.C.K. 8s. 6d. Darwin, C. Different Forms of Flowers on Plants of the same Species. Cr.8vo. Pp. 352. 1892. Murray. 7s. 6d. Tnsectivorous Plants. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.377. 1908. Murray. 7s. 6d. Climbing Plants : Movements and Habits of Climbing Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1906. Murray. 7s. 6d. 198 Botany. Darwin, Sir F. The Elements of Botany. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1910. Cambridge University Press. 6s. 6d. Davis, J.R.A. The Flowering Plant, with a Supplementary Chapter on Ferns and Mosses. 3rd edn. Cr. S8vo. Pp.212. 1900. Griffin, 3s. 6d. De Bary, A. Lectures on Bacteria. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey. Revised by 1. B. Balfour. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1898. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s. Druce, G.C. The Dillenian Herb- aria, An account of the Dillenian Collections in the Herbarium of the University of Oxford. Edited with an Introduction by S. H. Vines. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1907. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. 6d. Dykes,W.R. The Genus Iris. Demy Folio. Pp.254and Plates. 1913. Cambridge University Press. £8 12s. 6d. Dymes, T. A. The Nature-Study of Plants in Theory and Practice for the Hobby-Botanist. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1920. S.P.C.K. 6s. Edmonds, H. Elementary Botany. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Long- mans. 4s. Elliot, G. F.S. Botany of To-Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1909. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Ellis , D. Medicinal Herbs and Poison- ous Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 199. 1918. Blackie. 2s. 6d. Ellis, E. T. (edited by). Black’s Gardening Dictionary. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1100. 1920. Black. 15s. Ellis, G. S. M. Applied Botany. Cr.8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Hodder & Stoughton. 4s. 6d. Evans, E. Botany for Beginners. GI.-8vo. Pp. 840. 1919. Mac- millan. 3s. —— An Intermediate Text-Book of Botany. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 402. 1911. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Ewart, A. J. Elementary Botany. 2ndedn. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 5s. Farmer, J. B. Plant Life. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1919. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. —— A Practical Introduction to the Study of Botany : Flowering Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 285. 1915. Long- mans. 4s. 6d. Fischer, E. Bacteria. Translated by A.C. Jones. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 206. 1900. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. Fritch, F. E., and Salisbury, E. J. An Introduction to the Study of Plants. 4thedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 405. 1919. Bell. 7s. 6d. An Introduction to the Structure and Reproduction of Plants. Demy 8vo. Pp.466. 1920. Bell. 15s. ——- Elementary Studies in Plant Life. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 194. 1919. Bell. 3s. 6d. Furneaux, W.S. Field and Wood- land Plants. Cr. &8vo. Pp. 400. 1911. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Geddes, P. Botany. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 201. Murray. 4s. 6d. —— The Life and Work of Sir Jagadis C. Bose: An Indian Pioneer of Science. Demy 8vo. Pp. 271. 1920. Longmans. 16s. Chapters in Modern 1893. Green, J.R. A History of Botany, 1860—1901. A Continuation of Sachs’s History. Cr.8vo. Pp. 544. 1909. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 9s. 6d. ——A History of Botany in the United Kingdom. Med. 8vo. Pp. 648. 1914. Dent. 12s. 6d. —— A Primer of Botany. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1909. Dent. 2s. Groom,P. Elementary Botany.16th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1919. Bell. 5s. Guppy, H. B. Plants, Seeds, and Currents in the West Indies and Azores. Med.8vo. Pp.531. 1917. Williams & Norgate. 25s. —— Studies in Seeds and Fruits. An Investigation with the Balance. Demy 8vo. Pp. 258. 1912. Williams and Norgate. 15s. 199 Botany. Hall, Cc. A. Plant Life. Containing 50 Coloured and 24 Plain Plates. Square Demy 8vo. Pp. 380. 1915. Black. 10s. Harvey -Gibson, R. J. Outlines of the History of Botany. Demy 8vo. Pp. 274. 1919. Black. 12s. 6d. Heath, F.G. All About Leaves. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1914. Williams & Norgate. 2s. 6d. Henslow, G. Botany for Beginners. 5thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 108 and 30 Plates. 2s.6d. Also with the plates coloured by hand. 14s. Stanford. ——Floral Rambles in Highways and Byways. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 296. 1915. S.P.C.K. 7s. 6d. The Uses of British Plants. Traced from Antiquity to the present day, together with the de- rivations of their names. With 288 Illustrations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1905. Lovell Reeve. 6s. Horwood, A.R. The Story of Plant Life in the British Isles. Cr. 8vo. 1914-15. Vol.1. Pp.254. Vol.2. Pp; S72..° Yok. (3. Pp. ome. Churchill. 6s. 6d. each. The Outdoor Botanist. A Simple Manual for the Study of British Plants in the Field. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920. Fisher Unwin. 18s. Practical Field Botany. A Guide to the Scope, Methods, Aims, and Limits of Modern Botanical Field- work. Cr.S8vo. Pp. 210. 1918. Griffin. 6s. Jackson ,B.D. A Glossary of Botanic Terms. S8rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1916. Duckworth. 7s. 6d. Johnson, A. F. M. A Text-Book of Botany for Students, with Direc- tions for Practical Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 560. n.p. Allman. 8s. 6d. Jones, H.F. Plant Life: Studies in Garden and School. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1906. Methuen. 5s. Jones, W. N., and Rayner, M. C. A Text-Book of Plant Biology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1920. 7s. Methuen... Laurie, C. L. Field Botany. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. Allman. 1s. 6d. Flowering Plants. Their Struc- ture and Habitat. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 167. Allman. 38s. 6d. A Text-Book of Elementary Botany. 18thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 195. Allman. 3s. 6d. Lowson, J.M. Text-Book of Botany. 5thedn. 10thimp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 615. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 938. 6d. Text- Book of Botany (Indian Edition). Revised and adapted by B. Sahni and M. Willis. 2nd imp. Cr.8vo. Pp.622. 1919. Univers- ity Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d. Massee, G. The Plant World. Its Past, Present, and Future. An Introduction to the Study of Botany. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.212. 1898. Pitman. 3s. Mudge, G. P., and Maslen, A. J. A Class Book of Botany. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1910. 032 Arnold. 8s. 6d. Oliver, D. Lessons in Elementary Botany. Feap. S8vo. Pp. 3812. 1910. Macmillan. 5s. Oliver, F. W. (edited by). The Exploitation of Plants; by Various Experts. Cr.8vo. Pp.170. 1918. Dent. 3s. 6d. Makers of British Botany. Bio- graphies by living Botanists. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 10s. Praeger, R.L. Open-Air Studies in Botany: Sketches of British Wild Flowers in their Homes. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1910. Griffin. 7s. 6d. Rennie, J. School Lessons in Plant and Animal Life. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1920. University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6d. Rendle, A. B. The Classification of Flowering Plants. Vol. 1. Gym- '_mosperms and Monocotyledons. Demy 8vo. Pp. 346. 1904. Cam- bridge University Press. 12s. 6d. 200 : : Botany. Sachs, J. von. History of Botany (1530—1860). Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey. Revised by I. B.- Balfour. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 568. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. (see also Green, J. R.) Scott,D.G. Elementary Lessons on Plant Life. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1911. Methuen. 4s. Stoneman, B. Plants and Their Ways in South Africa. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1915. Long- mans. 6s. 6d. Stopes, M.C. The Study of Plant Life. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 202. N.D. Blackie. 6s. Storey, F. W., and Wright, K. M. South African Botany. Cr.8vo. Pp. 228. 1916. Longmans. 6s. Strasburger, E. Handbook of Practical Botany, for the Botanical Laboratory and Private Student. Translated by W. Hillhouse. 6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 527. 1911. Allen & Unwin. 10s. 6d. Schenck, H., and others. A Text-Book of Botany. 5th English’ edn. Revised with the 14th German edn. By W.H. Lang. 8vo. In the Press. Macmillan. Thoday, D. Botany: a Text-book ~ for Senior Students. 2nd edn. Cr. _ 8vo. Pp. 544. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. Vines, S. H. An Elementary Text- book of Botany. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 611. 1910. Allen & Unwin. 10s. 6d. —— A Student’s Text-book of Botany. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 821. 1910. Allen & Unwin. 15s. and Druce, G. C. The Moris- onian Herbarium in the possession of the University of Oxford. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 418. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 15s. Waiming, E. A Handbook of Sys- tematic Botany, with a revision of the Fungi, by E. Knoblauch. Translated by M.C. Potter. Demy 8vo. Pp. 620. 1895. Allen & Unwin. 15s. Warming, E. Plant Life: A Text Book of Botany for Schools and Colleges. Translated by M. M. Rehling and E. M. Thomas. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1911. Allen & Unwin. 5s. Westell, W. P., and Cooper, C.S. The Young Botanist. Cr.8vo. Pp. 238. 1908. Methuen. 6s. Woodhead, T. W. The Study of Plants. An Introduction to Botany and Plant Ecology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1915. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6d. ii. MORPHOLOGY, PHYSIOLOGY, etc. Atkins,W.R.G. Recent Researches in Plant Physiology. Cr.8vo. Pp. 328. 1916. Pitman. Qs. Avebury, Lord. Flowers, Fruits, and Leaves. Cr.8vo. Pp. 184. 1908. Macmillan. 4s. 6d. A Contribution to our Knowledge of Seedlings. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 295. 1896. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. ——On Buds and Stipules. Pp. 268. 1899. 7s. 6d. Notes on the Life History of British Flowering Plants. S8vo. Pp. 474. 1905. Macmillan. 15s. Baines, A. E. Germination in its Electrical Aspect. A Consecutive Account of the Electro-Physiological Processes concerned in Evolution, from the formation of the Pollen- grain to the completed Structure of the Seedling. Together with some Further Studies in Electro- Physiology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 207. 1921. Routledge. 12s. 6d. Bose, Sir J.C. Plant Response as a Means of Physiological Investiga- Cr. 8vo. Kegan Paul. tion. 8vo. Pp. 822. 1906. Longmans. 21s. Researches on Irritability of Plants. 8vo. Pp. 410. 1918. Longmans. 7s. 6d. —Response in the Living and Non- Living. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1910. Longmans. 10s. 6d. 201 Botany. Brenchley, W. E. Inorganic Plant Poisons and Stimulants. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Candolle, A. de. Origin of Culti- vated Plants. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 476. 1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Cavers, F. Life Histories of Com- mon Plants. 5th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.580. 1919. University Tutorial Press. 4s. 6d. Cox, L. E. Experimental Plant Physiology for Beginners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1915. Longmans. 3s. 6d. Darwin, C. The Effects of Cross- and Self-Fertilisation in the Veget- able Kingdom. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 487. 1916. Murray. Qs. Darwin, Sir F., and Acton, E. H. Practical Physiology of Plants. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 359. 1915. Cambridge University Press. 6s. De Bary,A. Comparative Anatomy of the Vegetative Organs of the Phanerogams and Ferns. Trans- lated by F. O. Bower and D. H. Scott. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 676. 1884. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 36s. Detmer, W. Practical Plant Phy- siology : An Introduction to Original Research for Students and Teachers of Natural Science, Medicine, Agri- culture and Forestry. Translated by S. A. Moor. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 555. 1909. Allen and Unwin. 12s. Dixon, H.H. Transpiration and the Ascent of Sap in Plants. Svo. Pp. 224. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. 6d. Ewart, A. J. On the Physics and Physiology of Protoplasmic Stream- ing in Plants. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 8s. 6d. Goebel, K. E. Organography of Plants, especially of the Archegoni- ate and Spermophyta. Translated by I. B. Balfour. 2Vols. Roy. 8vo. Part 1. General. Pp. 286. 1900. 10s. Part2. Special. Pp. 94.1905. 21s. Oxford: Clarendon Press. bo to ‘Green, J. R. An Introduction to Vegetable Physiology. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1911. Churchill. 12s. 6d. A Manual of Botany. Vol. 1. Morphology and Anatomy. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 407. 1904. Churchill. 8s. 6d. Haberlandt,G. Physiological Plant Anatomy. Translated by M. Drum- mond. 8vo. Pp. 794. 1914. Macmillan. 31s. 6d. Haig, H. A. The Plant Cell: Its Vital Processes and Modifications. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 217. 1910. Griffin. 7s. 6d. : Heath, F. G. Nervation of Plants. Cr.8vo. Pp. 187. 1912. Williams and Norgate. 3s. 6d. Henslow, G. Origin of Floral Structures through Insect and other Agencies. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 360. 1893. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. ——Origin of Plant Structures by Self-Adaptation to the Environ- ment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1895. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Jost,L. Lectures on Plant Phys- iology- Translated by R. J. Harvey-Gibson. Roy. S8vo. Pp. 578. 1907. Supplement incorpor- ating the alterations of the second edition of the German original. Roy. 8vo. Pp.168. 1913. Ox- ford: Clarendon Press. 30s. Keeble, F. W. Practical Plant Phy- siology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1919. Bell. 4s. 6d. —— Plant Animals. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 171. 1912. Cambridge Uni- versity Press. 2s. 6d. Knuth, P. Handbook of Floral Pol- lination, based upon H. Muller’s Fertilization of Flowers by Insects. Translated by J. R. Ainsworth Davis. 3 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. Historical Development and present stand-point of Flower Pollination. Pp. 402. 1906. 18s. Vol. 2. Observations made in Europe and the Arctic Regions on Species belonging to the natural orders. Ranunculacee to Styli- a i tal i lls alk — 4 sie hhe « § ' Botany. diee. Pp. 712. 1908. 31s. 6d. Vol. 3. Ditto. Goodenoviee to Cycadez ; Systematic list of insect visitors, with names of plants visited. Pp. 648. 1909. 28s. Oxford : Clarendon Press. Onslow, M. Wheldale. The Antho- cyanin Pigments of Plants. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 830. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 17s. 6d. Pfeffer, W. Physiology of Plants. A Treatise upon the Metabolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. Trans- lated and edited with Notes by A. J. Ewart. 2nd edn. 38 vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. Introduction, Phy- siological Morphology, Mechanism of Absorption and Translocations, Movements of Water, Food of Plants,etc. Pp.644. 1900. Vol. 2. Growth, Reproduction, and Maintenance. Pp.304. 1903. Vol. 8. Movements, Production of Light , Heat and Electricity , Sources and Transformation of Energy. Pp. 460. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon Press. The 3 Vols. 45s. Scott, D. H. Evolution of Plants. Feap. Svo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams and Norgate. 2s. 6d. An Introduction to Structural Botany. 2 Vols. Cr.8vo. Partl. Flowering Plants. 9thedn. Pp. 298. 1917. Part 2. Flowerless Plants. 8thedn. Pp. 298. 1920. Black. 6s. each. Solereder, H. Systematic Anatomy of the Dicotyledons. Laboratories of Pure and Applied Botany. Translated by L. A. Boodle and F. E. Fritsch. Revised by D.H.Scott. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1202. 1908. Vol.*1. Intro- duction, Polypetalae , Gamopetalae. Vol.2. Monochlamydeae , Addenda, etc. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 24s. each. Timiriazeff, C. A. The Life of the Plant. Translated from the Russian by A. Cheremeteff. 8vo. Pp. 371. 1912. Longmans. 8s. A handbook for. iii. GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBU - TION. Boulger, P. S. Plant Geography. Pott. 8vo. Pp. 1386. Dent. ls. 9d. Hardy, M. E. The Geography of Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 339. 1920. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ‘7s. 6d. An Introduction to Plant Geo- graphy. Cr.8vo. Pp. 192. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s. Moss, C. E. The Vegetation of the Peak District. Demy 8vo. Pp. 246. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 14s. Schimper, A.F.W. Geography of Plants. Translated by W.R. Fisher, revised by P. Groom and I. B. ‘Balfour. Part 1. The Factors. Part 2. Formations and Guilds. Part 3. Zones and Regions—Trop- ical Climate and Vegetation, Tem- perate Zones, Arctic Zone. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 870. 19038. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 63s. Warming, E. Occology of Plants. An Introduction to the Study of Plant Communities. English edn. by P. Groom and I. B. Balfour. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 484. 1909. Ox- ford: Clarendon Press. 15s. iv. ALG. Cooke,M.C. Introduction to Fresh- Water Alge: with an Enumeration of all the British Species. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 845. 1902. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Fryer, A., Evans, A. H., and Bennett, A. The Potamogetons (Pondweeds) of the British Isles. Descriptions of all the Species, Varieties, and Hybrids. With 60 Plates. Med. 4to. Pp. 94. 1915. Coloured, £5 5s. Uncoloured, £315s. Lovell Reeve. Gray, S.O. British Seaweeds. An introduction to the study of the Marine Alge of Great Britain, Ireland and the Channel Islands. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 335. 1867. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. 2038 Botany. Harvey, W. H. Phycologia Aus- tralica. A History of Australian Seaweeds. 5 Vols. Roy. 8vo. 300 Plates. 1863. Coloured, £610s. Uncoloured, £3 3s. Setsofthe un- coloured Plates and _ letterpress, unbound £2 5s. Lovell Reeve. ——Phycologia Britannica. A His- tory of British Seaweeds. 4 Vols. Roy. 8vo. 360 Plates. 1871. Coloured, £6 6s. Uncoloured, £3 3s. Sets of the uncoloured Plates and letterpress, unbound, £2 5s. Lovell Reeve. Nave, J. Collector’s Handy-book of Alge, Desmids, Fungi, Lichens, Mosses, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1904. Routledge. 4s. 6d. West, G.S. Alge. Vol.1. Myxo- phycee, Peridiniee, Chlorophy- cee, together with a brief sum- mary of the Occurrence and Distri- bution of Freshwater Alge. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 30s. v. FUNGI. Badham, M. D. The Esculent Funguses of England. An Account of their Classical History, Uses, Characters, Development, Struc- ture, Nutritions, Properties, Modes of Cooking and Preserving, etc. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 160. 18638. Lovell Reeve. 12s. Berkeley, M.J. Outlines of British Fungology. Containing a descrip- tion of the larger British Fungi, together with a list of the more minute species. With 24 Plates, illustrating over 170 species. 8vo. Pp. 459. 1860. Coloured, 18s. Uncoloured, 12s. Supplement by W.G. Smith. 6s. Lovell Reeve. Buller, A. H. R. Researches on Fungi: An Account of the Produc- tion, Liberation and Dispersion of the Spores of Hymenomycetes treated Botanically and Physically. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1909. Long- mans. 12s. 6d. Cooke, M.C. Edible and Poisonous Mushrooms: What to Eat and What to Avoid. Cr.8vo. Pp. 126. 1902. S.P.C.K. 4s. Fungi: their Nature, Influences, Uses, etc. 6thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1906. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. ——Comparative Morphology and Bio- logy of Fungi, Mycetozoa and Bacteria. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey. Revised by I. B. Bal- four. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 546. 1887. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 30s. Grove, W. B. British Rust Fungi (Uredinales). Demy 8vo. Pp. 424. 1913. Cambridge University Press. 17s. Massee, G. British Fungi, Phy- comycetes and Ustilaginee. With8 Plates. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 247. 1891. Lovell Reeve. 7s. 6d. —— British Fungi. With 40 Coloured Plates. 8vo. Pp. 351. Rout- ledge. 10s. 6d. European Fungus, Flora Agari- cacee. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1902. Duckworth. 6s. Phillips, W. Manual of British Dis- comycetes: with Descriptions of all the Species of Fungi hitherto found in Britain included in the Family, and Illustrations of the Genera. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.474. 1893. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d. Swanton, E.W. Fungi and How to Know Them. An Introduction to Mycology. Cr.8vo. Pp.222.1909. Methuen. 10s. 6d. vi. FERNS AND MOSSES. Bagnall, J.E. Hand-book of Mosses, with an Account of their Structure, Classification, Geographical Distri- bution and Habits. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1910. Unwin. Is. 6d. Bastin, H. British Ferns and How to Know Them. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1917. Methuen. 2s. 204 Allen & ut ~* 2 ee ee Botany. Berkeley, M. J. British Mosses. cription of genera and species, with their geographical distribution; collection and systematic arrange- ment. With 24 plates, illustrating over 150 species. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1895. Coloured, 18s. Uncoloured, 12s. Lovell Reeve. Druery, C. T. British Ferns and their Varieties. 40 coloured Plates. 8vo. Pp. 467. N.D. Routledge. 10s. 6d. Hobkirk, C. P. Synopsis of British Mosses. Containing Descriptions of the Genera and Species, with localities of the rarer ones. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1884. Lovell Reeve. 7s. 6d. Hooker, Sir W. J. The British Ferns. Figures and Descriptions, with Analysis of the Fructification and Venation. 66 plates. Roy. 8vo. 1861. Coloured, £1 16s. Uncoloured, 15s. Lovell Reeve. ——Garden Ferns. Figures and Des- criptions of Exotic Ferns adapted for Cultivation. Roy. Svo. 64 Plates. 1862. Coloured, £1 16s. Uncoloured, 15s. Lovell Reeve. Piues, M. British Ferns, including Lycopods, and Equiseta. With 16 coloured Plates and Woodcuts. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 281. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Russell, T. H. Mosses and Liver- worts. An Introduction to their study, with hints as to their collec- tion and preservation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 218. 1908. Sampson Low. 4s. 6d. Sim, T. R. The Ferns of South Africa. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 394. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 25s. Step, E. Wayside and Woodland Ferns. A Pocket Guide to the British Ferns, Horsetails, and Club Handbook of Mosses. Pocket size. Pp. 148. 1908. Warne. 8s. 6d. vii. FLORA. Arber, E. A. N. Devonian Floras: A Study of the Origin of Cormo- phyta. Demy 8vo. Pp.114. 1921. Cambridge University Press.17s. 6d. Containing a des- “——List of British Plants, Baker,J.G. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles. 8vo. Pp. 605. 1877. Lovell Reeve. 42s. Baker, R. T., and Smith, H. G. A Researchonthe Pines of Australia. Roy. 4to. Pp. 472. 1910. Rout- ledge. 30s. Bentham, G., and Hooker, Sir J. D. Handbook of the British Flora. A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to or naturalised in the British Isles. 6th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 664. 1918. Lovell Reeve. 12s. Illustrations of the British Flora, forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s ‘‘Handbook,’’ and other British Floras. 1,315 Wood engravings by W. H. Fitch and W.G.Smith. 4th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.354. 1919. Lovell Reeve. 12s. and Mueller, F. Flora Aus- traliensis. A Description of the Plants of the Australian Territory. 7 vols. 8vo. 1863-1878. Lovell Reeve. 42s. per. vol. Carter, H. G. Genera of British Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1918. Cambridge University Press. 6s. Druce,G.C. The Flora of Berkshire. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 754. 1897. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 16s. found either as natives or growing in a wild state in the British Isles. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 120. Oxford : Clarendon Press. 3s. Gregory, E. S. British Violets. Demy 8vo. Pp.131. 1912. Heffer. Gs. Grove, W.B. A Pocket Synopsis of the Families of British Flowering Plants (based upon the System of Engler). Feap. 8vo. Pp. 56. 1915. Longmans. Is. 3d. Harvey, W. H., Sonder, O. W., and Thiselton-Dyer, Sir W. T. Flora Capensis. A Systematic Description of the Plants of Cape Colony, Caffraria and Port Natal. 9 Vols. S8vo. 1894- 1900. 42s., each, except Vol. IV. Section 1. 60s. 3 Additional Parts now ready. iSe.y 168... lls. 8d. Lovell Reeve. 1908. 205 Botany. Hayward, W. R. The Botanist’s Pocket Book: containing the chief characteristics of British Plants; with botanicalname,common name, soiland situation, Colour, Growth, and time of flowering of every Plant, arranged under its own order. 15th edn. Revised by G. C. Druce. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 335. 1917. Bell. 5s. Hooker, Sir J.D. Flora of British India. 7 Vols. 8vo. 1872-1897. Lovell Reeve. 42s. per vol. ——Handbook of the New Zealand Vlora. A systematic description of the Native Plants of New Zealand and the Chatham, Kermadec, Auck- land, Campbell and Macquarie Islands. 8vo. Pp.866. 1864-1367. Lovell Reeve. 42s. The Student’s Flora of the British Isles. 3rd edn. Globe 8vo. Pp. 588. 1884. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Jackson, B.D. Index Kewensis; an enumeration of the Genera and Species of Flowering Plants from the time of Linnaeus to the year 1885, together with their authors’ names, the works in which they were first published , their nativecountries and their synonyms. 2 Vols. Roy. 4to. 1895. Vol. 1. Pp. 1268. Vol.2. Pp.1800. With 4 Supple- ments 1886-1910. Oxford: Claren- don Press. £16 16s. Johns, C. A. Flowers of the Field. Edited by C. Elliott. 8th edn. With Chapters on Grasses, also Glossary and English and Latin Indexes. 8thimp. Svo. Pp. 398 and 96 Plates. Routledge. 12s.6d. Flowers of the Field. 33rd edn. Revised by G. S. Boulger. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 612 and 64 Plates. 101)... SP... Te. 6a. Moss, C. E., and others. The Cambridge British Flora. Illus- trated from Drawings by E. W. Hunnybun. To be completed in about 10 Vols. Imp. 4to. Vol. 2. Mice parts. Pt. 1. Text. Pp. 228. Pt. 2. 206 Plates. £3, or in 1 Volume, £210s. Vol. 3 in 2 Parts. Pt. 1. Text. Pp. 256.5352 191 Plates. £615s., orin 1 Volume (plates interspersed with text), £7 7s. Cambridge University Press. Oliver, D., Thiselton-Dyer, Sir W. T., and Prain, Sir D. Floraof Tropical Africa (Upper Guinea, North Central including the Sahara, Nile Land, Lower Guinea, South Central, and Mozambique). 10 Vols. ready. 8vo. 1868-1920. 42s. each. Vol. VI. Section I. 60s. 3 Additional Parts now ready. 15s. each. Lovell Reeve. Plues,M. British Grasses. With 16 Coloured Plates and 100 Woodcuts. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 307. Lovell Reeve. 10s. 6d. Pratt, A. The Flowering Plants, Grasses, Sedges, and Ferns of Great Britain. 4 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 266., 279., 258., 215 and 80 Plates in each Vol. Warne. 10s. 6d. each Vol. Ridley, H. N. Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 3 Parts. 8vo. 1907. Lovell Reeve. 30s. Rogers, W. M. A Handbook of British Rubi. Demy 8vo. Pp.129. 1900. Duckworth. 5s. Step, E. Favourite Flowers of Garden and Greenhouse. 4 Vols. Med.8vo. 1896. Warne. 60s. ‘Wayside and Woodland Blossoms. A Pocket Guide to British Wild Flowers. 2 Vols. Pocket size. es 189., 187. Warne. 8s. 6d. each ol. ‘Wild Flowers—Month by Month —In their Natural Haunts. 2 Vols. Med.8vo. Pp. 206., 206. 1905. Warne. 15s. Strachey, Sir, R.,and Duthie, J.F. Catalogue of the Plants of Kumaon and the adjacent portions of Garhwal and Tibet. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1906. Lovell Reeve. 5s. Thompson, H.S. Flowering Plants of the Riviera. A Descriptive Account of 1,800 of the more inter- esting Species. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1914. Longmans. 12s. 206 ie en, a - . = . bo] t 3? ee ee ee Botany. Townsend, F. Flora of Hampshire, including the Isle of Wight, with localities of the less common species. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 696. 1904. Lovell Reeve. 18s. Ward, H.M. Grasses: a Handbook for use in the Field and Laboratory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 198. 1908. Cam- bridge University Press. 7s. Watts, W.M. A School Flora. For the use of Elementary Botanical Classes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1919. Longmans. 4s. 6d. White, J. W. The Flora of Bristol. An Account of all the Flowering Plants, Ferns, and their Allies that have at any time been found in the neighbourhood of Bristol. Demy 8vo. Pp. 700. 1912. John Wright. 12s. 6d. Willis, J. C. A Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 780. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 22s, 207 FORESTRY. **Acorn.’’ English Timber and Its Economical Conversion. A Hand- book for Home Timber Merchants, Manufacturers and Growers. 2nd edn. Cr. &vo. Pp. 208. Rider. 3s. 6d. Baterden, J.R. Timber. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1908. Constable. 7s. 6d. Bean, W.J. Trees and Shrubs Hardy in the British Isles. 2 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp.688., 736. 1919. Murray. 48s. Beddoes, W.F. The Management of English Woodlands. Demy §8vo. Pp. 191. 1919. Simpkin, Mar- shall. 7s. 6d. Bousfield, G. The Timber Merchant and Builders’ Vade Mecum. Cr. 8vo. Pp.120. n.p. Wm. Rider. 5s. Boyd, J. Afforestation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 40. 1918. Chambers. Is. Brandis, Sir D. Indian Trees: An Account of Trees, Shrubs, Woody Climbers, Bamboos, and Palms, Indigenous or Commonly Cultivated in the British Indian Empire. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 303. 1920. Constable. 40s. Broun, A. F. Sylviculture in the Tropics. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1912. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. Bullock, W. Timber. From the Forest to its Use in Commerce. Cr.8vo. Pp.158. 1915. Pitman. 3s. Charpentier, P. Timber. A Com- prehensive Study of Wood in all its Aspects , Commercial and Botanical. Translated from the French. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 437. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. Coltman-Rogers, C. Conifers and their Characteristics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 333. 1920. Murray. 21s. Curtis, C. E. Practical Forestry : and its Bearing on the Improve- ment of Estates. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1908. Crosby Lockwood. 5s. Forbes, A. CG. The Development of British Forestry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 286. 1910. Arnold. 10s. 6d. English Estate Forestry. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 342. 1906. Arno!d. 12s. 6d. Handbook of Forestry. size. Pp. B16. (1028. Rider. 4s. 6d. Hanson, C.O. Forestry for Wood- men. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1911. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s.- Henry, A. Forests, Woods, and Trees in Relation to Hygiene. Demy 8vo. Pp. 326. 1919. Con- stable. 18s. Howard, A. L. A Manual of the Timbers of the World. Their Characteristics and Uses. With an Account of the Artificial Seasoning of Timber, by S. Fitzgerald. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1920. Macmillan. 30s. Jackson, H. A Short Manual of Forest Management. Demy 8vo. Pp. 80. 1921. Cambridge Univer- sity Press. 7s. Johns, C. A. British Trees and Shrubs. Revised, edited and anno- tated by E. T. Cook. 8vo. Pp. 301. Routledge. 10s. 6d. The Forest Trees of Britain. 10th edn. revised by G. S. Boulger. Post 8vo. Pp. 448. 1920. S.P.C.K. 7s. 6d. Pocket Wm. 208 a PN 7 Forestry. Keen, G. R. Aeroplane Timbers: Their Structure, Formation, and Mechanical and Commercial Pro- perties. Demy 8vo. Pp.88. 1919. Wm. Rider. 6s. Maw, P. T. Forestry: complete Yield Tables for British Woodlands and the Finance of British Forestry. Roy. Oblong 8vo. Pp.120. 1912. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. 6d. The Practice of Forestry: con- cerning also the Financial Aspect of Afforestation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 501. 1912. Fisher Unwin. 21s. Newsham, J.C. The Propagation and Pruning of MHardy Trees, Shrubs, and Miscellaneous Plants ; with notes on Manuring and Plant- ing. Demy8vo. Pp. 288. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. ‘7s. 6d. Nisbet, J. The Forester. A Practi- cal Treatise on British Forestry and Arboriculture, for Landowners, Land Agents, and Foresters. 2 Vol. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 526., 657. 1905. Blackwood. 42s. The Elements of British Forestry. A Handbook for Students of Fores- try, Cr: Sy¥o.. Pp. 357,.,.-10tl. Blackwood. 6s. 6d. British Forest Trees and their Sylvicultural Characteristics and ~ Treatment. Cr. 8vo. 1893. Macmillan. 6s. Shaw, N. Chinese Forest Trees and Timber Supply. Demy 8vo. Pp. 849. 1914. Fisher Unwin. 10s. 6d. Pp. 368. Shipping Marks on Timber. em- bracing Sawn and Planed Wood, Joinery and other Hard and Soft Woods, exported from Sweden, Norway, Finland, Russia, Canada, the United States, etc. 4to. Pp. 148. 1920. Wm. Rider. 15s. Stebbing, E. P. Commercial Fores- try in Britain: its Decline and Revival. Cr.8vo. Pp.186. 1919. Murray. 6s. British Forestry. Its Present Position and Outlook after the War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 257. 1919. Murray. 6s. Step, E. Wayside and Woodland Trees. A Pocket Guide to the British Sylva. Poeket size. Pp. 182. Warne. 8s. 6d. Stevenson, W. The Trees of Com- merce. A Practical Manual. ‘Demy 8vo. Pp. 274. 1920. Wm. Rider. 5s. Stone, H. A Guide to the Identifica- ‘tion of our more useful Timbers. A Manual for the use of Students of Forestry. Demy Svo. Pp. 60. 1920. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. The Timbers of Commerce and Their Identification. A Complete Guide to the Identification of 345 distinct varieties of Timber. Demy 8vo. Pp.349. 1918. Wm. Rider. 8s. 6d. Tiffany, F. The Timber Merchants’ Handbook. A Practical Guide to the Measurements and Uses of Wood. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176. Nw. Wm. Rider. 5s. Unwin, A.H. West African Forests and Forestry. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1920. Fisher Unwin. 63s. Wallis-Tayler, A.J. The Preserva- tionef Wood. Demy 8vo. Pp.340. N.D. Wm. Rider. 10s. 6d. Ward, H.M. Trees: a Handbook of Forest Botany for the Woodlands and the Laboratory. 5 Vols. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1. Buds and Twigs. Pp. 282. 1910. 5s.6d. Vols. 2 to 5. (out of print). Cambridge Univer- sity Press. Timber and some of its Diseases. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 804. 1909. Mac- millan. 7s. Webster, A. D. Practical Forestry. A Handbook on the Rearing and Growth of Trees for Profit and Ornament. Demy S8vo. Pp. 318. 1917. Wm. Rider. 7s. 6d. Town Planting, and the Trees, Shrubs, etc., best adapted for resisting Smoke. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 211. 1910. Routledge. 4s. 6d. 209 T Forestry. Webster, A.D. Coniferous Trees. A Concise Description of cach Species and Variety, with the most recently approved Nomen- clature, list of Synonyms, and best Methods of Cultivation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 318. 1918. Constable. 21s. Tree Wounds and _ Diseases: their Prevention and Treatment. Demy S8vo. Pp. 215. 1916. Williams and Norgate. 7s. 6d. National Afforestation. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 8s. 6d. —Seaside Planting: For Shelter, Ornament and Profit. Cr. 4to. Pp. 156. 1918. Fisher Unwin. 18s. Webster, A.D. Firewoods. Their Production and Fuel Values. Cr. 4to. Pp. 95. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 12s. 6d. Hardy Ornamental Flowering Trees, and Shrubs. Small Demy | 8vo. Pp. 233. 1908. Murray. 5s. Whellens, W. H. Forestry Work. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2386. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 8s. 6d, Winn, W. Timbers and Their Uses. Svo. Pp. 335. 1919. Routledge. 10s. 6d. 210 AGRICULTURE, i. GENERAL. Andrew, R.C. A Farmer’s Hand- book. A Manual for Students and Beginners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Bell. 6s. Bosworth, G. F. Agriculture and the Land. Cr.8vo. Pp. 104.1917. Cambridge University Press. 2s. Dudgeon, G. C. The Agricultural and Forest Products of British West Africa. Demy 8vo. Pp.170.1911. Murray. 6s. Encyclopedia of the Farm, by Eminent Agricultural Authorities. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 845., 827. n.p. W. Green. 30s. Farmer and Stockbreeder’s Year Book, 1921. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 368. Macdonald. 43s. 6d. Fream,W. Elements of Agriculture, A Text-book prepared under the authority of the Royal Agricultural _ Society of England. 12th edn. Edited by J. R. Ainsworth-Davis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 700. 1920. Murray. 7s. 6d. Grasby, W. C. Principles of Aus- tralian Agriculture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1912. Macmillan. 5s. Green, F.E. First Advice to Would- be Farmers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1919. Country Life. 5s. Haggard, Sir R. A Farmer’s Year: being his Commonplace Book for 1898. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1909. Longmans. 6s. 6d. Rural Denmark and Its Lessons. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1917. Long- . Mans. 6s. Hall, Sir A.D. Agriculture After the War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 187. 1917. Murray. 5s. ——A Pilgrimage of British Farming, 1910-1912. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1914. Murray. 7s. 6d. Lloyd, E.W. Hints to Farm Pupils. Cr. 8vo. Pp.112. 1919. Murray. 2s. 6d. McConnell, P. A Note-Book of Agricultural Facts and Figures for Farmers and Farm Students. 9th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 550. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 15s. Mukerji, N. G. MHandbook of Indian Agriculture. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 6384. 1915. Thacker. 15s. Newsham, J. C. Farming Made Easy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1918. Pearson. 3s. 6d. Nicholls,H.A.A. org ee ee PrP es ee Therapeutics. Barr, W. I. K. Therapy (Immun- kérper—Immune Substances) in Pul- monary Tuberculosis. Demy 8vo. Pp.- 92. 1916. John Wright. 3s. 6d. Clark, H. Dispensary Treatment of Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1915. Bailliére. 15s. Cochrane ,A.W.R.,and Sprawson, C.A. A Guide to the Use of Tuber- culin. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 189. 1915. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d. Riviere, C., and Egmont, E. Tuberculin Treatment. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 268. 1913. Frowde & Hodder. 6s. 6d. Robertson, N. The Treatment of Tuberculosis by Means of Spengler’s Immune Bodies (I. K. Therapy). Cr.8vo. Pp.165. 1917. Bailliére. 5s. Robin, A. Treatment of Tuberculo- sis. Ordinary Therapeutics of Med- ical Men. Translated by L. Blanc, and H. de.Méric. 8vo. Pp. 624. 1913. Churchill. 21s. Sahli, H. Tuberculin Treatment, including a Discussion of the Nature and Action of Tuberculin and of Immunity to Tuberculosis. Trans- lated by W. B. Christopherson. Demy 8vo. Pp. 206. 1912. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d. ix. CLIMATOTHERAPY, ETC. Braun, J. The Curative Effects of Baths and Waters. Abridged Trans- lation. from the 8rd German edn., with Notes by Sir H. Weber. Demy 8vo. Pp. 658. 1875. Murray. 18s. Fox, R.F. The Principles and Prac- . tice of Medical Hydrology. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1913. University of London Press. 6s. Luke, T. D., and Forbes, N. H. Natural Therapy. Physiotherapeutics ogy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. John Wright. 5s. Macfie, R.C. Airand Health. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 358. 1909. Methuen. 10s. 6d. and Climatol- 1918. A Manual of Waller, H.E. Theory and Practice of Thyroid Therapy. For General Practitioners. Demy 8vo. Pp. 166. 1911. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. Weber, Sir H., and Parkes, F. Climatotherapy and Balneotherapy. The Climates and Mineral Water Health Resorts (Spas) of Europe. Roy. .‘8vo.. Pp. 883.. 1907. Murray. 15s. x. X-RAYS ; RADIUM ; THERMO- THERAPY. Dominici, M., and Warden, A. A. The Technique and Results of Radium-Therapy in Malignani Dis- ease. 1912. Churchill. 2s. Finzi, N. S. Radium Therapeutics. Demy 8vo. Pp.120. 1913. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. 6d. Green, A. A. R. An X-Ray Atlas of the Skull. 4to. Pp. 38 and 11 Plates. 1918. Longmans. 10s. 6d. Lyth, E.R. Studies on the Influence of Thermal Environment on the Circulation and the Body-heat. Demy 8vo. Pp. 80. 1913. Bale & Danielsson. 2s. 6d. Taylor, G. G. S. Clinical Records of ‘‘Light’’and ‘‘X-Ray’’ Therapy. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1904. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. Walsh, D. The R6éntgen Rays in With Section on 4th edn. 1907. Medical Work. Apparatus. by L. Jones. Demy 8vo. Pp. 452. Bailliére. 15s. Walsham, H., and Orton, G. H. The Réntgen Rays in the Diag- nosis of Diseases of the Chest . Demy 8vo. Pp.80. 1906. Lewis. 6s. Wickham, L. Radium Therapy. Translated by S. E. Dore. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1910. Cassell. 15s. xi. ELECTROTHERAPY, ETC. Crook, H. E. High Frequency Cur- rents. Their Production, Physical Properties, Physiological Effects and Therapeutical Uses. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 244. 1909. Bailliére. 8s. 6d. 289 Y ee " Therapeutics. Cumberbatch, E. P. Essentials of Medical Electricity. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1921. Kimpton. 10s. 6d. Diathermy, its Production and Uses in Medicine and Surgery . Demy 8vo. Pp. 203. 1921. Heinemann. 213. Friel, A. R. Electric Ionization: A Practical Introduction to its Use in Medicine and Surgery. Demy 8vo. Pp.78. 1920. John Wright. 8s. Garton,W. Electro-Therapeutics for Military Hospitals. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 56. 1917. Lewis. 2s. 6d. Harris, J. D. Lectures on Medical Electricity to Nurses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1918. Lewis. 3s. Harris, W. Electrical Treatment. 3rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 365. 1919. Cassell. 10s. 6d. Humphris, F. H. Electro-Thera- peutics for Practitioners. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310. 1921. Frowde & Hodder. 21s. Jones, H. L. Medical Electricity. A Practical Handbook for Students and Practitioners. 8thedn. Re- vised by L. W. Bathurst. Demy 8vo. Pp. 590. 1920. Lewis. 22s. 6d. Magill, E. M. Notes on Galvanism and Faradism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.240. 1919. Lewis. 6s... Parsons, J.J. The Healing of Ro- dent Cancer by Electricity. Cr. Svo. Pp.90. 1906. Bale & Dan- ielsson. 5s. Redding, J. M. Aids to Electro- Therapeutics. Pott 8vo. Pp. 204. 1920. Bailliére. 5s. Saberton, C. Diathermy in Medical and Surgical Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp.150. 1920. Cassell. Ts. 6d. Turner, D. A Manual of Practical Medical Electricity, the Réntgen Rays, Finsen Light, Radium and its Radiations, and High Frequency Currents. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.458. 1905. Baillitre. 10s. 6d. Webb, J. C. Electro-Therapy: Its Rationale and Indications. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90. 1920. Churchill. 58. xii. PSYCHO-THERAPEUTICS; HYPNOTISM. Brown, H. Advanced Suggestion (Neuroinduction). 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. 1921. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. Hilger, W. Hypnosis and Suggestion. Their Nature, Mode of Action, Sig- nification and Position amon Remedial Measures. Translated from the German by R. W. Felkin. Demy 8vo. Pp. 233. 1912. Heinemann. 10s. 6d. Moll, A. Hypnotism. Cr. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d. Schofield, A.T. Unconscious Thera- peutics: or the Personality of the Physician. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1906. Churchill. 5s. Tuckey, C. L. Treatment b notism and Suggestion ; or Psycho- Therapeutics. 7th edn. Withan additional Chapter on Treatment by Suggestion during the War, by A.P.Allan. Demy 8vo. Pp. 427. 1921. Bailliére. 12s. Wingfield, H.E. An Introduction to the Study of Hypnotism: Experi- mental and Therapeutic. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.208. 1920. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Hyp- 290 8vo. eh be ee WE Sai WA Apa sori se 08 wy See oN nt tt nt Mca at bs . Ces ec BAN DMEALY nn , e a = r =a. ~~ P FO" Ce . hs PHARMACY AND MATERIA MEDICA. i. GENERAL. Beddoes, T.P. Prescribers’ Formu- | lary and Index of Pharmacy. Based on the 1914 B.P. 2nd edn. Pocket size. Pp. 148. 1915. Bailliére. 2s. 6d. Bennett, R.R. Materia Medica and Pharmacy, for Medical Students ; with an Appendix on Incompati- bility. 4th edn. Feap. 8yo. Pp. 288. 1921. Lewis. 7s. 6d. Medical and Pharmaceutical Latin for Students of Pharmacy and Medicine. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1914. Churchill. 7s. 6d. ‘Crossley -Holland, W. The Pharm- acy Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1914. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. 6d. Forster, E.L.B. How to Become a Dispenser. Cr.8vo. Pp. 98.1917. Fisher Unwin. 2s. 6d. Hale-White, Sir W. Materia Med- ica, Pharmacy, Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 17th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 728. 1920. Churchill. 10s. 6d. Ince, J. The Latin Grammar of Pharmacy, for the Use of Medical and Pharmaceutical Students. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1918. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Lucas, E.W. The Book of Receipts: . containing a Veterinary Materia Medica; Pharmaceutical Formu- laries for the Manufacture of Pro- prietary Articles, Toilet Prepara- tions, Dietetic Articles, etc., with numerous Chemical and _ other Tables. Cr. 8vo. Pp.460. 1907. Churchill. 8s. 6d. and Stevens, H. B. Practical Pharmacy. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 431. 1921. Churchill. 27s. First Lines in Dispensing. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1919. Churchill. 6s. MacEwan, P. Pharmaceutical Formulas. ‘P.F.’ being ‘The Chemist and Druggists’ Book of Useful Recipes for the Drug Trade. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1,078. 1919. **The Chemist and Druggist’’ Office. 17s. 6d. Pharmaceutical Pocket Book for Practitioners and Students, The. 10th edn. 18mo. Pp. 360. 1921. Pharmaceutical Press. 3s. 6d. Stark, A. C. Aids to Practical Pharmacy. 2nd edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 165. 1911. Bailliére. 3s. Sutherland, W. G., and Warwick, F.J. Dispensing Made Easy: with numerous Formule and Practical Hints to secure Accuracy, Simplic- ity, Rapidity, and Economy. 4th edn. Pp.102. 1910. John Wright. 3s. 6d. Whitla, Sir W. Elements of Pharm- acy , Materia Medica, and Therapeu- tics. 10thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 686. 1915. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. Wootton, A.C. Chronicles of Pharm- acy. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 440., 340. 1910. Macmillan. 21s. Year Book of Pharmacy, 1920. Demy 8vo. Pp. 682. Oct., 1920. Churchill. 12s. 6d. ii. PHARMACOPQGIAS. The British Pharmacopoeia, 1914. Demy 8vo. Pp. 633. 1914. Con- stable. 10s. 6d. Craig,W. Posological Tables. Being a Tabular Arrangement of all the Medicines contained in the 1914 B.P., with Dose, etc. 32mo. 1915. Livingstone. Ils. 6d. Gadd,H.W.ASynopsis of the British Pharmacopeeia, 1914, and of the Poison Laws of Great Britain and Ireland. 10th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 200. 1918. Bailliére. 2s. 291 — Pharmacy and Materia Medica. Lucas, E. W., and Stevens, H. B. The Book of Pharmacopeias and Unofficial Formularies. Based upon the 1914 B.P. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 532. 1915. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Martindale, W. H., and Westcott, W.W. The Extra Pharmacopeeia. 17th edn. 2 Vols. Feap. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 1145. 1920. 27s. Vol. 2. Pp. 720. 1921. 17s. 6d. Lewis. Squire, Sir P. W. Companion to the British Pharmacopeeia, com- paring the strength of its various Preparations with those of the United States and other Foreign Pharmacopeeias, etc. 19th edn. 8vo. Pp.1708. 1918. Churchill. 25s. Pocket Companion to the British Pharmacopeia. Based upon the . 1914 B.P. 2ndedn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 1056. 1915. Churchill. 12s. 6d. The Pharmacopeeias of Thirty of the London Hospitals, arranged in Groups for Comparison. 8th edn. 12mo. Pp. 494. 1910. Churchill. 5s. —— The Pharmacopeeia of the Hospi- tal for Diseases of the Throat. 7th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1914. Churchill. 2s. 6d. Thompson,C.J.S. A Compendium of the Pharmacopceias and Formu- laries (official and unofficial) with Practical Aids to Prescribing and Dispensing. Revised in accordance with the 1914 B.P. 5th edn. 12mo. Pp. 404. 1915. Bale and Danielsson. 6s. MATERIA MEDICA. Catechism Series. Materia Medica. 2nd edn. Revised according to the 1914 B.P. Revised by J. A. iii. Whitla. In one volume. cloth, 5s. 6d. 3 Parts. Is. 9d. each. Livingstone. Collie, A.E. Aids to Materia Medica. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1919. Bailliére. 3s. Fernie, W. T. Herbal Simples Approved for Modern Uses of Cure. A Handbook .of Curative Herbal Simples supplied from the Garden, Field, Hedgerow, and Store-closet. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 596. 1914. John Wright. 6s. 6d. adh Ghosh, R. A Treatise on Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 8th edn. by B. H. Deare and B. N. Ghosh. 8vo. Pp.710. 1920. Simpkin, Marshall. 9s. 6d. Greenish, H. G. Materia Medica: A Text-book of for Students of Pharmacy and of Medicine. 3rd. edn. 8vo. Pp. 580. 1920. Churchill. 27s. _Marshall,C. A Text-book of Materia Medica for Students of Medicine. 8vo. Pp. 648. 1905, 10s. 6d. Nunn, A.W. Materia Medica, Step by Step. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1911. Churchill. 3s. 6d. Southall, W. Organic Materia Med- ica: A Handbook treating of the more important of the Animal and Vegetable Drugs. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 410. (1915). 1919. Churchill. 12s. 6d. Waring, E.J., and Lukis, SirC.P. Remarks on the Uses of some of the Bazaar Medicines and Common Medical Plants of India. 6th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1907. Churehill. 6s. iv. PHARMACOLOGY. Brickdale, J. M.F. A Text-book of Pharmacology and Medical Treat- ment for Nurses. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 406. 1920. Oxford University Press. 253. Cow,.D.V. Synopsis of Pharmacol- ogy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1920. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Cushny, A. R. A Text-book of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, or the Action of Drugs in Health and Disease. 7thedn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 712. 1918. Churchill. 24s. 292 Churchill. - en Le ee -! ee ee "Te. LAY Pate * ee = Pee Sf il ee ie a we. a: 5 E | See Gh citi iia Pharmacy and Materia Medica. : a Dixon, W. E. Practical Pharma- cology, for the use of Students of Medicine. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 1919. Cambridge University Press. 7s. 6d. ——. A Manual of Pharmacology. 5th edn. in preparation. Arnold. Francis, F., and Brickdale, J. M. F. The Chemical Basis of Phar- macology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 384. 1908. Arnold. 15s. Freyberger, L. The Practitioner’s Pocket Pharmacology and Formu- lary. Feap. 8vo. Pp.545. 1917. Heinemann. 12s. 6d. Gadd, H. W. Drugs: their Produc- tion, Preparation, and Properties. Cr.8vo. Pp. 192. 1904. Bail- liére. 5s. Martindale,W.H. Digitalis Assay. A Method of Chemical Standardisa- tion to Equal Physiological Assay. Demy 8vo. Pp. 47. 1913. Lewis. 2s. Pembrey, M. S., and Phillips, C. D.F. The Physiological Action of Drugs. An Introduction to Prac- tical Pharmacology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1,908. 1901. Arnold. 5s. 6d. Sainsbury, H. Drugs and the Drug Habit. Demy 8vo. Pp.321. 1909. Methuen. 10s. 6d. White, SirW.H. (edited by). Text- book of Pharmacology and Thera- peutics. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1050. 1901. Frowde & Hodder. 2is. 293 NURSING. GENERAL AND MEDICAL. Ashdown, A.M. A Complete Sys- tem of Nursing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 746. 1920. Dent. 12s. 6d. ‘Bryan,M.T. The Nurses’ Complete Medical Dictionary. Pocket size. Pp. 208. 1912. Bailliére. 2s. 6d. Cook, J.B. Index of Practical Nurs- ing. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1920. Bailliére. 6s. Cuff, H. E. Lectures on Medicine to Nurses. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1920. Churchill. 7s. 6d. Domville, E. J. A Manual for Hos- pital Nurses and others engaged in Attending on the Sick. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.160. 1907. Churchill. Is. Fitzwilliams, D.C. L. A Nursing Manual for Nurses and Nursing Orderlies. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 466. 1914. Frowde & Hodder. 6s. 6d. Forsyth, D. Lectures on Medical Diseases, for Nurses. Cr.8vo. Pp. 230. 1914. Bailliére. 3s. 6d. Groves, E.W.H., and Brickdale, J.M.F. Text Book for Nurses: Anatomy, Physiology, Surgery and Medicine. 2nd edn. 4th imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1921. Frowde & Hodder. 25s. Gullan, M.A. Theory and Practice of Nursing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1920. Lewis. 10s. 6d. Hassard, E. M., and Mrs A.R. Practical Nursing. For Male Nurses in the R.A.M.C. and other Forces. 1910. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. Frowde & Hodder. 4s. 6d. 294 Henderson, J. Medicine for Nurses. Cr. eh: Pp. 270. 1921. Arnold. 8s. 6d. Humphry, L. A Manual of Nursing >- Medical and Surgical. 39th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 267. 1917. Griffin. 3s. 6d. Luckes, E.C.E. General Nursing. 10thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.3860. Kegan Paul. 5s. Morten, H. (edited by). A Com- plete System of Nursing. By Med- ical Men and Nurses. 4thedn. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 402. 1915. Dent. 9s. 6d. — —(compiled by). The Nurse’s Dictionary , with Phonetic Punctua- tion by M. I. Burdett. 10th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 208. Scientific Press. 3s. 6d. Stewart, I., and Cuff, H. E. Practical Nursing. 5th edn. Cr-~. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1919. Blackwood. 6s. Watson, J. K. A Handbook for Nurses; with Examination Ques- tions based on the Contents of the Chapters. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 788. 1921. Scientific Press. 10s. 6d- Weeks -Shaw, C., and Radford, W. A Text-book of Nursing for Home and Hospital Use. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 358. 1896. Arnold. 4s. 6d. Woodwark, A.S. Medical Nursing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1914. Arnold. 5s. N.D. | eae bait | eae a = Pet a5 aan eR haere Te (8 ite hy ye pt MERORIRINTC TET Poem ee ey PPT ea een pr Tite Tite tr ein ie nei ae ~ Pia A NN Ae El =— eR, tt RRR IEA BY OTN a a VETERINARY. i. PHYSIOLOGY AND ANATOMY. - Bradley, O.C. Outlines of Veterin- . ary Anatomy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1897. Baillitre. 10s. 6d. —— A Guide to the Dissection of the Dog. Demy 8vo. Pp. 249. 1919. W.Green. 15s. The Topographical Anatomy of the Limbs of the Horse. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1838. 1920. W. Green. 2]s. and Browne, T.G. Atlas of the Horse: Its Anatomy and Physi- ology. Feap.folio. Pp. 38 and 13 Plates by G. Dupuy. 1918. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Paton, D.N.,and Orr, J.B. Essen- tials of Veterinary Physiology. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 693. 1920. W.Green. 25s. Share-Jones, J. T. The Surgical Anatomy of the Horse. 4 Vols. Demy 4to. Vol. 1. Head and Neck. Pp. 172. 1906. Vol. 2. The Fore Limb. Pp. 202. 1907. Vol. 3. The Hind Limb. Pp. 230. 1908. Vol. 4. The Foot and Trunk. Pp.270. 1914. Bailliére. 16s. 6d. each. Smith, Sir F. Manual of Veterinary Physiology. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 908. 1921. Bailliére. 35s. Strangeway, T. Veterinary Anat- omy. 10th edn. . Demy 8vo. -Pp. 617. 1917. W. Green. 25s. ii. MEDICINE AND SURGERY. Cadiot, P.J.,and Dollar, J.A.W. Studies in Clinical Veterinary Medi- cine, and Surgery. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 620. 1908. Bailliére. 15s. Courtenay, E., and Hobday, F. T. G. Manual of the Practice of Veterinary Medicine. 38rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 472. 1918. Bailliére. 12s. Dollar, J. A.W. Regional Veterin- ary Surgery and Operative Tech- nique. Reissue. 8vo. Pp. 1164. 1920. Bailliére. 25s. Fleming, G., and Craig, J. Vet- erinary Obstetrics: including the Diseases and Accidents Incidental to Pregnancy and Parturition. 8rd ~ edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 536. 1917. Bailliére. 18s. Hoare, E. W. (edited by). A Sys- tem of Veterinary Medicine. By Various Writers. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. 1913-14. Vol. 1. Microbial Diseases. Pp. 13844. Vol. 2. General Diseases, including a Section on Parasites. Pp. 1644. Bailliére. 55s. Hobday, F.T.G. Surgical Diseases of the Dog and Cat: with Chapters on Anesthetics and Obstetrics. _8rdedn. in preparation. Bailliére. MacCabe, F. F. Horse-Mastership. A Lecture , with Notes on the School- ing of Jumpers, the Bacteriology of Coughing, and the Diseases carried by Horse-Flies, Ticks, and Tse-tse Flies. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 82. 1911. Bailliére. 3s. 6d. Reeks, H.C. The Common Colies of the Horse: their Causes, Symp- toms, Diagnosis and Treatment. 3srdedn. Pp.386. 1914. Bailliére. 6s. 6d. Diseases of the Horse’s Foot. 2nd edn. in preparation. Bailliére. Smythe, R.H. Wounds of Animals and their Treatment. Cr.8vo. Pp. 204. 1918. Bailliére. 7s. 6d. Thompson,H. Elementary Lectures on Veterinary Science for Agricul- tural Students, Farmers, and Stock- keepers. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 560. 1919. Bailliére. 15s. 295 Veterinary. Twort, F. W., and Ingram, G.L. Johne’s Disease: a Monograph. (Enteritis chronica pseudotuber- culosa bovis). Demy 8vo. Pp. 192. 1918. Bailliére. 10s. 6d. Williams, W. The Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medicine. 9th edn. Revised by W. O. Williams and F. S. H. Baldrey. 8vo. Pp.1004. 1909. Bailliére. 25s. iii. THERAPEUTICS; TOXI- COLOGY , etc. Banham, G.A., and Young, W. J. Table of Veterinary Posology and Therapeutics, with Weights, Meas- ures, etc., for the use of Students and Practitioners. Revised in accordance with the 1914 B.P. 4th edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1918. Bailliére. 5s. Hoare, E. W. A Manual of Veterin- ary Therapeutics: A Guide to the Treatment of Diseases of Domestic Animals. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 968. 1916. Bailliére. 21s. Jowett, W. Notes on Blood-Serum Therapy, Preventive Inoculation, and Toxin and Serum Diagnosis. For Veterinary Practitioners and Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp.212. 1907. Bailliére. 6s. Lander, G. D. Veterinary Toxicol- ogy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324. 1912. Bailliére. 8s. 6d. Nunn, J.A. Veterinary Toxicology. Cr. SVo. Pp. 204. 1907. Bailiére. 5s. Peacey, E. Common Diseases of Pigs and their Diagnosis, including Swine Fever and its Treatment with Serum. Cr. 8vo. Pp.122. 1918. Bailliére. 4s. 6d. 296 Scott, W. Clinical Bacteriology and Vaccine Therapy for Veterinary Surgeons. Demy 8vo. Pp. 236. 1913. Bailliére. 8s. 6d. Smythe, R.H. Veterinary Parasit- ology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1911. Bailliére. 6s. Steel, J. H. A Treatise on the Dis- eases of the Ox; being a Manual of Bovine Pathology for Veterinary Students and Practitioners. 8vo. Longmans. 21s. iv. GENERAL. Barton, F. T. The Horse: Ailments and Accidents. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 202. 1907. Arnold. 2s. 6d. Horses and Practical Horse- Keeping. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 644. Jarrolds. 21s. Cross, H. E. The Camel and Its Diseases , being Notes for Veterinary Surgeons and Commandants of Camel Corps. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 159. 1917. Bailliére. 5s. Fleming, G., and MacQueen, J. Practical Horse-Shoeing. llth edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1916. Bailliére. 3s. 6d. Galvayne, S. The Twentieth Cen- tury Book on the Horse. 3rd edn. Demy 4to. Pp. 372. 1912. Bailliére. 25s. Leese, A. S. Veterinary Surgeons Service. Roy. 8vo. 1917. Bailliére. 2s. 6d. Tips on Camels, for on Active Pp. 46. Linton, R. G. Veterinary Hygiene. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 443. 1921. W. Green. 26s. Ry eT RS oe Fo Tab Si yap Per ek Ve en a Tn te | Bet TP TE HD ORM karnetage a Oued yO wor Oe Wee Oh pe ey ee : i TEXTILES. i. HISTORICAL AND ECONOMIC. Chapman, S. J. The Lancashire Cotton Industry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 820. 1904. Sherratt & Hughes. 7s. 6d. The Cotton Industry and Trade. Cr.8vo. Pp.183. 1905. Methuen. 5S. Clapham, J. H. The Woollen and Worsted Industries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1907. Methuen. 7s. 6d. Daniels, G. W. The Early English Cotton Industry; with some un- published letters of Samuel Cromp- ton. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1920. Longmans. 8s. 6d. Horner, J. The Linen Trade of Europe during the Spinning Wheel Period. Demy 8vo. Pp.605.1920. M’Caw, Stevenson & Orr. 25s. Rawlley, T. C. The Silk Industry and Trade. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1919. King. 10s. 6d. Economics of the Silk Industry. A Study in Industrial Organisation. 8vo. Pp.365. 1919. King.10s. 6d. ii. RAW MATERIALS. Barker, A. F., and Priestley, E. Wool Carding and Combing. With Notes on Sheep Breeding and Wool Growing. Cr.8vo. Pp.276. 1919. Cassell. 7s. 6d. Bigwood,G. Cotton. (Staple Trades and Industries.) Demy 8vo. Pp. 212. 1918. Constable. 6s. 6d. ~Bowman,F.H. The Structure of the Cotton Fibre and its Relation to Technical Applications. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1908. Macmillan. 10s. 6d. The Structure of the Wool Fibre and its Relation to the Use of Wool for Technical Purposes. Cr. 8vo. Pp.496. 1908. Macmillan.10s. 6d. 297 Carter, H. R. Combers and Comb- ing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1915. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. 6d. Ramie (Rhea) China Grass, the new Textile Fibre. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1911. Technical Pub. Co. 6s. 9d. —-—Flax and its Products. 8vo. Pp. 3817. 1920. Danielsson. 10s. 6d. Cordage Fibres: their Cultiva- tion, Extraction and Preparation for the Market. Demy 8vo. Pp. 124. 1909. Bale & Danielsson. 2s. 6d. —— Jute and its Manufacture. Demy 8vo. Pp. 198. 1921. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. Georgievics, G. Chemical Technol- ogy of Textile Fibres. Translated from the German. New edn. in preparation. Scott, Greenwood. Mitchell, C. A., and Prideaux, R. M. Fibres used in Textile and Allied Industries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 1910. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Ormerod, F. Wool. (Staple Trades and Industries). Demy 8vo. Pp. 229. 1918. Constable. 6s. 6d. Priestman, H. Principles of Wool Combing. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1921. Bell. 12s. Woodhouse, T., and Kilgour, P. Cordage and Cordage Hemp and Fibres. Cr. 8vo. Pp.123. 1919. Pitman. 3s. iii. SPINNING AND DOUBLING. a. Cotton. Balls, W.L. Handbook of Spinning Tests for Cotton Growers. Demy 8vo. Pp.59. 1920. Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Dobson, B. Some Difficulties in Cotton Spinning. Cr. 4to. Pp. 131. 1901. Heywood. 2s. 6d. Demy Bale & : Tectiles. Dobson, B. Humidity in Cotton Spinning. Newedn.revised by W. Midgley. Cr. 4to. Pp. 145. 1901. Heywood. 38s. 6d. Lomax, J.W. Fine Cotton Spinning. A Practical Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130. 1918. Emmott. 3s. 6d. Nasmith, J. Student’s Cotton Spin- ning. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 636. 1920. Heywood. 15s. Taggart, W. S. Cotton Spinning. 8 Vols. Cr. 8vo. Vol.1. Includ- ing all Processes up to the end of Carding. 6thedn. Pp. 822.1919. 8s.6d. Vol.2. Including the Pro- cesses up to the end of Fly-frames. 6th edn. Pp. 306. 1921. 8s. 6d. Vol. 3. 5Sthedn. Pp.520. 1920. 10s. Macmillan. Thornley, T. Cotton Spinning. Elementary, or First Year. 4thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.320. 12s.6d. Inter- mediate, or Second Year. 3rdedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1916. 8s. 6d. Honours, or Third Year. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1907. 6s. Scott, Greenwood. —Cotton Waste; its Production, Manipulation and Uses. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 412. 1921. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. 6¢. Wakefield, S. Cotton Doubling and _ Twisting. 4 Vols. Demy 8vo. 1916. 40s. Also in sections, paper covers. Sec.1. Yarn Testing. 4s.; Sec.2. Doubler Winding, 4s.;Sec. 3. Ring and Flyer Twisting, 6s. 6d.; Sec. 4. Twiner Twisting, 6s. 6d.; Sec. 5. . Clearing and Gassing, 5s. 6d.; Sec. 6. Preparing, Reeling, and Bundling, 5s.; Sec. 7. Threads and their Manufacture, 8s. 6d.; Sec. 8. Costs, Waste, and Organisation, 6s. 6d. Marsden. b. Woollen and Worsted. Priestman,H. Principles of Worsted Spinning. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 365. 1921. Longmans. 15s. Principles of Woollen Spinning. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1908. Longmans. 10s. 6d. : Turner,H. Worsted Spinners’ Prac- tical Handbook. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 148. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 7s. Vickerman, C. Woollen Spinning. A Text Book for Students in Tech- nical Colleges, and for skilled prac- tical men in Woollen Mills. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1894. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. c. Jute, Flax, Silk. Carter, H.R. The Spinning and Twisting of Long Vegetable Fibres (Flax, Hemp, Jute, Tow, and Ramie). 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.~. Pp. 434. 1919. Griffin. 24s. Flax, Hemp and Jute Spinners’ Catechism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276. 1910. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d. Rope, Twine, and Thread Mak- ing. Demy 8vo. Pp.151. 1909. Bale & Danielsson. 5s. Modern Flax, Hemp and Jute Spinning and Twisting. A Prac- tical Handbook for the Use of Flax,. Hemp, and Jute Spinners, Thread, ° Twine and Rope Makers. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1907. Greenwood. 8s. 6d. — Leggatt, W. The Theory and Prac- tice of Jute Spinning. New edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 300. 1921. Wm. Kidd. 21s. Rayner, H. Silk Throwing and Waste Silk Spinning. New edn. in preparation. Scott, Greenwood. Sharp, P. Flax, Tow, and Jute Spinning. Cr. 8vo. N.p. Simp- kin, Marshall. 5s. iv. WEAVING AND SIZING. Bell, T. F. Jacquard Weaving and Designing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 3il.- 1895. Longmans. 14s. Brown, A. A Practical Treatise on the Construction of the Power Loom and the Art of Weaving. 10th edn. Sm. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 162. 1921. Simpkin, Marshall. 5s. Gruner, A. Power-Loom Weaving and Yarn Numbering, According to Various Systems, with Conversion Tables. Translated from the Ger- man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. © Heylin, H. B. The Cotton Weavers’ Handbook. 2nd edn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. Demy Scott, 298 ames YR. Textiles. Hooper, L. Weaving for Beginners, with Plain Directions for Making a Hand Loom, Mounting it, and starting the Work. Demy 4to. Pp.122. 1920. Pitman. 5s. Hand-Loom Weaving, Plain and Ornamental. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Kinzer, H., and Walter, K. Theory and Practice of Damask Weaving. Translated from the German. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1908. Scott, Greenwood. 9s. 6d. Kretschmar, CG. Yarn and Warp Sizing in all its Branches. Trans- lated from the German. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 181. 1911. Scott, Green- wood. 12s. 6d. Leggatt, W. Theory and Practice of the Art of Weaving Linen and Jute Manufactures, by Power Loom. Part 1. Letterpress. 4s. Part 2. Diagrams. 6s. Wm. Kidd. Marsden, R. Cotton Weaving. Sm. Post 8vo. Pp.533. 1895. Bell. 10s. 6d. Nisbet, H. Preliminary Operations of Weaving. Vol. 1. Preparation of Grey or Plain Warps. Demy 8vo. Pp.414. 1914. Emmott. 10s. 6d. Theory of Sizing for Manufactur- ers of Textile Fabrics. Cr. S8vo. Pp. 86. 1912. Emmott. 3s. 6d. Taylor, J.T. Cotton Weaving and Designing. New Imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 360. 1919. Longmans. 9s. Woodhouse, T. Heaids and Reeds for Weaving: Setts and Porters. ‘Cr. 8vo. Pp.97. 1920. Emmott. 4s. 6d. and Milne, T. Jute and Linen Weaving. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 618. 1914. Macmillan. 15s. v. DYEING AND PRINTING. Beech, F. The Dyeing of Cotton Fabrics. A Practical Handbook for the Dyer and Student. 2nd edn. Demy S8vo. Pp. 272. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. —— The Dyeing of Woollen Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp.228. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Blackwood, W. Engraving for Calico: . Printing. Med. 8vo. Pp. 291. 1913. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Ganswindt, A. Dyeing Silk, Mixed Silk Fabrics and Artificial Silks. Translated from the German by C. Salter. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2380. 1921. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Hurst, G. H. Silk Dyeing. Small Post 8vo. Pp. 226. 1892. Bell. 7s. 6d. ; Knecht, E., and Fothergill, J. B. The Principles and Practice of Textile Printing. Med. 8vo. Pp. 631. 1912. Griffin. 42s. Paterson. D. The Colour Printing of Carpet Yarns: a Manual for Col- our Chemists and Textile Printers. Demy 8vo. Pp.136. 1900. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. —— Colour Matching on Textiles. A Manual intended for the use of Students of Colour Chemistry , Dye- ing and Textile Printing. Demy 8vo. Pp.132. 1901. Scott, Green-. wood. 8s. 6d. Textile Colour Mixing. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.140. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Rothwell,C.F.S. Textile Printing. A Practical Manual, including the Processes used in the Printing of Cotton, Woollen, Silk, and Half- Silk Fabrics. 2nd edn. in prepara- tion. Griffin. vi. BLEACHING AND FINISHING. Beaumont, R. The Finishing of Textile Fabrics (Woollen, Worsted, Union, and other Cloths). Demy 8vo. Pp. 260. 1909. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Carter, H. R. Bleaching and Dye- ing of Flax, Hemp and Jute Yarns and Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp.176. 1911. Bale & Danielsson. 2s. 6d. Duerr, G., and Turnbull, W. Bleaching and Calico Printing. Large 8vo. Pp-153. 1896. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Polleyn, F. Dressings and Finish- ings for Textile Fabrics and their Application. Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1911. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. 299 Textiles. Modern 8vo. ‘*Practical Bleacher.’’ Bleaching and Finishing. Cr. Pp.70. N.D. Heywood. 2s. cei | Tailfer, L. Practical Treatise on the Bleachi ing of Linen and Cotton Yarn and Fabrics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 337. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. Trotman, S. R.,and Thorp, E.L. The Principles of Bleaching and Finishing of Cotton. 2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp.359. 1918. Griffin. 21s. Woodhouse, T. The Finishing of Jute and Linen Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 326. 1916. Emmott. 8s. 6d. DESIGNING, TESTING, RESEARCH. Ashenhurst, T. R. Design in Tex- Vii. tile Fabrics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1907. Cassell. 4s. 6d. Barker, A. F. An Introduction to the Study of Textile Design. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919. Methuen. 8s. 6d. and Midgley, E. Analysis of Woven Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Beaumont, R. Colour in Woven Design. A Treatise on the Science and Technology of Textile Colour- ing in Woollen, Worsted, Cotton, and Silk Materials. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1912. Pitman. 21s. Dumville, J., and Kershaw, S. Worsted Cone Drawing. Demy 8vo. Pp.104. 1921. Heywood. 7s. 6d. Herzfeld, J. The Technica! Testing of Yarns and Textile Fabrics. with Reference to Official Specifications. Translated from the German. 3rd edn. -revised by D. T. Nisbet. 8vo. Pp. 217. 1920. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. 6d. Nisbet, H. Grammar of Textile ' Design. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 514. 1919. Scott; Greenwood. 21s. 300 North, B.,and Bland,N. Chemis- try for Textile Students. A Manual suitable for Technical Students in the Textile and Dyeing Industries. Demy 8vo. Pp. 379. 1920. Cam- bridge University Press. 30s. Stephenson, C., and Suddards, F. A Text-book Dealing with Orna- mental Design for Woven Fabrics. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 286. 1905. Methuen. 8s. 6d. Watson, W. Textile Design and Col- our; Elementary Weaves and Fig- — ured Fabrics. New edn. in the — Press. Longmans. -—— Advanced Textile Design. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1913. Longmans. 14s, Woodhouse, T., and Milne, R. Textile Design: Pure and Applied. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1912. Mac- millan. 12s. 6d. . viii.GENERAL MANUFACTURE. __ Beaumont, R. Woollen and Worsted: The Theory and Technology of the — Manufacture of Woollen, Worsted, — Union Yarns, and Fabries. 2nd — edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 716. 1919. — Bell. 42s. Union Textile Fabrication, with — numerous original Diagrams, Sec- — tional Drawings, and Photographic ~ Reproductions of Spun and Woven Specimens. Demy 8vo. Pp. 376. 1920. Pitman. 21s. D —w— Standard Cloths: Structure and © Manufacture (General, Military and — Naval). Demy 8vo. Pp. 342. — 1916. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d. — Carter, H. R. The Manufacture of — Linen, Hemp, and Jute Fabrics. © Demy 8vo. Pp. 97. 1909. Bale — & Danielsson. 3s. Gd. . a Chamberlain, J., and Quilter, J. © H. eee Fabrics. Cr. 8vo. ~ Pp. 15 1919. Pitman. 3s. Davis, Ww. Hosiery Manufacture. Ar Treatise showing the Developm and Application of the Principles o Knitted Fabric Manufacture. Dae 8vo. Pp.146. 1920. Pitman. 9s. — Foltzer, J. Artificial Silk and its — Manufacture. Translated from the — French by T. Woodhouse. Dewy 8vo. Pp. 256. 1921. Pitman.) 21s. = ee a a ll aie hee. ai ae 2 eal oo fh edd tic teed @ Cecw Tey! te & ey OL me Burd ww OTE a Rene ee ere a ae uses 42) bial Ne he BA ty Fe” TURE TAT T te S eR eek Bale a cas et) At We) per Textiles. Its Production Cr. 8vo. Pp. Hooper, L. Silk. and Manufacture. 134. 1911. Pitman. 3s. Hunter, J. A. Wool. From the Raw Material to the Finished Pro- duct. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1912. Pitman. 3s. Lord, R.T. Decorative and Fancy Textile Fabrics. For Manufac- turers and Designers of Carpets, Damask, Dress and all Textile Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200. 1898. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. Moore, A. S. Linen. From the Field to the Finished Product. Cr.8vo. Pp.141. 1914. Pitman. 38. Peake, R. J. Cotton. From the Raw Material to the Finished Pro- duct. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1909. Pitman. 3s. Radcliffe, J. W. The Manufacture of Woollen and Worsted Yarns. Cr.8vo. Pp.350. 1915. Emmott. 6s. Reiser, N. Faults in the Manufac- ture of Woollen Goods and their Prevention. Translated from the German. Cr.8vo. Pp.170. 1903. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. ix. TEXTILE MACHINERY. Booth, N. The Ring Spinning Frame: a Guide for Overlookers and Students. Cr.8vo. Pp.76. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. Dobson, B. Evolution of the Spin- ning Machine. Cr.8vo. Pp.164. 1915. Marsden. 2s. Lander, C. H. Ventilation and Humidity in Textile Mills and Factories. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Longmans. 6s. Nasmith, J. Recent Cotton Mill Construction and Engineering. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1909. Heywood. 7s. 6d. Roberts, T. Tappet and Dobby Looms: Their Mechanism and Man- agement. Cr.8vo. Pp.228. 1912. Emmott. 3s. 6d. Taggart, W.S. Textile Mechanics. 8vo. Pp. 123. 1915. Routledge. 2s. 6d. ——Cotton Machinery Sketches. Sup. Royal 8vo. Pp. 184. 1911. Macmillan. 3s. Thornley, T. Machines. Demy 8vo. 1902. Scott, Greenwood. Cotton Combing Pp. 348. 8s. 6d. x. CALCULATIONS AND REFERENCE BOOKS, etc. Barker, A.F. Wool and the Textile Industries: Raw Material to Fin- ished Fabric, in English, French, Italian and Spanish. With a Technical Glossary (in Pocket). 8vo. Pp. 42. 1919. Jowett and Sowry. 10s. Blanco, A. E. (compiled by). Piece Goods Manual. Fabrics described; Textile, Knit Goods, Weaving terms explained ; with Notes on the Classification of Samples. Demy 8vo. Pp.196. 1918. King. 5s. Bradbury, F. Calculations in Yarns. and Fabrics. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 38322. 1920. Halifax: F. King. 6s. 6d. Carter, H. R. Practical Mill and Factory Arithmetic. Demy 8vo. Pp. 186. 1911. Bale and Daniels- son. 2s. 6d. Cook. Cotton Spinning Calculations. Cr. 8vo. Pp.94. 1915. Marsden. 2s. Cotton Year Book, 1921. 16thedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.708. 1921. Mars- den. 7s. 6d. Hardman,.A.H. Productive Costs. in Cotton Spinning Mills. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1912. Emmott. 8s. 6d. Heylin, H. B. Cottons, Linens, Woollens, Silks; How to Buy and Judge Materials. Cr.8vo. Pp.101. 1919. Heywood. 3s. A Handbook for Buyers and Sellers in the Cotton Trade. Being a Handbook for Merchants, Ship- ping Manufacturers, etc. Med.8vo. Pp. 242. 1918. Griffin. 10s. 6d. 301 Textiles. Mackie, J. Howto Make a Woollen Mill Pay. Cr.8vo. Pp.76. 1904. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Palmer, T. F. Dictionary of Technical Textile Terms. (Tri- lingual). Vol.1. English-French- Spanish. Pocket size. Pp. 68. 1920. Hirschfeld, 5s. Reiser, N. Spinning and Weaving Calculations, especially relating to Woollens. Translated from the German. Demy 8vo. Pp. 160. 1904. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. Taggart, W. S. Cotton Spinning Calculations. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1920. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Textile Manufacturer’s Year Book. 1921. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 344. March, 1921. Emmott. 3s. 6d. Whitwam, J. H. Textile Calcula- tions. Manufacture and Mechan- ism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 488. 1920. Pitman. 25s. Winterbottom, J. Cotton Spinning Calculations and Yarn Costs: a Practical and Comprehensive Man- ual of Calculations, Yarn Costs and other Data involved in adapting the Machinery in all Sections, and for all Grades, of Spinning: and Doubling. New edn. in the Press. Longmans. Woodhouse, T., and Brand, A. Textile Mathematics. Parts 1 and 2. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 122 each. 1921. Blackie. 2s. 6d. each. Wool Year Book, 1921. Pp.612. 1921. Marsden. Cr. 8vo. Ts. 6d. xi. LACE, EMBROIDERY, etc. Brinton, R. S. Carpets. Cr. 8vo. Pp.130. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Channer,C.C.,and Roberts,M.E. Lace Making in the Midlands, Past and Present. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90. 1900. Methuen. 3s. 6d. Christie, Mrs. A. H. Embroidery and Tapestry Weaving. 4th edn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 320. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d. 302 Milroy, M. E. W. Home Lace _ Making. A Handbook for Teachers and Pupils. 2nd edn. Cr. 8yo. Pp. 64. 1917. Scott, Greenwood. 2s. 6d. Okey, T. An Introduction tothe Art of Basket Making. Demy 8yo, Pp. 162. 1915. Pitman. 5s. Poole, B. W. The Clothing Trades Industry. Cr.8vo. Pp.110. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Smith, W. The Chemistry of Hat Manufacturing. Lectures delivered | before the Hat Manufacturers’ Asso-— ciation. Revised and edited oe | i . ‘ | { ; Shonk. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1906. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d. 4 ; Symonds, M. Elementary Em- broidery. Feap. 4to. Pp. 164. 1915. Pitman. 7s. 6d. = Walker, L. Varied Occupations in Weaving and Cane and Straw Work. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1901. Mac- millan. 3s. 6d. Varied Occupations in Str Work. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 270. 19140 Macmillan. 3s. 6d. Wilkinson, M. E. Art Needlework and Design, Point Lace. A Manual of Applied Art. Oblong Quarto. 1907. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. xii. BOOT AND SHOE MANUFACTURE. Harding, J.S. The Boot and Shoe Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1918. Pitman. 38s. 4 Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Boot and Shoe Pattern Cutting and Clicking. Cr.8vo. Pp, 168. 1906. Cassell. 3s. Plucknett, F. Introduction to th ies Theory and Practice of Hoses an 36. Shoe Manufacture. 8vo. Pp. 1916. Longmans. ‘7s. 6d. xiii. LEATHER WORK. Carter, E. E. Artistic Leathe Work. A Handbook on.the Art ¢ O. Decorating Leather. Cr. 8vo. FE 63. 1912. Spon. 3s. 6d. Textiles. Ellis, B. E. Gloves and the Glove Leland, C. G. Leather Work: Trade. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1921. Stamped, Moulded, Cut, Cuir- Pitman. 38s. Bonilli, Sewn,etc. 3rdedn. Feap. 4to. Pp. 96. Pitman. is. 308 GRAPHIC ARTS. i. PRINTING AND ITS ALLIED BRANCHES. Cumming, D. Handbook of Litho- graphy. An Exhaustive, Practical treatise on the various methods adopted in working the process. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.248. 1919. Black. 10s. 6d. . Fletcher, F. M. Wood-block Print- ing. A description of the craft of woodcutting and colour printing based on the Japanese Practice. Cr.8vo. Pp.132. 1916. Pitman. 8s. 6d. Harrap, C. Transferring. The Practice of Transferring to Stone, Zine and Aluminium as applied to Planographic Printing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 162. 1912. Raithby, Law- rence. 3s. 6d. Hart, H. Rules for Compositors and Readers at the University Press, Oxford. Revised by Sir J. Murray and H. Bradley. 24thedn. 24mo. Pp. 120. 1921. Oxford Univer- sity Press. 2s. Herrick, T. P. Embossing, Block- ing, Die-Stamping. A Practical Guide. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 84. N.D. Raithby, Lawrence. Is.6d. Jacobi, C.T. Printing: A Practical Treatise on the Art of Typography as applied more particularly to the Printing of Books. 6thedn. Small post 8vo. Pp. 446. 1919. Bell. 10s. 6d. Some Notes on Books and Print- ing :a Guide for Authors, Pub- lishers and others. 4th edn. Demy S8vo. Pp. 180. 1912. Bell. 6s. Joyner, G. Display Work (Typo- graphy). Demy 8vo. Pp. 42. 1919. Raithby, Lawrence. 1s.9d. 304 7 — a ins Joyner, G. Practical Printing. A Handbook of the Art of Typogra- phy. 2 Vols. 6th edn. Large Cr. 8vo. 1911. Vol.1. Arts of Com- position, Press and Machine Work. Pp.840. Vol.2. Colour Printing, Warehouse Work, Stereotyping, Electrotyping, Estimating, ete. Pp.530. Raithby,Lawrence. 9s. the 2 vols. Kirkbride, J. Engraving for Illus- tration, Historical and Practica} Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 72. 19038. Scott, Greenwood. 2s. 6d. Legros, L. A., and Grant, J. C. ~ Typographical Printing Surfaces: the Technology and Mechanism of — their Production. 8vo. Pp. 756. — 1916. Longmans. 67s. 6d. Naylor, T. E. Principles and Prac- — tice of Newspaper Make-up. The — Production of Newspapers from the — standpoint of the Practical Journal- — ist and Printer. Cr.8vo. Pp. 80. 1918. Raithby, Lawrence. 2s.6d. Paton, H. Etching, Dry-Point and © Mezzotint. A Practical Treatise for — the Painter-etcher. 2nd edn. Med. — 8vo. Pp. 213. 1909. Raithby, Lawrence. 15s. Peddie, R. A. An Cutline of the — History of Printing: to which is — added the History of Printing in © Colours. New impression in pre- — paration. Grafton. | 4 Philip, A. J. The Production of the © Printed. Catalogue: Preparation, — Printing and Publication. Cr. 8vo. | Pp. 151. 1910. Grafton. 6s. ~g Possnett, V. Stonework: How and © Why. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1912. 7 Raithby, Lawrence. 2s. 6d. | Practical Notes on Stereotyping — and Electrotyping. 2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.152. 1914. Raithby, Lawrence. 3s. 6d. be Rhodes, H. J. The Art of Litho-_ graphy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 344. © 1914. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d. — , r 7 Vay ae pptaleap tne on My CATION SN TARR A rs pape RE at 1) bb is Graphic Arts. Southward, J. Modern Printing: A Text-book for the Trade Classes in Typography and the Auxiliary Arts. 3rd edn. Revised, re-arranged, and brought up-to-date by the editor of The British Printer, with the assistance of experts in all departments. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448., 398. 1915. Raithby, Lawrence. 6s. each. Stewart, J. Compositor’s Russian Primer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 40. 1917. Raithby, Lawrence. 2s. 6d. Thorp, J. Printing for Business: A Manual of Printing Practice in Non-Technical Idiom. Demy 8vo. Pp. 180. 1919. John Hogg. 10s. 6d. Wilkinson, W. T. Photo-Mechani- cal Processes: Photo-Zincography, Photo-Lithography, Photogravure and Collotype. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. N.p. Raithby, Law- rence, 4s. Williams, H. W. Greek in Type. An Essay for Printers, designed to provide practical acquaintance with the Language for purposes of print- ing. 8vo, Pp.32. N.p. Raithby, Lawrence. 1s. ii. BOOKS AND BOOKBIND- I Adam, P. Practical Bookbinding. Translated from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1908. Scott, Greenwood. 6s. Aldis, H. G. The Printed Book. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 140. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 3s. 6d. Cockerell, D. Bookbinding and the Care of Books. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1920. Pitman. 10s.éd. Coutts, H. T., and Stephen, G. A. Manual of Library Bookbinding. Cr.8vo. Pp. 264. 1911. Grafton. 10s. 6d. Crane, W. The Decorative Illustra- tion of Books. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1916. Bell. 8s. 6d. Davenport, C. The Book: Its History and Development. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1907. Con- stable. 7s. 6d. Horne, H.P. The Binding of Books. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 245. ° 1915. Kegan Paul. 5s. Philip, A. J. The Business of Ecck- binding. Cr.8vo. Pp.228. 1912. Grafton. 7s. 6d. Plomer, H. R. - Short History of English Printing, 1476-1800. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp 288. 1915. Kegan Paul. 5s. Pollard, A. W. Early Illustrated Books. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1917. Kegan Paul. 5s. Zaehnsdorf, J. W. Bookbinding. 9thedn. Small post 8vo. Pp. 190. 1920. Bell. 7s. 6d. iii. PAPER AND STATIONERY. Bromley,H.A. Outlines of Station- ery Testing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 74. 19138. Griffin. 3s. Dawe, E. A. Paper and Its Uses. With 35 Samples of Paper. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. Crosby Lockwood. 8s. 6d. Graham, V. (compiled by). Printers’ and Stationers’ Ready Reckoner and Compendium. Cr. Svo. Pp. 112: 1904. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d. Maddox, H. A. What a Stationer and Printer Ought to know About Paper. 2ndedn. Cr.8vo. 1919. Raithby, Lawrence. Is. 6d. iv. MISCELLANEOUS. Brown, J.D. A Manual of Practical Bibliography. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 175. Routledge. 3s. Cannons,H.G.T. A Bibliography of Industrial Efficiency and Factory Management: Classified and Anno- tated. (Books, Magazine Articles, ete.) 4to. Pp. 167. 1920. Routledge. 10s. 6d. Educational Expert, An. Manu- script Writing and _ Lettering. A Handbook showing the Historical Development and Practical Applica- tion to Modern Handwriting of several Manuscript Styles derived from Ancient Roman Letters. Feap. 4to. Pp. 178 o 1918. Pit- man. 5s. 305 Z ' Graphic Arts. Hope, Sir W.H.St.J. Heraldry for Craftsmen and Designers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1918. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Johnston, E. Writing and Illuminat- ing and Lettering. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1918. Pitman. 8s. 6d. Johnston, E. scription Letters. oe Classes and the Use of Craftsm = 16 Plates with full Notes Descriptions. 3rd edn.— 1920. Pitman. 7s. 6d. Lascelles, T. W. meen 8vo. Pp. 128. 1920. Pit PHOTOGRAPHY, PHOTO-MICRO- GRAPHY, CINEMATOGRAPHY. i. PHOTOGRAPHY. Abney, Sir W.de W. A Treatise on Photography. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1918. Longmans. 8s. ——lInstantaneous Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 95. 1896. Sampson, Low. Is. Negative Making. Post 8vo. Pp. 118. 1893. Sampson, Low. Is. and Clark, L. Platinotype Printing. Post 8vo. Pp. 175. 1895. Sampson, Low. 2s. 6d. ‘Bayley, R. C. Photography Made Easy. Cr.8vo. Pp. 264. 1920. Iliffe. 3s. Photographic Enlarging. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1920. lliffe. 3s. 6d. The Complete Photographer. 6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 482. 1920. Methuen. 15s. Bedford, E. J. Nature Photo- graphy for Beginners. Sq. Demy 8vo. Pp. 168. N.p. Dent. 9s. 6d. Beeson, F. T., and Williams, A. Amateur Photography. Pott 8vo. _ Pp. 288. 1920. Nelson. 2s. 6d. Bennett, H. W. Intensification and Reduction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1904. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Brown, G. E., and Mackie, A. Photographie Copyright. Cr. 8vo. Pp.90. 1912. Henry Greenwood. ls. Clark, L. Platinum Toning... Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Cole, R. S. A Treatise on Photo- graphic Optics. 2nd edn. Pp. 330. N.D. Sampson, Low. 2s. 6d. Crabtree, J. H. Camera Work for Pleasure, Utility and Profit. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1920. Routledge. 1s. 6d. : Davis, C. F. L. Telephotography. 2nd edn. by L. Booth. Cr. 8vo. Pp.128. 1921. Routledge. 3s. 6d. D’Heliecourt, R. Photographic Enamels. Cr.8vo. Pp.94. 1905. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Ferguson, W. B. (edited by). The Photographic Researches of Ferdin- and Hurter and Vero C. Driffield. Being a Reprint of their Published Papers, together with a History of their Early Work and a Biblio- graphy of Later Work on the same subject. Quarto. Pp. 386. 1920. Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. 25s. Gamble, W. Photography and Its Applications. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Garrett, A. E., and Vogel, H. The Advance of Photography, its History and Modern Applications. 8vo. Pp.395. 1911. Kegan Paul. 12s. 6d. Gower, H. D., Jast, L. S., and Topley, W. W. The Camera as ‘Historian. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 259. 1916. Sampson, Low. 6s. Harris, G. T. Practical Slide Making. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 131. 1904. Tliffe. 1s. 6d. Hewitt, C. Practical Professional Photography. 2 Vols. Cr. 8vo. 126., 114. 1902-4. Iliffe. ls. 6d. each. Hibbert, L. J. A Manual of Photo- graphic Technique: describing Apparatus, Materials, and the de- tails of Procedure. Pott 8vo. Pp. 128. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d. Hughes, A. L. Photo-Electricity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1914. Cambridge University Press. 8s. 307 Photography, Photo-Micrography, Cinematography. Johnson, G. L. Photography in Colours. 8rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1919. Routledge. 6s. Johnson, R. The Art of Retouching Negatives and Finishing and Col- ouring Photographs. 10th edn. Revised by T. S. Brace and A. Braithwaite. Demy 8vo. Pp.100. 1920. Marion. 5s. Jones, C. Photography of To-Day. Cr.8vo. Pp.342. 1920. Seeley. 7s. 6d. Lambert, F. C. Lantern Slide Making. Cr.8vo. Pp.141. Iliffe. ls. 6d. Lummer, O. Contributions to Photographic Optics. Translated byS.P.Thompson. 8vo. Pp.148. 1900. Macmillan. 7s. 6d. Marriage, E. Elementary Tele- photography. Demy 8vo. Pp.117. 1901. Iliffe. 3s. 6d. Meldola, R. The Chemistry of Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1913. Macmillan. 7s. Mortimer, F. J. Magnesium Light Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. and Coulthurst, S.L. The Oil and Bromoil Processes. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 99. 1912. Iliffe. ls. 6d. Norton, G., and Bonner, J. The Lantern and How to Use it. Cr. 8vyo. Pp.148. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Orford,H. Lens Work for Amateurs. 4thedn. Cr.8vo. Pp.231. 1919. Pitman. 38s. 6d. Penlake, R. How to Colour Photo- graphs and Lantern Siides. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 177. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Pigs, J. I. The Photographic Instructor. Revised by P. R. Salmon. Cr.8vo. Pp.260. 1921. Chapman and Hall. 3s. 6d. Piper, C. W. A First Book of the Lens. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1901. Iliffe. 3s. 6d. Robinson, H. P. The Studio and What to doinit. 8rdedn. Cr.8vo. Pp. 166. 1905. Iliffe. 3s. 6d. Smith, R. E. B. Toning Bromide Prints. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1904. lliffe. 1s. 6d. Sparrow, F. W.. The Principles of Simple Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130. 1902. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Taylor, J.T. The Optics of Photo- graphy and Photographic Lenses. 3rd edn. with a new chapter on Anastigmatic Lenses, by P. F. Everitt. Cr.8vo. Pp.270. 1904. Pitman. 4s. Taylor, W. Photographic Chemicals and How to Make Them. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 107. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Townsend, C. F. Chemistry for Photographers. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.129. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Vogel, E. Practical Pocket-book of Photography: A Short Guide to the Practice of all the usual Photo- graphic Processes for Professionals and Amateurs. 2nd edn. 12mo. Pp. 223. 1903. Allen and Unwin. 2s. 6d. Wall, E. J. The Dictionary of Photography and Reference Book for Amateurs and _ Professional Photographers. 10th edn. Edited by F.J. Mortimer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 696. 1920. Iliffe. 12s. 6d. Carbon Printing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. Iliffe. 1s..6d. Warren, E. J. The Platinotype Process. Cr.8vo. Pp.84. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. Watkins, A. Photography: its Prin- ciples and Applications. 2nd edn. ~ Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 349. 1920. Constable. 12s. 6d. Wheeler, O. A Primer of Photo- graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.210. 1910. Methuen. 3s. 6d. ii. PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. Bousfield, E. C. Guide to the Science of Photo-Micrography. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 174. 1892. Churchill. 6s. Duncan, F. M._ First Steps in Photo-Micrography. Cr.8vo. Pp. — 104. Iliffe. 1s. 6d. 308 "j tee Photography, Photo-Micrography, Cinematography. Hind, H. L., and Randles, W. B. Handbook of Photo-Micrography. 8vo. Pp. 304. Routledge. 8s. 6d. Pringle, A. Practical Photo-Micro- graphy. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176. 1902. Iliffe. 3s. 6d. Spitta, E. J. Photomicrography. Demy 4to. Pp. 168. Scientific Press. 15s. West,G. The Practical Principles of Plain Photo-Micrography. Cr. 4to. Pp. 159. 1916. Author: Univer- sity College, Dundee. 4s. 6d. iii. CINEMATOGRAPHY. Cinema, The. Its Present Position and Future Possibilities: being the Report and chief evidence taken by the Cinema Commission of Enquiry, instituted by The National Council of Public Morals. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1917. Williams and Norgate. 12s. éd. 1899. Donaldson, L. Cinematography for Amateurs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94. lliffe. 1s. 6d. Foster, R. B. Hopwood’s Living Pictures. Their History, Photo- Production, and Practical Working. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 387. 1915. Hatton Press. 6s. Ibbetson, W.S. The Kinema Op- erators’ Handbook; Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1921. Spon. 4s. 6d. Jones, B. E. (edited by). The Cinematograph Book. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1919. Cassell. 4s. Talbot, F. A. Practical Cinemato- graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 274. 19138. Heinemann. 38s. 6d. 309 SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT, ESTIMATING AND COSTING, etc. i. SCIENTIFIC AND WORKS’ MANAGEMENT. Amar, J. The Human Motor and the Scientific Foundations of Labour. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1920. Routledge. 30s. Batey, J. The Science of Works’ Management. Cr, 8vo. Pp. 282. 1914. Scott,Greenwood. 5s. Burton, F. G. The Commercial Management of Engineering Works. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448. 1911. Scientific Pub. Co. 15s. Elbourne, E. T. Factory Adminis- tration and Cost Accounts. A Reference Book of the Principles and Practice of Industrial Adminis- tration and Costing for Present Day Requirements. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 8382. 1921. Longmans. 45s. — —The Management Problem. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 153. 1920. Library Press. 4s. 6d. Gilbreth, F. Motion-Study for the Handicapped: with 73 Photographs, presenting the author’s latest inven- tions in fatigue-saving, fatigue- registering, etc. Cr.8vo. Pp.173. 1920. Routledge. 8s. 6d. Hutchins, B. L., and Harrison, A. History of Factory Legislation. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 314. 1911. King. 7s. 6d. Hutton, J.E. Welfare and Housing. A Practical Record of War-Time Management. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1918. Longmans. 5s. McKillop, M., and A. D. Effi- ciency Methods: an Introduction to Scientific Managemen.. 2nd imp. Cr . 8vo . Pp . 223 . 1920 . Rout - ledge. 5s. Wilson,R.M. The Care of Tluman Machinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1921. Frowde and Hodder. 10s. 6d. ii. INDUSTRIAL ORGANISA- TION. Amar, J. The Physiology of Indus- trial Organisation and the Re-em- plovment of the Disabled. Edited with Notes and Introduction by A. F. S. Kent. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1918. Library Press. 30s. Cowee, G. A. _ Practical Safety Methods and Devices. Rov. 8vo. Pp.443. 1916. Routledge.i2s. 6d, Fisher, B. Industrial Loyalty: its Value, Creation, Preservation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 79. 1918. Routledge. 2s. 6d. Fleming, A.P.M., and Pearce, J. G. The Principles of Apprentice Training. with special reference to the Engineering Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1916. Longmans. 4s. 6d. Freeman, A. Boy Life and Labour: The Manufacture of Inefficiency. Demy 8vo. Pp.268. 1914. King. As. Hamilton, C. Organisation and Teaching. Pp. 190. 1913. Routledge. 3s. Hazell, W. H. Office Organisation for Printers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 109. 1919. Raithby, Lawrence. 6s. Herford, R. O., Hildage, H. T., and Jenkins, H. G. Outlines of Industrial Administration based on a Course of Lectures given at Sheffield University. Demy 8vo. Pp. 182. 1920. Pitman. 6s. Technical School 8vo. 310 Scientific Management, Estimating and Costing. Ioteyko, J. The Science of Labour and its Organisation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 207. 1919. Routledge. 3s. 6d. Jackman,W.T. The Development of Transportation in Modern Erg- land. 2Vols. Roy.8vo. Pp.476., 368. 1916. Cambridge University Press. 24s. Lawson, F. M. Industrial Control. The Application to Industry of Direction, Control and _ Light. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. Pitman. 8s. 6d. . Lee, J. Management. A Study of Industrial Organisation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 135. 1921. Pitman. 5s. Proud, E. D. Welfare Work: Employers’ Experiments for Im- proving Working Conditions in Factories. 8rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388. 1918. Bell. 10s. Souster, E. G. W. The Design of Factory and Industrial Buildings. With Chapters on Welfare Work and ‘ Industrial Research Departments. Demy 8vo. Pp. 166. 1919. Scott, Greenwood. 10s. 6d. Spencer, H. The Commercial Organi- sation of Engineering Factories. 8vo. Pp. 221. 1914. # Spon. 12s. 6d. Williamson, J. G. Counting House ~ and Factory Organisation. A Prac- tical Manual of Modern Methods Applied to the Counting House and Factory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 180. N.D. Pitman. 6s. Wright, H. T. Organisation as applied to Industrial Problems. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1920. Griffin. 21s. iii. ESTIMATING AND COSTING. Burton, F. G. Engineering Esti- mating and Cost Accounts. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1900. Technical Pub. Co. 4s. Elbourne, E.T. The Costing Prob- lem. Cr. 8vo. Pp.145. 1919. Library Press. 4s. 6d. The Federation Printers’ Cost- Finding System and Accountancy Systems. Demy 8vo. 1919. Raithby, Lawrence. 10s. Lunt,H.J. Manual of Cost Accounts. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1920. Pit- man. 6s. Matheson, E. The Depreciation of Factories, Mining, Municipal and Industrial Undertakings, and their Valuation. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1910. Spon. 12s. 6d. Newman, E. W. Theory and Prac- tice of Costing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 202. 1921. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Pearn, S., and F. Workshop Costs. 2nd edn. Folio. Pp. 34 and 42 Forms. 1905. Technical Pub. Co. 15s. Ridgway, A. C. Cost Accounts in Principle and Practice. Demy 8vo. Pp. 120. N.p. Pitman. 5s. Smith, D.,and Pickworth,P.C.N. Engineers’ Costs and Economical Workshop Production. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1919. . Emmott. 7s. 6d. Smith, T. S. Concise Costing for Housing. Folio. Pp. 54. 1920. Technical Journals, Ltd. 5s. 311 DICTIONARIES OF TECHNICAL TERMS IN ENGLISH AND OTHER LANGUAGES. Fletcher, J.J. A Pocket Glossary of English-French, French-English Technical Terms. 4thedn. Pocket size. Pp. 200. 1917. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. Garcia, A. Dictionary of Railway Terms: Spanish-English, English- Spanish. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356. 1912. Constable. 12s. 6d. Halse, E. A Dictionary of Spanish, Spanish-American, Portuguese, and Portuguese-American Mining, Metallurgical, and Allied Terms, with English-Spanish-Portuguese Supplement. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 454. 1914. Griffin. 12s. 6d. Hewlett, G. English-Spanish and Spanish-English Sea Terms and Phrases. Pocket size. Pp. 368. 1907. Griffin. 4s. Hodgson, E. S. Tri-Lingual Artil- lery Dictionary. 3 Vols. Pocket size. 1918. Vol. 1. English- French-Italian. Pp. 100. Vol. 2. French-Italian-English. Pp. 115. Vol. 8. Italian-French-English. Griffin. 5s. each. Horner, J. G., and Holtzmann, O. A Pocket Glossary of English- German, German-English Technical Terms. Pocket size. Pp. 300. 1918. Crosby Lockwood. 3s. 6d. Huelin, D. C. Technological Dic- tionary in the English, Spanish, German and French Languages, containing Technical Terms and Locutions employed in Arts Trades, and Industry in General, Military, and Naval Terms. 4 Vols. Cr.8vo. Vol. 1. English-Spanish-German- French. Pp. 609. 1906. Vol. 2. German-English-French- Spanish. Pp.720. 1908. Vol. 3 French - German - Spanish- English. In preparation. Vol. 4. Spanish-French - English - German. Pp. 750. 1910. Spon. 15s.each. Jackson, W. Dictionary of English and Spanish Technical and Commer- cial Terms used principally in the Iron, Steel, Hardware and Engineer- ing Trades. English-Spanish, Spanish-English. 16mo. Pp. 164. 1911. Spon. “3s. Lucas, F. English-French and French-English Dictionary of the Motor Car, Cycle, and Boat. 8vo. Pp.171. 1915. Spon. 3s: Meycliar, L. English-Russian and Russian-English Engineering Dic- tionary. Embracing Terms relating to Mechanical and Marine Engineer- ing and Naval Architecture. 16mo. Pp. 100. 1909. Spon. 3s. Monteverde, R. D. Appelt, A. 252 Appleton, H. A. Ir41 A.R.B. 52, 83 Arber, A. 198 BE. A. N. 170, 205 Archbutt, L. 74 Archer, R. L. 175 Archibald, R. C. 34 R. D. 132 Archimedes. 3, 22 Aristotle. 6 Arkwright, J. A. 245 J. P. 64 Armand-Delille, P. 245 Armitage, F. P 122 Armstead, H. W. 224 Armstrong, FE. F. 130 —— H. E. 1. —- H. G. 245 —— S. F. 212 W. E.M. 288 Arnall. 52 Arnold, FEF. V. 6 H. TT. 760 —- J. O. 156 — R.B.8 Arrhenius, S. 134 Arrol, Sir W. and Co. 49 Arthur, D. 104 Arup, P. S. 132 Arvedson, J. 287 Asch, D. 149 W. 149 Ash, E. 251 Ashby, A. W. 214 — Ashby, H. 225 H. Te 279 Asheroft, H. J. 64 - Ashdown, A. M. 294 Ashenhurst, T. R. 300 Ashford, C. E. 112 Ashton, W. 169 Askling, C. W. 87 Askwith, FE. H. 30, 32 Assheton, R. 222, 223 Aston, W. G. 80, 92 Atack, F. W. 125, 147 Atcherley, L. W. 49 Atherton, W. H. 44, 70 Atkins, EK. A. 77 —— W. 119 —— W. R. G. 201 Atkinson, E. H. De VY. 23 —— G. F. 198 — J.C. 192 S. B. 287 Attwood, E. L. 70, 71 Audley, J. A. 149 Auerbach, S. 252 Aughtie, H. 42, 74 Auld, S. J. M. 183, 2138 Austen, E. E. 229, 287 —- Sir W. C. R. 158 Austin, E. 117 Avanzini. 92 : Avebury, Lord, 4, 167, 187, 197, 198, 201 Aveling, F. 8 Avery, A. H. 113 M. 282 F **Avion.’’ 92 Axenfeld, T. 269 Ayling, R. S. 68, 234 Ayre, A. L. 70 Ayrton, W. E. 109 Babbage, C. 37 Babinski, J. 252 Back, I. 260 Bacon, G. 91 R. 2:3 Badger, F. E. G. 53 Badham, M. D. 204 Bagnall, J. E. 204 » Bahr, P. H. 236 Bailey, G. C. 91 G. H. 122, 1338 Baillie. J. B. 10 —--- T. C. 109 Bain, A. 18, 15 Bainbridge, F. A. 225,{227 Baines, A. E. 17, 201, 227 Bairstow, L. 91, 92 320 ee eee Name Indew. Baker, G. S. 70 H. F. 21, 23 — J.G. 205 — J. L. 137 —— R. T. 205 — T. 50 — T. T. 104, 119, 182 ——- W. M. 25, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40 Bald, C. 218 Baldrey, F. S. H. 296 Baldwin, J. M. 9,15 Bale, M. P. 56, 73, 77, 84, 87 Bales, T. 62 Balfour, A. 258 F.M. 222 ——I1.B. 170, 199, 201, 202, 2038 204 Balfour-Browne, F. 187 Ball, Sir C. B. 257 J.D.W. 66 Sir R.S. 89, 40, 56, 159, 160, 167 — W.P. 193 —— W.V. 50 W.W.R. 21, 22 Ballance, Sir C. A. 251, 265 Ballantyne, A. J. 254, 269 J.W. 222, 241, 275, 276 Ballard, E. F. 253 F. 66 —-P.B. 15,17 W.E. 62 Ballet, G. 252 Ballin, M. J. 274 Balls, W.L. 218, 297 Balsillie, D. 9 Baly, E.C.C. 127 Bamford, H. 44 Bandelier, B. 249, 288 Bangay, R.D. 120 Banham, G. A. 296 Banister, J. B. 277 Banks, H.S. 264 Bannatyne, G. A. 249 Barber, T. W. 49, 72 Barbour, A. H. F. 276, 277 W. 150 Barclay, A. E. 105 Bm. ©. 25 — R.M. 2538, 277 W.R. 118 Barcroft, D. M. 265 —— J. 226, 241 Bardswell, N. D. 249, 288 Barger, G. 182 Barham, G. B. 116 Barker, A. 218 Barker, A. E. 258 A.F. 297, 300, 301 —-A.H. 28, 47, 142 —— Sir D. W. 181, 182 E.R. 114 Barlow, 37 C.W.C. 106,"159 —— G. 96 W.S.L. 289, 240 Barnaby, S. W. 70, 85 Barnard, F. P. 4 H.C. 176 —— H.L. 265 — J.E. 196 —R.J.A. 40 S. 25, 30 Barnes, A. A. 58 Barnett, E. de B. 180, 181, 145, 146, 150 H.N. 2387, 252, 260 Barr, J. R. 112 W. 289 Barrett, C. G. 187 E.G. 75, 77 Sir J. W. 281 Barritt, A. 288 —-— W. 283 Barron, P. A. 80 Barrow, I. 21 Barrowcliff, M. 151 Barter, S. 64 Barthel, C. 215 Bartlett, F.C. 18 ~ Barton, E. H. 40, 42, 102 821 F.T. 216, 296 G.A.H. 262 Barwell, H. 274 R. 268 Barwise, S. 57 Basset, A. 249 A.B. 29 Bassett, H. Ll. 122 Bastin, H. 187, 204 Bate, A. H. 112 Bateman, H. 29, 100 Bater, C. H. 187 Baterden, J. R. 208 Bates, A. 68 E.L. 24, 38, 42 Bateson, W. 193 Batey, J. 84, 310 Bath, W. H. 187 Batstone, S. C. 117 Batten, F. E. 280 Battle, J. R. 74 W.H. 258, 265 Bauer, G. 85, 89 AA Name Index. Bauer, H. 122 Bausor, H. W. 122, 125, 133, 134 Baxandall, G. A. 33 Bayley, R.C. 307 T. 125 Bayliss, W. M. 195, 225, 227, 287 Bayly, H. W. 246 Beacall, T. 147 Beadle, C. 142, 148 Beale, Sir W. P. 164 Bean, W. J. 208 Bear, W.E. 217 Beare, J. I. 6 T.H. 40 Beardmore, N. 53 Beattie, J. C. 162 J.M. 239, 240, 260 Beatty, J. 227 Beaumont, R. 299, 300 — W.M. 271 — W.W. 118 Beavan, R. 191 Beazeley, A. 52, 55 Beazley C. R. 175 Beck, E. G. 67 Beddard, A. P. 226 F.E. 185, 190, 193 Beddoes, T. P. 291 W.F. 208 Bedford, C. H. 239 E.J. 307 Beech, F. 299 Beesly, L. 221 Beeson, F. T. 307 Begg, C. 236 Bell, G. J. 44 —— J. 119, 196 ——R. 248 ——R.J.T. 30, 32 — T.F. 298 W.B. 228, 265, 275 Bellamy, E. 221 Bellasis, E.S. 58, 55 Bellot, H. H. L. 172 Bellow, H.R. 149 Beneden, P. J. 190 Benett, W. 11 Bengough, G. D. 138, 154 Benham, F. L. 237 Benn, A. W. 4,6 Bennett, A. 203 A.G.D. 254, 267 ——A.H. 231 — H.G. 149 —— H. W. 307 — N.G. 283 — R.R. 291 Bennett, S. B. 57 —-— W.°198 Bennie, A. B. 268 P.B. 268 Benson, 8. F. 938 Bentham, G. 8, 198, 205 Bentley, W. 72, 75 Bergson, H. 9, 10 Beringer, C. 156 J.J. 166 Berkart, J. B. 255 Berkeley. 10 C. 275, 276 — H. 22 —-H.R. 151 M.J. 204, 205 Bernard, D. H. 182 H.M. 224 Bernstein, 15 Bernthsen, A. 131 Berriman, A. E. 79, 92 Berry, A. 159 A.G.V. 144 ——A.J. 134, 162 —— G.A. 269 — G.G.7 —R.J.A. 221 — W.H. 91 Bersch, J. 141, 146 Berthelot, M. 150 Bertrand, G. 134 Besant, W. II. 29, 40, 42 Bevan, E. J. 135, 148 J.0. 6 Beveridge, W. W.O. 232 ' Bevis, A. W. 47 J.F. 198 Beyer, O. W. 18 Beyschlag, F. 165 Bianchi, L. 258 Bichel, C. EK. 150 Bickford, J.S.V. 79 Biddulph-Smith, T. 145. Bidgood, J. 184 Bidweil, A. L. 265 , L. A. 268 Biedermann, E.A. 113 —- W. 227 Bigelow, M.A. 184 Bigg, G. S. 257 —- R.H. 268 Biggs, G. N. 273 Bigwood, G. 297 Biles, Sir J. H. 70 Billington, W. 257 Binet, A. 15, 19, 280 Binnie, Sir A. R. 56 q bs } : ———————————— ewe Ss. rerl Cr en Name Index. Binnie, F. G. 288 Binns, C. F. 149 Binstead, H. E. 64 Bird, C. 166 H. 49 Birks, F. 60 Birnbaum, R. 276 Bishop, E.S. 258, 263 L. F. 254 Bjorkegren, M. E. 224 Bjorling, P. R. 56, 72, 146 Black, J. 3 Blackburn, C. J. 91 Blacker, G. 276 Blackhall-Morison, A. 254 Blackham, R. J. 236 Blackmur, W. J. 77 Blackwood, W. 299 Blagrove, G. H. 62 Blaine, R. G. 28, 87, 56 Blair, C. 271 Blake, A. J. J. 221, 224 E. 120 — E.G. 62 — E.H. 57 —— W.J.. 94 Blanc, L. 289 Blanco, A. E. 801 Bland, N. 800 Bland-Sutton, Sir J. 260, 267 ,"275 Blanford, H. F. 162 Bligh, S.M. 15 : W.G. 49 . 59 Blocksidge, HZ. W. 70 Blok, A. 59 Blomfield, J. 262 Blount, B. 66, 136 Bloxam, A. G. 122, 186 Blum, V. 258 Blyth, A. W. 235, 238 — M. W. 235, 238 Blythe, E. 109 Bécher, M. 23 Boéckmann, F. 151 © Bodmer, G. R. 56 Boelter, W.R. 184 Bohle, F. 118, 117 Bolam, J. 282 Boldt, J. 270 Bolton, E.R. 189 J.S. 252, 256 Bon, G. Le. 20, 108 Bonacina, L.C. W. 162 Bonar, J. 6 Bone, W.A. 144 Bonhote, J. L. 192 Bonner, J. 308 Bonney, G. E. 115, 118 S.G. 168 — T.G. 167, 168 V. 275, 276 Bonnier, G. 198 Boodle, L. A. 208 Booth, N. 301 W.H. 57, 88, 142, 148 Boraston, J. M. 192 Borchardt, W. G. 25, 34, 36, 40 Borradaile, L. A. 186 Bos, J. R. 214 Bosanquet, B. 9, 11,12, 13 W.C. 240, 248, 256, 287 Bose, Sir J. C. 199, 201, 227 Boswell, P.G. H. 169 Bosworth, G. F. 211 Bottler, M. 150 Bottomley, J. T. 37 Bottone, A. E. 111 Boulenger, G. A. 191, 192 Boulger, G. S. 198, 206, 208 P.S. 2038 Boulnois, H. P. 52, 58 Boulton, 4 B.C. 64 Boulvin, M. J. 81 Bourcart. E. 152 Bourgeois, H. 273 Bourget, J. 265 Bourne, A. A. 25, 30, 36 A.W. 277 G.C. 224 Bourry, E. 65 Bousfield, E. C. 308 G. 208 P. 19 Boutroux, E. 6 Bowden-Smith, FE. C. 56, 84 Bower, C.O. 157 F.O. 2, 189, 202, 228 —- W.R. 96 Bowers, R.S. 47, 64 Bowie, P. G. 67 Bowker, W. R. 111, 117 Bowlby, Sir A. A. 262 Bowley, A. L. 22, 38 Bowling, G.S. 39 Bowman, F. H. 297 Box, C. R. 221, 289 T. 48, 53 Boyce, Sir R. W. 236, 248 Boveott, G. W.M. 71 Boyd, J. 208 323 S.R. 111, 115, 117, 118, 120 Name Indew. Boyle, H. E.G. 262 Bristowe, J.S. 241, 25) Boys, C. V. 72, 100 Britten, F. J. 78 Brace, T. S. 308 Broad, C.D. 9 Brackenbury, L. 15 Broadbent, F. 111 Bradbury, F. 218, 301 Sir J. F. H. 254 Bradby, M. K. 18, 19 —— W. 281 Bradley, F. A. 56 Sir W. H. 2381, 254 rH. 9 Broadfoot, S. K. 111 O.C. 192, 295 Broca, A. 266, 267 Bragg, Sir ae = 103, 105, 164 Brockbank, E.M. 287, 254, 255, 279 —— W.L. Brodetsky, S. 24 Bragstad, O. ey 114 Brodie, C. G. 221 Braham, F. 218 Bromley, H. A. 148, 305 Braithwaite, A. 308 Brook, J. 45 Brame, J.S.S. 128, 148 Brooke, G. E. 282, 258 Bramley-Moore, S. 79 H.B. 252 | Brand, A. 302 T. 145 ; A.T. 2438 Brooker, A. 107 Brandis, Sir D. 208 Brooks, EF. E. 106, 117 . a Branford, B. 22 —- G. 89 ; Branson, W.P.S. 239 —L. 178 Brassey, 70 Brooksmith, J. 36 3 Braun, J. 289 Brose, H. L. 104 j M. 248 Brouardel, P. 287 Braune, W. 221 Brough, B. H. 50 7 Brearley, A. W. 157 J.W. 172 H.. 187 Broughton, H. H. 74 :. J.H. 145 Broun, A. F. 208 Breitland, W. J. 128 Brown, 182 j Bremner, A. G. 88 —<<' Ki, S06 : Brenchley, W. E. 202, 212 —= A. J. 187 ; Brend, W. A. 287, 288 — C. 162 Brent, C. 182 — C.H. 181 Bresslau, E. 193 — E. 218 Brett, G.S. 15 —E.T. 215 Brew, W. 114 — E.W. 1, 160 Brewer, R. W.A. 79 — G.E. 807 Brewerton, E. W. 269 — Sir H. 55 Brickdale, J. M. F. 245, 292, 298, —H. 218, 290 294, — J.C. 122, 188 Bridge, R.S. 176 — J.D. 305 Bridger, A. E. 15 — J.R. 182 Bridges, J. H. 2 —L.C. 219 Briggs, F. W. 146 ——R.N.R. 176 H. 50 —S.E. 96 — W. 1, 25, 26, 32,38, 34,39,40, ——S.W. 120 42, 122, 188, 184 —- W. 17 Brigham, A. A. 216 — W.C. 245, 258 Bright, C. 91 —- W.L. 156, 225, 251, 285 T. 214 — W.N. 68, 78 Brightmore, A. W. 49, 57 Browne, A. J. J. 168, 169 Brill, A. A. 19 —C.L. 72 Brindley. 3 —-E.A. 283 Brinton, R.S. 302 ——F.B. 187 Briscoe, H. V. A. 129 — H.S. 262 Brislee, F. J. 143 —— T.G. 295 Bristow, W.R. 267 Browning, C. H. 229, 246 3824 OT ee a rr re i ke i Name Index. Brownlie, T. A. 55 Burnford, J. M. 240 Brubaker, A. P. 225, 226 Burnham, F. W.E. 241 Bruce, B. J. 1238 G.H. 272 Sir D. 246 ——M.H. 171 G.R. 85 Burns, C.D. 6 —— J. M. 285 —— D. 172,173 — QO. 249 G. J. 61 — W. 252 Burnside, W. 27, 49 —— W.I. 105 W.S. 26 Bruck, W. F. 212 Burrell, B. A. 285 Bruges, C. KE. 58 E.J. 61 Brunings, W. 274 Bursill, A. 116 Brunner, R. 139 Burstall, F. W. 88, 100 Brunt, D. 15 Burton, E. F. 128 Brunton, Sir T. L. 254, 256 —— F.G. 810, 311 Bryan, G. H. 25, 26, 31, 32, 34, 39, ——W.K. 56 40, 42, 92 Burton-Fanning, F. W. 249 —-M.T. 294 Bury, J. 2 Bryant, V.S. 123, 176 — J.B.9 es ee * Busquet, R. 53 Bryce, A. 257 Butcher, W.D. 227 T.H. 222 Butler, D.B. 66 Bryson, T. 50 E. 54, 78,79, 87, 148 Buchanan, A. M. 221 — E.A. 187 —-E.E. 37 — E.J. 212 — J. F. 154, 157 —H.J. 79 ——=—J. ¥. 96 Butler-Jones, F. 137 R.J.M. 237 Buttel-Reepen, H. 197 Buck, P.C. 103 Butterfield, W.J.A. 148 R.C. 26, 34 Butterworth, F. 85 Buckley, R. B. 55 Buxton, D.W. 262 Buckmaster, G. A. 225, 241 J.L.D. 288 Bucknill, J.C. 287 Buzzard, E.F. 252, 285 Buckton, G. B. 187 Byam, W. 244 Budden, E. 30 Byles,C.B. 52 Budge, Sir E. A. W. 231 Byrom, T.H. 145,171 Buhler, F. A. 136 Bythell, W.J.S. 105 Bull, J. 278 Cadbury, G. 68 Buller, A. H.R. 204 Cadiot,P.J. 295 Bullock, A. B. 11 Cahen, E. 165 —— J. KE. 249 Cain, J.C. 128, 124, 146, 147 — W. 208 Caird, F.M. 260 Bulman, H. F. 172 —— W.J. 181 Bunting, W. . 178 Caleare. 66 Burbury, S. H. 100 Caldecott, W.A. 155 Burch, G. J. 101 Calder, A.B. 277 Burchett, R. 30 Caidwell, W. 9 Burdett, M.I. 291 Calisch, L. 117 Burghard, F. F. 260, 261, 268, 264, Callan, T. 146 265 Callendar,H.L. 81, 84, 99 Burke, E. T. 246 Calmette, A. 287 Burleigh, D. H. 133 Calot, F. 267 Burley, G. W. 75 Calthrop, E.R. 55 Burls, G. A. 88, 94 Calvert, A. F. 151, 165, 169 Burnet, E. 229 . i. FT. Tl —— J. 6, 243, 280, 284, 286 H.T. 58, 122, 187 — Sir R.W. 286 Calwell, W. 285 325 Name Index. ee a eat i eh ‘*Cambridge Graduates.’’ 2 Cameron, C.A. 218 H.C... 279, a0 —— S.J. 275 Camm, F.J. 75,93 S. 938 Cammidge,P.J. 239, 257, 266, 286 Campbell, Miss A. 279 A. 148, 144 — M. 226 N.R. 96, 106 Campin, F. 72 Camus, J. 287 **Candidus.’’ 79 Candolle, A. de. 202 Candy,H.C.H. 96, 125, 132 Cannons,H.G.T. 305 Cantell,M.T. 66 Cantrill, T.C. 172 Capito, C.A.A. 39 Capstick, J. W. 103 Card,S.F. 94, 180 Carey, A. E. 52, 55 F.S. 28 Cargill, LL. V. 262 Carless, A. 261 Carling, E.R. 262 Carnegie, D. 124, 153 Carpenter, A. 182 G. 247 — G.H. 187 —— J.A. 123 — W.B. 196 —-— W.L. 140 Carpmael, H. 119 Carr; Fo 151 H.W. 9,104 Carrel, A. 285 Carroll, J. A. 255 J.H. 244 Carruthers, T. 239 Carslaw, H.S. 28, 34, 35 Carson, H.W. 262 Carter, A.H. 242 Ik. E. 302 — H.G. 205 —— H.R. 297, 298, 299,300, 307 T. 114 Case, J. 81, 112 Caspari, W.A. 142 Cassidy, L. 246 M.E. 258 Castell-Evans, J. 125 Castellani, A. 258 Castle, F. 24, 36, 87, 47 | ——-W.F. 287 Catchpool, E. 103 Cathcart, C.W. 77, 260, 267 | E.P. 184 Caton, R. 254 Caunt,G.W. 28, 52 Cavanagh, F. 232 Cave,C.J.P. 162 Caven,R.M. 126, 129, 1838 Cavendish, H. 106 Cavers, F. 198, 202 Cayley, A. 21 Chadwick, O. 51 Chalkley, A. P. 88, 89 Challenger, F. 144, 147 Chalmers, A. J. 258 — J.A. 178 — J.B. 44 ; — T.W. 45, 140, 148 Chamberlain, A. 193 ——J. 300 Chamberlin, T.C. 166 Chambers,G. F. 159, 160 G.M. 50 Chance, E.J. 268 Chandley, C. 146 Channer, C.C. 302 Chaplin, A. 244, 286 Chapman, A.C. 187 —— A.E. 175 — E.H. 162 — J.E. 249 — R.W. 159 —- S.J. 297 Chappell, 37 Charlesworth, F. 24, 88, 42, Charleton, A.G. 173 Charnock,G.F. 72 Charpentier, P. 208 Charteris, F. J. 242 M. 242 Chatley,H. 45, 49, 58, 56, 92, 162 Chatterton, F. 62 Chavasse, Pp. H. 278 Cheremeteff, A. 203 Cheshire, F. RR. 216 Cheyne, Sir W.W. 249, 260 Child, H. 271, 285 — J.M. 25, 30, 35 Childe, C.P. 263 Chisholm, G.C. 176,177 J. 57 Chivers,G.T. 34 Cholmeley, H.P. 281 | 326 Pee ee a a =_— Name Index. Chope,R.H. 387 Choyce, C.C. 260 Chree,C. 162 Christian, M. 139 Christiansen, C. 97 Christie, A. H. 302 Christopher, J.E. 145 Christopherson, W.B. 258, 288, 289 Christy, C. 142 Chrystal, G. 26 Chubbe, C.P.B. 258 Church, A. H. 1238, 141, 198 Churchill, J.H. 244 Churchward, A. 197 Clapham, C. B. 36, 48, 45 de Fis: 27 Claparéde, E. 18 Clapperton,G. 148 Clark, A.G. 94 —— D.K. 52,72 — H. 289 — H.E. 221 — J.B. 37 L. 45, 160, 307 Clarke, A.G. 79 KR. 271 — H. 249 —— H.T. 181, 182 —_- J.J. 248, 268 —— J.W. 56, 58, 61 — R.F. 18 —- W.B. 266 Clarkson, G.T. 94 S.S. 186 Claude, G. 129 Claxton, W.J. 184 Clay, A.S. 51 FF. 32 —— J. 221 R.S. 100 Claypon, J.E.L. 235 Clayton,C.H.J. 215 E.G. 2385 — S.C. 58 W. 140 Clayton-Greene, W.H. 264 Cleghorne, W.S.H. 215 Cleland, E.D. 173 Clemow, F.G. 286 Clemesha, W.W. 58, 229 Clerk, D. 88 Clibbens,D. A. 127 Clifford, W.K. 21 Clinton, W.C. 59, 116 Clodd, E. 194 Clough,G.W. 151 Clough, W.T. 1 . Clouston, Sir T.S. 282, 253 Clouth, F. 142 Clowes, F. 100, 123, 133 Cobb, I.G. 252, 256 Cobbett, L. 249 Cochrane, A. W.R. 289 Cockerell, D. 305 Cockin, T.H. 172 Cocking, W.C. 67 Cocks,O.H. 24 Cockshott, A. 31 Codd, L. 126 ves MCAS 88, 115 Coffey, P. 13 Coghlan, H.L. 218 Cogle. 181 Cohen, J.B. 124, 181, 143 Colbeck, E.H. 286 Coie,G. A.J. 164, 166, 168 M.J. 196 — R.H. 253 — R.S. 3807 — S.W. 1384 W.H. 538 Coleman, F. 2838 J.B. 128, 188,218 — P. 32 — T.E. 54, 58, 62, 66 WS. 187 Coles, A.C. 196, 229, 254 Colledge, L. 273 Collen, H.L. 178 “Collet, H. 57 Collie, A. 246 A.E. 292 Sir J. 19, 237 Collin, A. 147 —— E. 2385 Collings, E.R. 85 Collingwood, R.G. 8 Collins, H.F. 154 — J.H. 165 — 8.H. 220 V.E. 242 Collis, A.G. 111 A.J. 259 E.L. 259 Collum, R.W. 262 Coltman-Rogers, C. 208 Colver, B.deW.S. 150 Colwell, H.A. 105, 1384 Colyer, F. 56 Sir J. F. 257, 263, 283 S. 283 Compayré,G. 4 Comrie, J.D. 242 827 Name Index. Comrie, P. 36 Connan, J.C. 111 Connor, W.J. 84 Constantine, E. 85 Conway, A.W. 104 SirM. 20 Cook, 301 Cx W 220 E.T. 208 — J.B. 294 — M.T. 212 SirT. A. 12 Cooke, A. 260 B.W. 58 — J.B. 126 — M.C. 198, 208, 204 — T. 221 Coolidge, J. L. 29, 34 Coombs, C.F. 242 Cooper, A. 257 C.S. 201 — E.A. 2838 — E.S. 145 — I.C.G. 70 — J.W.A. 251 W.R. 109,115, 155 Cope, Z. 245, 264 Copeland, E.B. 218 Copeman, S.M. 288 Copestake, B. M.G. 287 Coppock, J.B. 134, 171 Corbett-Smith, A. 257 Corbin, H.E. 97 T.W. 49,72 Corder, G.A. 165 Corner, E.M. 257, 258, 261, 265 Cornet, G. 249 Corstorphine,G.S. 169 Costa, B. F.B. Da. 248 Coste, J. F. 142, 148, 146 Cotar,C. 287 Cottam, A. 161 Cotter, J.R. 99 Cotterill, J.H. 42 Cottrell, H.E.P. 129 Coulthurst,S.L. 308 Coupland, W.C. 10 Cour, J.L.La. 114 Courcoax, Dr. 264 Coursey, P.R. 120 Courtenay, E. 295 Courtois-Suffit. 246 Coutts, H.T. 305 Coux,H.dela. 1387 Cow, D.V. 292 Cowan, J. 254 —— T.W. 216, 217 3828 Coward, H.F. 125 T.A. - 192 Cowee,G.A. 310 Cowell, W.B. 140 Cowie, G.A. 218 Cowley, W.L. 92 Cox, J. 39, 1038 L.E. 202 —-S.H. 165,171 Coyle,D. 114 Crabtree, HH. 45 —- J.H. 187, 307 Cracknell, A.G. 24, 26, 31, 37 Craig, E.H.C. 148, 169 — J. 295 —-M. 242 W. 291 Cramer, W. 134, 228 Cramp, W. 112, 1138 Crane, W. 305 Crapper, E.H. 118 Crawford, W.J. 40, 81 Crawfurd, R. 2381, 285 Creagh-Osborne, F. 94 Cree, A. 74 Creedy, F. 113 Creighton, C. 248, 249, 276 —J.E. 17 Cremona, L. 32, 40 Cressy, E. 4 Crile,G.W. 252 Crimp, W.S. 58 Cripps, H. 257, 265 Crisp, F. 196 Crispin, E.S. 258 Critchel], J.T. 4 Critchley, H. 2387 Croce, B. 9,11, 12,18 Crocker, H.R. 284 Crockett, T. 175 Crofton, W.M. 249, 287 Crook, H.E. 289 Tt. “268 Crookes, Sir W. 1338, 137, 218, 220 Crookshank, F.G. 243 Cross,C.F. 185, 148 —--F. 120,180 ——H.E. . 296 —H.H.U. 118 ——M.I. 196 W.E. 100 Crossley-Holland, W. 291 Crotch, A. 119 Crow, D.A. 282 Crowley. 2383 Crowther, J. A. 2,97, 108 Crozier, J.B. 6 Name Index. Cruchet, R. 255 Darwin, SirG.H. 1,160 Cryer, T. 42, 47 Davenport, C. 305 Cubitt, H. 63 J.A. 66 Cuff, H.E. 294 Davey, H. 56 Cullingworth, C.J. 277 N. 89 Cullis, C.E. 27 David, H.E.F. 147 Cullyer, J. 214 Davidge, H.T. 109 Culpin, M. 253 Davidson, Sir J.M. 262 Cumberbatch, E, P. 244, 290 P.W. 78 Cumming, A.C. 124, 134 Davies, A.M. 170, 187, 233 — D. 304 Bom.. 79 —- L. 106 — D. 51 Cunning, J. 260, 279 —— F.H. 72,117 Cunningham, B. 54, 61 — G.M. 165 Da. 22 —— G.MacD. 169 — KK. 104 — J. 153 — J.T. 187,191 ——~— P.J. 58 Cunnington,C.W. 278 eps Bae ky f —S. 21 Davis, A. 3 Cunynghame, H.H. 78 C.F.L. 807 Curgenven, J.S. 286 — F. 279 Curr, A. Ll. 177 — G.B. 58 Curry,C.E. 100, 106 — H. 284 W.T. 56 —- H.N. 81 Curtis, A.H. 165 — J.R.A. 199, 202, 211, 212, C.E. 208. 214 214, 215 Curtler, W.H.R. 215 - — R.F. 382 Curwen, K.M. 233 — R.H. 71 Cushny, A.R. 227, 292 —— W. 300 Cutler,H.A. 52 — W.A. 1382 Cuyer, E. 224 W.B. 193 Da Costa, B. F.B. 248 Davison, C. 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 167, Dahlstrom, K.P. 84 _ 233 Dakin, W.J. 186, 190 Daw, A.W. 74,172 Dalby, W.E. 81, 83 S.W. 267 Dale, J.B. 387, 47 ; Z.W. %4,172 Dales, J. H. 47 Dawe, E. A. 305 Dallinger, W.H. 196 Dawson, E.R. 228 Dalton, G. 257 ee § by J. 8 Day, J.R. 249 Dampier-Bennet, A.G. 254, 267 Deakin, R. 26, 34 Dana,C.L. 251 Dean, A. 61 Danby, A. 169 Deane, H.E. 287 Daneaster, E. A. 66, 129 P.E. 281 Dander,M.M. 94 Deanesly, EF. 266 Daniel, P.L. 249 Deare,B. HH. 292 Daniels, C.W. 259 Dearle, N.B. 1 G.W. 297 De Bary, A. 199, 202 Darby, J.C.H. 114 Deeley, R.M. 74 Darbyshire, H. 75 Deerr, N. 218 D’Arcy, C.F. . 11 Dehelly, G. 285 Dargon, J. 91 Delbos, L. 45, 182 Darling,C.R. 97,99 Delille, P. A. 245 H.C.R. 238, 263 Dell, J. A. 18 Darwin, C. 3, 185, 190, 194, 197, De Martel, T. 265 198 , 202 De Montmorency, J.E.G. 4 — SirF. 1, 3,194, 199, 202 Dendy, A. 194 329 Name Index. Denby, M. 280 Deniker, J. 197 Denning, D. 64 Dennis,H. J. 48 Denny, A. 189 — C.W. 119 G.A. 1738 Denton, F. M. Depéret, C. 185 Desaint, A. 68 Descartes. 10 Desch,C.H. 66, 156 Despard, L.L. 287 Detmer, W. 202 Deussen, P. 9 Devey, R.G. 116 De Villamil, R. 42, 93, 103 Devillers, RR. 92, 94 De Vries, D. 75 H. 194 Dewar, Sir J. Dewey, J. 6 De Wulf, M. 6€@ Dexter,S.G.F. 18 D’Heliecourt, R. 307 ‘Dichmann, C. 157 Dick, J. R. 114 Dickson, A. A.C. H.N. 162 —J.M. 146 — L.E. 26 W.E. 240 Dieterich, K. 141 Dieulafoy,G. 242 Digby, K.H. 288 Digges, J.G. 217 Dighton, C.A. 274 Dilling, W.J3. 285 Dimond. L. 244 Diophantus. 22 Diver, E. W. 249 Dixie, A. E. 94 Dixon, A.C. 23 A.F. 2238 ——C. 192 —F.E. 50 — H.H.. 202 — §.G. 229 —— W.E. 293 Dobbie, M.L. 287 Dobbin, L. 123,.151 Dobbs, H. J. 30 W.J. 24, 39, 40 Dobell, C. 190 Doberick, W. 37 Dobson, B. .297, 298, 301 Dodd, S. 278 112, 113 173 213 217, 295 Dodgson, J. W. Dollar, J. A. W. Dolmage,C.G. 159 Dominici, M. 289 Dommett, W.E. 37,45, 71, 72, 79, 88, 94 Domville, E. J. 294 Fife,C.W. 71 Don, J. 57,98, 181 Donald, A. 277 Donaldson, L. 309 R. 241 Doneaster, L. 194, 195, 196 Donington, G.C. 123 Donkin, B. 88 E.M. 85 $.B. 85 Donnan, F.G. Dore,S.E. 289 Dorey, A. 46 Douglas, A.H. 6 Pha C.c. “Ss1 Dover, A.T. 116, 117, 118 Dow, J.S. 59 Downie, J.R. 154 Dowse, T.S. 287 Dowsett, H. M. 120,121 Dowson, J.E. 1438 Doven, E. 262 Doyle, K.D. 55 Draper, C.H. 99 — J.W. 4 Dreaper, W. P. Drever, J. 15 Drew, W.H. 31 Dreyer, J. L. E. Driesch,H. 9 Driffield, V.C. 3807 1 123, 147 159 Drinkwater, H. 194 Dron, R. W. 169 Drought, C.W. 245 Druce, G.C. 199,201 205, 206 Druery,C.T. 205 Drummond, I. M. ——J. 2638 ——M. 18, 202, 259 —— W.B. 18, 238, 242, 259, 280 Drury, F.E. 61 Drysdale, C. V. Dubose, A. 142 Duchéne, E. A. 92 Ducroquet, D. 267 Duddington, N. A. Dudgeon, G.C. 211 —-L.S. 229 Duerr, G. 299 330 184 118, 115 10 Name Index. Duff,C.M. 9 Duly,S.J. 165 Dumbleton,G. FE. 94 Dumesny, P. 151 Dumville, B. 18 ——te ~ 3800 Dunbar. 58 Duncan, D. 38 — F.M. 212, 308 —— J. 39, 42, 81, 97 — W.G. 1738 Dundas Grant, J. 273 Dunk, J.L. 103 Dunkerley,S. 438, 54 Dunkley, W.G. 35, 47, 73 Dunlop, H.C. 37 Dunn, J.T. 1 — W. 67 Dunnicliff, H.B. 1238, 130 Dunraven, Earlof. 180 Dunstan, A.™. 1, 128, 127, 181, 144 Dunstan, W.R. 218 Dunton, W.F. 116 Duprat.L. 11 Dupré, A. 129 Dupuy,G.M. 264 Durell, C. V. 30, 31 Durham, H.W. 77 Durrant, J. H. 190 —- R.G. 130 Duthie, A.L. 68, 149 — J.F. 206 Dutton, T. 242, 256. Duval, P. 264 Dwerryhouse,A.R. 168 Dye, F. 58, 59 — F.W. 60 Dyer, SirW.T.T. 205, 206 Dykes, W.R. 199 Dymes, T.A. 199 Dymond, T.S. 213 Dyson, Sir F.W. 159 —-§S.S. 186 Eagles, T.H. 31 Ealand, C. A. , 187, 196 Earp, J.R. 255 Easdale, W.C. 58 Eason,A.B. 100 Eastlake, A. 144 Eastman,C.R. 170 Eastwood,G.S. 26 Eaton, R.B. 61 Eccles, A.S. 287 ——— J: R: 99; 100 — W.H. 120 —— W.McA. 221, 257,'266 Eck, J. 59,100 Ecker, A. 192 Eddington, A.S. 104, 160 Ede, G. 1538 EKden, T.W. 275, 277 Eder, M.D. 19, 253 Edgar, J. 75 J.C. “276 Edgcumbe, K. 115 Edge, F.J. 52 Edmonds, H. 199 Edmondson, T. W. 31, 38 Edmunds, A. 254, 260 Edridge-Green, F. W. 271 Edser, E. 97,99, 100 Edwardes, E.J. 2381 Ker, D.R. 218 Edwards. A.T. 260 —-C.A. 158 — F.S. 257 —— J. 28, 187 Egmont, EK. 289 Eichborn, G. 120 Kiffel,G. 92 Einstein, A. 104 Eisner, A.W. 251, 288 Eissler, M. 154, 174 Ekin, T.C. 54 Elbourne, E. T. 310, 311 Elbs, K. 129 Elder, A. V. 260 G. 280 Elderton, E.M. 38, 44 —— W.P. 38 Elgie, J.H. 162 Eliot, M.E.Y. 51 Eliott, A. W.M. 465 Elliot, G.F.S. 197, 199 H.S. 194 —-R.H. 269, 270, 271 Elliott, C. 206 EK. B. -27 J.S. 281 Ellis. 221 mates - 148, Tis, —- B.E. 303 —— C.W. 65 — D. 199, 229 — E.T. 199 — G. 47, 64 — G.S.M. 199 H. 228, 233 Ellison, F.O’B. 225 —-. M.A. 287 Ellmore, W.P. 218 Elmslie, R.C. 262, 267 Elsden, J. V. 171 331 Name Index. Eltringham,H. 188 Farrow, F.R. 62 Ely, L.W. 249 Faweett,C.B. 179 Emery, W.D’E. 229, 267 §288 Fawdry,R.C. 22,40 Emsley,H.H. 101 Feldman, W.M. 222, 279 Emtage, W.T.A. 100, 106 Felkin R.W. 290 England, W.J. 283 Fenchel, A. 283 English, SirT.C. 285 Fenton,H.J.H. 123, 127, 1383 Ensoll, R. 125 Fenwick, B. 276 Erdmann, J.E. 6 Eriksson, J. 212 E.H. 257, 258 W.S. 256, 267, 280 Ermen, W.F.A. 68 Feré,C. 19 Ernle, Lord. 215 Fergus, F. 272 Erskine-Murray, J. 120 Ferguson, R.B. 2338 Esch, W. 142 - 61 Eshner, A.A. 226 W.B. 3807 Espin, T.E. 160 Fergusson, F. F. 54 Etchells. E. F. 67 Fernie, F. 114 Etheridge. R. 170 W.T. 292 j Eucken, R. 9,11 Ferrers, N.M. 30 F Evans, A. 251 Fidler, H. 67 r A.H. 192, 203 T.C. 49, 54 ¥ — EK. 199 Field, A. 236 = — E.A. 148 BR. Ve —— E.R.G.R. 180 —— SirM. 1838 — J.C. 125 Ss. 119 q — J.W. 164 Fielden, J.R. 26 — T.J. 33 Fierz-David, H.E. 147 W. 242, 284 Fife, C.W.D. 71 Everest, A.E. 147 Figgis, J.N. 6 Everett, A. 149 Fildes, P. 247 J.D. 125, 149 Filon, L.N.G. 82 Everitt, P. F. 308 Finch, R.J. 177 Ewart, A.J. 199, 202, 2038 Findlay, A. 127, 130, 136, 145 —— E.D. 221 L. 247 Ewing, SirJ.A. 39, 48, 81, 82, 99, Finn, M. 106 106 Finzi, N.S. 289 Eyre, J.W.H. 287 Firth, J.B. 125, 127 Faber, H. 214, 218 R.H. 233 O. 67 Fischer, E. 131, 199 Fabre, J. H. 188 F. 137 Fage, A. 93 Fisher, B. 310 Fagge,C.H. 221, 242, 264 G.M. 7 Fairbairn, J.S. 277 —-H.K.C. 114 Fairgrieve, J. 175,177 — J.H. 270 Fairie, J. 165 — QO. 167 Fairweather, W.C. 1 W.R. 203 . Falconer, J.D. 169 Fitzgerald, G.F. 106 W.W. 267 S. 208 Falconnet, H. 142 ' Fitzsimons, F. W. 191 Fanning, F.W.B. 249 Fitzwilliams,D.C.L. 261, 264, Fantham, H.B. 191, 248 294 Faraday,M. 2,4 Flack, M. 225, 226, 255 Farmer, J.B. 199 Flittely, F. W. 220 Farnsworth, A.W. 67 Fleming, A.P.M. 114, 310 Farquharson, R. 285 G. 295, 296 Farrar, R.A. 57, 232 — J.A. 108, 106, 114, 119, 120 Farrell, F. J. 147 — R.A. 242 332 Name Index. Fletcher, Sir B. F. 4, 58, 62, 68, 64 C. 239 — F.M. 304 —— H.P. 58, 62, 63, 64 Puke SAS Fleure,H. J. 179 Fleury, P. 68 Flint, R. 6 Flower, Sir W.H. 8 Fock, A. 164 Foden, J. 84 Foerster, A. 247 Foltzer, J. 300 Forbes, A.C. 208 G. 8,159 N.H. 289 Fordham, SirH.G. 175 Fordyce, A.D. 279, 280 Forel, A. 188 Forrest, J. 269 S.N. 24,171 Forster, A. 2384 K.L.B. 182, 231, 201 — G. 171 — L. 248 Morley, H. 126 Forsyth, A. R. 23, 29, 30 D. 279, 294 Fort, M. 147 Fortescue, C. L. 120 Fortescue-Brickdale, J. M. 245, 292, 293 , 294 Foster, Sir C. Le N. 171 F. 89 ——G.C. 106 Sir M. 225 —M. 245 R.B. 309 Fothergill, C. F. 259 —— J.B. 299 — J.M. 285, 286 — W.E. 275, 277 Foucar, L. J. 151 Fourier, J. 99 Fournier D’Albe, E. E. 106, 128 Fowler. 61 G.H. 182 — G.J. 229 —— J.S. 279, 280 —R.H. 80 — W.H. 82, 84, 89, 109 W.W. 188, 189, 190 Fox, H.C. 278 R.F. 287, 289 —R.H. 38 —— W.S. 247 Francis, F. 293 Franke, G. 144 Frankland, W. B. 22 Franzen, H. 146 Fraser, A.C. 7 J. 249, 265 Fray, J. 101 Frazer, J. E. 223 Fream, W. 211, 217 Frederick, R. C. 284 Freeman, A. 99, 310 E.A. 175 —-_-N.H. 37 W.G. 212 Fremont, C. 75 French, C. H. 26 E.G. 247 — H. 240, 243 —- J. W. 102 Frenkel, H.S. 287 Fresenius, T. W. 1838 Fretwell, W.E. 62 Freud, S. 19 Freudemacher, P. W. 178 Freudenreich, E. von. 215 Freund, I. 123 Freundlich, E. 104 Freyberger, L. 280, 287, 298 Freyer, Sir P. J. 266 Frier, J.D. 98 Friel, A. R. 273, 290 Friend, J. N. 127, 129, 140, 141, 153. Frith, J. 113 Fritsch, F. E. 199, 203 J. 220 Froment, J. 252 Frost, P. 24, 30 W.A. 270 Fry, G. C. 177 Fryer, A. 203 P.J. 140, 212 Fuller, Sir B. 15 B.A.G. 9 Fullerton, W. 61 Furneaux, W.S. 184, 188, 191, 199, 225 Futers, T. C. 74 Gabell, D. 282, 283 Gabriel, W.M. 282, 288 Gadd, H. 288 H. W. 291, 293 Gadow, H. 193 Gage, H.C. 262 Gairns, J. F. 838 Gaisford, H. 81 Galileo. 2 Galloway, J. H. 68 Galton, Sir F. 3, 194, 197 333 Name Index. Galvayne, S. 296 Ghambashidze, D. 165 Gamble, F. W. 185, 192 Ghon, A. 250 W. 3807 Ghosh, B. N. 292 Gammon, J.C. 67 R. 292 Ganswindt, A. 299 Gibb, D. 24 Gant, L. W. 118 Gibbs, G. H. 283 Garbe, R. 83 Gibson, A. G. 289, 242 Garcia, A. 312 A. H. 49, 54, 56 Garcke, E. 109 ——C.R. 1,109 Gardiner, C. J. 166 — G.A. 26, 28, 88, 242, 244 ——F. 284 ——H. 184 — G.G. 182 —J.9 J.S. 186 —R.J.H. 200, 202 Gardner, H. B. 262 — W. 169 P.4 WER. BO, 16,38 —— W.M. 145, 147 Gilbreth, F. 310 Garlick, A. 18 Giffen, Sir R. 88 Garnett, W. 107 Giles, A. E. 275, 276 Garnsey, H. E. F. 170, 199, 201, 204 ——G.M. 236, 259 Garrard, A. 88 Gill, Sir D. 8 Cossat J. 180 Pids 00 —-— J. F. 109 Garratt, H. A. 81 N.J. 91 Garré, C. 265. Gillanders, A. T. 188 Garrett, A. E. 126, 307 Gillespie, A. L. 286 A. ff. 54 Gillett, H. J. 66 Garrod, Sir A. E. 239, 240, 280 Ginsburg, B. W. 182 Garry, T. G. 236 Giroux, R. 246 Garton, W. 290 Gissing, F. T. 146 Gask, G. E. 260 Giua, M. 156 Gaskell, J. F. 245 |. Giua-Lollini, C. 156 W.H. 227 Gladwyn, S.C. 153 Gaster, L. 59 Glaisher, J. W.L. 21 Gatehouse, F. B. 66 Glaister, J. 233, 234, 237, 238 Gates, P. 75 Glassington, C. W. 283 R.R. 194 Glazebrook, Sir R. T. 1, 89, 97, 99, S.B. 24 100, 106 Gavronsky, J.O. 229 Gleichen, A. 101 Gay, A. 111 Glover, EF. P. 24 Geary, H. 217 J. 53 Geddes, A. E. M. 162 — W. 15 P. 194, 195, 199 Goadby, K. W. 238 Gee, G. E. 154 Godfray, H. 159, 160 S.J. 248 Godfrey, C. 26, 31, 82, 36, 87 W.W.H. 38, 98, 110 Godlee, Sir R. J. 3, 231 Geen, B. 67 Goebel, K. E. 202 Geerligs, H.C. P. 188 Goerens, P. 156 Geiger, H. 105 Golding, A. A. 177 Geikie, Sir A. 166, 167, 168, 176 ——H.A. 25,45 —-J. 166 Goldsbrough, G. F. 285 Gemmell, G. H. 123 Golla, F. 246 ‘Geoghegan, H. 230 Gomierz, T. 7 George, H. B. 175 Goodall, A. 228, 225, 254 Georgi, F. 77 ——E. .W. 245 Georgievics, G. 147, 297 Gooday, W.E. 144 Gerhardi, C. H. W. 115 Goodbody, F. 257 Gerrans, H. T. 41 Goodchild. W. 165 354 Name Index. Goodeve, T. M. 43 Goodfellow, J. 286 Goodhart, Sir J. F. 280 Goodman, J. 43 Goodrich, W.F. 60 Goodwill, S.G. 39 Goodwin, H. B. 35 Gordon, L. S. 214 —— M.H. 229 —R.A. 214 —— W. 236 Gorst, Sir J. E. 279 Gosse, P. H. 196 Gossin, H. 97 Gotch, O. H. 255 Goudie, W. J. 85, 89 Gould, Sir A. P. 248. 262 E.P. 262 Goulding, E. 218 Goulston, A. 254 Gower, A. R. 153 —-H.D. 3807 Gowers, Sir W. R. 17, 252, 270 Gowland, W. 155 ' Grace. 538 ——. J. HW. 27, 38 Graham, J. 28, 48, 248 — P.A. 215 —-V. 305 Graham-Smith, G.S. 229, 245, 259 Grahame-White, C. 91 Grandmongin, E. 147 Granger, F.S. 15 Granjon, R. 77 Grant, D. 151 —— J.D. 269, 273 Ji Tt. 220 Grasby, W.C. 211 Gray, A. 3, 23, 40, 45, 97, 106 A.A. 273 —— F.W. 127 —- H. 221 — Sir H. W.M. 262, 264 — J. 84 — J.G. 40 —-K.J. 270 S.O. 208 Greaves, J. 42 Green, A. A. R. 289 A.G. 147 —A.H. 166 —C.E. 248 ——~ F.E. 211, 215 Green, F. W.E. 271 J.A. 15 —- J.R. 199, 201, 202 — T.H. 240 Greene, J. A. 148 —-- W.H.C. 264 Greenhill, Sir A. G. 23, 42, 92 Greenish, H. G. 285, 292 Greenly, H. 72 Greenstreet, W. J. 2,11 Greenwell, A. 56, 171 Greenwood, H.C. 146 M. 227, 259 —— W.H. 1538, 154 — W.O. 276 Grégoire, R. 264 Gregorius, R. 144 Gregory, E.S. 205 J.W. 166, 167,176,178 —— Sir R.A. 1, 39, 97, 175, 176 Grew. E.S. 160 Grey, C. G. 94 G.W. 62 Gribble, T. G. 51 Grierson, R. 60 Griffiths, A. B. 156, 191, 220, 288 A.P. 184 E.A. 75 —E.D.1 —E.H. 99 — F.G. 250 — H.D. 1738 W.H. 286 Grimsdale, H. B. 269 Grimshaw, J. 242 R. 75 Grénvold, H. 193 Groom, P. 199, 203 2 A Ty fy f Gross, E. 219 Grossmann, J. 186, 151 Groth, L. A. 77 P. 164 Grove, W.B. 204, 205 Groves, E.W.H. 260, 263, 264, 2904 Groves-Showell, P. 180 Grubb, H.C. 63 Gruner, A. 298 — OC. 241, 248 Grunwald, J. 78 Guest, J. J. 75 Guillemard, F.H. H. 179 Gullan, M. A. 294 Gulland, G. L. 254 Gulliver, G. H. 155 J.H. 12 Gunn, J. 79 835 Name Index. Gunn, J. A. 10 M. 270 Gunther, R. T. 212 Guppy, H. B. 199 Gurden, R. L. 52 Gurney, E. 103 Gurney-Dixon, S. 229 Guthrie, C. C. 261 —- L.G. 280 — T. 256 Guttentag, W. E. 144 Guttmann, O. 150, 172 Gwynne-Vaughan, D. T. 198 H.D.F. 838 Haas, P. 125, 185 Haberlandt, G. 202 Hackwood, R. W. 52 Haddon, A.C. 197 Haddow, A. N. 75 Hadley, H. E. 39, 97, 106 Haeckel, E. 224 Haeder, H. 81, 88 Haenig, A. 75 Haig, H. A. 202 Haggard, Sir R. 211, 215 Haglund, P. 287 Haig, A. 240 Hainbach, R. 149 Hainsworth, C. H. 118 Hake, C. N. 150 —— W. 129 Haldane, E.S. 10 J.S. 100, 194, 225 Halden, G.M. 53 Hale, A. J. 128, 129, 131 C.W. 2838 Hale-White, Sir W. 291 Haler, P. J. 24, 72 Hall, Sir A. D. 211, 218, 217, 220 C.A. 196,200 . —C.J.J. Van. 219 — H.R. 81 —-H.S. 26, 31, 34, 35, 36 — J.W. 154, 289 — T.C.F. 165 W. 37, 180 Hallett, G. W. T. 48 Halliburton, W.D. 225, 227, 241 Halnan, E. T. 218 Halse, E. 312 Ham, B. B. 237 Hamel, G. 91 Hamer, W.H. 233 Hamilton, C. 310 —D.J. 255 Sir W.R. 23 Hammick, D. L. 108 Hammond, A. R. 189 Hampshire, C. H. 184 Hanby, W. 93 Handy, C. E. 47 Hankin, E. H. 92 Hanna, W. 246 Hannay, A. H. 8 Hansel, C. W. 106 Hansen, L. F. 181 Hanson. C.O. 208 s.G. 217 Harbord, F. W. 154 Harby, W. 49 Hareourt, L. F. V. 50, 55, 59 Harden, A. 126, 130, 187 Hardie, R. P. 6 Harding, J.S. 302 Fi. 245 Hardman, A. H. 301 Hardwicke, W. W. 270 Hardy, E. 40 G.H. 238, 28, 188 M.E. 203 Hare, A. T. 116 —— F. 251 Harker, A. 168 Harloff, W. H. T. 188 Harley, V. 257 Harman, N. B. 269 Harmer, Sir S. F. 185 Harold, J. 243 Harper, C. G. 48 H. 91, 1238 Harraj>, C. 204 Harris, D. F. 225, 251 G.T. 307 — J.D. 290 —— P.W. 121 —— W. 251, 290 Harrison, A. 310 A.B. 57 — C. 69 —— F. 282 ae ie 33 —- L.W. 247 Pi 2 6 Harrow, B. 104 Harston, G. M. 236. Hart, B. 253 D. Bi a7 —-H. 304 — J.B. 99 — J.H. 219 J.W. 58, 60 Hart-Smith, J. 129 Hartenburg, P. 252 Hartmann, E. 10 336 Name Index. Hartmann, R. 193 Hellier, J. B. 279 Hartcg, M. 194 Hellins, H. H. 57 Hartridge, G. 270, 271 Hellyer, S.S. 58 H. 226 Helmholtz, H. L. F. 103 Harvey, A. 149 H. von. 3 F.W. 24 Hempsall, W. H. 217 — W.H. 204, 205 Henderson, A. 30 Harvey-Gibson, R. J. 200 —— G.G. 128, 182 Hasbach, W. 215 —— J. 242, 294 Haskett, T. HI. 217 — J.F. 184 Haslam, A. P. 109 ses BES G. 192 —_ T. 271 Hasluck, P.N. 48, 47, 58, 64, 67, 68, W.D. 184 75, 147, 302 Hendrick, FE. 123 Hassard, A. R. 294 Hennell, T. 54 E.M. 294 Henrici, O. 23 Haswell, W. A. 186 Henry. A. 208 Hatch, F. H. 164, 168, 169, 171, 173 P. 80 Hatfield, W.H. 154 T.A. 185 Hatschek, E. 128 . Henslow, G. 200, 202, 212 Hatton, J. L.S. 30, 32 Henslowe, L. 94 Hausbrand, E. 136 Henstock, J. 121 Hausner, A. 139 Henwood, J. H. 146 Havelock, J. H. 116 Hepburn, W.B. 283 T.H. 24 Hepworth,M.W.C. 162 Havilland, G. de. 79 : T.C. 148 Haward, W. 254 Herbert, A. 76° Hawkhead, J.C. 121 —— H. 270 Hawkins, C.C. 111,118 - —-S. 194, 228 H.L. 170 T.E. 119 . P..257 Herbertson, A. J. 175, 177, 178 Hawthorne, C.O. 237 F.D.177 Hay, A. 112, 118 Herford, R.O. 310 J. 255 ‘Héricourt, J. 250 Hayes, R. 247 Heriot, T. H. P. 138 Hayward, F.H. 15 Herman, G. E. 275, 277 J.W. 81 R.A. 100 — R.B. 23 Hernaman-Johnson, F. 287 W.R. 206 Herrick, T. P. 304 Haywood, G. 224 Herring, H. T. 266 Hazell, W.H. 310 Herring-Shaw, A. 58 Heape, W. 228 Herringham, Sir W. P. 258 Hearn, G.R. 51 Herrmann, G. 56, 74 Hearson, H.R. 154 Herrod-Hempsall, W. 217 Heath, C. 222 Herschel. 3 — C.J. 274 Herschell, G. 240 — F.G. 200, 202 Hertwig, O. 223, 226 —R.S. 82, 41, 100 Hertz, H. 39, 106 —- Sir T.L. 8, 22, 84, 159, 161 Herxheimer, G. 239 Heaton, E. W. 177 Herz, W. 122 Heaviside, O. 106 Herzfeld, J. 300 Heawood, E. 175 Hewat, A. F. 289 Hedges, K. 106 Hewitt, C. 188, 307 Heerman, P. 147 Hewlett, G. 812 Hegel, G.W.F. 10 —-— R. T. 184, 229, 240, 285, 288 Heil, A. 142 Heylin, H. B. 298, 301 Heilbron, 1.M. 126, 131 Heywood, H. 27 337 BB a ‘ Name Indew. Hibbert, E. 134 —-L.J. 307 Ww. 118 Hicks, J. A. 144 J. W. 158 ——- W.M. 41 Hickson, S. J. 191 Higgens, C. 269 Higgins, A. L. 51 S.H. 147 Higgs, G. G. 79 —— H. 38 Highton, H. P. 133, 134 Hildage, H. T. 310 Hilditch, T. P. 122, 127, 131 Hilger, W. 290 Hill, A. 223, 226 A.M. 36 ——C.W. 73, 74 ——F.T, 93 — J.G. 119 — L. 225, 226, 25¢ ——M.J.M. 34 — T.G. 185 W. 265 Hiller, E. G. 84 Hillhouse, W. 201 Hilliard, H. 283 Hilton, H. 27, 33, 164 Hime, H. W.L. 30 T. W. 287 Hinchley, J. W. 136, 218 Hind, H. L. 309 Hindle, E. 259 Hinks, A. R. 159, 176 Hinshelwood, J. 269 Hiorns, A. H. 153, 154, 155, 156 Hird, D. 194 H.C. 37 Hirsch, W. 19 Hirschel, G. 262 Hjort, J. 1838 Hoare, C. 37 —-— E. W. 295, 296 Hobart, H. M. 111, 112, 118 Hobbs. 115 F.D. 02 L.M. 81 Hobday, F. T. G. 262, 295 Hobhouse, L. T. 7, 10 Hobkirk, C. P. 205 Hoblyn, R. D. 242 Hobson, E. W. 22, 28, 35 Hodgett, E. A.B. 148 Hodgins, J. E. 217 Hodgkinson, W.R. 124 Hodgson, E.S. 312 Hodgson, H. H. 152 J.E. 178 — J.T. 83, 84 ——R.B. 75,77 —T.R. 234 Hodson, F. 1 Hoernes, H. 95 Hoffding, H. 7, 15 Hofmann, E. 188 Hogarth, C. W. 286 —D.G. 178 r Hogben, L.T. 3 i Hégner, P. 100 ; 7 Holden-Stone, G. de. 79 { Holdich, Sir T. 178 Hole, W. 146 j Holland, W.C. 291 y Hollander, B. 251, 280 : Holman, H. 138, 18 Holmes, A. 168 Holms, A.C. 70 Holt, EF. B. 10 — H.G. 68 R.B. 58 Holt-Butterfill, H. 47 4 Holt-Thomas, G. 91 *.4 Holtzmann, O. 312 Hoizwarth, H. 89 Hood, C. 154 — D.W.C. 256, 265 —— G.F. 128 — W.P. 287 Hooker, Sir J. D. 2, 3, 198, 205, 206 Sir W.J. 8, 205 Hooper, J. 65 L. 299, 301 Hooton, W.M. 129, 133 Hoover, T. J. 174 Hope, E. W. 233, 234 Sir W.H.St. J. 305 Hopewell-Smith, A. 282 Hopkinson, B. 21, 39 eee 4 | ; Horder, Sir T. J. 240, 242, 245 Hornby, J. 145, 146 Horne, H. P. 305 Horner, D. W. 168 a J. 157, 297 3 —— J.G. 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 84, 312 4 Horsley, Sir V. 251 Hort, E. C. 250 Horth, A.C. 78 Horton, C. M. 72 Horwood, A. R. 200 . C.B. 178 Hoskins, G. G. 638 Fe ee ee Name Index. Hoskins, H. P. 68 Hoskold, H. D. 50 Hough, W.S. 6 Houston, Sir A. C. 57 Houstoun, R.A. 97, 100 © Hovell, T. M. 274 Hovenden, F. 25 Hovestadt, H. 149 Hovgaard, W. 70 Howard, A. L. 208 R. 260, 263 Howarth, O. J. R. 175, 177, 178 W.G. 274 — W.J. 235 Howden, R. 221 Howe, F.J.0O. 114 Js A. 160; 1971 Howell, C. M. H. 258 Howes, G. B. 184, 186 Howorth, J. 149 Hoyle, B. 121 Hubbard. #. 151 T.O’B. 92 Hubner, J. 147 Hudson, B. 242 HM. P.. 26 —— O.F. 154 — R.W.H.T. 30 — W.H. 192 —--W.H.H. 36 Huelin, D.C. 312 Huggins, G. M. 266 Hughes, A. J. 180 A.L. 307 — A.M. 128 —— A.W. 222 —— B. 264 —— E.L. 271 — H.W. 172 —— T.H. 176 — V.A.B. 84 —— W. 176,177 Hull, A. J. 264 E. 167 Humber, W. 44 Hume. 10 Humphreys, H. 283 Humphris, F. H. 290 Humphry, L. 294 Humphrys, N. H. 145 Hunnybun, E. W. 206 Hunsaker, J.C. 92 Hunter, A. 49 —— C. 2838 — G. 256 Hunt, G. B. 249 Hunter, H. H. 218 Hunter, J. 3 — J.A. 301 pees WH. Dik —— W.I. 176 Huntington, A. K. 153 Hurd, A. 70 Hurry, J.B. 252 Hurst, A. F. 242, 252, 257 —-C. 81, 83 —-C.H. 186 —— G.H. 68, 140, 141, 144, 299 —-H.E. 97 —— J.T. 50, 61, 68, 64 — J.W. 217 Hurter, F. 807 Husband, J. 33, 49 Huskisson, W.M. 88 Hutchins, B. L. 310 Hutchinson, H.N. 170 J. 286, 252, 261 —-R. 226, 244, 280, 285, 286 —— R.W. 106, 107, 109 Hutt, C. W. 2838 Hutton, F. H. 118 — J.E. 310 — R.S. 129 —— W.S. 50, 72, 84 Huxley, J.S. 185 3 —— T.H. 2, 3, 10, 175, 184, 186, 191, 194, 226 Huygens, C. 101 Hyatt-Woolf, C. 101 Hyndman, H.H.F. 105 Ibbetson, A. 219 — W.J. 24 —— W.S. 109, 112; 116, 118, 309 Ibbotson, F. 156 Illingworth, S.R. 2 Imbert, L. 263 Imms, A.D. 186, 213 Ince, J. 291 Inchley, W. 43, 81, 84 Ingham, A. EK. 73 Ingle, H. 141, 213 Ingram, G. L. 296 . Innes, C. 60 C.H. 47, 56 Innocent, C.F. 61 Inwood, 214 Ioteyko, J. 311 Ireland, W.W. ‘280 © Irvine,M.C.W. 18 Isler, C.. 57 Saws tiv, 220 Jack,G. 64 W.R 242 339 Name Index. Jackman, W.T. 311 Jackson, A. 76 — B.D. 3, 200, 206 — C.E. 97 — C.M. 222 —-C.S. 37,40 — D.H. 85 — F.G. 48, 64, 78 — H. 208 — J.W. 197 — P.G. 84 — W. 312 Jago, W. 129 James,T.C. 1381 WLANs 118,118, lit Jameson, W.W. 233 Jamieson, A. 43, 81, 90, 107,"110 E.B. 222 W.A. 284 Jane, F.T. 70, 85, 94 sanety rs 7 Jansen,M. 267, 268, 280 Jaques, A. 127 Jardine, R. 276, 277 Jarvis, W.H. 53 Jast, L.S. 3807 Jeans, J. H. °100, 107, 160 J.-S. 154 Jefferys, W.H. 236 Jefferson , 182 Jeffery, F.H. 129 H.J. 108 Jehl, F. 117 Jellett,H. 275, 277 Jenkins, H.G. 310 J.T. 183, 191 Jenkinson. 53 Jd. W. 228 Jennings, A.S. 69 Jennison,H. 141 Jessop,C.M. 30, 35 Jervis-Smith, F. J. 72 Jessop, W.H.H. 269 Jevons,F.B. 10, 194 —— H.A. 18 — W.S. 138 Jex-Blake, A.J. 221, 224 Jobling, E. 128, 146 Johns, C.A. 192, 206, 208 Johnson, A.E. 1382 - — T.M. 116 — V.E. 45,91,113 —- W.E. 35 — W.H. 219 Johnston, E. 3805, 306 — G.A. Ill — J.B. 191 — J.F.W. 218 —-K. 177 — T.B. 221, 222 Lavis,H.J. 236 Johnstone, J. 191, 194 J. 152 os . Jolley, A.C. 115 Joly,C.J. 28 J. 105 N; 2 Jones, A.B. 287 A.C. 388,199 — A.J. 15 ——B.E. 47, 64, 309 — C. 129, 308 — C.P. 241 — D.C. 38 — D.E. 39,97, 106 — D.W.C. 288 — E. 19, 251 — E.E.C. 11,18 — F.B. 187 — F.W. 191, 197 — H. 7 — H.F. 200 — H.L. 290 —— H. Macnaughten. —— H.S. 36 — J. 216 — J.H. 154 — J.T.S. 205 — L. 289 — L.A. 172 —- L.M.M. 79 — L.V. 247 — M.W. 69 © —— SirR. 267, 268 —- R. 261 ‘ —— T. 47 — T.G. 47 — T.H. 98 340 17 Ore | eR td 4 heen, Name Index. Jones, T.W. 58 W. 134 — W.H. 119 W.N. 200 Jordan,C.H. 70 H.G. 42,47 Jérgensen, A. 137 Jost, L. 202 Jowett, W. 296 Joyner, G. 304 Judd, J.W. 166, 167, 194 Jude, A. 98 m. .:. 97,107 Judge, A.W. 88, 93 Jukes-Browne, A. J. Juler,H.E. 269 Julian, H.F. 174 J. 68 Julius, P. 147 Jung,C.G. 19 Juptner,H.F.v. 154 Jutsum,J.M. 180 Kanthack, A.A. 239 R. 102 Kapp, G. 109, 114, 118 Kapper, F. 114 Kassner, T. 173 Kay,S.A. 134 Kaye, G.W.C. Kayser, E. 168 Keable, B. B. 219 Kean, F.J. 88, 94 Keane, A.H. 177,179, 197 C. 1382 C.A. 181 Keary,C.F. 7 Keatinge, M.W. 18 Keeble, F. W. 202 Keegan, D.F. 274 -Keen,G.R. 209 Keim, A.W. 68 Keith, Sir A. 197, 222, 223, 226, 168, 169 105, 126 274, 285 ee aR; 248 R.D. 244 Kelland, P. 238 Kellas, A.M. 125 Kellner,O. J. 218 Kelsey, W.R. 97,112 Kelson, W.H. 273 Keltie, Sir J.S. 175,179 Kelvin, Lord. 3,7, 21,101 Kelynack, T.N. 250, 251, 280 T.W. 2389 Kemp, P. 109, 113 Kempe, H.R. 89, 118, 114 Kempson, E.W.E. 112 Kennedy, A. 52 SirA.B.W. 72 — A.M. 245 —N. 51 R. 91, 93 Kennelly, A. E. 110 Kenwood,H.R. 2388, 284 Ker, C.B. 245 D.R.E. 213 Kerr, G. 186 Gis 172 —- J. 5, 238 eee eee ee J.-M. 277 Kershaw, G. B. 59 J.B.C. 142, 148, 155 — J.W. 88 —- 8. 300 Kettle, E.H. 267 Kew, H.W. 191 Key,A.C. 144 Keynes, J.N. 138 Kickman,H.R.B. 225 Kidd, F. 257, 258, 266 W. 194 Kilgour, P. 297 Kimball, A.L. 100 Kimmins,C. W. 18 Kinch, E. 1238 King, D.B. 250 ve. - 278 — H.E. 81 J. V1 Kingsbury, J. E. 119 Kingscott, P.C.R. 184 Kingsley, J.S. 191 Kinzer, H. 299 Kingzett,C.T. 1238 Kinzbrunner, C. 110, 114 Kipping, F.S. 129, 131 Kirby, W.E. 188, 189 Kirkaldy, J. W. 184 Kirkbride, J. 304 Kirkpatrick, T.S.G. 178 Kirkup, T. 5 Kirmisson, E. 280 Kirschke, A. 88 Kitchin, D.B. 10 Kleen, E.A.G. 287 Klein, A. 13 eu ae Klemin, A. 94 Klingenberg, G. 111 Kloes, J. A. Van Der. 65 Knapp, A.W. 139 Knecht, E. 184, 147, 299 Knight, J.H. 79 341 Name Index. Knight, R.S.G. 1384 —S.R. 26, 35 W. 12 Knoblauch, E. 201 Knocker, D. 237 Knott, C.G. 21, 22, 25, 96, 167 Knox, A. 162,179 A.V. 105 — E.B. 288 — G.D. 220 —— J. 126, 152 — R. 105 Knuth, P. 202 Knuthsen, LL. F.B. 256 Koczorowski, Lt. 45 Koenigsberger, L.. 3 Koller, T. 151 Koppeschaar, E. 138 Kozmin, P. A. 1389 Kraepelin, E. 253 Krauch, C. 182 Krause, R.A. 227 Kretschmar,C. 299 Krogh, A. 227 Krohn, R.E.S. 228, 262 Krusch, P. 165 Kulpe,Q. 7,17 L.H. 538 Laby, T.H. 126 Lachlan, R. 31 Lack, L.A.H. 226 La Cour, J.L. 114 Lafar, F. 1388 Lagrange, F. 271 Laird, J. 250 Lake, P. 166, 168, 176 R. 274 Lakeman, A. 66 Lamarck, J.B. 194 Lamb. 53 ome CG, AT — H. 28, 39, 41, 42, 103 ——— W. 373 Lambart, H.C. 259 Lambert, F.C. 308 — SS. 45 —— T. 188, 155 . Lambkin, F.J. 247 Lamprecht, R. 171 Lancaster, M. 117 Lanchester, F. W. 738, 91, 92 H.V. 68 —— W.F. 229 Land, H.C. 189 Landauer, J. 182 Lander, C.H. 3801 1 G.D. 129, 296 er) : Landois, LL. 226 Landolt, E. 270 —M. 270 | 4 Landon, J. W. 41 ; Landseer, Sir EF. 193 4 Lane, J. E. 222 Sir W.A. 257, 265, 266 235 Lange, K.R. 145 Langenhagen, M. de. 256 Langley, J.N. 228, 225, 226 Langmaid, J. 81 ’ Lankester, SirE.R. 170,185,186 Lantsberry, F.C.A.H. 144 Lapage,C.P. 280 Lapworth, C. 166 Larard,C.E. 25 Larkman,A.E. 28,110 A.H. 110 Larmor, Sir J. 89, 96, 103 Larner, E.T. 118 Larsen, A. 150 Larter, A.T. 148 Lascelles, T. W. 306 Lasche,O. 89 Latham, A. 244, 285 . — E. 55 Latter,O.H. 185, 189 Lattey, R.T. 97 Laurance, L. 102 Laurens,G. 273 Laurie, A.P. 69,141 C.L. 200 $.68. 5 Laveran,A. 248 Lavis,H.J.J. 2386 —F.M. 8ll — G&G. 31 Laxton, 63 Laycock, W.F. 147 Lazarus-Barlow, W.S. 239, 240 F. 54 Leach, A. F. 5 Name Index. Leaf,C.H. 223, 276 — H.M. 116 Lean, B. 124 Leaning, J. 63 Leathem, J.G. 24, 28, 35 Le Bas, G. 127 Le Bon, G. 20, 108 Lecky,S.T.S. 180 Ledeboer, J. H. 92 Ledingham, J.C.G. 245 Ledoux-Lebard, M. 264 Leduc, S. 227 Lee, A.B. 2238 J. 119, 811 ba Leeds, F.H. 143 Lees, C.H. 98 D.B. 250 Leese, A.S. 296 Letévre, L. 65 Leffmann, H. 1382 Leftwich, R.W. 244, 285 Legg, J. W. 248 —-T.P. 260 Legge, F. 103 —— T.M. 238 Leggatt, W. 298, 299 Leggett, B. 121 Legros, L.A. 304 Lehfeldt, R.A. 126, 127, 129 Lehner, S. 148 Leibniz. 10 Leighton,G.R. 192 Leland, C.G. 64,78, 803 Lelean, P.S. 288 Lemaire, H. 245 Le Maitre, W. 92 Lemerle,G. 265 Lempfert,R.G.K. 162 Lennander, K.G. 258 Lenzmann. 244 Leonard, E.M. 5 Lepine, J. 253 Leri, A. 19 Leriche, RR. 263 Leston,G.L. 51 Letts, E.A. 126 Leudesdorf, C. 382 Leupp, F.E. 3 Levett, R. 35 Levy, D.M. 174 — H. 92 — §.]. 129, 150 Lewers, A. H.N. 276 Lewes,G.H. 5 V.B. 128, 148, 145 Lewis, E.I. 129,181 Lewis, E. W. 142 —- H.M. 638 — L.P. 53 S.J. 122 — W.C.McC. 127 —— W.J. 164,175 Leyton, A.S.F. 2389 Libby, W. 5 Lickley, J.D. 223 Lidgett, A. 144 ' Lieckfeld, G. 88 Lilly, W.E. 49 Lindsay, C.T. 48 J. 7%, 249 — J.A. 256 Lord. 76 Lineham, W.J. 48, 73 Ling, A.R. 1388 Lintern, W. 52 Linton, R.G. 296 Lister, J. J. 186 Lord. 281, 260 T.D. 278 Lithgow, E.M. 271 Littlejohn, A. R. 285 Little, A. 178 —A.G. 8 He. V. 129 Liveing,G.D. 102 Livens,G.H. 107 Liversedge, A. J. 738 Liversidge, J.G. 86 Livingstone, R. 112 Llewellyn, J. L. 237, 249 Lloyd, A.H. 7 Bow. 25 —F.E. 184 —— Ll. 244, 248 — L.L. 147 R.E. 184, 185 Lluria. E. 195 Lochhead, J. 228 Lock, G. W. 174 — J.B. 35, 36, 41 R.H. 195, 219 Lockwood, 63 C.B. 261, 268, 266, 276 Lockyer, C. 267, 275 — SirJ.N. 102, 159, 160 Loewenfeld, L. 228 Loewenthal, R. 147 343 Name Index. Logan, F.W.A. 45 Lohmann, W. 271 Lohnis, F. 214 Lommel, E. 101 von. 97 Lomax, J. W. 298 Lones, T.E. 155 Loney, S.L. 33, 34, 35, 36, 39, 41, 42 Long, C.E. 19 — H.C. 212 ee SIA RIT Longmuir, P. 157 Longridge, C. J. N. Loosmore, C. 251 Lord, R.T. 301 Lorenz, A. 268 Loring, F.H. 127 Lossky, N.O. 10 Lott, F.E. 1388 Louch M. 18 Louis, H. 52, 153, 169, 174 Love, A.E.H. 29, 89, 44, 167 J.K. 274 Loveday, T. 15,17 Lovell, M.S. 191 Lovett, W.J. 70.71 Lovibond, J. W. 102 Low, B. 19 ae DSA. — G.C. — R.C. 284 —— W.S. 273 Lowndes, M. E. Lowry, T. M. Lowson, J. M. We kao Lucas, E. W. F. 312 K. 227 Luciani, L. 226 Luckes, E. C. E. Luckhoff, L. 270 Ludlam, E.B. 124, 129 Luff, A.P. 125 Luhe,M. 248 Luke,T.D. 263,283,289 Lukis,SirC.P. 286,292 Lulham,R. 186 Lumb, A.D. 165 | —— N.P.L. 247, 266 Lummer,O. 308 Lummis-Paterson,G.W. 112 182, 186, 145, 146, 151 311 276, 277 31, 33, 43, 47, 73, 81 246 15 122 200 286, 291, 292 294 — J. 130 Lupton, A. 173 Lupton, S. 126 Lustgarten, J. 117 Luttringer, A. 142 Luys,G. 247 — J. 227 Lyall,M. 7 Lycett, J. 94 Lydall, F. 118 Lyde,L.W. 177,178 Lydekker, R. Lyell, Sir C. Lyle, H.W. 226 Lyman, T. 102 Lyster, R.A. 233 ,E.R. 289 S. 217 MacAlister, D.A. 169 McAulay, A. 23, 38 Macaulay, F.S. 27, 81 W.H. 99 Macbeth, A. K. MacBride, E. W. McBride, P. 273 Maccabe, F. F. 231, 295 MacCall,W.T. 112 MacCallan, A. F. 270 McCann, F.J. 276 McCarrison, R. 254 M’Carthy, F. L. . 34 McCartney, H.P. 46 McCaskill, A. 1 McCaw, J. 279, 280 McCay, D. 286 M’Clelland, W.J. 35 McConnell, P. 211 166 125 186, 223 McCrae, J.A. 289 T. 243 McCulloch, C. 74 MacCurdy, J.T. 2538 McDermaid,N.J. 71 McDonagh, J. E.R. 247, 288 Macdonald, D.M., 280, 286 G. 215 McDougall, W. McDowall, S.A. MacEwan, P. 291 MacEwen, J.A.C. MacFadyen, A. 184 McFarlane, J. 177 Macfarlane, W. 1538, 154, 156 Macfie, R.C. 195, 289 344 15, 16, 17, 20 97 222 3, 170, 185, 191, 193 Le te wid YA te Name Index. McGibbon, W.C. 86 McGowan, G. 1382 Macgregor, J.G. 41 J.M. 240 McGrigor,G.D. 164 MacHattie, A. 180 McIntosh, J. 247 — J.G. 188, 141, 142 we. 192 McKail, D. 234 McKay,R.F. 43 Mackay, J.S. 25, 31 McKay, W.J.S. 281, 276 McKendrick, A. 2387, 288 J.G. 226 Mackenna,R.W. 288 McKenzie, D. 273, 274 J. . 246 Mackenzie, Sir J. 231, 255 J.A.S. 249 — T.C. 254 —— W.C. 222, 227 WL. 282, 270 Mackie, A. 307 J. 802 McKillop, A.D. 310 M. 286, 310 MacKinder, H.J. 178 McKinnon, F.C. 116 McKisack,H.L. 244 Mackrow,C. 71 M’Lachlan, N.W. 25 McLaren, R.S. 738 Maclaurin, R.C. 101 McLean, A. 98 Maclean, H. 1381, 239 M. 110 MacLennan, A. 261 Macleod, H.W.G. 238 J. 186 — J.J.R. 226, 258 — J.M.H. 264, 284 W.A. 156 MacMahon, P.A. 27 MeMillan. 86 f & Ey 6) MacMillan, J.C. 279 W.G. 158,155 MecMinnies, W.G. 92 MacMunn,N.E. 175 NacNab, A. 269, 271 MacNab, J. 182 W. 150 MacNamara,N.C. 16, 195 Macnaughten-Jones, H. 17 McNeile, A.M. 28 0. 433<. 28 Macpherson, H. 3 McPherson, J. A. 57 McQueen, E.N. 16 MacQueen, J. 296 Macrobert,T.M. 238 McTaggart, J. McT. E. 10 MeVail, J.C. 246 McWilliam, A. 157 Maddox, E.E. 270 H.A. 148, 305 Madill, D.G. 277 Magian, A.C. 247 Magie, W.F. 97 Magill, E.M. 290 Maginnis, A.G. 71 Magnus, L. 7 Sir P. 389 Maguire, T.M. 179 W.R. 59 Maher, M. 16 Maitland, F. 2 Maitre, W.le. 92 Makins, SirG. H. 264 Makower, W. 105 Malatesta, G. 145 Malecolm,H.W. 120 Mallik,D.N. 101 Mamlock,H. J. 2838 Manacorda, H. 16 Manders, A.S. 142, 219 Mann, Dr. 256 —- G. 228, 227 — H.L. 25 — J.D. 288, 239 M.S. 274 Manson,G.L. 61 Sir P. 259 Bahr, P.H. 259 March, H. 244 N...Ee.. 2228 Marchant, F.T. 2838 W.Eey -32) Marett,R.R. 16, 197, 228 Mark, E.L. 2238 HoT. S L.P. -25t Marks, E.C.R. 78, 74 SirG.C. 56, 278 L.S. 81 - Marlow, T.G. 136 Marquand, H.S. 119 345 Name Index. Marr, H.C. 253 Marriage, K. 308 Marsh,C.F. 67 J. Ke. 127 Marsden, R. 299 Marshall, A. 150 A.M. 186, 192 — C. 286, 292 — C.D. 269 —— F.H.A. 217, 228, 228 — H. 151, 164 —— H.R. 16 — T.W. 215 Ww.J. 88 Marson,P. 149 Martel, T.de. 265 J.E. 166, 168, 169, 214 Maurice, W. 172,178 Maw,P.T. 209 Mawson, E.O. 55 F. 171 Maxim, SirH.S. 2 Maxted, E.B. 128, 151 Maxwell, Capt. 181 —- F. 1388 —— F.W. 385,183 — J.C. 99, 108, 106, 107 — J.L. 236 — R.D. 275 Wn. May,C.H. 269 O. 247 P. 189 Mayall,G. 216, 217 J. 496 Maycock, W.P. 107,112, 118, 114, — G. 122,124,126, 129,136,146, 116, 117 Martin. 86 A.B. R.° 121 147, 150, 151 imme FN. 184 —— J. 178 o——— M.J. 121 ——— N.- 67 aa Wi A. %6 miniiaas’ Weds 6, OS Wek... 182k: Martindale, W.H. 288, 292, 293 Martineau, G. 138 Martinier, P. 265 Maryon,H. 78 Maskelyne, N.S. 164 Maslen, A. J. 200 Mason,A.C. 7 F.A. 147 Massee, G. 200, 204, 212 Masselin, E. J. 230 Master, H. 1387 Masterman,A.T. 186, 192 Masters, W.E. 259 Mastin, J. 165 Mather, T. 109 Matheson, D. 217 E. sll Mathews,G.B. 238, 27, 82 Matson, R.W. 288 Matthew, D. 252 Matthews, A.H.H. 215 C.G. 188 —E. 216 —— E.R. 54, 55, 60 — G.F. 37 R.B. 91, 94 Mattos, A.T.de. 188 Maudsley, H. 16, 253 Maunder, E.W. 160 Mayer, C. 142, 148 , Maylard,A.E. 250, 266 Maynard, F.P. 269 Mayo,C.H.P. 28 Mayor,J.B. 7 Mayou,M.S. 269, 270 Meade, A. 145 Meares, J. W. 54,110 Meek, A. 192 Mees,C.E.K. 102 Meldola, R. 124, 181, 308 Mellanby, A. L. 48, 70 Melland,C.H. 258 Mellone,S.H. 13,16 Mellor, J. W. 25, 180, 184, 149. 156 Melville.C.H. 288 Davison, W. 233 Mennell, F. P. 168 J.B. 268, 287 **Mentor.’’ 145, 146 Menzies, J. A. 225 K. 228 Mercer, J. E. 1038 J.W. 28, 35 Mercier, C. 17, 213, 253 —— Cardinal. 7 Meredith, C.M. 18 Méric, H. de. 289 Merrifield, J. 181 Merrington, E.M. 16 Merritt, W.H. 165 Mer, J: Tb... 3,9 Mesnil, F. 248 Messum,S. 183 Metcalfe. 4 Ui Ga. ae Metchnikoff, E. 288 346 Name Index. Metson,G. 63 Meycliar, L. 312 Meyer, B.E. 7,14 Meysey-Thompson, R. F. Miall,B. 188, 250 L.C. 8, 184, 189 Michaelis, D.M.L. 41 Michell, S. 56 Micholitsch, T. 276 Middleton, E.C. 91 ae GA. TT. 49, 51, 50; 64 —- R,E. 51, 57 Midgley, EZ. 300 Miers, Sir H. A. Milburn, T. 212 Miles, A. 2382, 261, 263 Mill,H.R. 175,179 J.5. 6,18 Millais, J.G. 192, 193 Millar, A. 69, 219 Pees. Bi W.J. 738, 82, 180 Millard, C.K. 288 Miller, H.C. 253 J. 289, 240 — J.S. 77 RR. 280 Milligan, F.M. Sir W. 274 Millington, J.P. 3 Millia, C.T. 25; '77 G.P. 2838 Milne, J. 33, 167 — J. 198 164 219 Milner, H.B. Milroy, J. A. M.E. W. TT. 185 Milson, F. 151 Minchin, G.M. 41, 42, 47 W.C. 250 Minett, E.P. 229 Minikin, R.C.R. Minto, W. 13 Miremont, C. de. Mitchell, A. 9 C.A. 128, 188, 187, 188, 141, 148, 235, 238, 297 woe CoP. 61, 65 — F.S. 69 — G.A. 61, 65 —— J. 71 54 161, 180 Mitchell, P. 282 P.C. 184, 195 —— W. 16 Mivart, St.G. 2 Moggridge, J.T. 189 Molesworth, SirG.L. 46, 50 H.B. 62 Woo V20 Molinari, EK. 137 Moll, A. 279,290 Monahan, A. 7 A.J. 14 Monckton, C. C.F. Monro, T.K. 242 Montagu, Lord. 80 Montel, A. 68 Monteverde, R. D. Moodie, A. R. 274 Moor, C.G. 229, 238, 235 S.A. 202 Moore, A.S. 301 B. 185, 195, 226 E.C.8S. 54 121 312 236 Moorhead, T. G. Mordin, R. 120 More,C.G. 79 Moreton. H. W. Morgan, A. P. C. Lloyd. 224 115 93 16, 19, 187, 195. — G.T. 181 — J.D. 118 J.d. 156; 157 Morison, A.B. 254 Cis be Bat —— J.R. 264, 266 R. 260 Morley, A. 39, 43, 44, 81 gs eae Morrell, R.S. 141 Morrice,G.C. 27 Morris, C. 181 F.O. 189 — SirH. 222, 248 — H.J. 283 —I.H. 33, 48 SirM. 284 —-T.N. 218 347 Name Index. Morrow, J. 89 Morse, H.W. 126 Morten, H. 294 Mortimer, F. J. 308 G. 155 J.D. 263 Morton, A.S. 271 E.R. 105 W.C. 222 Moses, O. St. J. ‘276 Moss, C. E. 203, 206 H. 84 Mosso, A. 259 Mott, Sir F. W. 18, 2538 Motielay,P,F. 38 Moutinier, T. 255 Moullin, Cc. W.M. Moulton, Lord. 2 Moussu, G. 217 Mowat, H. 105 Moynihan, SirB.G.A. 266 Mudge,G.P. 184, 200 Mueller, F. 205 Muir, J. 104 M.M.P. 124, 126, 188 — R. 229, 288 Sel. 27 Muirhead, I.B. 271 Pi igh | Pee: | — W.A. 236 Mulhall,M.G. 38 Mukerji, N.G. 211 Mumford, E. E.R. 18 Mummery, J.H. 282 —_ J. P.L. 257, 262, 266 Munby,A.E. 64, 130 Mundella, V.A. 1 248, 266, 267 Munro, J. 86,110 R.D. 84 R.W. 219 Muratet, L. 246 Murdoch, W.H.F. 110,115 Murphy, J. K. 242, 247, 264, 280, 285 SirS.F. 2384 Murray, A.J. 71 D.A. 28. 29, — G.R. 254 — H.M. 248 Sir J. 183 — J.A. -218, 218, 220 — J.E. 120 ——R.W. 265, 267 Murrell, W. 2388, 285 Muscio, B. 17 Muter, J. 132 Myddleton. 3 Myers, C.S. 17,19 J.E. 325 ' Nabarro,D. 248 ’ Naegeli, C. 196 ) Nall, S. 276 Nankivell, A. T. 288, 285 Nash, J.T.C. 195 Nasmith, J. 298, 801 Nave, J. 204 Nayler, W. A. 83, 41 , Naylor,C.H. 99 7 T.E. 304 — W. 151 Neale, R. E. 110,111 Neave, G. B. 131 Neilson, R.M. 89 Neligan, A. R. 236 Nernst, W. 126 Nettlefold, J.S. 68 Neuburger, M. 232 Neumann, E. 282 Neville, H. A. D. 218 S. 118 Newbigin, M.1. 175, 176, 178 M.T. 198 Newby, E. J. 91 Newcombe, 8S. 160 Newell, A. G. 245 Newham, H. B.G. 259 Newland, C. B. 19 H.O. 219 Newlands, B. E. R. 188 J.A.R. 188 Newman, E. W. 3811 Sir G. 234, 279 L.F. 218 Newsham, J.C. 209, 211, 212, 214, 216 Newsholme, Sir A. 238, 245, 250 Newsome, H. F. V. 58 Newth, G.S. 124, 180, 182 Newton, Sir I. 24 ot Nera” yg Nicholls, Capt. 182 A.E. 181 H.A.A. 211 Nicholson, H. A. 170 R, T. 80 W. 1438 Nicol, G. 71 Nicoll, M. 19 Nielson, T. 49 Nietzki, R. 147 Nisbet, D. T. 300 H. 299, 300 —J. 209 Nixon, R. C.J. 34 Pen = Name Index. Noble, Sir A. 158 Norie, J. W. 182 Normandy, F. 124 North, N. 300 Norton, F. 278 Northcliffe, Viscount. 80 Norton, G. 308 Norwell, A. 41 Nottage, W. H. 121 Notter, J. L. 233 Nowell, W.S. 283 Noyer, J. 151 Nunn, A. W. 292 J.A. 296 —— T.P. 22, 26 Nutt, P. 91 Nuttall, G.H. F. 189, 229, 245 Obersteiner, Prof. 223 O’Callaghan, M. A. 216 O’Connor, F. W. 259 H. 59, 145 O’Dea, J. J. 26, 86. 37 O’Donahue, T. A. 51, 171 O’Donoghue, C. H. 186 Ogden, C. K. 9 Ogg, A. 99 Ogley, D. H. 60, 107, 117 Okey, T. 302 Okill, J. 88 Oldfield, C. 277 Oldham, F. 124 Oliver, C. E. 69 D. 200, 206 — F.W. 55, 195, 200 G. 241 —— Sir T. 288, 259 Ombrédanne, Prof. 264 Onodi, A. 270, 274 Onslow, M. W. 135, 203 Oppenheimer, C. 128, 238 Oram, Sir H. J. 86 Orford, H. 102, 308 Ormandy, W.R. 144 Ormerod, F. 297 Ormsby, M. T.M. 51 Or, A.J. 78 —— J. 211 — J.B. 295 — M.A. 161 Orrin, H. C. 222, 261 Orton, G. H. 289 Orthmann, E.G. 275 Orwin, C.S. 214 Osborn, G. 26 Osborne, F.C. 94 T.B. 185 Oschwald, U. A. 115 Oscroft, P. W. 180 O’Shea, L. T. 124 Osler, Sir W. 243 - Osmond, F. 156 Ostertag, R. 235 Ostwald, W. 126, 180, 182 Otabe, S. 250 O’Toole, I. 46 Oulton, L. 114 Outram, J. F. 63 Overbeck-Wright, A. W. 253 Overend, W. 250 Owen, E. 265, 266 H. 182 —- W.D. 121 Owens, E. W. 180 Page, C. M. 264 J.M. 29 W.5 Paget, S. 232 Paine, A. 249 Painton, E. T. 114 Paisseau, G. 245 Pakes, W.C.C. 283 Pallin, W. A. 230 Palmer, A. R. 107, 110, 115 J. HH. 35 —-M.D. 287 —— T.F. 302 w.s. 9 Pamely, C. 74 Panton, A. 26 P.N. 240 Pappenheim, A. 241 Paramore, R. H. 275 Park, J. 51, 54, 155, 156, 166, 169 W.E. 98 Parker, C. A. 273 G. 232 —— G. W. 42, 101, 160 De FOO) 178 — M.A. 182 — P.A.M. 54 mer Ts. 7, 184, 186 W.N. 186 Parkes, F. 289 L.C. 233 O. 70 Parkinson, B. R. 146 ——S§S. 40, 101 T.W.F. 175 Parr, A. 76 G.D.A. 110, 114, 115, 178 Parry, E. J. 141, 142, 235 L.A. 259 Parson, J. 53 Parsons, F. G. 222 Name Index. Parsons, H. de B. 84 H.F. 234 —— J. H. 16, 102, 269, 270, 271 —-J.J. 290 S.J. 154 Part, G. M. 168 Partington, J. R. 25, 99, 130, 151 Partridge, W. 124, 229, 235 Partsch, J. 178 Passmore, A. C. 62, 65 Pasteur, 4 Patchell, W. H. 173 Paterson, A. M. 222, 223, 224 D. 299 — G.W.L. 112, 116, 173 D.N. 226, 240, 295 H. 304 Patrick, G.T. W. 7 Pattison, J. T. 155 Paul. C. N. 284 J.H. 1387 —~ M.E. 228, 279 — We MoO 30 Pavlov, 1. P. 286 Pavy, F. W. 258 Pawson, H.C. 211 Payne, J. F. 232 W.H.4 Paynter, J. E. 33 Peacey, E. 296 Peacock, D. H. 3 Peake, A. H. 53 R.J. 301 Pear, T. H. 258 Pearce, E. K. 189 J.G. 310 W.J. 69 Pearmain, T. H. 235 Pearn, F. 311 S. 811 Pearse, A. W. 217 Pearson, 182 CY. Bae — J.C. 77 — J.H. 62 — K. 8, 48, 44, 45, 49, 54, 195 —— M. 184 —— M.G. 2638 ——N. 10,16 ——5S8.V. 250 Peattie, J. 84 Peddie, A. 46 R.A. 2, 304 Pedley, R.D. 282 Peel, R. 172 Peel, T. 81 Pelly, S.A. 170 Pembrey, M.S. 226, 240, 293 Pendlebury, C. 36 Pendred, V. 83 Pendry, H. W. 120 Penhallow, D. P. 264 Penlake, R. 308 Penlington, W.A.G. 216 Penman, D. 178 Pennington, A. S. 191 Penrose, H. E. 107, 121 Penzer, N. M. 219 Percival, A. S. 25, 101, 272 G.A. 117 J. 212, 218, 214, 220 Perkin, A. G. 147 F.M. 46, 124, 180, 183, 144 — H. 178 W.H. 41, 124, 125, 129, 181 Perol, P. 244 Perrin, J. 103 Perrott, A. D. 34 S.W. 53 Perry, 3 J. 25, 28, 45, 82 Peters, O. H. 256 Petherbridge, F. R. 213 Petit, G. 142 Pettigrew, W.F. 83 Pfeffer, W. 203 Philip, A. 119 A.J. 304, 305 —— J.C. 127 Philipson, J. 65 Phillimore, J. 80 Phillips, ©. D. F. 293 — H.J. 156 Sir J. 275 — J.A. 169 —L.P. 246 —— W. 204 Philpott, T. V. 214 Piaggio, H. T. H. 29 Picard, H. K. 155 Pickard, J. A. 156 Pickering, W. H. 160 Pickerill, H. D. 256 H.P. 282 Pickford, A. G. 82 Pickworth, C. N. 37 P.C.N. $11 - Pidduck, F. B. 107 Pigg, = i F- 308 Piggot, H. E. 35 Piggott, H. 177 Pilcher, R. B. 124, 137 350 < © > Thorn, W.H. 84 W.B. . 255 Thornley, T. 298, 301 Thornton, A. 40, 184 J. 176, 184, 227. Thorp, E.L. 300 J. 3805 Thorpe, J. F. 147 — W.H. 50 Threlfall,H. 51 Thresh, J.C. 235 Thrift, W.E. 101 Thurston, A.P. 93 Coane 108 SirT.E. 4, 122, 126, 188, 187 Thursfield, J.H. 280 M. 289 Tibbetts, T.M. 2382 Tibbles, W. 1389, 286 Tidy, H.L. 2438 Tiffany, F. 209 Tilden, Sir W.A. 122, 124, 126 Tilley, H. 2738 Tillyard,R.J. 190 Timberg,R. 287 Timiriazeff, C. A. 203 Tims,H.W.M. 282 Tinel, J. 251 Tinker, F.S. 249 Tinkler, C.K. 187, 144 Tinney, W.H. 1738 Tirard, N.I.C. 285 Tisdale, C.W.W. 216 Titchener, E.B. 7,12,17,18 Titherley, A.W. 131 Tod. 86, 87 Pe Be ‘24 Todd,A.H. 262, 281 J. 182, 219 T.W. 244 Toderovich,G. 312 Todhunter, I. 29, 34, 36, 44 Tognoli, KE. 133 Tolkowsky,M. 101 Tomes,C.S. 282, 283 Sir J. 2838 ‘Tomkinson, C. W. 215 Tompkins, A.E. 87 Tonge, J. 145, 172 Toovey, T.W. 217 Topham, J. 313 W.H. 25 Topley, W. W. 240, 307 wer, Gs > Torrens, J. 244 Torrey, J. 142 Torrilhon,G.L. 142 Townsend, C.F. 308 F. 207 J.S. 104 Tozer,H.F. 175 Traill, T.W. 85 Traube,M.R. 18 Travis. 53 Tredgold, A. F. 254 Treiber, T. 75 Treves, Sir FF. 222, 261 Trewman,H.F. 118 Triggs,H.I. 68 Trimble,C.J.A. 25 Trinks,W. 82 Trotman,S.R. 149, 300 359 Name Index. Trotter, A.P. 60 L.B.C. 256 — W. 20 Trouessart, E.L. 2380 Truscott,S.J. 165, 174 Tubby, A.H. 261, 268 Tubeuf, C. von. 213 Tuck,G.L. 246 Tucker, R. 21 TG. 18 Tuckey, C.L. 290 C.0O. 88, 41 Tudsbery, J.H.T. 57 Tunzelmann, G. W. de. Turck, H. 138 Turnbull, A. W. 299 Turner, A.L. 4, 278, 274 — C.C.91 — D. 105, 290 — G.C. 28, 25 H. 298 Hi. — H.W. ill L.B. 121 ~— P. 224, 261, 267 —- T. 158, 154, 157 — SirW. 4 =e WV, 268 , mee WH. S. 198, 120 Tutt, J. W. 190 Tutton, A. E.H. 164 Tweedy, E.H. 277 Twelvetrees, W.N. Twining, E.W. 251 Twiss,D.F. 1381 Twort. F.W. 296 Tyler, R.A. 124 Tyndall, J. 4, 168 Ugarte, J.P. 219 Upcott,H. 263 Underwood, A. B. G. A.S. 282, 283 Unstead, J. F. 175, 177 Unwin, A.H. 209 W. 382 108 2, 261 ae 104, 160, 161 62, 67 282 — R. 68 W.C. 38, 48, 55 Urquhart, J.W. 116,117 Urwick, E.J. 12 Usborne, P.O. G. Usherwood, T.S. Usill,G.W. 51 Valentin. W.G. Valentine, C. W. M.S. Wi Vallack, A. S.. 268 50 25 124 18 Vallery-Radot, R. Van Hall, C.. J.J. Van Liew,C.C. 1 Van ’t Hoff, J. H. Varisco, B. 11 eae Vassall, A. 98 Vaughan, D.T.G. 198 Vendelmans, HH. 220 Venn, J. 14 Verdon, W. Vermuyden. Vernon, A. 215 H.M. 195 : Harcourt, L. F. 50, 55, 59 Vickerman,C. 298 Villa,G. 17 Villamil, R. De. Villavecchia, V. Ville, G. 220 Vinall, J. W.T. Vincent, C. 151 - 246 — R. 279 S. 227 Vines,S.H. 199, 201 Vittoz,R. 252 Vogel, E. 308 —-— H. 3807 Voet, J.H.L. Voit, E. 102 Vries, D.De. 75 H.D. 194 Vulpius,O. 281 Wabner, R. 173 Waddington, V. Wade,C.F. 85 J. 4 219 126, 127 255 3 42, 92, 103 137 179 165 287 Wadmore, J.M. 127 Waele, A. de. 141 Waggett, E.B. 274 Wagner, E. 235 174 — R. 137 Wagstaff, C.J.L. 103 Wahl, A. 147 ; Wakefield, S. Wake, R. 65 Waldo, F. 163 Walford, E. W. Walkden, 8S. L. Walker, A. H. C. 156 — C.E. 17 — E.W.A. 3860 298 80 93 235 241 Name Index. Walker, G.T. 108 — G.W. 167 101, 125, 128, 130 —- J.W.T. 266 N. 284 85, 116, 117, 178 - 92, 94 — W.M. 151 — Tisdale,C.W. 216 Wall, E.J. 308 Wallace, A.R. 8, 167, 193, 196 <= SiC. 8. 266 279, 281, 282, 286 W.M. 55 Wallas,G. 20 Waller, A.D. 227 H.E. 289 Walley, J.T. 39, 236 Wallis, B.C. 175,177,178 C.E. 282 —- F. 111 — SirF.C. 266 Budge, SirE.A. 231 Tayler, A.J. 52, 74, 82, 88, 209 Walmsley, R.M. 111 T. 222 Walsh, D. 284, 289 J.J. 282 Walshan, H. 250, 289 Walsingham, Lord. 190 Walston, SirC. 12 Walter, A. F. 182 K. 299 Walters, F.B. 31 F.R. 250, 251 Walton, A.J. 2638 y A | Wang,C.Y. 155, 169 Wanhill, C.F. 232 Wanklyn, W. 246 Wansbrough, W.D. Warburton,C. 190 Ward,E. 266 F. 185 — H. 121 i — H.M. 207, 209, 213. — J. 10,17, 196 —— SS. 12 Warden, A.A. .282, 289 Wardt,R.G.de. 119 Waring, E. J. 292 29, 83, 84, 85 c Waring, H.J. 262 Warington, R. 220 Warming, EK. 201, 208 Warm, R.H. 77 Warnes, A.R. 145 Warrell, C. 220 Warren, A.G. 82 E.J. 308 — R. 261 W.H. 50 Warwick, F.J. 291 Washbourn, J. W. 245 Washburn, M.F. 12 Wasmann, E. 196 Watkins, A. 308 Watson, B.P. 275, 276, 277 D. 246, 247 — D.C. 244 —— E.R. 127 —- G.N. 23 G.W. 80 ——H.S. 59 —— H.W. 100 J. 148, 66, 78, 2138 J.K. 247, 278, 294 — T.H. 71 W. 98, 217, 300 Watt. 4 A. 119, 141, 148, 149 Sir.G. 219 Fak 27, 200 Watts. 126 F. 20, 212 — H.C. 93 102, 207 W.W. 167 Weatherburn, C.E. 24 Weatherhead, R. 161 Webb, A.D. 388 —-C.C.J. 8 —E. 17 — H.J. 212 — J.C. 290 —S8. 5 —— T.W. 160 —- W. 68 — W.M. 191 Johnson, A. E. 246 Webber, FE. 3138 F.C. 66 WH. YY. 14 Weber, A. 8 C.Q. 142 ——-_Sir H. 259, 289 Webster, A.D. 209, 210 Weeks-Shaw, C. 294 Weigal], A.G. 212 361 Name Index. Weininger,O. 18 Weisbach, J. 56, 74 Weismann, A. 196 Weiss, F.E. 213 R. 240 Welby, F.A. 3, 226, 227 Wellington, R.H. 238 Wells, G.C. 51 G.J. 88 — H.G. — P. A. S.H. Welton, J. 14 Wenyon, C.M. Werner, L. Wertheim, E. West,C.E. 265, 269 F.W. 658 — G. 309 — G.S. 204 — M. 19 S. 256 Westaway, F.W. 2 Westcott,G.J.B. 28 W.W. 288, 292 Westell, W.P. 185, 192, 198, 201 Westermarck, E. 11 Westinghouse,G. 3 Westland, A. 278 Weston, F. E. 133, 140 H..Cy 147 265, 269 150 181, 182, 183 Wharton, Sir W.J.L. 183 Wheatley, O. 66 Wheeler. 242 O. 3808 — R.V. 144 Sir W.I.deC. Wheen, CC. W. 54 Whellens, W.H. 210 Whetham, W.C.D. 96, 108, 128 Whewell, W. 21 Whinyates, L. 125 Whipham, T.R.C. Whitaker, J. R. Whitby, G.S. White, B. 155 €. Po - 207 — C.G. 91 —— G.M. 60 —— G.T. 738 — H.A. 155 — H.G. 117,120 — H.J. 71 262 281 221, 224 142 | White, J.R. 267 — J.W. 207 —-R.P. 256, 284 — T.H. 80 ; —- SirW.H. 291, 293 — W.H. 98, 257 — W.L. 60 Whitehead, A.N. 2, 8, 22, 27, 30, 82 ——-S.E. 146 Whitelaw, J. 51 Whitelegge, Sir A. 234 Whiteley, R.L. 126, 130 Whitelocke, R.H.A. 267 Whitfield, A. 284 Whiting, A. Js 244 Whitla, J.A. 292 Sir W. 243, 285, 291 Whitney, W.D. 13 Whittaker,C.M. 148 —— C.R. 260, 261 23, 41, 102 8,12 — W.E.deB. 80 Whitwam, J.H. 302 Whymper, R. 139° Wibberley, T. 212 Wickham, H.A.. 220 — L. 289 Widdowson, T. W. 282, 283 Widgery, A.G. 11° Wight, J.T. 42 Wigley, T.B. 78 Wilcockson, W.H. Wilcox, E. V. 235 Wilda, H. 74, 89 Wildgoose, A. 73 Wilkes, W.H. 182 Wilkinson, M.E. 302 W.T. 305 Willcocks, Sir W. 55 Williams, A. 307 — G. 182, 264 — H.E.” 182 — H.W. 805 — J. 838 — L. 243 — M.M. 2 —M.V. ll — P.W. 274 —— R.J.P. 2638 — W. 296 Ellis, C. 65 Williamson, A. P. W. — B. 29, 42 — H. 52, 258 362 165 181, 182 198, 221, 222, 224, 227, a EEE ee Name Index. Williamson, J. 51, 67 J.G. 3H m1. 262 Willis, J.C. 207, 212 — M. 200 ——S.J. 121 Willoughby, E.F. 216, 234 . —- W.G. 246 Willows, R.S. 98, 128 Wilmore, A. 178 Wilson, E. 118 | PR Pe — F.J. 126 — H. 78 — H.A. 98, 104 — H.M. 137 — H.R. 53 — H.W. 258, 260 — J. 196, 217 — J.C. 31 —N.J. 114 —— 0.8. 190 — R.M. 244,310 — R.McN. 255 — Ss. 119 — T.S. 255 Barker, Sir D. 181, 182 Wimperis,H.E. 80, 89, 94, Winchester, C. 92 Windelband, W. 14 Windle, SirB.C.A. 224 Wingfield, H. 252 H.E. 290 —— Stratford, E. 17 Wingrave, W. 274 Winn, W. 210 Winterbottom, J. 302 Witkowski. 282 Witthaus,R.A. 125 Wodehouse, E. 11 Wohlgemuth, A. 17 Wolf, A. 14 Wolff, C.E. 83 H.W. 212, 215 Eisner, A. 251, 288 Wollaston, T.V. 191 Wolstenholme, J. 22, 37 Wood, A. 103 ———- P.W. 30 ——T.B. 189,218 217, 21g Wood, W.Q. 263 Wood-Jones, F. 191 Woodall, H. 146 Woodburn, W. 36 Woodcock, W. H. 66 Woodhead, Sir G. S. 230, 240 ~S.A. 218 T. W. 201 Woodhouse, T. 297, 299, 300, 302 Woodnutt, W.E. 216 Woodroffe, J. F. 220 Woodruff, H. A. 218 Woods, H. 170 R.J. 44, 45 Woodward, B. B. 191 a | —— H.B. 167, 168, 169 W.H. 5 : Woodwark, A. S. 248, 294 Woolf, C. H. 101 Woollard, L. 71 Woolaston, T. R. 73 Woollatt, G. H. 1380 Wootton, A. C. 291 Ww.d. 165 Wordingham, C. H. 111 Workman, W.P. 31, 36, 37, 38 Worster-Drought, C. 245 Worth, C. A. 271 Worthington, A. M. 42 Wraight, EK. A. 156 Wrapson, J. P. 38 Wren, H. 132 Wrench, G. T. 277, 278 Wrey, C. 212 Wright, A. C. 69, 186, 141, 147 Sir A. E. 197, 280, 246, 288 — A.W.O. 2538 —C.O. 48 ——C.R.A. 141 — G.F. 168, 197 — H. 245, 246 ——H.E. 138 ——H.T. 311 — J. 115 —— J.E. 27 — K.M. 201 ——L. 102, 197 —M.R. 98, 99 — R.S. 102 — W. 222 W.B. 168 Wrightson, J. 212 Sir T. 274 Wryde, J.S. 71 Wu Lien-Teh. 246 Wundt, W. M. 12, 17, 18, 20 863 Name Index. Wurtz, Prof. 128 Wyatt, H. 80 Wylie, A. M. 172 — J. G. 252, 267 —— J.A. 248 Xydis, C. 51 Yarr, Sir M. 270 Yates, R. F. 77, 130 Yealland, L. R. 258 Yeaman, C. H. 111 Yearsley, M. 188, 274 Yeo, I. B. 285, 287 Yonge, E.S. 278, 274 Yorke, J. P. 98 Youatt, W. 217 Young, A. 27 A.P. 111, 118 ——A.W. 44 —-C. 638 —— C.A. 161 —E. 177 ee E. Ww. 50 —F. 80 Young, G. C. 23 Younger, E. G. 254 Youngson, P. 84, 87 Yule,G. U. 38. Zaehnsdorf, J. W. 805 Zander, E. 287 Zeeman, P. 102 Zeidler, J. 117 Zeller, E. 8 Zerr, G. 142, 148 Ziehen, T.18 Zimmern, A. 244 Zimmer, G. F. 74 Zittel, K.A. von. 167, 170 364 SUBJECT INDEX. Abdomen, Diseases of the, 258 — Surgery of the, 265 Accumulators, Electric, 116 Acetylene, 59, 143 Acids, 150 Acoustics for Musicians, 103° Adhesives, 139 Aerated Waters, 137 Aerial Navigation, 94 Aero Engines, 94 Aerofoils, 93 Aeronautics, 91 et seq. Aeroplanes, 91 et seq. — Design and Construction, 93 Aesthetics, 12 Afforestation , 208 et seq. Agglutinants, 1389 Agriculture, 211 et seq. Aircraft, 91 et seq. Air Gas, 59 Airscrews, 93 Airships, 95 Air Sickness, 255 Aleohol, 137 Alcoholometric Tables, 126 Alge , 203 Algebra, 25, 26, 27 Alkalies, 150 Alloys, Non-Ferrous, 154 Alternating Current (Electrical En- gineering), 112, 118, 114 Aluminium, 155 Ammonia, 145, 151 Amputations, 266 Anaesthetics, 262, 282, 283 * Analysis: Air, 100 Chemical, 132 et seq., 2138 Food, 235 Gas, 146 Metallurgical, 156 Spectrum, 102 Water, 234 Analytical Chemistry, 132 Anatomy , 221 et seq. — Dental, 282 — Veterinary, 295 Ancient Lights, Questions affecting , 62 Animal Biology, 186 -— Geography, 193 — Husbandry, 215 — Life, 187 — Mind, 19 — Portraiture, 185 — World, 185 Animals, Anatomy of, 224 Animate Nature, The system of, 2 Anthracite, 144 Anthropology, 197 Antimony, 131, 155 Antisepsis, 263 Ants, 187, 189 Appendicitis, 265, 266 Arbitration (Building), 63 Are Lamps, 59, 117 Arches, 49, 50 Archimedes, Method and Works of, 22: Architecture, 4, 48, 58, 61, 62, 70, 71 Arithmetic, 21, 36 Armature Construction, 111 Arsenic, Organic Compounds of, 131 . Arthritis, 249 Artificial Lighting, 59 Artillery, 158 Art Needlework, 302 Asbestos and the Asbestos Industry,. 165 Asepsis and Antisepsis, 263 Asphalt, 145, 169 Assaying, 156 Astronomy, 159 et seq. — Nautical, 180 Atlases, Astronomical, 161 — Geological, 168 Atmosphere, The, 162 — Gases of, 100 Atolls, 191 Atomic Theory, 126, 128 Atoms, 103 Aviation, 91 et seq. Aviators, Reference Books for, 94 Axial Fans, 60 Bacteriology, 214, 229, 230 Balloons, 95 Bandaging and Dressing (Surgical) ,263. 264 865 Subject Index. Banket, The, 174 Basket Making, 302 Batrachians, 192 Batteries, Electric, 115, 116, 118 Bees and Bee-Keeping, 187 et seq., 216, 217 Beeswax, 217 Beetles, 188 Bells, Electric, 117 Benzol, 146 Bequerel Rays, The, 105 Beri-beri, 245 Biographies of Men of Science, 2 Biological Chemistry , 134 Biology, 10, 184 et seq. Birds, 192 Bitumen, 145, 169 Bladder, Diseases of the, 258 Blast Furnace Practice, 157 Blasting, 172 Bleaching , 299, 300 Blood and Blood Pressure, 241 — Diseases of, 254 Blowpipe Analysis, 132 Boat Building, 64 Boiler Chemistry , 137 Boilers, 72, 84, 85 Books and Book-Binding, 305 ‘Boot and Shoe Manufacture, 302 Boring, 57, 172 Botany, 198 et seq., 212 Brain, The, 227, 252, 265 Brakes, for Electric Tramway Cars, 118 Brassfounding, 157 Bread Making, 139 Brewing, 137 Bricks and Brickmaking, 65 Bridges, 49, 50 Briquetting, 144 Bronzing, Gilding, etc., 69 Builders, Mechanies for, 42 Builders’ Quantities, 62, 63 Building Construction, 61 et seq. — Law, 63 . — Materials, 64 — Stones, 169 Butter and Cheese Making, 216 Butterflies, 187 et seq. ‘Cabinet-making, 64, 65 ‘Cables, Electric, 114 Cacao, Cultivation and Curing of, 219 ‘Caisson Sickness, 259 Caleareous Cements, 66 Calculus, 27, 28, 29 Camels, notes on for Veterinary Sur- geons, 296 Canal Engineering, 53 Cancer, 248, 267, 276 Candles, Manufacture of, 140 Cane Sugar, 218 Carbon Compounds, 130 Carbons, for Electric Lighting, Manu- facture of, 117 Carpentry, 64 Carpets, 302 Carving, Wood, 64, 65 Casein, 139 Cast Iron, 154 Catalysis, 128 Cataract Extraction, 270 Caterpillar, Life of the, 188 Cattle and Cattle Breeding, 216, 217 Celluloid, 151, 152 Cellulose, 135 Cement, 66 Centrifugal Fans, 60 — Pumps, 56 Ceramics and Ceramic Industries, 65, 149 Cerebro-Spinal Fever, 245 Channels, Design of for Irrigation, 55 Charts (Navigation), 182 Chemical Calculations, 125 — Crystallography, 164 — Engineering, 136 — Fertilisers, 220 — Physiology, 227 Chemicals, Manufacture of, by Elec- trolysis, 129 Chemistry, 122 et seq., 218 Chemists, Famous, 122 Child Study, 18 Children, Diseases and Hygiene, 279 et seq. China Grass , 297 Chlorine and Chlorine Products, 151 Chloroform, 263 Chocolate, 139 Cholera, 245 Cinematography, 309 Civil Engineering, 49 et seq. Clays and Clay Industries, 65, 149 Climate, 162 Climatology, 236 Climatotherapy, 289 Clinical Medicine, 243 Clock Repairing, 78 : Clouds, 162 Coach Building, 65 Coal and Coal Mining, 144, 165, 169, 170, 172 Coal Fields (Kent ; Scotland), 169 — Tar, 145 Coast Erosion and Protection, 55 366 Subject Index. Cob and Pisé Work, 65 Cocoa, 139, 219 Coconut Cultivation and Planting, 218, 219 Coffee, Cultivation of, 219 Coils, Induction, 115, 116 Coins, History of, 4 Cold Storage, 82 Colliery and Field Surveying, 51 — Working and Management, 172 Colloids, 128 Colour, in Relation to Chemical Con- stitution, 127 — Blindness, 271 — Spectra, 102 Columns and Struts, 49 Comets, 160 Commerce, History of, 4 Commercial Engineering, 73 — Geography, 177 Compass (Magnetic) in Aircraft, 94 Compass Work, 181 Compressed Air (Mining), 172 — Air Power Transmission, 74 Concrete, 66 — Roads and their Construction, 52 Conifers , 208, 210 Conjunctiva, Diseases of the, 270 Constipation , 257 Constitutional Diseases, 248 Consumption, 249, 250, 251 Continuous Current Electrical En- gineering, 112, 114 Copper, 154, 155 Coral and Atolls, 191 Cordage Fibres, 297 Corrosion and Protection of Metals, 67 — of Iron and Steel, The, 153 Cosmogomy, Problems of, 160 Costing, 311 Cotton, 218, 219, 297 —- Doubling, 298 — Manufacture, 301 — Spinning, 298, 301, 302 — Waste, 298 — Weaving, 298, 299 Cranes, their construction, 74 ‘Crayfish, The, 191 Creation, Story of, 194 Creative Chemistry, 122 — Evolution, 9 Crops, Field, 218 Crystallography, 164 Currency, History of, 4 Current: (Electrical Engineering), 112 113 Cyanide Process for Extraction of Gold, 174 867 Cyanogen Compounds, Chemistry of, 132 Cycles, Motor. 80 — Electric Lighting for, 118 Cytology, 196 Dairying, 215 Dams, Construction of, 54 Decoration, House, 68 Decorative Design, 48 Deformities and their Surgical treat- ment, 268 Dentistry, 282, 283 Dermatology (Skin Diseases), 284 Design, Machine, 47 et seq. — Textile, 300 — of Structures, 44 Diamonds, 101, 173 Diathermy, in Medicine and Surgery, 290 Dictionaries of Technical Terms in Kinglish and other Languages, 312, 313 (See also ‘*Terms.”’) Dietetics , 286 Digestive System, Diseases of the, 256 Diphtheria, 245 Dirigibles , 95 Discoveries :— Astronomical, 160 Chemical, 122, 129 Geographical, 175 Twentieth Century, 4 Diseases (various), 244 et seq. Disinfectants, 139 Diving, 71 Dock Engineering, 54 Domestic Sanitation, 58, 59 Doubling, 297, 298 Drainage, 56 et seq. Draughtsmanship, 47 et seq. Dreams, 19 Drilling, 75, 76 Drugs, 139, 235, 293 Drying Machinery, etc., 136 Dust Destructors, 60 Dyestuffs and Dyeing, 146, 299 - Dynamics, 40, 128 Dynamo, 111, 112 Dynamometers , 72 Dysentery, 245 Ear, Diseases of, 273, 274 Earth, The, 167, 176 Earthenware, 150 Earthquakes, 167 Earthworms and their allies, 190 Eclipses, 160 Subject Index. Economic Geography, 177 — Geology, 169 — Mineralogy, 164 Education, History of, 4 Egyptian Irrigation, 55 Elasticity of Materials, 43 — Mathematical Theory of, 41, 44 Electric Furnaces, 155 * Electrical Engineering, 109 et seq. Electricity, 104 et seq. — Medical, 290 — Applied to Mining, 173 Electro-Chemistry , 128 Electrolysis, 123 Electromagnetism, 106—108 Electro-Metallurgy, 155 Electrons, 103 Electro Plating, 118, 119 Electro-Physiology , 227 Electrotherapy , 283, 289 Electrotyping, 304 Elementary Science, 1 Embossing , 304 Embroidery, 302 Embryology, 222 Emery, 75 Enamelling on Metal, 78 Endogenetic Structures, 167 Energy, Conservation of, 98 —Thermal Measurement of, 99 Engine Design, Graphic Methods of, AT Engines : Aero, 94 Diesel, 88 Internal Combustion, 87—89 Marine, 85, 86 Steam, 81, 82 Engineering: Agricultural, 215 Chemical, 136 Civil, 49 et seq. Electrical, 109 et seq. Gas, 145 Mechanical, 72 et seq. Engineers, Geology for, 166 English Poor Relief, Early History of, 5 Engraving, 304, 306 Entomology, 187 et seq. Epidemics, 236 Epilepsy, 252 Estimating, 50, 62, 63, 89, 311 Ethics, 11 Euclid, 34 Eugenics, 195 Evolution, 9, 10, 103, 193 Examination Guides on Navigation, 181 Examination Papers (Mathematics), 22 Exogenetic Structures, 167 Experimental Chemistry, 123, 124 — Psychology, 17 Explosives and their Manufacture, 150 Eye, Diseases and Injuries of, 269— 271 Fans, Centrifugal and Axial, 60 Farming, 211, 212 Farm Tractors, 215 Fats, 139 Feeding of Animals and Crops, 217, 218 Fermentation, 137 Ferments, 128 Ferns , 204 Fertilisers , 220 Fevers, 244 et seq. Fibres, Textile, 297 Field Crops, 218 Field and Colliery Surveying, 51 Files and Filing, 75 Filters and Filter Presses, 136 Finishing of Textile Fabrics, 299, 300 Fiords, 167 Fire Protection in Buildings, 68 Fishes and Fisheries, 191 Fitting, Electric, 116 Flax, 218, 297 — Spinning, 298 Flight, Theory and Practice of, 91,92 Flora, 205 Flour and Bread Making, 139 Fluids, Mechanics of, 42 Fly, The, 188, 189 — in relation to Disease, 259 Foods, 139, 286 — Analysis and Inspection, 235 Forensic Medicine, 237, 238 Foreshores, Maintenance of, 55 Forestry , 208 et seq. Forging , 77, 78, 154 Formule (Engineering), 50 Fortification, 158 Fossils, 170 Foundations for Machinery, 72, 73 Foundry Work, 74, 157 Fractures and their Treatment, 263 — Frog, The, 192 Frozen Meat Trade, History of, 4 Fuels ,142 Fungi, 204 Fungoid Diseases of Plants, etc., 212 368 ie ee i NS EN) eam shemale sais ast = bay ata Ne Sh B tec ee be MD i heal all YS be SLI = = Bh R@orrcss ~aseeweny wees ey Subject Index. Furnaces, Electric, 155 Furniture Making, 64 Gall Bladder, Diseases of the, Wises Galvanized Iron, 153 Gas, 100, 104, 148, 146 — Engineering, 145 — Manufacture, 145 Gauges, 46 Gearing, 73, 88 Gelatine, 139 Gem-Stones, 165 General Science, 1 Generators. Electric, 111, 112 Genetics, 193 Genito-Urinary System, Diseases of the, 257 Geodesy, 50, 51 Geodynamics, 167 Geographical Distribution of Animals, 193 — — — Plants, 203 Geography, 175 et seq. Geology, 105, 166 et seq., 214 Geometrical Drawing, 48 Geometry, 29 et seq. Geophysical Investigations, 1 Gilding, Bronzing, etc., 69 Girders , 44, 49, 50 Glands: Anatomy of, 223 Diseases of, 254 Glass and Glass Manufacture, 149 — Blowing, Methods of, 130 Glaucoma, 271 Glazing, Colour, 69 Gloves and the Glove Trade, 303 Glow Worm, The, 188 Glues, 64, 139 Glycerine, 140 Gold and Gold Mining, 154, 155, 165, 173 Goldsmiths’ Work; 78 Gonorrhea, 246 Gout, 249 Graining and Marbling, 68 Grape Vine, Cultivation of, 219 Graphic Arts , 304 Graphics, 33 Grasses , 206, 207, 212 Grasshopper, Life of the, 188 Gravitation, 104 Grinding Machinery, 76 Gums, 141 Gun-Shot Wounds, 264 Guns, Theory of the Recoil of, 158 Gutta Percha, 142 Gynecology, 231, 275 et seq. Gyroscope, 45 Gyrostatics, 45 Hematology, 241 Hand-Lettering, 48 Harbour Engineering, 53, 54 Hat Manufacturing, Chemistry of, 302 Head, Surgery of, 265 Headache, 252 Heart, Diseases of the, 254 — Surgery of, 265 Heat, 39, 99 — Engines, 81-83 — Treatment of Metals, 157 Heating of Buildings, 60 Hemp, Fabrics, Manufacture of, 300 — Spinning, 298 Herbals, 198 et seq., 219 Heredity, 198, 228 Hernia, 266 High Explosives, 150 — Temperatures, 99 Histology, 223, 239 History, Natural, 185 — of Science, Education, Learning, Commerce, etc., 4 Hoisting Machinery, 74 Hops, 219 Horology , 78 Horse, The, 193 -— Anatomy, Diseases, etc., of, 295, 296 Horse-Shoeing, 296 Hospitals, Isolation, 234 Housecraft Science, 1 House Decoration, 68 Human Geography, 179 Hydraulic Motors, 56 Hydraulics, 43, 53 Hydrodynamics, 42 Hydrogen, Chemistry and Manufac- ture of, 130 Hydrographic Surveying, 183 Hydrology , Medical, 289 Hydrostatics, 39, 41, 42 Hygiene, 58, 232, 236 — of Children, 279 -— Veterinary, 296 Hypnotism, 290 Ice Age, 167, 168 Ice-making, 82 Ideas (Scientific) of To-day, 1 Igneous Rocks, 168 Illumination, 59, 116, 117 Immunisation , Therapeutic, 287, 288 369 DD Subject Index. Incandescent Electric Lamps, 116, 117 India Rubber, 142 Indicators (Chemical), Theory and Use of, 134 Induction Coils, 115, 116 Industrial Chemistry, 136 et seq. — Engineering, 73 — Organisation, 310, 311 — Training, 1 Industry, History of, 5 — and Science,1,2 — Infant Feeding and Hygiene, 279 Infectious Diseases, 244 et seq. Inflammation, Pathology of, 240, 241 Ingots and Ingot Moulds, 157 Injectors, Steam, 84, 85 Ink Manufacture, 148 Inorganic Chemistry, 124, 129 Insanity, 258 Insecticides, 152 Insectivorous Plants, 198 Insects, 187 Installation, Electrical, 116 Instruments : Electrical, 115 Engineering, 49, 51, 75 Optical, 101, 102 Insulation of Electrical Machines, 111, 114 Interna] Combustion Engines, 87 International Language and Science, 1 Intestines , Diseases of the, 257 Introduction to Science, 2 Inventions, 4, 72, 122 Ionization, 104, 105 Iron and Steel, 153 — Construction, 67 Tronfounding, 157 Ironwork, Strains in, 49 Irrigation, 55 Island Life, 167 Isolation Hospitals, 234 Japanning, Metal, 78 Jena Glass, 149 Joinery, 64, 65 Jute: its manufacture, 297, 300 — Spinning, 298 — Weaving, 299 Kidneys, Diseases of the, 257 Kinetic Theory of Gases, 100 Laboratories , Chemica] , 180 Laboratory Work and Arts, 130 Lace and Lace Making, 302 Lacquering and Bronzing Brass Ware, 78 Land Forms, 167 — Reclamation, 55 — Surveying, 50 et seq. Language (International) and Science, 1 — History of, 12, 13 Lantern, Use of in Scientific Demon- strations, 102 — Slide Making, 308 Laryngology, 273, 274 Lathes and Lathe Work, 75, 76 Law, Mining, 171 — Sanitary, 237 —, Science of, 1 Laying-off, 70, 71 Lead, 154, 155, 165 Lead (Sheet), Weights and Measure- ments of, 45 Leather Manufacture, 148 — Work, 302 Lecithin and Allied Substances, 131 Levelling, 51 Life, Origin of, 193 — and Science, 2, 184 Lifting and Conveying, 74 Light, 100, 101 Lighthouses and Lightships, 71 Lighting, Artificial, 59, 60, 116, 117, 118 Lightning Conductors, 106, 107 Limes, 66 Linen Manufacture, 300 — Weaving, 299 Liquid Fuels, 143 — Steel, 153 Liquids, Motions of, 103 — Viscosity of, 127 Lithography, 304 Liver, Diseases of the, 256 Locomotive Engineering, 83 _ — System, Diseases of, 267 Logarithms, 36, 37 Logic, 13 Lubricants and Lubrication, 74, 139, 140, 144 Lunar Theory, Treatise on, 160 Lungs, Diseases of, 255, 256 —- Surgery of, 265 Lymphatic System, Diseases of, 254 Machine Drawing, Design, &c., 47 et seq., 109 Machines, Theory of, 43 Magnesium, Organometallic, 132 Magnetic Compass in Aircraft, 94 Magnetism, 106—108, 162, 181 870 Subject Indew. Magnetos, 118 Microscopy, 196, 197 Malarial Diseases, 245 — Dental, 282 Mammals, 193 Midwifery , 277, 278 Man, 2, 197 Military Engineering, 158 Management, Scientific and Works, -—— Geography, 179 310, 311 — Ophthalmology, 270 Manganese Ores, 165 — Sanitation, 233 Manures, 220 — Surgery, 264 Map Work, 176 Milk and Milk Testing, 215, 216, 235 Maps, Astronomical, 161 Milling Machines and Practice, 75, 76 — Geological, 168 Mind, The, 15, 16, 17 Marble and Marble Working, 65, 66 — Animal, 19 Margarine, 139 Mine Drainage, 56 Marine Engines, 85—-87 — Surveying, 50 et seq. — Meteorology, 162 Mineral Oils, 143 — Signalling, 182 — Waters, 137, 287 — Surveying, 183 — Waxes, 144 Masonry, 49, 50, 65 Mineralogy, 164, 165 Massage and Movement Cures, 287 Mining, 171 et seq. Materia Medica, 291 et seq. — Geology, 169 Mathematics, 21 et seq. Model Drawing, 48 — (Mining), 171 Molecular Association , 128 Matter, Properties of, 103 — Physics, 103, 104 Measurements: Mollusca, Life of the, 191 Electrical, 115 Moon, The, 160 Mechanics, 45 Morphology: Meat Inspection, 235, 236 Animal, 185 Mechanical Dentistry, 283 Plant, 201 — Engineering, 72 et seq. Mosses, 204 Mechanics, 39 et seq. Moths, British, 188, 189, 190 Medical Geography, 236 Motor Car, Electrical Application to, — Jurisprudence, 232, 237 118 — Students, Chemistry for, 125 — — Engineering, 79, 80 Medicine , 231 et seq. — Cycles, 80, 118 — Veterinary, 295, 296 Motors, 56, 88, 111, 112 Medizval Thought and Science, 1 Mould, Vegetable, 190 Mendelism, 195, 196 Municipal Engineering, 57, 58 Mensuration, 33 Muscles, Action of, 227 Mental Development, 18 Mycology, Technical, 138 — Disorders, 253 — Tests, 17 Nation, The, and Science, 2 Mesopotamia, Irrigation of, 55 Natural History, 185 Metallography, 156 Nature Study, 184 Metallurgy, 153 et seq. Nautical Astronomy, 180 Metallurgical Dentistry , 283 — Tables and Terms, 181 Metal Work (Turning, Welding, etc.), Naval Architecture, 70, 71 76 et seq. Navigation, 180 et seq. Metals, 153 — Aerial, 94 — in Aircraft Construction, 93 Neck, Surgery of, 265 — Corrosion of, 67 , Needlework, Art, 302 — Heat Treatment of, 157 Nerves and Nervous System, 227 Metaphysics, 8 — Disorders of, 252 Meteorology, 162 et seq. Neurasthenia , 252 Meters, Electricity, 115 Neurology, 223 Method and Science, 2 Nickel, 155 Metric System, 45, 46 Nitro-Explosives, 150 Mica Mining, 173 Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys, 154 3871 Subject Index. Nose, Diseases of , 273, 274 Nucleic Acids, 134 Nursing, 263, 276, 294 Obstetrics, 275 et seq. — Veterinary, 295 Occupational Diseases , 259 Oceanography, 182 Oil and Oil Fields, 139, 169 — Engineering, 74 — Motors, 88 — Tank Steamers, 71 Operative Surgery, 261 Ophthalmology , 269 et seq. Ophthalmoscopy, 270 Optic Nerve, Diseases of, 270 Optics, 100, 101 Ordnance Survey Maps, 176 Ore Deposits, 169 — Dressing, 174 Organic Chemistry, 124, 130 Organism, The, Science and Philoso- phy of, 9 Origin of Life, 193 — Species, 194 Ornamental Stones, 66 Orthopedic Surgery, 267 Osmotic Pressure, 127 Osteology , 223 Otology, 273, 274 Oxy-Acetylene Welding, 77 Ozone, 129 Paint and Painting, 68, 141 Paleobotany , 170 Paleontology, 170 Paper and Paper Making, 148, 305 Paralysis, Ocular, 271 Parasites , Diseases due to, 248 Patent Laws, 1, 2 Pathology, 239 et seq. — Surgical, 262 Pattern Making, 74, 75 Pearls, 190, 191 Peat, 146 Pedagogy, History of, 4 Per-acids and their Salts, 130 Peritoneum, Diseases of the, 257 Permanent Way, Railways and Tram- ways, 52 Petrol Air Gas, 59 Petroleum, 143 Petrology, 168 Pharmacology, 292, 293 Pharmacopceias, 291, 292 Pharmacy, 291 et seq. Philosophy, 6 et seq. Photo-Chemistry, 127 — Electricity , 307 Photographs, Telegraphic Transmis- sion of, 119, 121 Photography , 307 Photomicrography . 196, 308, 309 Physical Chemistry, 127 — Geography, 176 Physics, 96 et seq. Physiography , 175 Physiological Chemistry, 134 — Psychology, 17 Physiology , 225, et seq. — Dental, 282 — Plant, 201 — Veterinary, 295 Pigments, 141 Pistols, Automatic, 158 Pitch, Manufacture of, 145 Plant Constituents, 135 — Disease and Pests, 212 Plants and Plant Life, 198 et seq. — Poisonous, 212 Plague, 231, 246 Plating, Electro, 118, 119 Platinum Metals, 165 Plumbing, 57, 58 Plywood, Manufacture and use of, 64 Pneumatics, 39, 40, 42 Poisonous Plants, 212 Poisons and Poisoning, 238 Polyphase Currents, 110 Pond Life, 187 Poor Relief, Early History of, 5 Popular Science, 1 Portable Steam Engines, 82 Portland Cement, 66 Post-Mortem Examination, 289 Pottery, 65, 149 Poultry Farming, 216, 217 Power Plant, Electric, 111 — Transmission, 73, 74 Precious Metals, The, 155 — Stones, 165 Prescribing , 286 Preserved Foods, Manufacture of, 189 Printing, 304, 305, — Inks, 148 — Telegraph System, The Baudét, 120 — Textile, 299 Producer Gas, 143 Progress, Origin and Growth of, 9 Projection, Optical, 102 Propellers for Aircraft, 93 — Marine, 70, 85, 86 Proteids, Chemistry of, 227 3872 oe a eta” eee ee i tel: =. tn a. Subject Indew. Proteins , Chemical Constitution of, 135 — The Vegetable, 135 Psychiatry , 253 Psycho-Analysis, 19 —- Therapeutics , 290 Psychological Medicine, 242 Psychology, 15, et seq. Public Health, 232, 234, 237 Pumps and Pumping, 56 Punjab Rivers and Works, 55 Pyrometry, 99 Qualitative Chemical Analysis, 133 Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 133 Quantities , Builders, 62, 68 Quarrying, 171 Quaternions, 23 Radiation, 105 Radio-Activity, 104, 105 — Telegraphy, 120, 121 Radium, 105 — Therapeutics, 289 Railways: Electric, 117, 118 Permanent Way, 52 Signalling, 52, 53 Surveying, 51 Tube, 53 Rain, Work of, 168 Rams, Hydraulic, 56 Rare Earth Industry, 152 — Earths, 129, 130 Rationalism, History of English, 4 Reagents, Chemical, 132, 133 Rectum, Diseases of, 257 — Surgery of, 265, 266 Refraction of the Eye, 271 Refractory Materials, 150, 169 Refrigeration, 82 Refuse Disposal, 60 Re-inforced Concrete, 66, 67 Relativity, 104 Repairs, Building, 62, 63 Reptiles, 192 Resins, 141 Respiratory System, Diseases of the, 255 Rheumatism, 249 Rhinology, 273, 274 Rifle and Rifle Shooting, 158 River Development, 176 —- Engineering, 53 Rivers, 176 — as Sources of Water Supply, 57 — Work of, 168 Road Making, 52 Rock Asphalts, 169 Rocks, 168 Roéntgen Rays, 105 — in Medical Work, 289 Roofing Tiles, 65 Royal Society of Arts, History of, 5 Rubber and Rubber Planting, 142, 218—220 Salt, 150 Salvarsan, 288 Sands, 65 — Refractory, 169 Sanitation, 57, 232 et seq. Saw Mills, 77 Scenery , Scientific Study of, 169 Sciatica , 252 Screw-cutting, 75, 76 Scumbling, 69 Seamanship, 180 et seq. Sea Sickness, 252 Seasons, Biology of the, 184 Sea Water Distillation, 124 Seaweeds, 208, 204 Secretions, Internal, 227 Seismology, 167 Serum Therapy, 287, 288 Sewerage, 57 et seq. Sex, 193, 228 Sextent, The, 180 Sexual Physiology, 228 Shaft-Sinking , 172 Shale Oils, 144 Shales, 65 Sheet Lead, Weights and Measure- ments of, 45 — Metal Work, 77 Shell Shock, 252 Shells, 191 Ships and Shipbuilding, 70, 71 Shore Protection, 55 Signalling, Marine, 182 — Railway, 52, 53 Silica and the Silicates, 149 Silk Dyeing, 299 — Industry, 297 — Manufacture ,300, 301 — Spinning, 298 Silver, Metallurgy of, 154, 155 Silversmiths’ Work, '78 Sizing , Materials used in, 68 — Yarn and Warp, 299 ‘Skin Diseases, 284 Slide Rule, 36 Small-Pox, 231, 246 Smithing, 77, 78 373 Subject Index. Smoke Prevention, 142 Soap and Soap Manufacture, 139—141 Soap Bubbles, 100 Social Psychology, 20 Socialism, History of, 5 Sociology, 20 Soils, 169, 220 Solar System, 160 Soldering , 77 Sound, 102, 103 Space and Time, Theory of, 104 Species, Origin of , 194 Spectacles, Prescribing of, 272 Spectroscope, The, 132 Spectroscopy, 102, 127 Spices, 219 Spiders, 187, et seq. Spinal Cord, Diseases of, 252 Spinning, 297, 298 — Machine, 301 Sprue, and its treatment, 236, 258 Stable Sanitation, 58 Staffordshire Potteries, History of, 150 Stained Glass Work, 150 Staining, 68 Stars, 160, 161, 181 Statics, 40 Stationary Steam Engines, 82 Stationery , 305 Statistics (Mathematics), 38 Steam Boilers, Construction and Management, 84, 85 Steam Engines, 43, 81, 82, 83 — Heating, 60 Steamships, 70 Stee], 153 © — and Iron Construction, 67 -—— Ships, 71 Stencils and Stencilling, 68 Stereochemistry, 128 Stereotyping, 304 Stoichiometry, 128 Stomach, Diseases of the, 256 Stone, Artificial and Masonry, 65 — Mining and Quarrying, 171 Stratigraphy, 168 Straw and String Work, 302 Strength of Materials, 43 Stresses and Thrusts, “49 Structures, Theory and Design of, 44, 49 Struts and Columns, 49 Submarine Telegraph, 120 Submarines, 71 Submerged Forests, 168 Sugar; its manufacture, etc., 188, 218 Sulphate of Ammonia, 151 Sun, The, 160, 161 Superheating on Locomotives, 83 Surface Tension and Surface Energy, 128 Surgery, 260 et seq. — Dental, 282 — Veterinary,295 < Surgical Anatomy, 221 Surveying: Hydrographic, 183 Land and Mine, 50 et seq. Marine, 183 Sweetmeats, Manufacture of, 139 Switchboards, (Electric), 111 Synthesis, Essays in Scientific, 2 Syphilis, 246, 247 Tacheometer Surveying, 51 Tanning, 148 Tapestry Weaving, 302 Tars, 144, 145 Tea, Cultivation of, 218, 219 Teaching of Scientific Method, 1 Technical Electricity, 109, 110 Technical Terms, see ‘*Terms.”’ Teeth, Anatomy, etc., of, 282, 288 Telegraphy , 119—121 Telephony, 119—121 Telephotography , 307, 308 Temperatures, High, 99 Terms :— Aeronautics , 94 Architecture, 61, 62 Biology, 184 Botany, 200 Building Trades, 61, 62 Mechanical Engineering, 72 Medical, 242, 243 Nautical, 181 Optics, 101 Textile, 302 Wireless Telegraphy, 121 and Dictionaries of, in English and other Languages, 312, 318 Terrestrial Magnetism, 162 Testing, Electrical Engineering, 114, 115 — of Chemical Reagents, 132 Tetanus, 246 Textile Machinery, 301 Textiles, 297 et seq. Theodolite Surveying, 51 Theology and Science, 2 Therapeutics, 285 et seq. — Dental, 283 — Gynecological, 276 374 ae —er Pia ae Paget 4 Subject Index. Therapeutics , eeeney 271 — Surgical, 262 — Veterinary, 296 Thermo- -Chemistry , 127, 128 Thermodynamics, 99, 127 Thermo-Therapy, 289 Throat , Diseases of, 273, 274 Thrusts and Stresses, 49 Thyroid Therapy, 289 Ticks, 187 Tidal Lands, 55 Tides, 160, 176, 182 Tiles, 65 Timber, 208 et seq. Time and Space, Theory of, 104 Tin, Metallurgy of, 155 — Ores, 165, 169 — Plate Industry, The, 154 Tobacco, 219 Tools, Machine, 76, 75 Topographical Geology, 169 Tow Spinning, 298 Town Planning, 68 Toxicology , 232, 237, 238 — Veterinary, 296 Traction, Electric, 117 Tractors, Farm, 215 Trade Unionism, History of, 5 Tramways, Electric, 117, 118 — Permanent Way, 52 Transformers, 113 . Transmission, Electrical Engineering, 114 Trees, 208 et seq. Trigonometry, 34, 35 Tropical Hygiene, 236 —- Medicine, 258 Tube Railways, Setting out of, 53 — Wells, 55 Tuberculin, 288, 289 Tuberculosis, 249, 288, 289 Tumours, 267 Tungsten Ores, 165 Turbines, 56, 89 Turning, Metal, 76 Typhoid Fever, 246 Typography, 304 Urinary Surgery, 266 Urine, Examination of, 289 Utilitarianism, History of,English, 4. Vaccination, 281, 246, 288 Valency, Theory and Studies in, 127 Valuation, Mine, 171 Valves and Valve Gearing, 838 Varnishes and Varnishing, 68, 69, 141 Vectors, 23, 113 Vegetable Mould, 190 Venereal Diseases, 246, 247 Ventilation, 60, 172 — of Electrical Machinery, 110 Veterinary , 295, 296 Vinegar, Manufacture and Examina- tion of, 1388 Viscosity of Liquids, 127 Vitalism , History and Theory of, 9 Voleanoes, 167 Volumetric Analysis, 133, 154 War, Nervous Disorders Caused by, 252 War and Science, 2 War Ships, 70 War Surgery, 264 Warp Sizing, 299 Wasps, 187, 189 Waste Products, Utilisation of, 151 Watch Repairing, 78 Water, 1387, 168 — Analysis, 234 —- Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines, 54 — Power, 54, 56 — Purification, 57 —— Supply, 53 et seq. Waterworks, 56, 57 Waxes, 139, 144 Weather, 162 Weaving, 298, 299, 302 Weights and Calculations (Mechanics) 45 Welding, etc., 77, 119 Well Sinking, 57 Wells, Tube, 55 Whales, 193 Wheat, 218, 219 Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony, 120, 121 Wire-rope Ways, 74 Wiring, Electric, 116 Women, Diseases of, 275 Wood Products, 151 -— Pulp, 148 Woodwork and Allied Trades, 64 Wood Working Machinery, 77 Woollen Industry , 297 — Manufacture, 301 -— Spinning, 298 Worsted Industry , 297 — Manufacture, 300, 301 — Spinning, 298 X-Rays, 104, 105, 164 375 i ee X-Rays Diagnosis Surgical), 262 ae | — Therapy, 289 Me _- Hino, and ita Alloys . | — Treatment of Skin Diseases, 284 4): — Industry, 155 | Yarns, Sizing of, 299 ; OR: Sr eee — Technical Testing of, 300 ~ = Oxide,69 — Woollen and Worsted, ee: Zoology, 185, 214 ture of, 300, 301 | _ Zoophytes, Bets, 191 Ne » r e Bet Saad ate E A A pid Sh a aa ee SS SE en ee ns oe 4 a fo Be Sen Asiana Ae Pee. PPIs era Pe se my ay wanna ef or io ee eee ee / | Z British Science Guild 7407 A catalogue of British | G'7BS scientific and technical 1921 books cop. 3 | PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE | CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET ee UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY redan oF pean Bh aie 3 bab af if) nf rif hay ; te bore te 2 Wet drat ut Sa Hi "ONet a vO 4 ~. oe rate Bee me